Quick viewing(Text Mode)

China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited 中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司 (Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with Limited Liability)

China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited 中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司 (Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with Limited Liability)

The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and the Securities and Futures Commission take no responsibility for the contents of this Application Proof, make no representation as to its accuracy or completeness and expressly disclaim any liability whatsoever for any loss howsoever arising from or in reliance upon the whole or any part of the contents of this Application Proof.

Application Proof of

China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited 中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司 (Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

WARNING

The publication of this Application Proof is required by The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”)/the Securities and Futures Commission (the “Commission”) solely for the purpose of providing information to the public in Hong Kong.

This Application Proof is in draft form. The information contained in it is incomplete and is subject to change which can be material. By viewing this document, you acknowledge, accept and agree with Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited (the “Company”), its sponsor, advisers or member of the underwriting syndicate that:

(a) this document is only for the purpose of providing information about the Company to the public in Hong Kong and not for any other purposes. No investment decision should be based on the information contained in this document;

(b) the publication of this document or supplemental, revised or replacement pages on the Stock Exchange’s website does not give rise to any obligation of the Company, its sponsor, advisers or members of the underwriting syndicate to proceed with an offering in Hong Kong or any other jurisdiction. There is no assurance that the Company will proceed with the offering;

(c) the contents of this document or supplemental, revised or replacement pages may or may not be replicated in full or in part in the actual final listing document;

(d) the Application Proof is not the final listing document and may be updated or revised by the Company from time to time in accordance with the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited;

(e) this document does not constitute a prospectus, offering circular, notice, circular, brochure or advertisement offering to sell any securities to the public in any jurisdiction, nor is it an invitation to the public to make offers to subscribe for or purchase any securities, nor is it calculated to invite offers by the public to subscribe for or purchase any securities;

(f) this document must not be regarded as an inducement to subscribe for or purchase any securities, and no such inducement is intended;

(g) neither the Company nor any of its affiliates, advisers or underwriters is offering, or is soliciting offers to buy, any securities in any jurisdiction through the publication of this document;

(h) no application for the securities mentioned in this document should be made by any person nor would such application be accepted;

(i) the Company has not and will not register the securities referred to in this document under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws of the United States;

(j) as there may be legal restrictions on the distribution of this document or dissemination of any information contained in this document, you agree to inform yourself about and observe any such restrictions applicable to you; and

(k) the application to which this document relates has not been approved for listing and the Stock Exchange and the Commission may accept, return or reject the application for the subject public offering and/or listing.

If an offer or an invitation is made to the public in Hong Kong in due course, prospective investors are reminded to make their investment decisions solely based on the Company’s prospectus registered with the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong, copies of which will be distributed to the public during the offer period. THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. IMPORTANT

IMPORTANT: If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited 中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司 (Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability) [REDACTED] Number of [REDACTED] under : [REDACTED] Shares (comprising the [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED] and [REDACTED] [REDACTED], subject to the [REDACTED]) Number of [REDACTED] : [REDACTED] Shares (subject to adjustment) Number of [REDACTED] : [REDACTED] Shares (comprising [REDACTED] New Shares and [REDACTED] [REDACTED], subject to adjustment and the [REDACTED]) [REDACTED] : not more than HK$[REDACTED] per [REDACTED] (payable in full on application in Hong Kong dollars, subject to refund, plus brokerage of 1%, SFC transaction levy of 0.0027% and Stock Exchange trading fee of 0.005%) and expected to be not less than HK$[REDACTED] per [REDACTED] Nominal Value : HK$0.001 per Share Stock Code : [REDACTED]

Sole Sponsor

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited, The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited take no responsibility for the contents of this document, make no representation as to its accuracy or completeness and expressly disclaim any liability whatsoever for any loss howsoever arising from or in reliance upon the whole or any part of the contents of this document. A copy of this document, having attached thereto the documents specified in the paragraph headed “Documents Delivered to the Registrar of Companies and Available for Inspection and Display” in Appendix V to this document, has been registered by the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong as required by section 342C of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance. The Securities and Futures Commission and the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong take no responsibility for the contents of this document or any other document referred to above. The [REDACTED] have not been and will not be registered under the U.S. Securities Act or any state securities law in the United States and may not be [REDACTED], sold, pledged or transferred within the United States, or for the account or benefit of U.S. persons, except that [REDACTED] may be [REDACTED], sold or delivered outside the United States in offshore transactions in accordance with Regulation S. The [REDACTED] is expected to be fixed by agreement between the [REDACTED] (for itself and on behalf of the [REDACTED] and our Company (acting for itself and on behalf of the [REDACTED] on the [REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] is expected to be on or around [REDACTED], [REDACTED] and, in any event, not later than [REDACTED], [REDACTED]. The [REDACTED] will be not more than HK$[REDACTED] and is currently expected to be not less than HK$[REDACTED] unless otherwise announced. Applicants for [REDACTED] are required to pay, on application, the maximum [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] for each Share together with a brokerage fee of 1 %, SFC transaction levy of 0.0027% and Stock Exchange trading fee of 0.005% subject to refund if the [REDACTED] as finally determined should be lower than HK$[REDACTED]. If, for any reason, the [REDACTED] is not agreed by [REDACTED], [REDACTED] between the [REDACTED] (for itself and on behalf of the [REDACTED]) and our Company (acting for itself and on behalf of the [REDACTED]), the [REDACTED] will not proceed and will lapse. Prior to making an investment decision, prospective investors should carefully consider all of the information set out in this document, including the risk factors set out in the section headed “Risk Factors” in this document. The [REDACTED] (for itself and on behalf of the [REDACTED]) may, with our consent, reduce the number of [REDACTED] in the [REDACTED] and/or the [REDACTED] below that stated in this document (which is HK$[REDACTED] to HK$[REDACTED] per Share) at any time on or prior to the morning of the last day for lodging applications under the [REDACTED]. In such a case, notices of the reduction in the number of [REDACTED] in the [REDACTED] and/or the [REDACTED] will be published in [South China Morning Post] (in English) and [Hong Kong Economic Times] (in Chinese) not later than the morning of the day which is the last day for lodging applications under the [REDACTED]. Further details are set out in the sections headed “Structure and Conditions of the [REDACTED]” and “How to Apply for [REDACTED]” in this document. The obligations of the [REDACTED] under the [REDACTED] to subscribe for, and to procure applicants for the subscription for, the [REDACTED], are subject to termination by the [REDACTED] (for itself and on behalf of the [REDACTED]) if certain grounds arise prior to 8:00 a.m. on the [REDACTED]. See “[REDACTED] — [REDACTED] Arrangements and Expenses — [REDACTED] — Grounds for Termination” for further details.

[REDACTED]

[REDACTED] THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. IMPORTANT

[REDACTED]

−i− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. IMPORTANT

[REDACTED]

−ii− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. EXPECTED TIMETABLE(1)

[REDACTED]

− iii − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. EXPECTED TIMETABLE(1)

[REDACTED]

−iv− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. EXPECTED TIMETABLE(1)

[REDACTED]

−v− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. CONTENTS

IMPORTANT NOTICE TO INVESTORS

This document is issued by our Company solely in connection with the [REDACTED] and does not constitute an [REDACTED] to sell or a solicitation of an [REDACTED] to buy any security other than the [REDACTED] [REDACTED] by this document pursuant to the [REDACTED]. This document may not be used for the purpose of, and does not constitute, an [REDACTED] or invitation in any other jurisdiction or in any other circumstances. No action has been taken to permit a [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong and no action has been taken to permit the distribution of this document in any jurisdiction other than Hong Kong. The distribution of this document and the [REDACTED] and sale of the [REDACTED] in other jurisdictions are subject to restrictions, and may not be made except as permitted under the applicable securities laws of such jurisdictions pursuant to registration with or authorisation by the relevant securities regulatory authorities or an exemption therefrom.

You should rely only on the information contained in this document to make your investment decision. We have not authorised anyone to provide you with information that is different from what is contained in this document. Any information or representation not made in this document must not be relied on by you as having been authorised by us, the [REDACTED], the [REDACTED], the Sole Sponsor, the [REDACTED], the [REDACTED], the [REDACTED], any of our or their respective affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents or any other person or party involved in the [REDACTED].

Page

EXPECTED TIMETABLE ...... iii

CONTENTS ...... vi

SUMMARY ...... 1

DEFINITIONS ...... 13

GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS ...... 28

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS ...... 32

RISK FACTORS ...... 33

WAIVERS FROM STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE LISTING RULES ...... 50

INFORMATION ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT AND THE [REDACTED] ...... 53

DIRECTORS AND PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE [REDACTED] ...... 58

CORPORATE INFORMATION ...... 64

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW ...... 67

REGULATORY OVERVIEW...... 82

HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE ...... 109

BUSINESS ...... 141

−vi− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. CONTENTS

DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT ...... 251

RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS ...... 269

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS ...... 278

SHARE CAPITAL ...... 283

FINANCIAL INFORMATION ...... 287

FUTURE PLANS AND USE OF [REDACTED] ...... 352

[REDACTED]...... 359

STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED] ...... 371

HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]...... 381

APPENDIX I — ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT ...... I-1

APPENDIX II — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION ...... II-1

APPENDIX III — SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW ...... III-1

APPENDIX IV — STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION ...... IV-1

APPENDIX V — DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES AND AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AND DISPLAY ...... V-1

− vii − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

OUR MISSION Guided by the slogan “Clear waters and green mountains are as valuable as gold and silver mountains (綠水青山就是金山銀山)”, the PRC government aims to achieve carbon neutrality by 2060. To this end, our mission is to render full support to the PRC government’s carbon neutrality target and contribute to combat against global warming. BUSINESS OVERVIEW Our background Founded in 2008, we are a well-established service provider for a variety of ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects primarily in . Adhering to our business motto — “stay oriented towards tree (以樹為本)” , we strive to contribute to the improvement of the environment in China and during the three years ended 31 December 2020, we planted over 19 million units of seedling in our projects. We offer integrated services covering project design, construction, and maintenance as well as seedling supply to our project customers, most of which are public sector entities including bureaus of different local governments and state-invested enterprises. Headquartered in , we expanded our footprint across a number of provinces, including Hebei, Shanxi, Henan, Anhui, Shandong and Guizhou. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, we ranked (i) fourth in the ecological forest plantation industry in the PRC, with a market share of 0.25% in terms of revenue in 2020; and (ii) second in the PRC in terms of area of plantation bases in the seedling cultivation industry in 2020. Our business segments Our major business segments are as follows: • Ecological forest plantation: to create forests with long-term ecological and environmental sustainability through planned afforestation and maintenance work. During the Track Record Period, we were contracted to undertake the following types of ecological forest plantation projects: (i) national reserve forest (國家儲備林); (ii) carbon sink forest (碳匯林); (iii) shelter belt forest (防護林); and (iv) commercial forest (經濟林); • Ecological restoration: to recover areas with degraded, damaged, or destroyed ecosystems through the application of various scientific means to revive the original chemical, biological, and physical characteristics of water or soil as well as the surrounding plant community. During the Track Record Period, we undertook projects in (i) desertified land restoration (荒漠化土地修復); (ii) river, lake, and wetland restoration (河湖濕地修復); and (iii) slope restoration (邊坡治理); and • Urban and rural greening: to improve the overall landscape of an area, normally as part of urbanisation, through green (trees and herb) planting, as well as earthworks construction, such as terrain modification, and ancillary facilities building. The following table sets out the revenue breakdown of our business segments during the Track Record Period:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Ecological forest plantation 188,361 52.0 423,765 55.8 591,051 72.8 Ecological restoration 31,888 8.8 134,850 17.8 57,015 7.0 Urban and rural greening 135,174 37.4 186,942 24.7 128,387 15.8 Others (Note) 6,500 1.8 13,269 1.7 36,003 4.4

Total 361,923 100.0 758,826 100.0 812,456 100.0

Note: Others mainly include sales of seedlings to external customers and operation of hotel.

−1− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

Our plantation bases and biological assets We operated 15 plantation bases, occupying an aggregate area of approximately 45,000 mu (30.0 million sq.m.) as at the Latest Practicable Date. Among the 15 plantation bases we operate, seven were leased from Independent Third Parties, four were operated under collaboration arrangements with Independent Third Parties, and the remaining four were operated under the land contractual management right which we acquired. These plantation bases are strategically located in different locations in Inner Mongolia and Hebei, covering a service area of 1,600 km from east to west in North China, where services for ecological forest plantation and ecological restoration projects are in demand. Our biological assets primarily consist of (i) seedlings which are categorised into two major types, namely (a) Arbors, which can be divided into Evergreens and Deciduous; and (b) Flowering Shrubs; and (ii) sowing seedlings. As at 31 December 2020, our plantation bases carried approximately 14.4 million units of seedlings planted with fair value of RMB349.8 million in aggregate. We believe that having our own seedling stock allows us to accumulate extensive experience in seedling cultivation and plantation base operation, which in turn bolster customers’ confidence in our ability in achieving the target survival rate of planted seedling in our projects, thereby arising our chances in securing projects. Moreover, our Directors believe that seedling stock will continue to add value to our business as based on our Directors’ experience, the market price of seedlings tends to increase as they grow in height and crown width. See “Business — Biological assets” and “Financial information — Description of certain items of consolidated statements of financial position — Biological assets”. The following table sets out the quantity and fair value of our biological assets during the Track Record Period:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Percentage Percentage Percentage Quantity Fair value of total Quantity Fair value of total Quantity Fair value of total (Units (RMB fair value (Units (RMB fair value (Units (RMB fair value ‘000) ‘000) (%) ‘000) ‘000) (%) ‘000) ‘000) (%)

Evergreens 2.5m or 46 7,745 2.7% 206 38,568 11.4% 650 95,037 27.2% above Below 10,160 216,361 75.8% 10,130 255,879 76.0% 8,353 211,423 60.4% 2.5m

Subtotal 10,206 224,106 78.5% 10,336 294,447 87.4% 9,003 306,460 87.6%

Deciduous 3,921 54,737 19.2% 2,592 37,812 11.2% 2,557 40,328 11.5% Flowering Shrubs 3,265 3,284 1.2% 5,621 3,987 1.2% 2,769 2,821 0.8% Sowing seedlings 23,401 3,138 1.1% 94 600 0.2% 66 217 0.1%

Total 40,793 285,265 100.0% 18,643 336,846 100.0% 14,395 349,826 100.0%

Our project model We provide our services primarily on a project basis. Our projects can be categorised into (i) traditional model, under which we are engaged as the main contractor by the project owner to manage or execute the entire project (with general project duration of three years) covering the procurement, construction and maintenance stages or as a subcontractor to provide services in respect of a portion of the project works; and (ii) public-private-partnership (“PPP”) model, a model of long-term contractual agreement comprising the construction phase and the operation phase with overall project duration ranging from 12 to 30 years. Upon completion of the construction phase, our project company (which is jointly established by our Group and the public sector entity(ies) together with other private sector entity(ies) in some cases) is usually given the right to operate the project for a period of time, namely the operation phase. Projects under the PPP model generally involve a higher level of complexity with higher profit margin as compared to projects under the traditional model. For FY2020, revenue attributable to projects under traditional model and PPP model accounted for approximately 37.6% and 58.0% of our total revenue, respectively. See “Business — Our project models and project portfolio”.

−2− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

Pricing policy We determine the tender price or quotation on a project-by-project basis depending on: (i) the project model (i.e. PPP or traditional model); (ii) the duration and complexity of the project; (iii) the payment terms and payment schedule; (iv) the costs of raw materials and subcontracting fees; (v) the prevailing market conditions; and (vi) the location of project. Our research and development We seek to distinguish ourselves from our competitors with our research and development capabilities which enable us to increase survival rate of seedlings. We focus on (i) improving our plantation and ecological restoration techniques to overcome the climate condition and soil condition of project site such as humidity, temperature, soil thickness and soil composition that we may encounter in different project sites; and (ii) cultivating new species of seedlings with better growth yields and tolerance against harsh environment . We successfully obtained the rights in new varieties of plants (植物新品種權) for six of our seedling species and 97 patents as at the Latest Practicable Date. The following table sets out some of our key research and development achievements:

Key invention patents Description

A culture medium, solid mycorrhizal solution An integrated microbial fertiliser for and its manufacturing method (一種培養基 improving soil condition. This was applied 固體菌根製劑及其製備方法) in our City Nanshan PPP Project (赤峰市南山景觀綠化提升工程PPP項目) which was commenced in 2019.

A method for improving ecological A technique to improve the vegetation slope environment in loess hilly and gully area protection ability. This was applied in our (一種改善黃土丘陵洵壑區生態環境的方法) Shengle Project (內蒙古盛樂國際生態示範 區) which was commenced in 2013.

A method for fast breeding of poplar tree (一 A method for increasing the growth yields of 種快速繁育楊樹苗的方法) poplar tree. This was applied in our breeding of Mengshu No. 1* (蒙樹1號楊) and Mengshu No. 2* (蒙樹2號楊)

LANDSCAPE OF CHINA ECOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL INDUSTRY Favourable PRC government policies Our business has benefited, and we believe our Group will continue to benefit from a number of favourable policies and initiatives of the PRC government for the ecological and environmental industry in recent years. In both the 13th and 14th Five-Year Plan for the National Economic and Social Development, the PRC government put forward various specific initiatives in relation to environmental protection, ecological restoration and carrying-out large scale greening of the country. More importantly, the PRC government aims to achieve carbon neutrality by 2060. According to the Frost and Sullivan Report, large scale afforestation plays a significant role in achieving carbon neutrality by reducing the level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. We believe against such policy backdrop there are tremendous business opportunities for us to grow our business. Details of key favourable PRC government policies are as follows:

Key government policies Issuing authorities Area of focus

Master Plan for Major National The National The national forest coverage rate Ecosystem Protection and Development and is expected to increase from Restoration Projects (2021-2035) Reform 23.0% in 2020 to 26.0% by (全國重要生態系統保護和修復重 Commission and 2035, with the to-be-created 大工程總體規劃(2021-2035年)) the Ministry of forest area of approximately Natural 297.6 million sq.m., equivalent Resources* (國家 to approximately 1.6 times the 發展與改革委會和 size of Guangdong. 自然資源部)

−3− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

Key government policies Issuing authorities Area of focus

Opinions of the Central Committee The Central Ecological restoration projects of the Communist Party of China Committee of the such as river, lake and wetland and the State Council on Communist Party restoration, slope restoration Comprehensively Strengthening of China and the and mined land restoration will Ecological Environment State Council* be supported by PRC Protection and Resolutely (中國共產黨中央 government, and be funded by Fighting the Tough Battle of 國務院) public finance. Pollution Prevention and Control (中共中央國務院 關於全面加強生 態環境保護堅決打好污染防治攻 堅戰的意見)

Three-North Shelter Belt Forest The State Forestry It sets out the PRC government’s Program (三北防護林計劃) Administration* target to construct 35.1 million (國家林業局) hectare of shelter belt forests by around 2050. This will continue to drive the growth of the ecological forest plantation industry in the PRC persistently.

National Reserve Forest The State Forestry It sets out a target to construct Construction Plan (2018-2035) and Grassland 20 million hectare of national (國家儲備林建設規劃 Administration* reserve forests by 2035. (2018-2035年)) (國家林業和草原局)

Competitive landscape The ecological forest plantation industry, ecological restoration industry and urban and rural greening industry in the PRC are highly fragmented with low market concentration rate. With the exception of certain well-established players, most market players are focusing on their respective local markets, and cannot compete for large-scale public projects which normally have a certain number of requirements such as large-scale project experience, financial strength and the number of qualified professionals as stipulated in the tender documents. OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS Our Directors believe that our Group possesses the following competitive strengths which have contributed to our success amid the competitive industry: (i) leveraging on our considerable experience and business success in Inner Mongolia, we are well-positioned to capture opportunities in the growing ecological and environmental protection industry in other provinces in the PRC; (ii) we have a well-established reputation in the ecological and environmental protection industry, which enabled us to capture new business opportunities; (iii) our integrated business model allows us to differentiate ourselves from our competitors; (iv) strong research and development capability and technical know-how as reflected by our proprietary patents; and (v) our founder and core management team have a proven track record of experience in the ecological and environmental protection industry and management experience in a listed company. See “Business — Our Competitive Strengths”. OUR STRATEGIES We intend to pursue the following business strategies which are correlated with the growth and development of the ecological and environmental industry in the PRC: (i) strengthen our market position through continued funding of current projects; (ii) deepen our research and development to enhance our project execution capabilities; (iii) establish strategic cooperation with public sector entities to further expand our business network; (iv) recruit and continue to develop talents to expand our workforce and enhance our competitiveness; and (v) upgrade our information technology system to further improve our operational efficiency and enhance project management capability. See “Business — Our Business Strategies”.

−4− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

OUR CUSTOMERS, SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS Customers During the Track Record Period, our major customers were mainly public sector entities including bureaus of different local governments and state-invested enterprises in the PRC. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, approximately RMB66.7 million, RMB266.7 million and RMB216.4 million, representing approximately 18.4%, 35.1% and 26.6% of our total revenue was attributed to our largest customer in the respective year. For the same periods, approximately RMB204.5 million, RMB527.7 million and RMB549.0 million, representing approximately 56.5%, 69.5% and 67.6% of our revenue was attributed to our five largest customers in the respective year. See “Business — Our customers”. Suppliers Our suppliers mainly include (i) raw materials suppliers such as seedlings, and construction materials suppliers; and (ii) service providers who provide services including irrigation, soil management, application of fertilisers and disease and pest control for our plantation bases. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, approximately RMB10.7 million, RMB14.8 million and RMB14.4 million, representing approximately 4.0%, 2.9% and 2.6% of our total cost of sales were attributed to purchases from our largest supplier in the respective year, while approximately RMB47.2 million, RMB42.0 million and RMB51.6 million, representing approximately 17.7%, 8.3% and 9.4% of our total cost of sales were attributed to purchases from our five largest suppliers in the respective year. See “Business - Our suppliers”. Subcontractors Our subcontractors mainly include (i) labour subcontractors; (ii) professional subcontractors; and (iii) machinery subcontractors. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, subcontracting fees to our largest subcontractor amounted to approximately RMB14.4 million, RMB91.6 million and RMB50.7 million, representing approximately 5.4%, 18.1% and 9.3% of our total cost of sales. For the same periods, subcontracting fees to our five largest subcontractors amounted to approximately RMB55.5 million, RMB191.2 million and RMB120.0 million, respectively, representing approximately 20.8%, 37.8% and 22.0% of our total cost of sales, respectively. See “Business- Subcontracting”. RISK FACTORS Our business is subject to risks. A summary of major risk factors is set out below: (i) we may not be able to bill and receive the full amount of trade and bills receivables and contract assets; (ii) we may experience timing difference between our cash outflow and cash inflow when undertaking our traditional projects; (iii) we may not be able to obtain adequate debt financing for our PPP projects; (iv) undertaking PPP projects requires significant capital commitment over a long time span and we receive no cash income during the construction phase; and (v) our results of operations are subject to biological asset fair value adjustments which can be highly volatile and are subject to a number of assumptions. See “Risk factors”. SELECTED KEY FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL DATA The following tables set out, for the years indicated, selected financial and operating data from our consolidated financial information. See the Accountants’ Report in Appendix I to this document for further details on financial information. Summary of Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income The following table sets out a summary of our consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the years indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Revenue 361,923 758,826 812,456 Gross profit 94,648 252,224 265,666 (Loss)/profit before tax (40,401) (4,748) 132,534 (Loss)/profit for the year (48,372) (39,247) 93,708

−5− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

Our revenue increased by RMB396.9 million or 109.7% from RMB361.9 million in FY2018 to RMB758.8 million in FY2019 mainly due to (i) the commencement of construction works of two ecological forest planation projects and one ecological restoration project in PPP model, namely Chifeng City Nanshan PPP Project, Anqing PPP Project, and Yu County PPP Project in FY2019; and (ii) the increase in revenue derived from urban and rural greening projects mainly as a result of the increase in revenue generated from two projects, namely Hulun Bei’er PPP Project and Heze Project. Our revenue further increased by RMB53.7 million or 7.1% to RMB812.5 million in FY2020 primarily due to the increase in revenue derived from ecological forest plantation projects as a result of (i) the full year effect of construction of Xun County PPP Project; and (ii) the commencement of construction work of Chifeng agriculture and animal husbandry science and technology industrial park construction project (Xishan Breeding Base) and Liyang Project. Non-HKFRS Financial Measures To supplement our consolidated financial statements which are presented in accordance with HKFRSs, we also use a non-HKFRS measure, adjusted net (loss)/profit for the year, as an additional financial measure, to facilitate comparisons of our operating performance from period to period by eliminating potential impacts of certain profit and loss items which our management do not consider to be indicative of our operating performance. We believe that such measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our consolidated results of operations in the same manner as they help our management. See “Financial Information — Non-HKFRS Measures” for details.

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Adjusted net (loss)/profit for the year (unaudited) (9,751) 134,354 96,816

The following table reconciles our adjusted net (loss)/profit for the years indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

(Loss)/profit for the year (48,372) (39,247) 93,708

Add: Finance expenses contingent upon redemption of Fort Minor [REDACTED] (Note 1) 28,091 31,093 33,113 Foreign exchange loss/(gain) relating to Fort Minor [REDACTED] 10,530 8,408 (35,767) Fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (Note 2) — 133,650 — [REDACTED] expenses [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED]

Adjusted net (loss)/profit for the year (unaudited) (9,751) 134,354 96,816

Notes:

1. Pursuant to the relevant shareholders’ agreement, Fort Minor had been granted certain special rights, including, among others, a liquidity protection. The liquidity protection allowed Fort Minor to require the Company to repurchase or redeem Fort Minor’s [REDACTED] at the price that would yield a pre-agreed return to Fort Minor on its investment amount. Thus, Fort Minor’s [REDACTED] was recognised as an interest-bearing liability by the Group with the associated interest recognised as our finance costs.

−6− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

All special rights including the liquidity protection granted to Fort Minor in relation to its [REDACTED] shall cease to be effective and be discontinued upon [REDACTED]. As a result, no cash repayment will be made by the Group to Fort Minor regarding the [REDACTED] and the liabilities in relation to the [REDACTED], including the accrued interests, will be reclassified to equity. We therefore consider these non-cash expense items relating to such liquidity protection are not indicative of our operating performance and are excluded from our net profit or loss for the year in above reconciliation. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — [REDACTED] — Rights of the [REDACTED]” for details of rights of Fort Minor. 2. Fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss represent the non-cash expense item in relation to the warrants issued to Fort Minor in December 2019 in substitution for the valuation adjustment payment payable by our Group to Fort Minor pursuant to the relevant shareholders’ agreement. We therefore consider these non-cash expense items are not indicative of our operating performance and are excluded from our net profit or loss for the year in above reconciliation. For details, see “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — [REDACTED] — Investor Group [REDACTED] Overview — Fort Minor Warrant”. We recorded adjusted net profit of RMB134.4 million for FY2019 as compared to adjusted net loss of RMB9.8 million for FY2018, primarily due to the increase in revenue. Our adjusted net profit decreased by RMB37.6 million or 28.0% from RMB134.4 million for FY2019 to RMB96.8 million for FY2020, primarily due to (i) the increase in finance costs as a result of the increase in borrowings for the expansion of our business; (ii) the decrease in net change in fair value of biological assets because of realised fair value loss incurred during the year as a result of the losses arising from death of seedlings caused by the extreme weather in spring of 2020 in one of our plantation bases; and (iii) the increase in impairment loss of financial and contract assets as a result of the increase in amount of overdue contract assets. The slowing economic growth of the PRC which negatively impacted the finance of local governments, together with the measures promulgated by the MOF to tighten the regulation on the management of PPP projects, led the overall business environment to become very challenging to most market players in our industry in 2018. See “Regulatory overview — Laws and Regulations in Relation to Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Projects”. Our operating performance was not satisfactory in 2018 similar to our comparable industry participants and we recorded an adjusted loss for the year. Summary of Consolidated Statements of Financial Position The following table sets out a summary of our consolidated statements of financial position as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Non-current assets 621,481 1,297,290 1,558,152

Current assets 1,188,954 1,151,802 1,739,578 Current liabilities 629,376 956,774 1,352,528

Net current assets 559,578 195,028 387,050

Non-current liabilities 714,064 913,538 1,255,913

Net assets 466,995 578,780 689,289

Our Group recorded net assets of RMB467.0 million, RMB578.8 million and RMB689.3 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The increase in our net assets was mainly attributable to the positive operating performance we achieved throughout the Track Record Period, as indicated by the non-HKFRS adjusted profit for FY2019 and FY2020.

−7− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

Summary of Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows The following table sets out a summary of our consolidated statements of cash flows for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Net cash flows used in operating activities (255,336) (174,910) (235,677) Net cash flows used in investing activities (17,334) (87,491) (98,736) Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities (58,998) 198,857 559,395

During the Track Record Period, we recorded net cash flows used in operating activities, mainly attributable to the fact that the majority of our ongoing PPP projects were commenced during the Track Record Period and were still in the construction phase, during which we generally did not receive any payments or cash inflow while incurring significant project costs until completion of construction phase. The construction of such PPP projects is expected to be completed starting from 2021 thereby generating positive operating cash flows to our Group. For FY2019, our Group had net cash flows used in investing activities of RMB87.5 million, mainly due to the purchases of items of property, plant and equipment in FY2019.

Key financial ratios

The following table sets out a summary of our key financial ratios for the periods or as of the dates indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

Gross profit margin (%) 26.2 33.2 32.7 Net profit margin (%) N/A N/A 11.5 Return on equity (%) N/A N/A 7.8 Return on total assets (%) N/A N/A 2.8 Interest coverage (times) 0.5 2.0 4.9

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020

Current ratio (times) 1.9 1.2 1.3 Quick ratio (times) 1.9 1.2 1.3 Gearing ratio (%) 36.5 42.2 85.9 Net debt to equity ratio (%) 19.6 33.3 59.5

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

For illustrative purpose: Non-HKFRS adjusted net profit margin (%) N/A 17.7 11.9 Non-HKFRS adjusted return on equity (%) N/A 12.2 8.1 Non-HKFRS adjusted return on total assets (%) N/A 5.5 2.9

See “Financial Information — Key financial Ratios”

−8− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

[REDACTED] EXPENSES [REDACTED] expenses in connection with the [REDACTED] consist primarily of [REDACTED] commissions and professional fees. We estimate that total expenses in relation to the [REDACTED] (assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per [REDACTED] (being the mid-point of the [REDACTED]) and no exercise of the [REDACTED]) will be RMB[REDACTED] million (equivalent to HK$[REDACTED] million), representing approximately [REDACTED]% of the gross [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] (assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per [REDACTED], being the mid-point of the [REDACTED] and no exercise of the [REDACTED]). During the Track Record Period, we incurred [REDACTED] expenses of RMB[REDACTED] million of which RMB[REDACTED] million was charged to our administrative expenses and RMB[REDACTED] million was capitalised. We expect to incur additional [REDACTED] expenses of RMB[REDACTED] million. RMB[REDACTED] million is expected to be recognised as administrative expenses and RMB[11.1] million (together with the previously incurred [REDACTED] expenses recorded as prepayment) is expected to be recognised as a deduction in equity for the year ending 31 December 2021. The total [REDACTED] expenses above are the latest practicable estimate and for reference only. The actual amount may differ from this estimate. OUR CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS As of the Latest Practicable Date, Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明), Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春), Mr. Li Jianjun (栗建軍) and Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英), Mr. Wang Shiwei (王世偉), Mr. Zhang Zhiguang (張志光), Mr. Gao Yubao (高玉豹), Mr. Li Guangjun (李廣軍) and Ms. Li Binbin (李彬彬), Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company and Mengsheng BVI Company constitute our Company Controlling Shareholders Group, and will together hold [REDACTED]% of our Company’s enlarged issued share capital immediately after completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme) and assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares into Shares. Company Controlling Shareholders Group will remain as our Controlling Shareholders upon [REDACTED]. Fort Minor and Chili Roost are our [REDACTED]. As at the Latest Practicable Date, Fort Minor held 52,970,000 Shares and 65,000,000 Investor Class Shares and Chili Roost held 57,500,000 Shares. Assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its Investor Class Shares into Shares on the basis of one Investor Class Share for one Share and immediately after completion of the [REDACTED], Investor Group, through Fort Minor and Chili Roost, will hold in aggregate [REDACTED] Shares, representing [REDACTED]% of our Company’s enlarged issued share capital immediately after completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme). Therefore, Investor Group will be our Controlling Shareholder upon [REDACTED]. Investor Group is a passive investor of our Group, mainly because it did not and will not participate in our Group’s day to day management and operation, which is the responsibility of our executive Directors and senior management. For the background information of Investor Group, see “History, Reorganization and Group Structure — Investor Group [REDACTED] Investment Overview” in this document for further details. [REDACTED] Green Thrive Group On 8 December 2012, Green Thrive HK invested RMB30 million in Mengshu Group. As part of the Reorganisation and to mirror Green Thrive HK’s interests in Mengshu Group, Green Thrive BVI, being the sole shareholder of Green Thrive HK, subscribed for 20 million Shares, representing 8.703% of the then share capital of our Company. Green Thrive Group is an Independent Third Party. Assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares into Shares, immediately after completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme), Green Thrive BVI will hold [REDACTED]% of our Company’s enlarged issued share capital.

−9− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

Investor Group The Investor Group, having invested approximately US$69 million in our Company, held (i) 52,970,000 Shares and 65,000,000 Investor Class Shares (with the initial conversion ratio of one Investor Class Share for one Share) through Fort Minor; and (ii) 57,500,000 Shares through Chili Roost as at the Latest Practicable Date. This represents approximately [REDACTED]% of our Company’s enlarged issued capital immediately after completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes on to be granted Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Schemes) and assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Share into Shares based on the initial conversion ratio of one Investor Class Share for One Share. The Investor Group will be our Controlling Shareholder upon [REDACTED]. See “Our History, Reorganization and Corporate Structure [REDACTED]” of this document for further details. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND COMPLIANCE Our Directors confirm that to their best knowledge and understanding, during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, there were no material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings pending or threatened against us or any of our Directors. During the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, our Group experienced non-compliance incidents, namely (i) failure to obtain the forest seed production and operation license (林木種子生 產經營許可證) or engage in seedling plantation and sales activities in accordance with the scope thereof; and (ii) use the land used for protected agriculture (設施農業用地) for non-agricultural purposes. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had taken remedial actions to rectify our non-compliance incidents and have adopted internal control procedures to prevent future occurrence or reoccurrence of the non-compliance incidents. See “Business — Legal proceedings and Non-compliance” for further details. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS AND MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE Subsequent to the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we signed contracts with our customers for one new ecological forest plantation project and two new urban and rural greening projects with total contract sum of approximately RMB188.7 million, and received notice of award for one ecological forest plantation project in Sichuan and one ecological restoration project in Inner Mongolia and are in the process of finalising the contract terms with the customers. Furthermore, we obtained (i) landscape architecture engineering — grade I (風景園林工程設計專項甲級) in June 2021 which allows us to undertake all types and scale of landscape engineering design projects; and (ii) qualification of construction entities under the geological disaster control projects — grade III (地質災害防治單位資質證書施工丙級) in May 2021 as part of our business strategies to expand our ecological restoration segment through undertaking mined land restoration projects. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had 54 projects on hand with a total backlog of approximately RMB3.3 billion. Out of these projects, (i) 25 were ecological forest plantation projects with a total backlog of approximately RMB1,907.6 million; (ii) six were ecological restoration projects with a total backlog of approximately RMB655.4 million; and (iii) 23 were urban and rural greening projects with a total backlog of approximately RMB738.4 million. Our Directors confirm that, up to the date of this document, there has been no material adverse change in our financial or trading position or prospect of our Company or its subsidiaries since 31 December 2020, being the end of the reporting period in Appendix I to this document, and there has been no event since 31 December 2020 which would materially affect the information shown in Appendix I to this document. [REDACTED] Our [REDACTED] are expected to sell [REDACTED] [REDACTED] under the [REDACTED]. We estimate the net [REDACTED] to the [REDACTED] from the sale of [REDACTED] pursuant to the [REDACTED] to be approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per Share, being the mid-point of the [REDACTED]). The [REDACTED] will repay the amount due to our Group of approximately HK$[REDACTED] million through the sale of the [REDACTED] upon [REDACTED]. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — Acquisition of PRC Subsidiaries - (iv) Acquisition of 1% equity interest in Mengshu Group by He Yu Sheng” in this document for a detailed description of such shareholder indebtedness.

−10− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

USE OF [REDACTED] We estimate that the aggregate net [REDACTED] to us from the [REDACTED] (comprising [REDACTED] New Shares and [REDACTED] [REDACTED]) (after deducting [REDACTED] and estimated expenses payable by us and the [REDACTED] in connection with the [REDACTED]), assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED], being the mid-point of the [REDACTED], will be approximately HK$[REDACTED] million of which (i) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million will be received from the issue of [REDACTED]; and (ii) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million will be received from the [REDACTED] through the sale of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme). We currently intend to apply the net [REDACTED] from the [REDACTED] in the following manner: • Approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used to fund our construction costs during the construction phase of our Yu County PPP project; • HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used for investment into Xun County PPP Project for initial registered capital of project company of Xun County PPP Project; • Approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million) or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used to fund our two research and development projects for breeding of stress-resistant seedlings; • Approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million) or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used for recruitment of project execution personnel, sales and marketing personnel and research and development personnel to expand our workforce to cope with new business opportunities and enhance our competitiveness; • Approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million) or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used to repay our bank loans and improve our gearing ratio; • Approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used to upgrade our information technology system; and • The remaining balance of approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] will be used as working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Future Plans and Use of [REDACTED]”.

−11− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUMMARY

STATISTICS OF THE [REDACTED]

Based on the Based on the minimum indicative maximum indicative [REDACTED] of [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] HK$[REDACTED] per per [REDACTED] [REDACTED]

Market capitalisation of our Shares(1) HK$[REDACTED] million HK$[REDACTED] million Unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets of our Group per Share(2), (3) HK$[REDACTED] HK$[REDACTED]

Notes:

1. The calculation of market capitalisation of our Shares is based on [REDACTED] Shares in issue immediately after completion of the [REDACTED] without taking into account any new Shares which may be allotted and issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] or any options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options that may be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme or any Shares which may be issued or repurchased by our Company pursuant to our Company’s general mandates.

2. The unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets of our Group per Share has been prepared based on [REDACTED] Shares in issue assuming that the [REDACTED] had been completed on 31 December 2020 and with reference to certain other estimations and adjustments. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” in Appendix II to this document for our unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets.

3. On 30 May 2021, Chili Roost, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited, subscribed for [REDACTED] shares of the Company at par value of HK$0.001 per share. The subscription of new shares to Chili Roost would have increased the total number of share in issue from [REDACTED] Shares as mentioned in note (2) above to [REDACTED] Shares and would have increased the unaudited pro forma adjusted combined net tangible assets of the Group attributable to owners of the Company as at 31 December 2020 to RMB[REDACTED] or RMB[REDACTED], or would have decreased to RMB[REDACTED] (HK$[REDACTED]) per Share or RMB[REDACTED] (HK$[REDACTED]) per Share based on the [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per Share or HK$[REDACTED] per Share, respectively. DIVIDEND POLICY We have neither a pre-determined dividend payout ratio nor any dividend policy. The payment and amount of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors, and subject to the applicable laws and regulations, and will also depend on factors such as our results of operations, cash flow, capital requirements, general financial condition, future prospects and other factors that our Board of Directors deem relevant. Up to the Latest Practicable Date, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our Shares.

−12− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

In this document, unless the context otherwise requires, the following expressions shall have the following meanings.

“Anqing City Mengshu Greenery Anqing City Mengshu Greenery Management Ltd.* (安慶市 Management” 蒙樹綠化管理有限責任公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 13 December 2019 and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 78% by Mengshu Group, 1% by Mengshu Ecological, and 21% by two Independent Third Parties

“Articles” or “Articles of the second amended and restated articles of association of our Association” Company conditionally adopted on [REDACTED] and effective on the [REDACTED] Date, a summary of which is set out in Appendix III to this document, and as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Beijing Mengshu Ecological” Beijing Mengshu Ecological Environmental Engineering Co., Ltd.* (北京蒙樹生態環境工程有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 16 October 2002 and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

“Beijing Mengshu Investment Beijing Mengshu Investment Management Co., Ltd.* (北京蒙 Management” 樹投資管理有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 28 January 2016 and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

“Beijing Mengshu Landscape Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design Co., Ltd.* (北京蒙樹景 Design” 觀設計有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 17 August 2016 and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 75% by Mengshu Group and 25% by Mr. Fan Yu (樊宇), a director of our subsidiary.

“Board” or “Board of Directors” the board of directors of our Company

“business day” any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday) on which banks in Hong Kong are generally open for normal banking business

“BVI” the British Virgin Islands

“Cayman Companies Act” or the Companies Act (as revised) of the Cayman Islands, as “Companies Act” amended or supplemented from time to time

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

−13− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“Chifeng City Mengzhishu Chifeng City Mengzhishu Greenery Engineering Ltd.* (赤峰 Greenery Engineering” 市蒙之樹綠化工程有限責任公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 31 July 2019 and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 97.9% by Mengshu Group, 1% by Beijing Mengshu Ecological, 1% by Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and 0.10% by an Independent Third Party

“Chifeng Mengshu Landscape” Chifeng Mengshu Landscape Co., Ltd.* (赤峰蒙樹景觀有限 公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 17 September 2018 and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

−14− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

“Chili Roost” Chili Roost Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability on 4 December 2020, being wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited (an Independent Third Party) and our [REDACTED]

“Companies Ordinance” the Companies Ordinance (Chapter 622 of the Laws of Hong Kong), as amended or supplemented from time to time

“Companies (Winding Up and the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Chapter 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), as Ordinance” amended or supplemented from time to time

“Company” or “our Company” China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited (中國蒙 樹生態集團有限公司), an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability on 14 August 2017

“Company Controlling Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明), Ms. Guo Shareholders Group” Jinchun (郭瑾春), Mr. Li Jianjun (栗建軍), Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英), Mr. Wang Shiwei (王世偉), Mr. Zhang Zhiguang (張志光), Mr. Gao Yubao (高玉豹), Mr. Li Guangjun (李廣軍) and Ms. Li Binbin (李彬彬), Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company and Mengsheng BVI Company

“Controlling Shareholders” has the meaning ascribed to it under the Listing Rules, and in the context of this document refers to the Company Controlling Shareholders Group and the Investor Group

“Corporate Governance Code” the Corporate Governance Code as set out in Appendix 14 of the Listing Rules

“COVID-19” coronavirus disease 2019, a disease caused by a novel virus designated as severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus

“Directors” or “our directors” the directors of our Company

“EIT Law” Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC* (中華人民共和國企 業所得稅法), as amended or supplemented from time to time

“EITIR” the Enterprise Income Tax Implementation Regulations (中華 人民共和國企業所得稅法實施條例)

“Extreme Conditions” extreme conditions caused by a super typhoon as announced by the government of Hong Kong

“Fort Minor” Fort Minor Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 18 August 2016, being wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited (an Independent Third Party) and our [REDACTED]

−15− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

“Frost & Sullivan” Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co., an independent market research and consulting company

“Frost & Sullivan Report” an industry report prepared by Frost & Sullivan for the purpose of this document

“FY” or “financial year” financial year of our Company ended or ending 31 December

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“Green Thrive BVI” Green Thrive Investments Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 28 August 2012, being wholly owned by Superb Link Limited (an Independent Third Party) and our [REDACTED]

“Green Thrive Group” Green Thrive BVI, Green Thrive HK, Superb Link Limited (being a company incorporated in the BVI), Shining Capital Holdings II L.P. and Shining Capital Management Limited

“Green Thrive HK” Green Thrive Investments HK Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability on 25 September 2012, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Green Thrive BVI and our [REDACTED]

“Group”, “we”, “our” or “us” our Company and its subsidiaries at the relevant time or, where the context otherwise requires, in respect of the period prior to our Company becoming the holding company of its present subsidiaries, such subsidiaries as if they were subsidiaries of our Company at the relevant time

“Guizhou Mengshu Ecology” Mengshu Ecology (Guizhou) Co., Ltd.* (蒙樹生態(貴州)有 限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 3 January 2018, an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 90% by Mengshu Group and 10% by an Independent Third Party

“He Yu Sheng” Inner Mongolia He Yu Sheng Business Consulting Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古和瑜盛商務諮詢有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 12 November 2018, and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

“Hesheng Ecological Dengkou” Hesheng Ecological Dengkou Co., Ltd.* (和盛生態磴口有限 公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 20 May 2015 and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

−16− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“HK$” or “Hong Kong dollars” Hong Kong dollars and cents, the lawful currency of Hong Kong

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

Chengchi I Industrial Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund Investment Development Fund” Center (Limited Partnership)* (呼和浩特市城池一期產業發 展基金投資中心(有限合夥)), a limited partnership established in the PRC on 6 July 2018, and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 59.99% by Shenzhen Kunxing No.3, and 40.01% by two Independent Third Parties

“Hong Kong” the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“Hou’s BVI Company” China Mengsong Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙松生 態有限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 18 August 2017, which is wholly owned by Ms. Hou, an Independent Third Party

“Huirong Datong” Inner Mongolia Huirong Datong Commerce Co., Ltd.* (內蒙 古匯融達通商貿有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 12 July 2018, which is owned as to (i) 17.06% by Mr. Zhao, 26.74% by Mr. Li, 31.88% by Mr. Qiu, 10.87% by Shenglin, and 11.92% by Mengsheng, and (ii) 0.67% by Ms. Ma and 0.86% by Ms. Hou, who are Independent Third Parties

−17− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

“Hulun Bei’er City Haisheng Hulun Bei’er City Haisheng Greenery Management Ltd.* (呼 Greenery Management” 倫貝爾市海盛綠化管理有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 23 March 2018 and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 95% by Mengshu Group, and 5% by an Independent Third Party

“Hulun Bei’er City Shengxin City Hulun Bei’er City Shengxin City Engineering Co., Ltd.* (呼 Engineering” 倫貝爾市盛新市政工程有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 14 December 2018 and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 98.01% by Beijing Mengshu Ecological, and 1.99% by two Independent Third Parties

“Independent Third Party(ies)” individual(s) or company(ies) not connected with (within the meaning of the Listing Rules) any director, chief executive or Substantial Shareholder of our Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective associates

“Inner Mongolia” Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region of the PRC

“Inner Mongolia Hesheng Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Ecological Technology Institute Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古和盛生態科技研究院有限公司), Research Institute” an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 21 January 2014, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

“Inner Mongolia Hesheng Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu Greenery Engineering Mengshu Greenery Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古和盛蒙樹綠化工程有限公司), an Engineering” enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 24 March 2017, an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 95% by Mengshu Group, and 5% by an Independent Third Party

“Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng Agricultural Technology Agricultural Technology” Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古和源谷盛農業科技有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 21 June 2013, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

“Inner Mongolia Mengshu Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological Environment Co., Ltd.* Ecological” (內蒙古蒙樹生態環境有限公司) (formerly known as Inner Mongolia Jutai Landscape Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古聚碳園林綠化 有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 12 December 2011, an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 77.02% by Mengshu Group and 22.98% by Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund

−18− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

“Inner Mongolia Mengshu Inner Mongolia Mengshu Greenery Maintenance Service Co., Greenery Maintenance Service” Ltd.* (內蒙古蒙樹綠化養護服務有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 23 February 2017, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

“Inner Mongolia Mengshu Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Planning and Design Art Landscape Design” Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古蒙樹景觀規劃設計藝術有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 13 April 2006, an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company and a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design

“Inner Mongolia Yuanyuan Zhihui Inner Mongolia Yuanyuan Zhihui Culture and Tourism Culture and Tourism” Development Ltd.* (內蒙古園緣智匯文化旅遊開發有限責任 公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 20 December 2019, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“Latest Practicable Date” 20 June 2021, being the latest practicable date for the purpose of ascertaining certain information contained in this document prior to its publication

“Li’s BVI Company I” China Mengduan Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙椴生 態有限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 18 August 2017, which is wholly owned by Mr. Li and being our Controlling shareholder

“Li’s BVI Company II” China Mengli Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙櫟生態有 限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 17 August 2017, which is wholly owned by Mr. Li and being our Controlling Shareholder

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

−19− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“Listing Rules” the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange, as amended or supplemented from time to time

“Memorandum” or “Memorandum the second amended and restated articles of association of our of Association” Company conditionally adopted on [REDACTED] and effective on the [REDACTED] Date, a summary of which is set out in Appendix III to this document, and as amended or supplemented from time to time

“Ma’s BVI Company” China Mengshan Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙杉生 態有限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 21 August 2017, which is wholly owned by Ms. Ma, an Independent Third Party

“Mengsheng” Ningbo Mengsheng Investment Management Partnership (Limited Partnership)* (寧波蒙升投資管理合夥企業(有限合 夥)), a limited partnership established under the laws of the PRC on 24 December 2015, which is owned as to 21.60% by Mr. Gao Yubao (高玉豹), 27.20% by Mr. Wang Shiwei (王世偉), 23.60% by Mr. Zhang Zhiguang (張志光), 20.80% by Mr. Li Guangjun (李廣軍) and 6.80% by Ms. Li Binbin (李彬彬), who are our Controlling Shareholders.

“Mengsheng BVI Company” China Mengsheng Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙升生 態有限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 16 August 2017, which is owned as to 22% by Mr. Gao Yubao (高玉豹), 23% by Mr. Zhang Zhiguang (張志光), 21% by Mr. Li Guangjun (李廣軍), 7% by Ms. Li Binbin (李彬彬) and 27% by Mr. Wang Shiwei (王世偉) and being our Controlling Shareholder

“Mengshu BVI” China Hesheng Mengshu Ecological Company Limited (中國 和盛蒙樹生態有限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 5 September 2017, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

“Mengshu HK” Hesheng Mengshu Ecological (China) Company Limited (和 盛蒙樹生態(中國)有限公司), a company incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liabilities on 19 September 2016, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company

−20− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

“Mengshu Group” Mengshu Ecological Construction Group Co., Ltd.* (蒙樹生 態建設集團有限公司) (formerly known as Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Forestry Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古和盛生態育 林有限公司)), a company established under the laws of the PRC on 29 October 2008 and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Group, which is owned as to 83.99% by Mengshu HK and 16.01% by He Yu Sheng

“MOFCOM” the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC (中華人民共和國商務 部) or its predecessor, the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic cooperation of the PRC (中華人民共和國對外貿易 經濟合作部)

“Mr. Li” Mr. Li Feng (李峰), our Controlling Shareholder

“Mr. Liu” Mr. Liu Xiuzhang (劉秀章), an Independent Third Party

“Mr. Qiu” Mr. Qiu Lianjun (邱連軍), our Controlling Shareholder

“Mr. Zhao” Mr. Zhao Quansheng (趙泉勝) (formerly known as Zhao Quansheng 趙全生), chairman of the Board, an executive Director and our Controlling Shareholder

“Ms. Hou” Ms. Hou Bo (侯波), an Independent Third Party

“Ms. Ma” Ms. Ma Guilan (馬桂蘭), an Independent Third Party

“New Shares” the [REDACTED] new Shares being [REDACTED] for subscription by our Company at the [REDACTED] under the [REDACTED] and the [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

−21− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“PRC” or “China” the People’s Republic of China, excluding for the purposes of this document only, Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China and Taiwan

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“[REDACTED] Share Option the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I adopted by the Scheme I” Company on 23 July 2019 and amended on 30 December 2019 and 30 May 2021, summary of the principal terms of which are set out in the section headed “Appendix IV — Statutory and General Information — D. [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes” in this document.

“[REDACTED] Share Option the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II adopted by the Scheme II” Company on 23 July 2019 and amended on 30 December 2019 and 30 May 2021, summary of the principal terms of which are set out in the section headed “Appendix IV — Statutory and General Information — D. [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes” in this document.

“[REDACTED] Share Option [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and [REDACTED] Schemes” Share Option Scheme II

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

−22− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“Post-[REDACTED] Share the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme conditionally Option Scheme” adopted under the written resolution of our Shareholders of our Company passed on [REDACTED], the summary of the principal terms of which are set out in the section headed “Appendix IV — Statutory and General Information — E. Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme” in this document.

“PRC Legal Advisers” Commerce & Finance Law Offices, the legal advisers to our Company as to PRC law

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

−23− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“Qiu’s BVI Company” China Mengsang Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙桑生 態有限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares on 21 August 2017, which is wholly owned by Mr. Qiu, and being our Controlling Shareholder

“Regulation S” Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act

“Reorganisation” the reorganisation of the Group in preparation for the [REDACTED], details of which are set out in the section headed “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — Reorganisation” in this document

“RMB” Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC

“SAFE” State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC* (中華 人民共和國國家外匯管理局)

[REDACTED] the [REDACTED] Shares being initially [REDACTED] for sale by the [REDACTED] at the [REDACTED] under the [REDACTED]

“SAT” State Administration of Taxation of the PRC* (中華人民共和 國國家稅務總局)

[REDACTED] Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company, Mengsheng BVI Company, Ma’s BVI Company and Hou’s BVI Company, our existing Shareholders who are expected to [REDACTED] to sell Shares in the [REDACTED], as detailed in the section headed “Statutory and General Information — F. Other information — 9. [REDACTED]” in Appendix IV of this document

“SFC” the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong

“SFO” the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Chapter 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), as amended or supplemented from time to time

−24− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

“SHA Existing Shareholders” Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company, Mengsheng BVI Company, Hou’s BVI Company, Ma’s BVI Company, Ms. Hou, Ms. Ma and Green Thrive BVI

“Shareholder(s)” holder(s) of Shares

“Share(s)” ordinary share(s) with a nominal or par value of HK$0.001 each in the share capital of our Company

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“Shenglin” Ningbo Shenglin Investment Management Partnership (Limited Partnership)* (寧波盛林投資管理合夥企業(有限合 夥)), a limited partnership established under the laws of the PRC on 6 August 2014, which is owned as to 20.53% by Mr. Li Jianjun (栗建軍), 19.56% by Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英), 26.05% by Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春) and 33.86% by Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明), who are our Controlling Shareholders

“Shenglin BVI Company” China Shenglin Ecological Company Limited (中國盛林生態 有限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by Shares on 17 August 2017, which is owned as to 21% by Mr. Li Jianjun (栗建軍), 19% by Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英), 26% by Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春) and 34% by Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明) and being our Controlling Shareholder

“Shenzhen Kunxing No.3” Shenzhen Kunxing No.3 Partnership (Limited Partnership)* (深圳坤行三號投資合夥企業(有限合夥)), a limited partnership established under the laws of the PRC on 13 November 2018, and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company which is owned as to 94.95% by Mengshu Group, 0.005% by Beijing Mengshu Investment Management and 5.045% by an Independent Third Party

“Sole Sponsor” or [REDACTED] Shenwan Hongyuan Capital (H.K.) Limited, a licenced or [REDACTED] or corporation licenced to carry out type 1 (dealing in [REDACTED] or securities), type 4 (advising on securities) and type 6 [REDACTED] (advising on corporate finance) regulated activities under the SFO

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

−25− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

“Stock Exchange” or “Hong The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited Kong Stock Exchange”

“Takeovers Code” the Hong Kong Code on Takeovers and Mergers issued by the SFC, as amended or supplemented from time to time

“Track Record Period” FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

“U.S.” or “United States” the United States of America, its territories and possessions, any state of the United States and the of Columbia

“U.S. Securities Act” the United States Securities Act 1933, as amended or supplemented from time to time

“US$” United States Dollars, the lawful currency of the United States

“Valuer” Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited

“Xun County Mengshu Forestry” Xun County Mengshu Forestry Co., Ltd.* (浚縣蒙樹林業有限 公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 26 July 2019, an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 93% by Mengshu Group, 1% by Beijing Mengshu Ecological, 1% by Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and 5% by an Independent Third Party

“Yu County Mengshu Yu County Mengshu Landscaping Engineering Co., Ltd.* (盂 Landscaping Engineering” 縣蒙樹景觀工程有限公司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 13 June 2019 and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 89% by Mengshu Group, 1% by Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and 10% by an Independent Third Party

“Zhao’s BVI Company” China Mengyang Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙楊生 態有限公司), a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and 16 August 2017, which is wholly owned by Mr. Zhao and being our Controlling Shareholder

−26− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DEFINITIONS

“Zhenning Autonomous County Zhenning Autonomous County Mengshu Landscaping Mengshu Landscaping Construction Co., Ltd.* (鎮寧自治縣蒙樹景觀建設有限公 Construction” 司), an enterprise established under the laws of the PRC on 6 December 2019 and an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company, which is owned as to 88% by Mengshu Group, 1% by Beijing Mengshu Ecological, 1% by Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and 10% by an Independent Third Party

“Zhong Sheng Li De” Inner Mongolia Zhong Sheng Li De Environmental Engineering Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古中盛立德環境工程有限公司) (formerly known as 白楊景觀藝術有限責任公司), a company established under the laws of the PRC on 15 November 2002, which was owned as to 44% by Mengshu Group as at the Latest Practicable Date

“%” per cent

In this document, unless the context otherwise requires:

• the terms “associate”, “close associate”, “connected person”, “connected transaction”, “controlling shareholder’, “core connected person”, “subsidiary” and “substantial shareholder” shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Listing Rules, unless the context otherwise requires;

• all data in this document is as at the date of this document; and

• all references to any shareholdings in our Company assume no exercise of the [REDACTED] unless otherwise specified.

For ease of reference, the names of the PRC established companies, entities, laws and regulations have been included in this document in both Chinese and English. The name in Chinese is the official name of each such company, entity, law or regulation (as the case may be), while that in English is only an unofficial translation and are included for identification purpose only (as indicated by a “*” next to such name) In the event of any inconsistency, the Chinese name shall prevail.

−27− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS

This glossary of technical terms contains explanations of certain terms used in this document as they relate to our Company and are used in this document in connection with our business or us. These terms and their given meanings may not correspond to standard industry definitions.

“Anqing PPP Project” The PPP Project for the Enhancement of Ecological Corridors and Forestry Landscape along the River in Yingjiang District, Anqing City, Anhui Province (安徽省安慶市迎江區沿江生態 廊道及林業景觀提升PPP項目)

“Arbors” relatively tall trees with well-defined trunks extending from the roots to the canopy and are usually applied for functional purposes such as construction of quarantine belt, shelter belt and landscape greening. Depending on whether the leaves are deciduous in winter, Arbors can be divided into Evergreens and Deciduous

“CAGR” compound annual growth rate, a method of assessing the average growth of a value over time

“carbon sink” the process and mechanism of using plant photosynthesis to absorb carbon dioxide in the atmosphere into the vegetation and soil through various ways such as tree planting, forest management, and vegetation restoration, thereby reducing the concentration of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere. The main ecosystems that generate carbon sinks include forests, grasslands, wetlands, oceans, etc.

“carbon sink forest” forests that aim to cope with global warming via utilising the function of carbon sink of forests, and the amount of carbon fixed by the carbon sink forest is tradable in the market as carbon emission right

“Chifeng City Chifeng City Aohan Banner District Greening PPP Project (赤 District PPP Project” 峰市敖漢旗城區及重點區域綠化PPP項目) located in Aohan Banner District, Chifeng City, Inner Mongolia

“Chifeng City Nanshan PPP Chifeng City Nanshan Landscape Enhancement PPP Project Project” (赤峰市南山景觀綠化提升工程PPP項目) located in Nanshan, Chifeng City, Inner Mongolia

“Chongli Winter Olympics The Landscape Enhancement Project for the Winter Olympics Project” Ecological Passageway in Chongli (崇禮冬奧賽事生態廊道景 觀提升工程施工第13標段項目) located in Zhangjiakou, Hebei Province

−28− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS

“commercial forests” forests with related supporting facilities for non-timber production and commercial activities. Non-timber products include fruits, nuts, oils, spices, industrial raw materials and medicinal materials. Commercial activities include forest eco-tourism, and forest-based planting and animal breeding

“Deciduous” Arbors that lose all of their leaves during winter or drought seasons

“ecological forest plantation projects that aim at creating forests with long-term ecological projects” and environmental sustainability through planned afforestation and maintenance work

“ecological forest plantation services provided for the purpose of ecological forestry services”

“ecological restoration projects” projects that seek to recover areas with degraded, damaged, or destroyed ecosystems through the application of various scientific means to revive the original chemical, biological, and physical characteristics of the water or soil as well as the surrounding plant community

“ecological restoration services” services provided for the purpose of ecological restoration

“Evergreens” Arbors that have green leaves throughout the year and are always green

“Flowering Shrubs” a type of shrub mainly for beautification purposes with various stems branching near the ground and do not have well-defined trunks

“GB/T 26424-2010” technical regulations for inventory for forest management planning and design issued by the General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine of the People’s Republic of China and the Standardization Administration of China on 14 January 2011 and adopted on 1 June 2011

“GB/T 24001-2016/ISO national standard of environmental management systems 14001:2015” issued by the General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine of the People Republic of China, China National Standardization Administration Committee on 13 October 2016 and adopted on 1 May 2017

“GDP” gross domestic product

“germplasm” resources such as seeds that are maintained for the purpose of plant breeding, preservation or other research uses

−29− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS

“gully” a landform created by running water, eroding sharply into soil, typically on a hillside

“Heze Project” Landscaping and Greening Project for National Highways in Mudan District, Heze City, Shandong Province (菏澤市牡丹 區國省道綠化工程項目)

“Hulun Bei’er PPP Project” Hulun Bei’er New District PPP Project (呼倫貝爾新區棚改配 套基礎設施建設PPP項目)

“ISO” International Organisation for Standardisation, a non-government organisation based in Geneva, Switzerland, for assessing the quality systems of business organisations

“ISO 9001” a framework and systematic approach set by ISO to manage business processes to produce a product/service that conforms to customer expectations

“km” kilometer(s)

“Liyang Project” The Liyang Gucheng Forest Park (Phase 1) Project (浚縣黎陽 故城森林公園(一期)總承包項目) located in Xun County, Henan Province

“mu” the traditional Chinese unit of area (畝), one mu is equivalent to approximately 666.67 sq.m.

“national reserve forest” forests that are suitable for the cultivation of timber or other natural resources in order to meet the needs of economic and social development

“PPP” Public-Private-Partnership, a business model in which there is a cooperative arrangement between two or more public and private sector entities in terms of project management financing and operation, typically of a long-term nature and the private sector entity(ies) have equity interest in the project company, if established

“Settlement Audit” a process of a project where our customer’s designated cost consultant or auditing agent determines and certifies the final contract sum for the purpose of settlement of the outstanding payment

“shelter belt forest” forests and artificial forests built with protection functions for water and soil maintenance, water source conservation, climate regulation, pollution reduction, and mitigation of natural disasters

−30− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. GLOSSARY OF TECHNICAL TERMS

“Shengle Project” Inner Mongolia Shengle International Ecological Demonstration Zone (內蒙古盛樂國際生態示範區) in Inner Mongolia

“sq.km.” square kilometer(s)

“sq.m.” square meter(s)

“traditional model” a business model under which we are engaged as contractor or subcontractor of projects other than our PPP projects

“urban and rural greening projects that seek to improve the overall landscape of an area, projects” normally as part of urbanisation, through green (trees and herb) planting, as well as earthworks construction, such as terrain modification, and ancillary facilities building

“urban and rural greening services provided for urban and rural greening projects services”

“Xun County PPP Project” Xun County National Reserve Forest PPP Construction Project (浚縣國家儲備林PPP建設項目) located in Xun County, Henan Province

“Yu County PPP Project” The PPP Project for the Restoration of Swampy Area in Yu County (盂縣香河濱水空間環境綜合治理工程PPP項目) located in Yu County, Shanxi Province

−31− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This document contains forward-looking statements that are, by their nature, subject to significant risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections headed “Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Industry Overview”, “Business”, “Financial Information” and “Future Plans and Use of [REDACTED]” in this document. These statements relate to events that involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under the section headed “Risk Factors” in this document, which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements relating to:

• our operations and business prospects;

• our business strategies and plan to achieve these strategies;

• our tenancy agreements on hand;

• our future debt levels and capital needs;

• the regulatory environment of the ecological and environmental protection industry in general;

• our financial conditions and performance;

• the nature of, and potential for, future development of our business;

• future development in the ecological and environmental protection industry; and

• our dividend policy.

The words “aim”, “anticipate”, “believe”, “can”, “could”, “estimate”, “expect”, “intend”, “may”, “might”, “plan”, “project”, “seek”, “will”, “would” and the negative of these terms and other similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify a number of these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance. Actual results may differ materially from information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of uncertainties and factors, including but not limited to the risk factors described in the section headed “Risk Factors” in this document. One or more of these risks or uncertainties may materialise.

Subject to the requirements of applicable laws, rules and regulations, we do not have any obligation to update or otherwise revise the forward-looking statements in this document, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. As a result of these and other risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this document might not occur in the way we expect, or at all. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking information. All forward-looking statements contained in this document are qualified by reference to the cautionary statements set out in this section as well as the risks and uncertainties discussed in the section headed “Risk Factors” in this document.

−32− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider all of the information set out in this document, including the risks and uncertainties described below before making an investment in the [REDACTED]. You should pay particular attention to the fact that we are incorporated in the Cayman Islands and that substantially all of our Group’s operations are conducted in the PRC. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our Shares could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS AND THE INDUSTRY IN WHICH WE OPERATE

We may not be able to bill and receive the full amount of trade and bills receivables and contract assets.

Our trade and bills receivables primarily consist of receivables from customers for construction that are completed and accepted by them. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, our trade and bills receivables (including current and non-current trade and bills receivables) amounted to approximately RMB24.5 million, RMB38.8 million and RMB42.3million, respectively. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, impairment of trade and bills receivables were RMB3.7 million, RMB3.1 million and RMB5.9 million, respectively. As at the Latest Practicable Date, RMB9.1 million or 21.5% of our trade and bills receivables outstanding as at 31 December 2020 were settled. As we are subject to the credit risks of our customers and our liquidity and cash position are dependent on the timely settlement of payments by our customers, we cannot assure you that our customers will pay us on time and that they will be able to fulfil their payment obligations.

On the other hand, our contract assets will be reclassified to trade receivables upon completion of construction and once being billed. Our Group recorded contract assets (including current and non-current contract assets) of approximately RMB738.5 million, RMB1,241.8 million, and RMB1,672.3 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Contract assets may vary from period to period. Our contract assets represent the amount of works performed by us but have not reached the stage or milestone of which we are entitled to bill our customers for completed works. See “Financial Information — Contract assets”. There is no guarantee that the contract assets incurred will be settled by our customers in full or at all. Most of our customers are public sector entities which, as far as our Directors are aware, have strong financial standing. However, we may still experience delay in receiving payment from our customers due to their complex internal settlement procedures.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to collect all or any of the trade and bills receivables or contract assets from our customers on time. If any of our customers face unexpected situations, they may delay or even default in their payment obligation. As a result, we may not be able to receive the overdue trade and bills receivables or contract assets in full, or at all, and we need to make allowance for expected credit losses and may record impairment losses in the future. In addition, we may not be able to maintain sufficient cash flow to support our newly undertaken projects as a result of the delay in payment by our customers. Accordingly, it could materially and adversely affect our financial conditions and performance of our operations.

−33− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

We may experience timing difference between our cash outflow and cash inflow when undertaking our traditional projects.

Our operating cash flows and profitability are dependent on, among other factors, the timely settlement of payments made by our customers for our services. In particular, undertaking our traditional project requires a certain level of working capital funding over extended periods, which may affect our liquidity and decrease the capital resources otherwise available for other uses. There is also no guarantee that our payment term or trade payables turnover days with suppliers or subcontractors will not be shortened in the future. We may not be able to match our cash inflows from our operations with our cash outflow, which may result in a liquidity gap requiring us to resort to further bank borrowings to fund our project development and business operations. Liquidity shortfalls may also impair our ability to obtain sufficient additional financing on acceptable terms or at all. Any negative impact on our liquidity or any mismatch between our cash outflows and inflows could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are unable to execute our traditional projects effectively, our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.

We may not be able to obtain adequate debt financing for our PPP projects.

As our projects are generally capital intensive, it is necessary for us to have stable and reliable sources of funding for the continuation of our works and failure to do so may lead to our failure or delay in completing projects. In particular, during the constructions phase of PPP projects, we incur significant construction costs, which are funded by capital contribution from the public and private sector entities, and debt financing granted from financing institutions. As a result, our performance is affected by our access to capital, our ability to raise debt financing as well as the cost of financing. While we actively seek to finance our PPP projects and other capital expenditures through bank and other borrowings as supplemented by our internal resources, there is no guarantee that we can obtain debt financing in the future. Our ability to obtain external funding depends on many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and credit history, restrictive covenants under our existing debt instruments, general economic and capital market condition and the availability of credit from banks. We cannot assure you that external funding will be available in the future on acceptable terms or at all. Failure to obtain sufficient funding for our PPP projects may delay the implementation of our PPP projects, and expose us to delay in overall project schedule, which could affect our results of operations.

In addition, reliance on debt financing may increase our overall gearing ratio. Our gearing ratio increased from 36.5% as at 31 December 2018 to 42.2% as at 31 December 2019 and further 85.9% as at 31 December 2020. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, our bank and other borrowings were RMB310.9 million, RMB283.7 million and RMB865.3 million, respectively. Our finance costs were RMB53.6 million, RMB57.1 million and RMB75.6 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively. During the Track Record Period, our bank and other borrowings bore effective interest rates ranging from 4.15% to 8.52%. Any change in the interest rates of our bank and other borrowings or the amount of our bank and other borrowings will affect our interest payments and finance costs, which in turn could affect our cash flow, financial condition and results of operations.

−34− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

Undertaking PPP projects requires significant capital commitment over a long time span and we receive no cash income during the construction phase.

During the Track Record Period, our PPP projects accounted for approximately 15.2%, 69.3% and 58.0% of our total revenue. Our PPP projects usually require a long time span. A PPP project generally consists of construction phase and operation phase with the overall contract duration ranging from 12 years to 30 years. During the construction phase, our project company, which was jointly established by us and the public sector entity, receives no cash income and pays off the construction costs through the capital contribution from the public and private sector entities, and debt financing granted from financial institutions. Our project company will only receive cash inflow in the form of government payments from the relevant government entity and, in some cases, user payments from project users for some PPP projects during the operation phase. Such income model may increase our average turnover days of contract assets. Our average turnover days of contract assets increased from 476.3 days for FY2019 to 656.4 days for FY2020, mainly due to the increase in average contract assets of 47.2%, while our revenue only grew by 7.1%, as our PPP projects were still in the construction phase. This in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

Our results of operations are subject to biological asset fair value adjustments which can be highly volatile and are subject to a number of assumptions.

Our biological assets were valued at approximately RMB285.5 million, RMB337.1 million and RMB349.8 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. We measure our biological assets at their fair value less costs to sell when they are sold or as at the balance sheet dates pursuant to HKAS 41 Agriculture. Gains or losses arising from net changes in fair value of a biological asset (including unrealised fair value gains or losses) are included in profit or loss for the period in which they arise.

Fair value changes do not impact our cash position, i.e. fair value gains do not generate any cash inflows and similarly, fair value losses do not result in any cash outflows. Nevertheless, our results of operations have been and will continue to be affected by biological asset fair value adjustments. Any increase or decrease in market prices of our biological assets may increase or reduce our gains or losses arising from net changes in fair value of a biological asset, which makes our profit more volatile. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, we recorded net gain arising from change in fair value of biological assets of RMB6.8 million, RMB18.2 million and RMB5.6 million, respectively.

The fair value of our biological assets at the end of each reporting period was independently valued by the Valuer. Two valuation methods, namely market approach for Arbor and Flowering Shrubs and cost approach for sowing seedlings, were used for measuring the fair value of our biological assets. In applying these valuation methods, the Valuer had relied on assumptions and information inputs including (i) the classification of seedlings provided by our Group; (ii) the quantity of biological assets as of the valuation dates provided by our Group; and (iii) the market price quotes of biological assets obtained from several online seedlings trading platforms and enquiries with several market participants with business presence in proximate geographical locations. See “Financial Information — Biological Assets — Valuation of Biological Assets”.

−35− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

The fair value of the biological assets could be affected by, among others, the assumptions and information relied on by the Valuer, the physical attributes of our seedlings and the prevalent market conditions such as customers’ preference, market demand and price of seedlings in the industry from time to time. Therefore, the resulting fair value adjustments can be highly volatile. We expect that our results of operations will continue to be affected by these biological asset fair value adjustments.

The total amount of user payment specified in the respective PPP contracts may differ from the actual amount of user payment that we may receive during the operation phase.

We shall receive government payments from the relevant government entity and user payments from project users during the operation phase of two of our PPP projects, namely Anqing PPP Project and Xun County PPP Project. The total amount of user payment specified in the respective PPP contracts was however estimated by public sector entities with assistance from third party qualified engineering consultant and accepted by our Group based on our feasibility analysis and our Directors’ industry knowledge and experience. The actual amount of user payment that we may receive may differ from the estimated amount and any shortfall or surplus will be taken by our project company. We cannot assure you that we may be able to receive user payments at a level comparable to the estimated amount, or at all. In the event that the actual amount of user payment in the operation phase of the project is significantly smaller than expected, our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Restrictions imposed by the terms of our debt instrument covenants may adversely affect our financial conditions and limit our ability to plan for or respond to changes in our business.

As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, our bank and other borrowings were RMB310.9 million, RMB283.7 million and RMB865.3 million, respectively. See “Financial Information — Indebtedness”.

We have various bank loan agreements which impose certain restrictive conditions on us, including both operational and financial covenants. Such covenants primarily include, among others, requirements for us to obtain the lending institutions’ prior consent for certain transactions such as transfer of material assets, merger and acquisition, and inform them upon the occurrence of certain issues such as liquidation and winding up. Breach of any of such covenants may result in an event of default and trigger our lenders’ exercise of their rights on an accelerated basis, or could result in cross-defaults on the terms of our other existing and outstanding indebtedness, which could increase our debt financing costs and affect our ability to refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to fully comply with such restrictive conditions, or refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially acceptable terms or at all. The occurrence of any of the foregoing may materially and adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

In addition, some of our loan agreements may also contain cross-default clauses, which could enable creditors under our loan agreements to declare an event of default should there be an event of default on our other loan agreements. Any event of default or cross-default could lead to an acceleration of our indebtedness or require us to compensate the lending banks for their losses. Consequently, our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

−36− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the consent of the lending banks for any of the aforementioned restricted activities. If we engage in such activities without obtaining such consent, our business may be adversely affected. In addition, if we breach the restrictive covenants, make any misrepresentations or commit any other breach under our financing agreements, we may trigger an event of default, which in turn could lead to an acceleration of our indebtedness or require us to compensate the lending banks for their losses. As a result, our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Fire, floods, seedlings diseases, other natural disasters or adverse climate change could cause significant damage to our project sites or plantation bases.

We undertake projects spanning across Inner Mongolia, Hebei, Shanxi, Henan, Anhui, Shandong and Guizhou. We also operate our plantation bases which were located in different locations in Inner Mongolia and Hebei. During the construction and maintenance phases of our projects or the operation of our plantation bases, there is no guarantee that the quality of our projects or our seedlings will not be materially and adversely affected by unfavourable weather conditions, in particular the continental climate in Inner Mongolia, or any natural disasters in the future. We may face events such as fire, floods, seedlings diseases, other natural disasters or adverse climate change which could negatively impact our operation and supply chain. During the Track Record Period, we encountered four fire accidents in four plantation bases, which caused immaterial damage to our seedlings resulting in fair value losses of approximately RMB0.1 million, RMB0.7 million and RMB0.2 million, respectively. See “Business — Biological assets — Operation of our plantation bases — Fire accidents”. Alternatively, extended periods of drought or reduced rainfall in the PRC could negatively affect the growth of seedlings thereby reducing or delaying our supply of seedlings. If any of these events occurs, we may have to suspend or cease our projects, or incur loss of biological assets in our plantation bases, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our cost estimates for projects may not always be accurate and we may not be able to complete projects within our cost estimates.

Our projects are typically awarded by our customers through a competitive tender process. In determining the tender price, we conduct feasibility analysis and estimate the construction time and costs based on information specified in the tender invitation documents and our site visits. See “Business — Operational flow — Project feasibility analysis and decision making”. However, the actual time and costs incurred in our projects may be adversely affected by a series of factors which are beyond our control including: (i) unanticipated geographical conditions of the project sites; (ii) unfavourable weather conditions; (iii) unforeseen disputes with our customers, suppliers, subcontractors and other relevant parties; and (iv) variation orders from our customers altering the contract amount. In the event that there is a significant deviation from the works as scheduled due to the above factors or otherwise, there may be a substantial delay or increase in costs in connection with our projects. There is no guarantee that the actual time and costs incurred will be consistent with our initial estimates, which in turn potentially reduces our profitability or even exposes us to litigation or claims from our customers in case of delays.

−37− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

Due to the above uncertainties which are beyond our Group’s control, the profit margins and income of our projects may fluctuate from project to project and the historical revenue from our projects may not be indicative of our future revenue. As such, there is no assurance that we will always be able to accurately estimate our project time and costs, or determine a precise mark-up margin so that we are able to price our tender price competitively. This in turn may adversely affect our operation and financial results. On the flip side, if the mark-up margin is set too low, we may not be able to cover the additional costs contributory to the above-mentioned factors. In that case, our profitability will be materially and adversely affected.

Our Group recorded net cash used in operating activities for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020.

We recorded net cash outflow from operating activities of approximately RMB255.3 million, RMB174.9 million and RMB235.7 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively. See “Financial information — Liquidity and capital resources — Cash flow — Operating activities”. In the event that we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow from our operations or are otherwise unable to obtain sufficient funds to bridge the temporary cash flow mismatch, our liquidity and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected. There is no assurance that we will have sufficient cash from other sources to fund our operations. If we resort to other financing activities such as bank borrowings to generate additional cash, we will incur additional financing costs, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain the financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

We may not be able to recover the full amount of deferred tax assets.

As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, our deferred tax assets amounted to approximately RMB16.6 million, RMB22.5 million and RMB27.1 million, respectively. Our deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences and all unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and the unused tax losses can be utilised. Our deferred tax assets may also pose risk to our Group as the recoverability is dependent on our Group’s ability to generate future taxable profit. We cannot assure you that the deferred tax assets can be recovered. In the case that the value of deferred tax assets has changed, our Group may have to write-down the deferred tax assets, which may significantly and adversely affect our expenditure, profit and loss and financial condition in that respective financial year.

Since we receive our projects through tendering, revenue derived from our projects is non-recurring in nature. There is no guarantee that our customers will continue to provide us with new business opportunities or that we can secure new contracts.

While our Group may benefit from supportive government policies and the market size of ecological and environmental protection industry is expected to grow at a CAGR of approximately 9.2% from 2020 to 2025 according to the Frost & Sullivan Report, there is no assurance that we can continue to secure new contracts as our services are offered on a project-by-project basis with no long term commitment with any of our customers. For each of the three years ended 31 December 2020, our tender success rates was approximately 44.4%, 73.3% and 64.3% respectively. Our tender success rate is affected by a range of factors including our pricing and tender strategy, our project execution capabilities and qualifications, competitors’ tender and pricing strategy, level of competition and our customers’ evaluation standards. There is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve a tender success

−38− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS rate similar to those during the Track Record Period in the future. Depending on the market condition and competitive landscape, we may have to lower our pricing or adjust our tender strategy in order to maintain the competitiveness of our tenders. In the event that our Group fails to secure new projects from our existing or potential clients of contract sum, size or margins comparable to existing ones, our business and financial performance and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

We do not own the land on which we operate our plantation bases, and we may not be able to renew our lease, collaboration arrangements or land contractual management rights.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we operated 15 plantation bases in the PRC, occupying an aggregate area of approximately 45,000 mu (30.0 million sq.m.). See “Business — Biological assets — Plantation bases”. We do not own the land on which we operate our planation bases. If we cannot renew the lease, collaboration arrangements or land contractual management rights in respect of our plantation bases after expiry, we will have to relocate our plantation bases to a new area, carry out all preparatory works, apply for all requisite licences and incur additional costs due to relocation, which will cause material disruption to our plantation process.

Our Group’s profit and profit margin attained during the Track Record Period may not be indicative of our future profit and profit margin.

For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our gross profit amounted to approximately RMB94.6 million, RMB252.2 million and RMB265.7 million, respectively, whereas our gross profit margin was approximately 26.2%, 33.2% and 32.7%, respectively, for the corresponding periods. See “Financial Information — Review of historical results of operation”. The inherent risk of using such historical financial information to project or estimate our future financial performance, is that they only reflect our past performance under particular conditions. We may not be able to sustain our historical growth rate and profit margin for various reasons, including, intensification of competition within the ecological and environmental protection industry in the PRC, aggravation in labour shortage, and other unforeseen factors such as outbreak of diseases, adverse weather and geological conditions, any of which may delay the completion of our projects, reduce the number of projects awarded to us, and reduce the profit margin of our projects.

We are required to obtain various licences and permits to operate our business, the loss of or our failure to renew any or all of these licences and permits could materially and adversely affect our business.

In accordance with the applicable PRC laws and regulations, we are required to maintain various licences and permits in order to operate our business such as forest seed production and operation licence, design engineering certificate, qualification certificates for construction enterprises of commensurate grades and safety production permit. Any loss of or failure to renew our licences and permits could result in temporary or permanent suspension of our operations, which could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business. See “Business — Permits, licences and approvals”.

There is no assurance that the PRC government will not change the laws or regulations or impose additional or more requirements, compliance with which may cause us to incur extra costs and expenses, which we may not be able to pass on to our customers by increasing the prices of our

−39− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS services or seedling products, which might result in a material adverse effect on our performance. Further, we cannot guarantee that we will always be able to comply with all future laws or regulations or be able to renew our licences or permits, failure of which may subject us to penalties and liabilities or even suspension of our operations and business, and may thereby result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and performances.

Our backlog is subject to unforeseen adjustments and cancellations and therefore is not indicative of our future results of operations.

Our estimation of our backlog is based on the assumption that the contract is performed in accordance with its terms and our works are conducted in accordance with the design drawings agreed by the project owners. Backlog is not a measure defined by generally accepted accounting principles and is not indicative of our future results of operations. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the total backlog of our projects was approximately RMB3.3 billion. See “Business — Our project models and project portfolio — Movement of our backlog”.

Given that our backlog is calculated based on the assumption that our contracted works in progress will be performed in full in accordance with the contract terms, any alteration or termination of any one or more major contracts or their design drawings may have a substantial and immediate adverse impact on our backlog. Further, we cannot guarantee that the estimated figures of backlog will be realised in full, or in a timely manner, or at all, or that our recognised backlog amount will be realised as profits as expected. As a result, we caution you not to place reliance on our backlog information presented in this document as an indicator of our future earnings and results of operations.

We are dependent on the stable supply of raw materials and services from our suppliers for our business operation.

During the Track Record Period, our suppliers supplied to us raw materials which primarily include seedlings, and construction materials such as steels, stones and sands. We also engaged third party service providers to conduct manual works for our plantation bases (including irrigation, soil management, application of fertilisers and disease and pest control). For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, purchase from our five largest suppliers accounted for approximately 17.7%, 8.3% and 9.4%, respectively, of our cost of sales and purchases from our largest supplier accounted for approximately 4.0%, 2.9% and 2.6% of our cost of sales, respectively, during the same period. If any of our key suppliers is unable to continue providing the raw materials or services we need, at prices and on terms and conditions we consider acceptable, we may need to procure such raw materials and services from other suppliers. We cannot assure you that we will be able to locate replacements or find new qualified suppliers in a timely manner or at all. Failure to find suitable replacements could jeopardise or cause delay in the delivery of our services, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, our business may be affected by the availability, cost and quality of the raw materials used in our projects, which are dependent on factors beyond our control, including economic conditions, competition, availability of qualified suppliers and production levels in the PRC. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our cost of materials consumed amounted to approximately RMB120.2 million, RMB142.0 million and RMB183.4 million, respectively, accounting for approximately

−40− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

45.0%, 28.0% and 33.5% of our cost of sales during the same period. If for any reason our primary suppliers of raw materials cease to provide or provide us with raw materials that do not meet our requirements or at prices that are not competitive or are on unacceptable terms, we may not be able to identify alternate suppliers on commercially reasonable terms timely or at all. Our ability to meet our project requirements may be impaired, and our construction schedules and operations may be disrupted, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on a stable supply of subcontractors to complete certain parts of our projects and the work performance of the subcontractors may be beyond our control.

We engage third party subcontractors in our projects from time to time to provide extra workforce or for professional specialty services. Our subcontractors include (i) labour subcontractors; (ii) professional subcontractors; and (iii) machinery subcontractors. Our subcontracting costs accounted for approximately 48.0%, 67.1% and 58.1% of the total cost of sales for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

Our subcontractors may not be readily available when we need to outsource certain of our works under the relevant projects. Our ability to complete our projects on time may be impaired if we are unable to engage suitable or sufficient subcontractors. Further, we cannot guarantee the service quality provided by our subcontractors and we cannot assure you that our monitoring of the works and performance of our subcontractors will be sufficient to control the quality of their works. If our subcontractors fail to meet our quality requirement or provide the services as required under a contract, or in the event that we have disputes with, or lose the services of, any of our existing subcontractors, we may not be able to find suitable alternative subcontractors on a timely basis to complete our work. Costs associated with rectifying any problems caused by our subcontractors may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

We may be subject to claims in relation to defects attributable to projects undertaken by us, which may result in claims from our customers against us.

We may remain responsible for rectifying any defects or imperfections in relation to works done by us. Should there be a need to undergo rectifications, they are normally typical maintenance works or minor repair works. In the event that substantial rectifications beyond the usual scope are required, we may be required to incur significant time and costs, or even be subject to claims from our customers against us.

We may be subject to fines and penalties as a result of our non-compliance incidents during the Track Record Period.

During the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, our Group had non-compliance incidents, namely (i) failure to obtain the forest seed production and operation license (林木種子生產經營許可證) or engage in seedling plantation and sales activities in accordance with the scope thereof; and (ii) use the land used for protected agriculture (設施農業用地) for non-agricultural purposes. See “Business — Legal proceedings and Non-compliance”.

−41− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

There is no assurance that we will not be subject to fines or penalties imposed by the relevant PRC government authorities as a result of these non-compliance incidents, or any order to rectify such non-compliance incidents. In addition, we may incur additional costs to comply with the relevant laws and regulations imposed by the relevant PRC government authorities. Any such development may harm our corporate image and may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our research and development efforts may be unsuccessful.

We expect to continue to expend time and resources on research and technological developments in the future. Our research and development efforts may not result in improved technologies or expertise or we may fail to implement these improved technologies or expertise in a timely or cost-efficient manner, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and results of operations may be severely affected due to the outbreak of diseases or epidemic.

An occurrence of diseases or epidemic may cause material disruptions to our business operations. During the outbreak of diseases or epidemic, our customers may delay the commencement date of our projects or temporarily close down the project sites, or we may encounter interruption in the supply of raw materials from our suppliers or experience difficulties in engaging subcontractors and may be required to suspend our business operations temporarily. As a result, we may experience a delay in the overall progress of our projects. For instance, COVID-19 was detected toward the end of 2019 and quickly spread across the world in early 2020. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, government around the world have imposed travel restrictions and lockdown to contain its spread. Since mid-2020, the outbreak in China has been brought under control, as compared to other countries in the world. See “ Business — Outbreak of COVID-19”. However, there is no assurance that the current containment measures by the PRC government will continue to be effective and if this is the case, it is possible for the PRC government authorities to impose additional restrictions to further contain the spread of COVID-19, which may adversely affect our project execution.

Further, outbreak of diseases or other epidemic or a general apprehension of such outbreaks may lead to the decrease in the number of projects available in the market and awarded to us, which would in turn adversely affect our operational and financial results.

We rely on key management personnel.

Our success depends on the continued services of our senior executives and other key employees. In particular, we rely on the expertise, experience and leadership of our executive Directors and our senior management, who play a vital role in our operation. See “Directors and Senior Management”. If one or more of our senior executives or other key employees are unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to replace them promptly, or at all, which may severely disrupt our business and affect our results of operations and future prospects.

−42− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

If we are unable to retain our existing staff or attract new joiners with similar industry expertise, we may not be able to maintain our operational efficiency and capacity, which in turn may materially disrupt our business operations and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover the risks related to our operations and losses.

We maintain different types of insurance policies against fire, flooding, wind disaster, blizzard and seedling pest. However, we do not maintain insurance policies for our projects. Our insurance policies may not be adequate to cover all of the risks relating to our business. In addition, as a result of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for our existing insurance policies may increase substantially and, in some instances, our existing insurance may become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts of coverage. Any losses or liabilities which are not covered by our current insurance policies may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business operations may be adversely affected by the changes of policies and regulations of the PRC government in the ecological and environmental protection industry.

During the Track Record Period, public sector projects accounted for 88.0%, 96.4% and 95.4% of our project revenue recognised. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, supportive government policies is one of the drivers for the ecological and environmental protection industry. Favourable policies include (i) Master Plan for Major National Ecosystem Protection and Restoration Projects (2021-2035) (全國重要生態系統保護和修復重大工程總體規劃(2021-2035)) jointly issued by the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Natural Resources* (國家發展與 改革委員會和自然資源部); and (ii) the 13th and 14th Five-Year Plan for Forestry Development (“十 三五”及“十四五規劃”). The market size is expected to reach approximately RMB4,617.1 billion in 2025, representing the CAGR at approximately 9.2% from 2020 to 2025.

However, we cannot preclude the possibility that the PRC government may change its priority in terms of investing in different economic sectors in the future, resulting in less capital investment in the ecological and environmental protection industry, slowing down the industry growth in general. If such change of government policies, laws and regulation materialise, our financial position and business performance may be materially and adversely affected.

RISKS RELATING TO CONDUCTING BUSINESS IN THE PRC

Our business operations may be materially and adversely affected by any change in the political, economic and social policies and conditions of the PRC.

Our business and results of operations are subject to the political, economic and social policies and conditions of the PRC, as our business activities are conducted in the PRC. Our ability to conduct and expand our business operations in the PRC depends on a number of factors that are beyond our control, including macro-economic and other market conditions and credit availability from financial institutions. Any change in the political, economic and social policies and conditions of the PRC may bring uncertainty to our business operations and may materially and adversely affect our prospects and results of operations. While the PRC government has undergone various economic reforms in the

−43− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS last few decades, many of such reforms are of an experimental nature and are expected to be refined, adjusted and modified from time to time based on economic and social conditions. In addition, the scope, application and interpretation of the laws and regulations relating to such reforms may not be entirely clear. Such refinement, adjustment or modification may impact our business operations in ways that we cannot predict and any uncertainty in the scope, application and interpretation of the relevant laws and regulations may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The PRC’s legal system embodies uncertainties that could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations

All of our operations are conducted in the PRC. Our operations are therefore generally affected by and subject to the PRC legal system, laws and regulations. However, the PRC’s legal system is still evolving. The enforcement of laws or contracts based on existing laws may be uncertain, and it may be difficult to obtain swift and equitable enforcement, or to obtain enforcement of a judgment by a court of another jurisdiction. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes and their interpretation, and prior court decisions may merely be persuasive to the courts but have limited weight as precedents. The relative inexperience of the PRC’s judiciary creates additional uncertainty as to the outcome of any litigation. In addition, interpretation of statutes and regulations may be subject to government policies reflecting domestic political changes.

Rules and regulations in the PRC on investment and loans by offshore holding companies to PRC subsidiaries may delay or prevent us from using the [REDACTED] from the [REDACTED] to make additional capital contributions or loans to our PRC subsidiaries, which could harm our liquidity and our ability to expand our business.

We, as an offshore holding company, may make additional capital contributions or loans to our PRC subsidiaries, including from the [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED]. Any loan to our PRC subsidiaries is subject to PRC laws and regulations. For example, loans from us to our wholly-owned PRC subsidiaries, is required to be registered with the SAFE or its local branches. We may also decide to finance our wholly-owned PRC subsidiaries by means of capital contributions. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises in China, capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the requirement of submitting necessary information to MOFCOM or its local branches through the enterprise registration system.

There is no assurance that, in relation to all future loans or capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiaries, we will be able to complete all required government registrations or recording in a timely manner or at all. If we fail to complete such registrations or recording, our ability to use the [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] may be affected, which may in turn materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Pursuant to the SAFE Circular on Reforming the Management Approach Regarding the Foreign Exchange Capital Settlement of Foreign-invested Enterprises (國家外匯管理局關於改革外商投資企 業外匯資本金結匯管理方式的通知) (the “Circular 19”), which became effective on 1 June 2015, and the SAFE Circular on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts《國家外匯管理局關於改革和規範資本項目結匯管理政策的通知》 ( ) (the “Circular 16”) promulgated by the SAFE on 9 June 2016, foreign-invested enterprises shall be

−44− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS allowed to settle foreign exchange capital on a discretionary basis. While Circular 19 and Circular 16 unlock the restrictions on foreign exchange capital settlement, it is uncertain how the PRC authorities will interpret, apply and enforce Circular 19 and Circular 16 and whether Circular 19 and Circular 16 will be effective in unlocking the restrictions on foreign exchange capital settlement. The PRC government’s control over currency conversion may affect the value of our Shares and limit our ability to utilise our cash effectively.

The PRC government’s control over currency conversion may affect the value of our Shares and limit our ability to utilise our cash effectively.

The PRC government has imposed controls on the conversion between RMB and foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of foreign currencies into and out of the PRC. Pursuant to the existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as dividend distributions and interest payments, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the SAFE, but subject to certain procedural requirements. However, approval from or registration with the SAFE is required where RMB is to be converted into other foreign currencies and remitted out of the PRC to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies.

We cannot assure you that the PRC regulatory authorities will not impose restrictions on foreign exchange transactions for current account items in the future. Any shortage in the availability of foreign currency may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to remit sufficient foreign currency to pay dividend or make other payments to their holding companies or our Company, or otherwise satisfy their obligations that are required to be settled in foreign currency. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currency to satisfy our currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividend in foreign currencies to our Shareholders. In addition, since some of our future cash flow derived from our operations will be denominated in RMB, any existing and future restriction on currency exchange may limit our ability to purchase or obtain goods and services in countries outside of the PRC, or otherwise limit or impair our business activities that are conducted in foreign currencies.

It may be difficult to effect service of process in relation to disputes brought in courts outside the PRC on, or to enforce judgments obtained from non-PRC courts against, us in the PRC.

There is no assurance that you will be able to effect service of process in connection with disputes brought in courts outside the PRC on, or to enforce judgments obtained from non-PRC courts against, us in the PRC. Furthermore, the PRC does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments awarded by courts with most western countries. It may therefore be difficult or even impossible to enforce against us any judgment obtained from non-PRC courts.

Dividend payable by us to our non-PRC Shareholders or gain realised on the transfer of our Shares may be subject to PRC income tax under PRC tax laws.

Pursuant to the EIT Law and the EITIR, subject to any applicable tax treaty or arrangement between the PRC and your jurisdiction of residence that provides a different income tax arrangement, the payment of dividend by a PRC resident enterprise to investors that are non-PRC resident enterprises (including enterprises that do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC

−45− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS and enterprises that have an establishment or place of business but their income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business) or any gain realised on the transfer of shares by such investors is generally subject to PRC income tax at a rate of 10.0%, to the extent such dividend has its source in the PRC or such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within the PRC. Under the PRC Individual Income Tax Law (中華人民共和國個人所得稅法) and its implementation rules (中華人民共和國個人所得稅法實施條例), dividend from sources within the PRC paid to foreign individual investors who are not PRC residents and gains from PRC sources realised by such investors on the transfer of shares are generally subject to a PRC income tax at a rate of 20.0%, subject to any reduction or exemption set out in applicable tax treaties and PRC laws.

It is uncertain whether we will be considered as a PRC resident enterprise. If we are regarded as a PRC resident enterprise, dividend payable by us with respect to our Shares, or any gain realised from the transfer of our Shares, may be treated as income derived from sources within the PRC and may be subject to PRC income tax, subject to the interpretation, application and enforcement of the PRC tax laws by the relevant tax authorities. If we are required under the PRC tax laws to withhold PRC income tax on dividend payable to our non-resident Shareholders, or if you are required to pay PRC income tax on the transfer of your Shares, the value of your investment in our Shares may be materially and adversely affected.

Dividend payable by our PRC subsidiaries to our Hong Kong subsidiaries may not qualify for the reduced PRC withholding tax rate.

Pursuant to the EIT Law and the EITIR, the payment of dividend by a PRC resident enterprise to investors that are non-resident enterprises is subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10.0%. Under the Agreement between the Mainland China and Hong Kong Special Administrative Region on the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (內地和香港特別行政區關於對所得避免雙重徵稅和防止偷漏稅的安排), the withholding tax rate will be reduced to 5.0% if the PRC enterprise distributing dividend is owned as to 25.0% or more by a Hong Kong resident enterprise. However, according to the Notice of the SAT on the Issues Concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements (國家稅務總局關於執行稅收協定股息條 款有關問題的通知) issued by the SAT on 20 February 2009, if the main purpose of a transaction or an arrangement is to obtain preferential tax treatment, the PRC tax authorities will have the discretion to adjust the preferential tax rate for which an offshore entity would otherwise be eligible. There is no assurance that we will enjoy the 5.0% reduced withholding tax rate in relation to dividend payable by our PRC subsidiaries to our Hong Kong subsidiaries.

RISKS RELATING TO THE [REDACTED]

There is no existing public market for our Shares and their liquidity and market price may fluctuate.

Prior to the [REDACTED], there has not been a public market for our Shares. We have applied for the [REDACTED] of and [REDACTED] in our Shares on the Stock Exchange. However, even if approved, we cannot assure you that an active and liquid public trading market for our Shares will develop following the [REDACTED], or, if it does develop, it will be sustained. The financial market in Hong Kong and other countries have in the past experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. Volatility in the price of our Shares may be caused by various factors, some of which are

−46− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS outside our control and may be unrelated or disproportionate to our operating results. We cannot assure you that the liquidity and market price of our Shares will not fluctuate. The [REDACTED] and the [REDACTED] for our Shares were the results of negotiations among us (acting for itself and on behalf of the [REDACTED] and the [REDACTED] (for itself and on behalf of the [REDACTED]) and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market after the [REDACTED]. Our Shareholders may therefore not be able to sell their Shares at or above the [REDACTED].

Investors of our Shareholders may experience an immediate dilution in the book value of their Shares subscribed or purchased in the [REDACTED] and may experience further dilution if we issue additional Shares in the future.

Based on the [REDACTED], the [REDACTED] is expected to be higher than the net tangible book value per Share prior to the [REDACTED]. Therefore, you will experience an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per Share. In addition, we may issue additional Shares or equity-related securities in the future or to raise additional funds, finance acquisitions or for other purposes. If we issue additional Shares or equity-related securities in the future, the percentage ownership of our existing Shareholders may be diluted. In addition, such new securities may have preferred rights, options or pre-emptive rights that make them more valuable than or senior to the Shares.

Our Controlling Shareholders, may exert substantial influence over our operation and may not act in the best interests of our public Shareholders.

Immediately following the [REDACTED], our Controlling Shareholders in aggregate will own [REDACTED]% of our issued share capital, without taking into account of the Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme. Therefore, they will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring Shareholders’ approval, including the appointment of Directors and the approval of significant corporate transactions. They will also have veto power with respect to any shareholder action or approval requiring a majority vote except where they are required by relevant rules to abstain from voting. Such concentration of ownership also may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring transactions or matters that would otherwise benefit our other Shareholders. The interests of our Controlling Shareholder may not always align with our Company or your best interests. If the interests of our Controlling Shareholders conflict with the interests of our Company or our other Shareholders, or if our Controlling Shareholders cause our business to pursue strategic objectives that conflict with the interests of our Company or other Shareholders, our Company or other Shareholders, including you, may be disadvantaged as a result.

Future sales or issuances or perceived sales or issuances of our Shares could have a material adverse effect on the prevailing market price of our Shares and our ability to raise additional capital.

Based on our [REDACTED] structure as outlined in “Structure and Conditions of the [REDACTED]” in this document, there will be [REDACTED] Shares outstanding immediately following the [REDACTED], assuming no exercise of the [REDACTED] and not taking into account

−47− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS options which were granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme. Our Controlling Shareholders are subject to a lock-uppursuant to Rule 10.07 of the Listing Rules for a period of six months after the [REDACTED] Date. In addition, the shareholders’ agreement dated 5 December 2017 imposes transfer restrictions on SHA Existing Shareholders, some of which are our Controlling Shareholders, after the completion of the [REDACTED]. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — [REDACTED] — Investor Group [REDACTED] Investment Overview” for further details. However, after the expiry of this lock-up period, subject to certain conditions including the transfer restrictions as disclosed above, our Controlling Shareholders are free to dispose of their Shares at their own discretion and the sale or disposal of any substantial amounts of our Shares in the public market or the perception that such sales could occur, could have a material and adverse effect on the market price of our Shares. This may also consequently affect our future ability to raise capital through [REDACTED] of our Shares.

You should read the entire document and we strongly caution you not to place any reliance on any information contained in the press articles, other media and/or research analyst reports regarding us, our business, our industry and the [REDACTED].

There may be subsequent to the date of this document but prior to the completion of the [REDACTED], press, media, and/or research analyst coverage regarding us, our business, our industry and the [REDACTED]. You should rely solely upon the information contained in this document in making your investment decisions regarding our Shares and we do not accept any responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information contained in such press articles, other media and/or research analyst reports nor the fairness or the appropriateness of any forecasts, views or opinions expressed by the press, other media and/or research analyst regarding the Shares, the [REDACTED], our business, our industry or us. We make no representation as to the appropriateness, accuracy, completeness or reliability of any such information, forecasts, views or opinions expressed or any such publications. To the extent that such statements, forecasts, views or opinions are inconsistent or conflict with the information contained in this document, we disclaim them. Accordingly, prospective investors are cautioned to make their investment decisions on the basis of information contained in this document only and should not rely on any other information.

You may experience difficulties in protecting your interests because we are a Cayman Islands company and the laws of the Cayman Islands for minority shareholders protection may be different from those under the laws of Hong Kong and other jurisdictions.

Our corporate affairs are governed by, among other things, the Articles of Association, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of Shareholders to take action against our Directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our Directors to us under the laws of the Cayman Islands are to a large extent governed by the Articles of Association, the Companies Act and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The laws of the Cayman Islands relating to the protection of the interests of minority shareholders differ in some respects from those in Hong Kong and other jurisdictions. Such differences mean that the remedies available to our minority Shareholders may be different from those they would have under the laws of Hong Kong or other jurisdictions. See “Appendix III — Summary of the Constitution of our Company and the Cayman Islands Company Law”.

−48− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RISK FACTORS

We cannot guarantee the accuracy of certain facts and statistics contained in this document.

Certain facts and statistics in this document have been derived from various official government and other publications generally believed to be reliable. We believe that the sources of such information are appropriate sources for such information and have taken reasonable care in extracting and reproducing such information. We have no reason to believe that such information is false or misleading in any material respect or that any fact has been omitted that would render such information false or misleading in any material respect. Such information has not been independently verified by us, the [REDACTED], or any of the Sole Sponsor, the [REDACTED], [REDACTED], [REDACTED], the [REDACTED] or any of our or their respective directors, officers or representatives or any other person involved in the [REDACTED] and no representation is given as to its accuracy. Due to possibly flawed or ineffective collection methods or discrepancies between published information and market practices, the facts and statistics in this document may be inaccurate or may not be comparable to facts and statistics produced with respect to other economies. Further, we cannot assure you that they are stated or compiled on the same basis or with the same degree of accuracy (as the case may be) in other jurisdictions. As a result, you should not unduly rely upon such facts and statistics contained in this document.

Forward-looking statements contained in this document are subject to risks and uncertainties.

This document contains certain statements that are “forward-looking” and uses forward looking terminology such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “believe”, “expect”, “may”, “plan”, “consider”, “should”, “would”, and “will”. These statements include, among other things, the discussion of our growth strategy and the expectations of our future operations, liquidity and capital resources. Purchasers of our [REDACTED] are cautioned that reliance on any forward-looking statement involves risks and uncertainties and that any or all of those assumptions could prove to be inaccurate and as a result, the forward-looking statements based on those assumptions could also be incorrect. The uncertainties in this regard include those identified in the risk factors discussed above. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of forward-looking statements in this document should not be regarded as representations or warranties by us that our Company’s plans and objectives will be achieved and these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set out in this section. We do not intend to update these forward-looking statements in addition to our on-going disclosure obligations pursuant to the Listing Rules or other requirements of the Stock Exchange. Investors should not place undue reliance on such forward-looking information.

−49− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. WAIVERS FROM STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE LISTING RULES

In preparation for the [REDACTED], our Company has sought the following waivers from strict compliance with the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules.

MANAGEMENT PRESENCE IN HONG KONG

Pursuant to Rule 8.12 of the Listing Rules, we must have sufficient management presence in Hong Kong, which normally means that at least two of our executive Directors must be ordinarily resident in Hong Kong. Our Group’s principal business and operations are located, managed and conducted in the PRC through its operating subsidiaries established in the PRC. None of our executive Directors is a Hong Kong permanent resident or is ordinarily based in Hong Kong. The executive Directors will continue to be based in the PRC after the [REDACTED] to manage the Group’s business. As a result, our Company does not, and will not, in the foreseeable future, have a sufficient management presence in Hong Kong as required under Rule 8.12 of the Listing Rules. Further, it would be impractical and commercially unnecessary for our Company to appoint additional executive Directors who is ordinarily resident in Hong Kong or to relocate its existing PRC based executive Directors to Hong Kong.

Accordingly, we [have] applied to the Stock Exchange for, and the Stock Exchange [has granted], a waiver from strict compliance with the requirements under Rule 8.12 of the Listing Rules, subject to the condition that the following measures and arrangements are made for maintaining regular and effective communication with the Stock Exchange:

(i) we have appointed two authorised representatives pursuant to Rule 3.05 of the Listing Rules, who will act as our Company’s principal channel of communication with the Stock Exchange. The two authorised representatives of our Company are Ms. Tie Ying, our executive Director and Mr. Chen Kun, our company secretary, who is an ordinary resident in Hong Kong. Each of our authorised representatives will be available to meet with the Stock Exchange within a reasonable period of time upon the request of the Stock Exchange and will be readily contactable by telephone, facsimile and/or email. Each of our authorised representatives is authorised to communicate on behalf of our Company with the Stock Exchange;

(ii) each of our authorised representatives has means to contact all members of the Board (including the non-executive Directors and the independent non-executive Directors) promptly at all times as and when the Stock Exchange wishes to contact our Directors for any matters. To enhance the communication between the Stock Exchange, our authorised representatives and our Directors, we have implemented a policy to ensure that (a) each Director will provide his/her respective office phone number, mobile phone number and email address to our authorised representatives and (b) each Director and authorised representative will provide, if available, his/her respective office phone number, mobile phone number and email address to the Stock Exchange. In the event that a Director expects to travel or is out of the office, he/she will provide the phone number of the place of his/her accommodation or other means of communication to our authorised representatives;

−50− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. WAIVERS FROM STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE LISTING RULES

(iii) our Directors, who are not ordinarily resident in Hong Kong, have confirmed that they possess or can apply for valid travel documents to visit Hong Kong and are able to come to Hong Kong, when required, to meet with the Stock Exchange upon reasonable notice;

(iv) we have, in compliance with Rule 3A.19 of the Listing Rules, appointed Shenwan Hongyuan Capital (H.K.) Limited as our compliance adviser who will, among other things, in addition to the two authorised representatives of our Company, act as a channel of communication between the Stock Exchange and our Company for the period commencing on the [REDACTED] Date and ending on the date on which our Company complies with Rule 13.46 of the Listing Rules in respect of its financial results for the first full financial year commencing after the [REDACTED] Date. Shenwan Hongyuan Capital (H.K.) Limited will have full access at all times to the two authorised representatives of our Company and our Directors; and

(v) we will also retain legal advisers to advise on on-going compliance requirements and other issues arising under the Listing Rules and other applicable laws and regulations in Hong Kong after [REDACTED].

APPOINTMENT OF JOINT COMPANY SECRETARIES

Pursuant to Rules 3.28 and 8.17 of the Listing Rules, we must appoint a company secretary who, by virtue of his/her academic or professional qualifications or relevant experience, is, in the opinion of the Stock Exchange, capable of discharging the functions of the company secretary. Note 1 to Rule 3.28 of the Listing Rules further provides that the Stock Exchange considers the following academic or professional qualifications to be acceptable:

(a) a member of The Hong Kong Institute of Chartered Secretaries;

(b) a solicitor or barrister (as defined in the Legal Practitioners Ordinance); and

(c) a certified public accountant (as defined in the Professional Accountants Ordinance).

Note 2 to Rule 3.28 of the Listing Rules provides that, in assessing “relevant experience”, the Stock Exchange will consider the individual’s:

(i) length of employment with the issuer and other issuers and the roles he/she played;

(ii) familiarity with the Listing Rules and other relevant law and regulations including the SFO, Companies Ordinance, the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance and the Takeovers Code;

(iii) relevant training taken and/or to be taken in addition to the minimum requirements under Rule 3.29 of the Listing Rules; and

(iv) professional qualifications in other jurisdictions.

−51− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. WAIVERS FROM STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE LISTING RULES

Our Company has appointed Ms. Bai Xueying as one of our joint company secretaries on 9 November 2020, responsible for corporate governance matters such as meeting of our Board and Shareholders, participating in formulating our institutional process system and promoting and supervising the effectiveness of implementation of our internal control system. She has extensive experience in board and corporate management matters but presently does not possess any of the qualifications under Rules 3.28 and 8.17 of the Listing Rules. Thus, Ms. Bai Xueying may not be able to fulfil the requirements of the Listing Rules. Therefore, we have appointed Mr. Chen Kun, a solicitor of the High Court of Hong Kong, who fully meets the requirements under Rules 3.28 and 8.17 of the Listing Rules, to act as the other joint company secretary. Mr. Chen Kun will provide assistance to Ms. Bai Xueying for an initial period of three years from the [REDACTED] Date to enable Ms. Bai Xueying to acquire the “relevant experience” under Note 2 to Rule 3.28 of the Listing Rules so as to fully comply with the requirements set out under Rules 3.28 and 8.17 of the Listing Rules.

Both the compliance adviser and the Hong Kong legal advisers of our Company will assist Ms. Bai Xueying in relation to Hong Kong corporate governance practices and regulatory compliance, ongoing compliance obligations under the Listing Rules and the applicable laws and regulations as and when required. In addition, Ms. Bai Xueying will endeavour to attend relevant trainings and familiarise herself with the Listing Rules and duties required of a company secretary of an issuer [REDACTED] on the Stock Exchange.

We [have] applied to the Stock Exchange for, and the Stock Exchange [has granted] us, a waiver from strict compliance with the requirements of Rules 3.28 and 8.17 of the Listing Rules. The waiver is valid for an initial period of three years from the [REDACTED] Date, and is granted on the condition that we engage Mr. Chen Kun, who possesses all the requisite qualifications under Rule 3.28 of the Listing Rules, to assist Ms. Bai Xueying in discharging her duties as a joint company secretary and in gaining the “relevant experience” as required under Note 2 to Rule 3.28 of the Listing Rules.

Before the expiration of the initial three-year period, the qualifications of Ms. Bai Xueying will be re-evaluated to determine whether the requirements as stipulated in Rules 3.28 and 8.17 of the Listing Rules can be satisfied and whether the need for on-going assistance will continue. It is expected that Ms. Bai Xueying will be able to fulfil all the requirements stipulated at the end of the initial three-year period.

−52− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INFORMATION ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT AND THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

−53− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INFORMATION ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT AND THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

−54− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INFORMATION ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT AND THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

−55− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INFORMATION ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT AND THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

−56− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INFORMATION ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT AND THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

−57− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE [REDACTED]

DIRECTORS

Name Residential address Nationality

Executive Directors

Mr. Zhao Quansheng (趙泉勝) No. 102, Unit 2, No. 3 Building Chinese District D Qiaohua Century Village University East Road Hohhot Inner Mongolia PRC

Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明) 6#-1-1 Chinese Lingnan Zhujing Shengle Economic Park Hohhot Inner Mongolia PRC

Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英) No. 1202, Unit 3 Chinese No.1 Upper Building Dianli Jia Yuan Saihan District Hohhot Inner Mongolia PRC

Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春) No. 402, Unit 3, No. 2 Building Chinese Fifth District Juhai City Saihan District Hohhot Inner Mongolia PRC

−58− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE [REDACTED]

Name Residential address Nationality

Non-executive Directors

Ms. Cui Hanzhang (崔含章) Flat 6J, Block 2 Chinese Chao Yang Park 6 South Road Chao Yang District Beijing PRC

Mr. Cheng Chi Leung Albert Flat 4A, Block A British (鄭之亮) Pearl Gardens 7 Conduit Road Hong Kong

Independent non-executive Directors

Mr. Sun Baoping (孫保平) Unit 502, Unit 1, No.11 Building Chinese Beijing Forestry University Haidian District Beijing PRC

Ms. Ge Xiaoping (葛曉萍) Room 2501, No.15 Chinese Hai Xia International Community Phase II Siming District Xiamen PRC

Ms. Hao Chunhong (郝春虹) B1-1101, Tahiti Villa District Chinese No. 6, Genghis Khan Street Hohhot Inner Mongolia PRC

See “Directors and Senior Management” in this document for further information of our Directors.

−59− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE [REDACTED]

PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE [REDACTED]

Sole Sponsor Shenwan Hongyuan Capital (H.K.) Limited (A licensed corporation carrying on type 1 (dealing in securities), type 4 (advising on securities) and type 6 (advising on corporate finance) regulated activities as defined under the SFO) Level 17 28 Hennessy Road Hong Kong

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

Auditor and Reporting Accountant Ernst & Young 27/F, One Taikoo Place 979 King’s Road Quarry Bay Hong Kong

Legal Advisers to our Company as to Hong Kong law Jia Yuan Law Office 17/F No. 238 Des Voeux Road Central Sheung Wan Hong Kong

as to PRC law Commerce & Finance Law Offices 6/F, NCI Tower A12, Jianguomenwai Avenue Chaoyang District Beijing PRC

−60− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE [REDACTED]

As to Cayman Islands law Appleby Suites 4201-03&12 42/F One Island East Taikoo Place 18 Westlands Road Quarry Bay Hong Kong

Legal Advisers to the Sole Sponsor as to Hong Kong law and the [REDACTED] Deacons 5th Floor Alexandra House 18 Chater Road Central Hong Kong

as to PRC law AllBright Law Offices Room 02-07 33/F and Room 01-02 35/F Guangzhou International Finance Center No.5 Zhujiang West Road Tianhe District Guangzhou PRC

Industry Consultant Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co. 1014-1018 Tower B 500 Yunjin Road Shanghai PRC

Independent Valuer Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited Level 7 One Taikoo Place 979 King’s Road Quarry Bay Hong Kong

Compliance Adviser Shenwan Hongyuan Capital (H.K.) Limited (A licensed corporation carrying on type 1 (dealing in securities), type 4 (advising on securities) and type 6 (advising on corporate finance) regulated activities as defined under the SFO) Level 17 28 Hennessy Road Hong Kong

−61− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] China Mengyang Ecological Company Limited Jayla Place Wickhams Cay 1 Road Town Tortola British Virgin Islands

China Mengduan Ecological Company Limited Jayla Place Wickhams Cay 1 Road Town Tortola British Virgin Islands

China Mengli Ecological Company Limited Jayla Place Wickhams Cay 1 Road Town Tortola British Virgin Islands

China Mengsang Ecological Company Limited Jayla Place Wickhams Cay 1 Road Town Tortola British Virgin Islands

China Shenglin Ecological Company Limited Jayla Place Wickhams Cay 1 Road Town Tortola British Virgin Islands

China Mengsheng Ecological Company Limited Jayla Place Wickhams Cay 1 Road Town Tortola British Virgin Islands

−62− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND PARTIES INVOLVED IN THE [REDACTED]

China Mengshan Ecological Company Limited Jayla Place Wickhams Cay 1 Road Town Tortola British Virgin Islands

China Mengsong Ecological Company Limited Jayla Place Wickhams Cay 1 Road Town Tortola British Virgin Islands

−63− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. CORPORATE INFORMATION

Registered office Windward 3 Regatta Office Park P.O. Box 1350 Grand Cayman KY1-1108 Cayman Islands

Principal place of business in Unit 2413A, 24/F Hong Kong Lippo Centre Tower One 89 Queensway Admiralty Hong Kong

Principal place of business in The Fifth Farm the PRC Shengle Economic Park Helinger County Hohhot Inner Mongolia PRC

Company’s website https://www.mengshu.cn/ (information contained in this website does not form part of this document)

Joint Company Secretaries Ms. Bai Xueying (白雪瑩女士) The Fifth Farm Shengle Economic Park Helinger County Hohhot City Inner Mongolia PRC

Mr. Chen Kun (陳坤先生) Solicitor Unit 2413A, 24/F Lippo Centre Tower One 89 Queensway Admiralty Hong Kong

Authorised representatives (for the Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英女士) purpose of the Listing Rules) No. 1202, Unit 3, No. 1 Upper Building Dianli Jia Yuan Saihan District Hohhot Inner Mongolia PRC

−64− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. CORPORATE INFORMATION

Mr. Chen Kun (陳坤先生) Solicitor Unit 2413A, 24/F Lippo Centre Tower One 89 Queensway Admiralty Hong Kong

Audit committee Ms. Ge Xiaoping (葛曉萍) (Chairman) Mr. Sun Baoping (孫保平) Ms. Hao Chunhong (郝春虹)

Remuneration committee Mr. Sun Baoping (孫保平) (Chairman) Ms. Ge Xiaoping (葛曉萍) Ms. Cui Hanzhang (崔含章)

Nomination committee Mr. Zhao Quansheng (趙泉勝) (Chairman) Ms. Ge Xiaoping (葛曉萍) Ms. Hao Chunhong (郝春虹)

Principal bankers Agriculture Development 1st Floor, South Building, Yuetan Mansion, 2 Jia Yuetan North Street, Xicheng District, Beijing PRC

Bank of Inner Mongolia Co., Ltd, Operation Department 33 Tengfei South Road, Saihan District, Hohhot PRC

China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited, Hohhot Branch No. 68 Xinhua Street, Huimin District, Hohhot PRC

−65− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. CORPORATE INFORMATION

Inner Mongolia Hohhot Jingu Rural Commercial Bank Limited Company, Zhao Wu Da Branch Office Building Century Six Road Jinqiao Development Zone Saihan District Hohhot PRC

China Construction Bank Corporation, Anqing East Branch 126 Huazhong West Road Yingjiang District Anqing PRC

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

[REDACTED] [REDACTED]

−66− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

This and other sections of this document contain information and statistics relating to our industry and related industry sectors, some of which have been derived from official government sources and from the report independently prepared by Frost & Sullivan. We believe that these sources are appropriate sources for such information and statistics and have taken reasonable care in extracting and reproducing such information and statistics. We have no reason to believe that such information or statistics are materially false or misleading or that any fact has been omitted that would render such information or statistics materially false or misleading. Such information and statistics have not been independently verified by us, the Sole Sponsor, the [REDACTED], the [REDACTED], the [REDACTED] or any other party involved in the [REDACTED] and no representation is given as to their accuracy. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on such information or statistics.

SOURCE OF INFORMATION

We have commissioned Frost & Sullivan to conduct market research and prepare a report on ecological forest plantation industry, ecological restoration industry and urban and rural greening industry (collectively ecological and environmental protection industry) with the [REDACTED] (the Frost & Sullivan Report). Frost & Sullivan is an independent global consulting firm founded in 1961 in New York that offers industry research and market strategies. We were charged RMB500,000 by Frost & Sullivan in connection with its preparation of the report, which our Directors believe that such fee reflects market rates for reports of this type. Our payment of such fee is not contingent upon the results of its research and analysis.

In preparing the Frost & Sullivan Report, Frost & Sullivan conducted detailed primary research which involved in-depth telephone and face-to-face interviews with industry participants. Frost & Sullivan also conducted secondary research which involved reviewing annual reports, industry publications and data based on its own research database. Frost & Sullivan obtained the figures for various market size estimates from historical data analysis plotted against macroeconomic data, and considered related industry drivers. Its forecasting methodology integrates several forecasting techniques with its internal analytics of critical market elements investigated in connection with its market research work. These elements primarily include identification of market drivers and restraints and integration of expert opinions. Frost & Sullivan has assumed: (i) the macro economy of the PRC is likely to return to steady growth after the outbreak of COVID-19; and (ii) the social, economic and political environment in the PRC is likely to remain stable in the forecast period. Our Directors have confirmed that after taking reasonable care, there is no adverse change in the market information since the date of the Frost & Sullivan Report which may qualify, contradict or have an impact on the information in this section.

OVERVIEW OF ECOLOGICAL FOREST PLANTATION INDUSTRY

Definition and Classification of Ecological Forest Plantation

Ecological forest plantation projects generally refer to the creation of forests with long-term ecological and environmental sustainability through planned afforestation and maintenance works.

−67− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Based on forest type, ecological forest plantation projects can be divided into the followings:

National Reserve Forests: Forests that are suitable for the cultivation of timber or other natural resources in order to meet the needs of economic and social development.

Carbon Sink Forests: The carbon sink forests refer to a special type of commercial forests, which aim to cope with global warming via utilising the function of carbon sink, and the amount of fixed carbon is tradable in the market as carbon emission rights.

Shelter Belt Forests: Forests and artificial forests that built with protection functions for water and soil maintenance, water source conservation, climate regulation, pollution reduction, and mitigation of natural disasters.

Commercial Forests: Commercial forests refer to the forests with related supporting facilities for non-timber products production and commercial activities. The non-timber products include fruits, nuts, oil, spices, industrial raw materials and medicinal materials, etc. The commercial activities include forest eco-tourism, and forest-based planting and animal breeding, etc.

Value Chain Analysis

Upstream Midstream Downstream

Technology and Labor Provider Fire, Forest Diseases and Pest Control Company

Tree Seedling Supplier Ecological Forest Subcontractors and Plantation Company / Other Services Client Project Investigation and Forestry Bureau Providers Consulting Company Planning and Design Company

Source: Frost & Sullivan

Upstream sector includes companies such as technology and labour providers and seedling suppliers. Ecological forest plantation companies are positioned in the midstream sector and regarded as the main contractors, whose main activity is afforestation.

Additionally, all levels of Forestry Bureaus and their affiliated ecological forest plantation companies are also the major participants in the midstream sector. They are mainly involved in the construction projects of shelter belt forests and national reserve forests. In particular, they are responsible for forest protection in their localities and are required to plant trees annually based on the allocated afforestation assignments from their superior authorities. Some manufacturing companies whose major raw materials include timber or other forest products may also participate in the ecological forest plantation industry via constructing their own forests.

The clients of the ecological forest plantation industry mainly include governments, government-affiliated institutions, companies purchasing carbon emission right, and manufacturing companies whose major raw materials include timber or other forest products, etc.

−68− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Market Size Analysis

Market Size of Ecological Forest Plantation Industry in the PRC, by Project Type, 2016-2025E

CAGR 2016-2020 2020-2025E National Reserve Forests 23.4% 14.2% Shelter Belt Forests 14.5% 6.1% Commercial Forests 8.8% 9.3% Total 15.1% 9.0% RMB Billion 400 National Reserve Forests 366.9 348.1 350 Shelter Belt Forests 330.7 308.1 300 Commercial Forests 286.2 116.8 99.2 106.3 238.5 88.0 250 214.5 76.8 187.6 194.9 60.1 200 58.0 136.0 29.0 40.6 176.5 150 158.7 165.9 171.8 25.9 151.9 100 111.5 112.5 111.2 131.2 76.4 50 65.6 70.0 73.6 33.7 47.1 41.8 45.3 47.2 57.5 61.4 0 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021E 2022E 2023E 2024E 2025E

Notes: Considering the business nature of carbon sink forests is for commercial trading, and the market size of carbon sink forests is relatively small comparing to other types of forests, the market size of carbon sink forests is included in the market size of commercial forests. For illustrative purpose, the market size of carbon sink forests is illustrated separately in the paragraph “Market Size of Carbon Sink Forests” below.

Source: Frost & Sullivan

The rapid economic growth of the PRC for the past decades had environmental consequences including the deterioration of its ecological environment and mass carbon emissions. According to the World Bank and National Forestry and Grassland Administration, as of 2020, the PRC’s forest area per person is approximately 25% of the global average, and according to the World Resources Institute, as of 2020, the PRC is the world’s biggest emitter of carbon dioxide. In response, the PRC government has put great emphasis on afforestation and reduction of carbon emissions, and President Xi Jinping has stated that “Clear waters and green mountains are as valuable as gold and silver mountains” (綠水青山就是金山銀山). Guided by this slogan, the PRC government has formulated a number of policies and initiatives to protect the natural environment throughout the years. The National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Natural Resources has unveiled a plan that includes major projects to protect and restore key ecosystems from 2021 to 2035 (全國重 要生態系統保護和修復重大工程總體規劃(2021-2035年)) that determined to increase the national forest coverage rate from 23.0% in 2020 to 26.0% by 2035, with the to-be-created forest area of approximately 297.6 million sq.m., approximately equivalent to 1.6 times the size of Guangdong. Besides, according to the commitment made by President Xi Jinping in the United Nations General Assembly (UNGA) on 22 September 2020, the PRC aims to achieve carbon neutrality by 2060, which will promote the construction of carbon sink forests as well as all kinds of forests. These all have created a supporting and positive environment for the further development of the ecological forest plantation industry. Driven by the government policy, the market size of ecological forest plantation in the PRC went through noticeable growth from 2016 to 2020 at a CAGR of 15.1%. Among all forest types, shelter belt forests accounted for the largest market share, as the PRC government emphasizes soil erosion control and sand storm prevention. The market size of national reserve forests increased rapidly at a CAGR of 23.4% from 2016 to 2020. As 2021 is the beginning year of 14th Five Year Plan, governments are expected to invest in ecological forest plantation to meet the target national forest coverage rate of 24.1% set by the 14th Five Year Plan. Looking forward, the market size of

−69− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW ecological forest plantation is expected to continuously benefit from the supportive environment, the huge demand for shelter belt forests and a series of government policies as detailed in the paragraph headed “Supportive government policies for ecological forest plantation industry” in this section and grow at a CAGR of 9.0%, to reach RMB366.9 billion in 2025.

Market Size of Carbon Sink Forests in the PRC, 2016-2025E

CAGR 2016-2020 2020-2025E Carbon Sink Forests 28.2% 23.0% RMB Billion 8 7.6 7 6.5 6 5.4 5 4.4 3.9 4 3 2.7 1.9 2 1.5 1.0 1.1 1 0 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021E 2022E 2023E 2024E 2025E

Source: Frost & Sullivan

Due to the supportive government policies for combating global warming, the market size of carbon sink forests experienced significant growth from 2016 to 2020 at a CAGR of 28.2%. In the future, as the government’s policies for resolving global warming are gradually enhanced, it is predicted that the market size is expected to reach RMB7.6 billion in 2025, representing a CAGR of 23.0%.

Market Drivers Analysis

Supportive government policies for ecological forest plantation industry: The PRC government has put forward specific initiatives in the “Outline of the Thirteenth Five-Year Plan for the National Economic and Social Development” (中華人民共和國國民經濟和社會發展第十三個五年規劃綱要), including improvement of ecosystem functions, ecological restoration, the provision of ecological goods and biodiversity protection, all of which are favourable to the ecological forest plantation industry. Additionally, the PRC government has launched “Proposals for Formulating the 14th Five-Year Plan (2021-2025) for National Economic and Social Development and the Long-Range Objectives Through the Year 2035”(中共中央關於制定國民經濟和社會發展第十四個五年規劃和二〇 三五年遠景目標的建議)in October 2020 which included some special initiatives such as promoting green development and the harmonious coexistence of human and nature, continuing to improve environmental quality and carry out pollution prevention and control actions, carrying out large-scale greening action plan of the country, etc. This indicates the PRC government’s continuous emphasis on environment protection and greening.

On the other hand, the scale of national reserve forests and commercial forests has been expanded in the past few years. The National Reserve Forest Construction Plan (國家儲備林建設規 劃) was introduced in 2015 by National Forestry and Grassland Administration with an aim to build 20 million hectare national reserve forests by 2035. It is expected that the PRC government will provide comprehensive supports to such projects. In addition, along with the poverty alleviation policy (脫貧政策) in the PRC, commercial forests will play a significant role in boosting the income of commercial forests operators via adding more economic values, such as forest eco-tourism, and forest-based planting and animal breeding. After the Decision of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council on Winning the Battle Against Poverty (中共中央

−70− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

國務院關於打贏脫貧攻堅戰的決定) in 2015, was issued by the CPC Central Committee and State Council, governments in the PRC are seeking effective way to increase the income of low-income residents. As the construction of commercial forests can generate stable income to the low-income residents, it is expected that this will be supported by local governments throughout the country.

Huge demand for shelter belt forests: As the PRC has suffered from desertification and climate change, the demand for shelter belt forests grow steadily as they can prevent and control water and soil erosion and adapt to climate change. Construction of shelter belt forests has been implemented by the PRC government for decades. For example, as the world’s largest shelter belt forests construction project with the longest continuous construction time, the Three-North Shelter Belt Forest Program (三北防護林工程), has been implemented since 1978 and has lasted for more than 40 years which set out the PRC government’s target to complete the construction of 35.1 million hectare of shelter belt forests by around 2050, and such national level shelter belt forests program will drive the growth of the ecological forest plantation industry in the PRC persistently. In recent years, the PRC government has continuously introduced bills to promote the construction of shelter belt forests including the Opinions of the State Forestry Administration on Deepening the Construction and Reform of the Three-North Shelter Belt Forest System (國家林業局關於深化三北防護林體系建設改 革的意見) which states that more tree species with both ecological and economic value will be planted to conserve water and soil in Loess Plateau, and shelter belt forests for farmland will be built in the North and Northeast regions, etc..

Future Trends Analysis

Increasing carbon sink forests: With the continuous introduction of supportive policies for increasing carbon sink forests launched by the PRC government to achieve carbon neutrality target, the market size of carbon sink forests will increase continuously along with the expansion of the carbon emission trading market. In addition, carbon sink forests projects will benefit from more diversified sources of financing from social capital as well as accelerated funding approval. Furthermore, local governments in remote regions such as Yunnan, Guangxi and Guizhou have been promoting the construction and maintenance of carbon sink forests to generate income to their local residents. According to the statement of President Xi in the United Nations General Assembly on 22 September 2020, the PRC aims to achieve carbon neutrality, i.e. achieving net zero carbon dioxide emissions by 2060. One of the important means to achieve carbon neutrality is afforestation. Thus, it is expected that a large number of carbon sink forests projects will be launched in the next several decades.

Continuous diversified development of the ecological forest plantation industry: The market sizes of industries such as furniture-making, paper-making, forest eco-tourism, forest-based planting and animal breeding, etc., are expected to expand, which increase their respective demand for different kinds of forests or forest products. Additionally, as the domestic supply of timber cannot meet the demands in the PRC and the PRC government is committed to ensuring the effective supply of forest products, it is expected that more national reserve forests will be built in the future to augment the domestic timber supply. The continuous diversified development of the ecological forest plantation industry will boost the return on investment of the industry, and thus more investors, talents and private capitals will be attracted to the ecological forest plantation industry in the future.

−71− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

OVERVIEW OF ECOLOGICAL RESTORATION INDUSTRY

Definition and Classification of Ecological Restoration

Ecological restoration aims to recover areas with degraded, damaged, or destroyed ecosystems through the application of various scientific means to revive the original chemical biological and physical characteristics of water, soil as well as the surrounding plant community. Ecological restoration does not mean the complete restoration of the ecosystem to its original state, but improve and restore the ecosystem functions through continuous measures.

Classified by restoration objectives, ecological restoration can be mainly categorised as follows:

Desertified land restoration (荒漠化土地修復): It refers to the application of measures such as rehabilitation and reforestation to restore desertified lands. The typical scope of work generally includes (i) the stabilisation of gullies and repair of degraded land by vegetative or structural measures (i.e. gully treatment (溝壑治理)); (ii) the improvement of soil conditions of sandy land to reduce desertification (i.e. desertification treatment (沙化治理)); (iii) the reduction of water loss and soil erosion, and afforestation in rocky mountain areas (i.e. loess hills and rocky mountain treatment (黃土丘陵及土石山治理)); (iv) the reduction of soil salinity through water conservancy measures (i.e. soil salinisation treatment (土地鹽鹼治理));

River, lake and wetland restoration (河湖濕地修復): It refers to the improvement of water quality of river, lake and wetland, the maintenance of water and soil condition as well as the improvement of the natural habitat of an area. The typical scope of work generally includes the improvement of water quality of areas mentioned above through vegetative or structural measures such as the restoration of plants, rebuilding of buffer zones, waterfront greening works as well as the construction of ecological revetment for waterfront areas;

Slope restoration (邊坡治理): It refers to the application of measures to restore, protect and reinforce damaged or degraded slopes caused by artificial disturbance or natural soil erosion. The typical scope of work generally includes the stabilisation of slopes and recovers degraded ecology by the combination of vegetative measures and engineering works.

Other Type of Restoration: Other type of restoration includes mined land restoration (礦山修復), disease and pest control projects, comprehensive restoration projects, etc.

Value Chain Analysis

Source: Frost & Sullivan

−72− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

One notable feature of this industry is that ecological restoration companies, especially those large players, are eager to expand their business to upstream sector and provide integrated services. Technical know-how is vital as an ecological restoration project requires the use of physical, chemical, biological measures as well as engineering technology. The clients of ecological restoration industry mainly include governments, government-affiliated institutions, large companies, etc.

Market Size Analysis

Market Size of Ecological Restoration Industry in the PRC, by Project Type, 2016-2025E

CAGR 2016-2020 2020-2025E Desertification Restoration 2.8% 8.6% River, Lake And Wetland Restoration 16.3% 17.1% Slope Restoration 12.6% 16.1% Others 12.0% 15.9% RMB Billion Total 11.7% 15.2% 130 125.0 120 Desertified Land Restoration 113.1 18.9 110 103.9 River, Lake and Wetland Restoration 18.9 100 93.1 Slope Restoration 17.1 90 16.1 80 Others 77.3 69.1 65.1 70 14.8 62.2 61.6 57.6 60 11.5 52.8 11.2 12.5 50 47.8 46.9 39.6 37.8 40 11.1 35.0 11.2 30.7 29.6 30 20.7 24.7 27.8 20 16.2 20.5 22.8 15.4 16.6 10 11.0 14.0 13.2 8.2 9.6 11.2 11.9 13.2 0 4.0 5.0 6.3 7.2 6.3 8.1 2016 2017 20182019 2020 2021E 2022E 2023E 2024E 2025E

Source: Frost & Sullivan

Driven by the supportive government policies, the ecological restoration market size in the PRC experienced rapid growth from 2016 to 2020, at a CAGR of 11.7%. The enormous demand for ecological restoration projects will further drive the growth of ecological restoration industry in the PRC. Among all the segments of ecological restoration industry, the river, lake and wetland restoration accounted for the largest market size, as the PRC government aims to reduce the water pollutions and enhance the overall water quality. With the threats of desertification and soil pollutions, the segments of desertified land restoration and slope restoration also enjoyed remarkable growth in the past few years. Due to the outbreak of COVID-19, the project schedule of ecological restoration projects and the market size in 2020 are negatively impacted in general. Looking forward, the major segments of ecological restoration will keep growing steadily, and the market size of ecological restoration industry is expected to reach RMB125.0 billion in 2025, representing a CAGR of 15.2%. According to the Fourteenth Five Year Plan, more ecological restoration projects will be launched with the supports from governments especially in the area of Yangtze River, Yellow River, abandoned mines, coastline, etc.

Market Drivers Analysis

Supportive government policies for ecological restoration industry: The PRC government has formulated numerous action plans and opinions to promote the ecological restoration industry. In February 2019, ecological restoration industry was added into the “2019 Guiding Catalogue for Green Industries” (綠色產業指導目錄) by seven government authorities, including National Development and Reform Commission, Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, Ministry of Natural Resources, Ministry of Ecology and Environment, Ministry of Housing and Urban-Rural Development, the People’s Bank of China, and National Energy Administration, which indicates more social resources and relevant services will be introduced to the ecological restoration industry in an orderly manner by PRC government. In June 2018, the “Opinions of the Central Committee of the

−73− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Communist Party of China and the State Council on Comprehensively Strengthening Ecological Environment Protection and Resolutely Fighting the Tough Battle of Pollution Prevention and Control” (中共中央國務院關於全面加強生態環境保護堅決打好污染防治攻堅戰的意見) addresses the importance of accelerating ecological restoration. Ecological restoration projects such as river, lake and wetland restoration, slope restoration and mine restoration will be supported by PRC government, and be funded by public finance. According to the Ministry of Finance, RMB31.7 billion and RMB4 billion will be allocated for water and soil related restoration projects respectively in 2020. In June 2020, the National Development and Reform Commission issued the “Master Plan for Major National Ecosystem Protection and Restoration Projects (2021-2035)” (全國重要生態系統保護和修復 重大工程總體規劃(2021-2035年)), which indicate that the government will further promote the development of ecological restoration industry.

Enormous demands for ecological restoration projects: The rapid economic growth and industrial development in the past decades in the PRC have led to notable environmental issues relating to water and soil, which indicates a significant demand for ecological restoration. According to the China Ecological Environment Bulletin 2020 (2020中國生態環境狀況公報) published by Ministry of Ecology and Environment, 16.6% of surface water in the PRC is in Class IV, V and inferior V indicating they cannot be used for drinking or farming purpose. Furthermore, according to the World Bank, the renewable internal freshwater resource per capita in the PRC is only approximately 34.8% of the world average in 2019, indicating the PRC is a water-scarce country, thus there will be persistent demand for river, lake and wetland restoration. According to the National Survey on Soil Pollution Status jointly conducted by Ministry of Ecology and Environment and Ministry of Natural Resource in 2019, 19.4% of the arable land in the PRC has been contaminated. According to the National Forestry and Grassland Administration, the total area of desertified land in the PRC is over 2.6 million square kilometers, accounting for approximately 27.2% of the total land area, thus the demand for land desertification restoration projects will exist for a long time in the PRC. Together with the food safety issue that has arisen in the past years, the demand for soil related restoration work is expected to increase significantly.

Future Trends Analysis

Higher concentration level of the industry: Due to a variety of the contamination conditions and complexity of geological conditions in the PRC, solutions that incorporated multiple technologies should be in growing demand, but such solutions can only be provided by large enterprises with strong research and development capacity and technologies accumulation. In the future, large enterprises will capture more market share by integrated services and technical know-how, thus increasing the concentration level of the industry. Additionally, as a series of more rigorous environmental protection law are being coming into effect, large enterprises that can offer comprehensive restoration solutions will gain further advantages.

Increasing investment from social capital through PPP model: Over the years, the PRC government required that the polluters should be responsible for restoration. However, due to the lack of effective tracing and review mechanism, most of ecological restoration projects are eventually financed by the PRC government. In recent years, the PRC government has gradually encouraged government-social capital cooperation by providing investment subsidies, operating subsidies, etc to attract social capital. Additionally, the application of PPP model provides social capital with a feasible

−74− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW way to participate in ecological restoration projects. With government supports and feasible business model, more social capital will invest in the ecological restoration industry in the future. It is worth mentioning that the PRC government is improving the payment process of PPP projects to attract more social capitals.

Increasing demand for mined land restoration: According to the Ministry of Natural Resources, more than 54 million mu of land was damaged by mining activities in the PRC by the end of 2018, which threaten the local ecological equilibrium. Under such circumstances, the government will attach more importance to the mined land restoration. The PRC government has released a series of incentive policies including the Opinions On Exploring and Utilising Marketization Methods to Promote Mine Restoration (關於探索利用市場化方式推進礦山生態修復的意見) in 2019, which promotes social capital to invest in mined land restoration. Furthermore, the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region government issued the Implementation Plan for Mine Environmental Governance in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區礦山環境治理實施方案) in August 2020 to further strengthen the environmental governance of the mines in the region and accelerate the transformation and development of the mining industry. And the Green Mine Construction Plan in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區綠色礦山建設方案) was published in November 2020 which required by the end of 2023, the ecological environment of the mines in the region should be effectively protected, and the level of land reclamation in the mining area should be improved. These will increase the demand for mine restoration.

OVERVIEW OF URBAN AND RURAL GREENING INDUSTRY

Definition and Classification of Urban and Rural Greening Industry

A urban and rural greening project generally aims at improving the overall landscape of an area, normally as part of urbanisation, through green (trees and herb) planting as well as earthworks construction, terrain modification, and ancillary facilities building.

Urban and rural greening project can be divided into municipal landscaping, real estate landscaping and other types of landscaping.

Value Chain Analysis

Source: Frost & Sullivan

−75− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

As the upstream and midstream sectors are highly complementary with each other, landscaping companies in the midstream sector are eager to expand their business to upstream to provide integrated services. Landscape designer in the upstream sector mainly includes design institutes or individual designers. Landscaping companies are responsible for the construction of landscaping projects and the subsequent maintenance services (usually for a term of two years) such as replanting, fertilisation, irrigation, deinsectisation, etc. Apart from direct labour, it is common for landscaping companies to engage subcontractors and labor service providers to carry out certain works. Clients mainly include governments, government-affiliated institutions and non-governmental parties such as real estate developers.

Market Size Analysis

Market Size of Urban and Rural Greening Market in the PRC, by Project Type, 2016-2025E

CAGR 2016-2020 2020-2025E Municipal landscaping 0.6% 2.4% Real estate landscaping 7.9% 6.5% Others 4.6% 4.1% Total 5.5% 5.2% RMB Billion 866.0 900 828.6 Municipal Landscaping Real Estate Landscaping Others 791.3 800 753.8 716.4 196.8 193.9 700 663.5 670.7 191.1 615.8 188.1 574.3 185.2 600 542.4 184.5 174.9 500 179.9 171.0 176.6 400 563.7 595.7 499.7 531.7 300 435.7 467.7 378.8 417.7 200 321.1 344.8 100 63.5 66.0 68.5 71.0 73.5 0 50.3 52.9 57.1 61.3 60.1 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021E 2022E 2023E 2024E 2025E

Source: Frost & Sullivan

Driven by the stable economic growth and supportive governmental policies, the urban and rural greening market size in the PRC experienced stable growth from 2016 to 2020 at a CAGR of 5.5%. The market size of municipal landscaping increased from RMB171.0 billion in 2016 to RMB174.9 billion in 2020, representing a CAGR of 0.6%. Revenue generated from real estate landscaping reached approximately RMB435.7 billion in 2020, at a CAGR of 7.9% since 2016, the growth of which was in line with the progress of the national urban construction plan and real estate investment in the PRC. As for the market size of other types of landscaping, it grew at a 4.7% from 2016 to 2020. Due to the outbreak of COVID-19, the project schedule of municipal landscaping projects and the market size in 2020 are negatively impacted. Looking forward, all the major segments of the urban and rural greening market, are expected to continue to grow. The market size of urban and rural greening market in the PRC is expected to grow at a CAGR of 5.2% from 2020 to 2025, reaching RMB866.0 billion in 2025.

Market Drivers Analysis

Supportive government policies: The development of urban and rural greening market in the PRC is driven by the government policies such as Urban Greening Ordinance (《城市綠化條例》), Guidelines of the Ministry of Housing and Urban-Rural Development on Promoting the Development of Urban Greening (《住房城鄉建設部關於促進城市園林綠化事業健康發展的指導意見》), etc. The

−76− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW development of urban and rural greening has also become one of the performance evaluation indicators of local governments. In addition to active investment in urban and rural greening projects, local governments also encourage social capital investment so as to realize coordinated development of the urban and rural greening industry.

Continuous urbanization process: The continuous urbanization process has greatly stimulated demand for better quality urban housing and living environment. In 2020, the urban population in the PRC has exceeded 860 million, with an urbanization rate (the proportion of the urban population in the total population) of 61.6%, compared with 82.5% in the United States and 92.5% in Japan. There is significant growth potential for urbanization in the PRC, and the demand from urban residents for landscaping will continue to grow. The “beautiful countryside” (美麗鄉村) and “characteristic towns” (特色小鎮) policies proposed by the PRC government also have driving effect on the development of urban and rural greening.

Future Trends Analysis

Higher concentration level of the industry: In recent years, an increasing number of urban and rural greening companies have been expanding their business vertically along the value chain, which includes seedling cultivation, design, construction and maintenance. In the future, it is expected that large companies tend to leverage on their established market position to acquire other smaller-scale companies, thus increasing the concentration level of the industry.

Growing investment in research and development: Urban and rural greening companies in the PRC are allocating additional effort and resources, and increasing cooperation with research institutes to develop advanced landscaping technologies. In particular, urban and rural greening companies place more emphasis on upgrading core technologies in municipal works in relation to urban rain flood management in view of the evolving concept of sponge city, a concept to enhance adaptability of city towards the change of environment. In addition, urban and rural greening companies are also dedicated in selecting and cultivating of plant as well as developing technologies that can improve living environment. Some market participants are also recognized as high-tech enterprises with patented technologies and products.

COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE ANALYSIS

The ecological forest plantation industry, ecological restoration industry and urban and rural greening industry in the PRC are highly fragmented and competitive with low market concentration rate as most market players are relatively small companies focusing on local markets. With the exception of certain well-established players, most market players are relatively small players focusing on local markets, and cannot compete for large-scale public projects which normally have a certain number of requirements such as large-scale project experience, financial strength and the number of qualified professionals as stipulated in the tender documents.

−77− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Entry barriers

The entry barriers in the urban and rural greening industry, ecological restoration industry, and ecological forest plantation industry are similar as following:

Long growth period of seedlings: Seedlings supply is the upstream of the urban and rural greening industry, ecological restoration industry, and ecological forest plantation industry as the seedlings are the necessary raw material of all greening and ecological related projects in these industries. It generally takes years or even more than ten years for some seedling species to grow before launching in the market. For example, it generally takes approximately eight to ten years to outplant spruce, one of the most common evergreen seedlings. Such long growth period of seedlings constitutes entry barriers for new market entrants.

Capital intensive: The business of these industries is capital intensive in nature and the scale of projects undertaken by the contractors is highly dependent on their financial capacity and capital reserve. The requirement of intensive capital injection in ecological and environmental protection industry in the PRC is clearly indicated in the Guidance Opinion on Increasing Input of State-owned Capital into Industries for Public Welfare (關於國有資本加大對公益性行業投入的指導意見) (the “Guidance Opinion”) dated 16 November 2017 issued by the Ministry of Finance, in which environmental protection is one of the industries requiring increased input from state-owned capital. In particular, sufficient capital reserve is generally a pre-requisite for contractors undertaking public projects in the PRC which generally have a longer project period and credit term of up to two or three years. A strong financial condition is also required for maintaining professionals, procurement for business operation and research and development.

Track record and industry reputation: Companies with strong track record and industry reputation are generally preferred by clients, and established market participants have maintained long-term relationships with major clients. Track record is also important and a key requisite item in the tendering of large scale projects, which may exclude the new entrants.

Technical know-how and staffing: In-depth technical knowledge in the area of geology, construction, aesthetics and botany is considered a pre-requisite for new entrants in these industries in the PRC. Furthermore, in light of the different regional features in respect of geographical conditions, climate and historic culture in the PRC, established companies typically maintain adequate techniques and strong local network with access to labor and resources for undertaking local projects.

Extensive industry network and geographical coverage: Established companies demonstrate extended scale of operation by undertaking projects across different regions in the PRC. The established wide networks with subsidiaries all over the PRC can help these enterprises to obtain and manage the projects in different regions. The cross-regional operation enables the established companies to efficiently offer technical support and after-sales services to their clients, which further strengthen the relationship with clients. It is hard for new entrants to develop cross regional business networks at the very beginning.

−78− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Competitive advantages of our Group

Our Directors believe that our competitive strengths have contributed to our success in the industry. Some of our competitive strengths include (i) well positioned to capture opportunities in the growing ecological and environmental protection industry in other provinces in the PRC; (ii) well-established reputation in the ecological and environmental protection industry; (iii) integrated business model which differentiate from competitors; (v) strong research and development capability and technical know-how as reflected by proprietary patents; and (vi) founder and core management team have a proven track record of experience in the ecological and environmental protection industry and management experience in a [REDACTED] company. Please see “Business — Our Competitive Strengths” for further details.

The following table sets out the ranking of our Group in the ecological forest plantation industry in 2020:

Estimated Market share revenue in the in the ecological ecological forest forest plantation plantation Ranking Name industry, 2020 industry, 2020 Description (RMB Million)

1 Company A 1,339.9 0.56% Founded in 1996, it is an ecological forest plantation company with nationwide business coverage. It also engages in timber business. 2 Company B 1,040.1 0.44% Founded in 1954, it is an ecological forest plantation company with business mainly located in Leizhou Peninsula. 3 Company C 899.7 0.38% Founded in 2014, it is an ecological forest plantation company with business located in Shaanxi Province. 4 Our Group 591.1 0.25% Founded in 2008, it is a service provider for ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects established in Inner Mongolia.

5 Company D 410.6 0.17% Founded in 1953, it is an ecological forest plantation company in Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region. It is the largest state-owned forestry company in Guangxi Zhuang Autonomous Region. Top 5 total 4,271.5 1.79%

Total 238,512.8 100.00%

Source: Frost & Sullivan

−79− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Additionally, our Group owns the second largest plantation bases in the PRC in terms of total area with an aggregate area of approximately 45,000 mu (30.0 million sq.m.) in the PRC.

PRICE OF SEEDLINGS

The prices of seedlings mainly depend on the species and specifications such as heights, and the market price of seedlings generally increases as they grow in height and crown width. Affected by climatic conditions and market demand, although the price of a certain type of seedling may fluctuate to a certain extent, the overall average price of seedlings has been rising steadily in the past few years. From 2016 to 2020, the average price of seedlings grows at a CAGR of 4.1%.

LABOUR COST

Labour has taken up approximately 15% to 25% in the cost structure of ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration, and urban and rural greening projects in recent years. With the continuous increase of per capita disposable income in the PRC, the average salary in these industries has been raising from 2016 to 2020 at a CAGR of about 7.5%. The rise in the average salary also represents the competitiveness of the industry in the labour market and it also keeps the industry attractive as for talents.

Price Index of Labor and Seedling in the PRC, 2016-2020

CAGR 2016-2020 Labor 7.5% 2016=100 Seedling 4.1% 160.0 140.0 120.0 100.0 80.0 60.0 40.0 20.0 0.0 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 Labor 100.0 106.7 116.2 125.7 133.4 Seedling 100.0 104.5 108.9 113.3 117.5

Source: National Bureau of Statistics, China Forestry Yearbook, Frost & Sullivan

TRADE AND BILLS RECEIVABLES AND CONTRACT ASSETS TURNOVER DAYS ANALYSIS

Generally, the project duration of ecological forest plantation projects, ecological restoration projects and urban and rural greening projects is approximately one year to three years and 10 to 30 years for traditional model and PPP model, respectively. The business model of these projects usually requires contractors to complete part or all the project before receiving progress payment from project owners during or even after the long project period, thus a significant amount of trade and bills receivables and contract assets will arise. Furthermore, as the owners of these projects are generally governments, the governments normally need a longer time to settle payment mainly due to its internal approval process. Nevertheless, they have higher credibility than private entities.

−80− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Frost & Sullivan have selected 20 large-scale enterprises listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, and Shenzhen Stock Exchange who undertake ecological forest plantation projects, ecological restoration projects and urban and rural greening projects of governments as well as projects in PPP model. All the selected companies generate revenue mainly from undertaking construction projects in ecological and environment protection industry. Among the 20 selected listed companies, there are only one companies with a trade and bills receivables and contract assets turnover days of less than one year, and seven companies with turnover days in the period of one to two years. The average trade and bills receivables and contract assets turnover days of the 20 companies was 928.6 days in 2020.

COVID-19 PANDEMIC

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the outbreak of COVID-19 in the PRC in late 2019 has partly delayed the project schedule of urban and rural greening, ecological restoration and ecological forest plantation projects in the first quarter of 2020 which negatively impacted the market size in 2020. Due to the negative impact of the epidemic on the macro economy the PRC government has adopted fiscal stimulus measures to stimulate the economy. Under such circumstance, the overall economy gradually recovers in the PRC, which is evidenced by the national GDP growth rate improving from -6.8% in first quarter of 2020 to 2.3% in the full year of 2020. Looking forward, the PRC government will introduce more policies to increase the investment in various industries including ecological construction to stabilize employment and promote economic development in line with the loosening of monetary policies globally, so as to sustain economic growth. Therefore, in the long term, COVID-19 will not have a material negative impact on the urban and rural greening industry, ecological restoration industry and ecological forest plantation industry, but instead may enhance the investment in the ecological and environmental protection around the country due to the increasing societal consciousness for health, greenery and well-being.

SEVERE FLOODING IN THE SUMMER OF 2020

According to the Office of State Flood Control and Drought Relief Headquarters, more than 27 provincial level administrative areas and more than 30 million citizens have been affected by severe flooding in the summer of 2020. The flooding had a negative impact on the seedling cultivation industry, as many plantation bases were destroyed by the flooding, and the logistics for the seedlings were interrupted. With the help of all levels of governments and troops, the flooding was soon under control, and the production and living of the affected areas have back to normal. The severe flooding in 2020 has raised the importance of conservation of water and soil and thus the PRC government plans to launch more soil and water conservation projects including building shelter belt forests, and water related ecological restoration projects, etc. Therefore, in the long term, the flooding in 2020 will not have a material negative impact on the urban and rural greening industry, ecological restoration industry and ecological forest plantation industry, but may instead boost the governmental investment in soil and water conservation projects.

−81− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO QUALIFICATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION

According to the Construction Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國建築法》 ( ) (the “Construction Law”) promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress (the “SCNPC”) on 1 November 1997 and with effect from 1 March 1998, last amended on and with effect from 23 April 2019, enterprises engaged in construction, engineering survey, engineering design and supervision shall apply for the qualifications of different grades according to their registered capital, professional and technical personnel, technical equipment and achievements. They can separately obtain qualification certificates of commensurate grades for construction, survey, design, supervision after passing commensurate qualification examinations, and undertake construction, survey, design, and supervision activities within the scope set out in its qualifications.

Qualifications of Construction Enterprises

According to the Administrative Provisions on the Qualification of Construction Enterprises《建築業企業資質管理規定》 ( ) promulgated by the Ministry of Housing and Urban-Rural Development of the PRC (the “MOHURD”) on and with effect from 6 October 1995, last amended on and with effect from 22 December 2018, and the Notice of the MOHURD on Issuance of Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises《住房和城鄉建設部關於印發〈建築業企業資質 ( 標準〉的通知》(建市[2014]159號)) (the “Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises”) promulgated by the MOHURD on 6 November 2014 and with effect from 1 January 2015, the qualifications of construction enterprises are classified into three categories, namely, main contractor qualification, professional contractor qualification and construction labor qualification. Both main contractor qualification and professional contractor qualification are divided into various subcategories of qualifications according to the nature and technical characteristics of the relevant construction projects, and each of the subcategories is further divided into various classes in accordance with the stipulated conditions. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we have already obtained qualifications including the Main Contractor in General Construction Works — Grade III, the Main Contractor in Municipal and Public Construction Works — Grade II & Grade III, the Main Contractor in Water Conservancy and Hydropower Project — Grade II, the Professional Contractor in Ancient Architecture Engineering — Grade II & Grade III, the Professional Contractor in City and Road Lighting Engineering — Grade II, the Professional Contractor in Environment Protection Engineering — Grade III, the Professional Contractor in River and Lake Improvement Projects — Grade III and the Construction Labor Qualification.

Qualification of Main Contractor

Qualifications of Main Contractor in General Construction Works

Pursuant to the Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises and the Notice of the MOHURD on Simplification of Partial Index of the Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises (《住房和城鄉建設部關於簡化建築業企業資質標準部分指標的通知》) (the “Notice of Simplifying Qualification Standards”) promulgated on 14 October 2016 and with effect from 1 November 2016, qualifications of main contractor in general construction works are divided into Special-Grade, Grade I, Grade II and Grade III.

−82− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

The scope of general construction work permitted under the Main Contractor in General Construction Works — Grade III includes:

• industrial and civil construction projects below 50 meters in height;

• structural construction projects below 70 meters in height;

• single industrial and civil construction projects with a construction area of less than 12,000 square meters; and

• construction projects with a single span less than 27 meters.

Qualifications of Main Contractor in Municipal and Public Construction Works

Pursuant to the Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises and the Notice of Simplifying Qualification Standards, qualifications of main contractor in municipal and public construction works are divided into Special-Grade, Grade I, Grade II and Grade III.

The scope of municipal and public construction work permitted under the Main Contractor in Municipal and Public Construction Works — Grade II includes:

• all types of urban road engineering; urban bridge engineering with a single span less than 45 meters;

• water supply work with the limit of 150,000 tons per day; sewage disposal work with the limit of 100,000 tons per day; pump station for water supply with the limit of 250,000 tons per day, pump station for sewage disposal and rainfall with the limit of 150,000 tons per day; all types of water supply and drainage pipelines and reclaimed water pipelines engineering;

• gas pipelines and pressure regulating stations below medium-pressure; thermal projects with a heating area less than 1,500,000 square meters and all types of thermal pipeline engineering;

• all types of urban domestic waste disposal engineering;

• tunnel engineering with sections less than 25 square meters and underground transportation engineering;

• all types of city square and ground parking lot covered by rigid material; and

• comprehensive municipal project with an individual contract sum less than RMB40 million.

−83− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

The scope of municipal and public construction work permitted under the Main Contractor in Municipal and Public Construction Works — Grade III includes:

• urban road engineering (excluding expressway); urban bridge engineering with a single span less than 25 meters;

• water supply work with the limit of 80,000 tons per day; sewage disposal work with the limit of 60,000 tons per day; pump station for water supply with the limit of 100,000 tons per day, pump station for sewage disposal and for rainfall with the limit of 100,000 tons per day; water supply pipelines engineering less than 1 meter in diameter; sewage and reclaimed water pipelines engineering less than 1.5 meters in diameter;

• medium-pressure and low-pressure gas pipelines and pressure regulating stations below 2 kg/cm2; thermal projects with a heating area less than 500,000 square meters, and thermal pipelines engineering less than 0.2 meters in diameter;

• urban domestic waste disposal engineering with an individual contract sum less than RMB25 million;

• underground transportation engineering with an individual contract sum less than RMB20 million (excluding rail transit engineering);

• city square and ground parking lot covered by rigid material less than 5,000 square meters; and

• comprehensive municipal project with an individual contract sum less than RMB25 million.

Qualifications of Main Contractor in Water Conservancy and Hydropower Project

According to the Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises and the Notice of Simplifying Qualification Standards, qualifications of main contractor in water conservancy and hydropower project are divided into Special-Grade, Grade I, Grade II and Grade III. The scope of construction of water conservancy and hydropower project permitted under the Main Contractor in Water Conservancy and Hydropower Project — Grade II includes, the construction of water conservancy and hydropower projects below the medium-sized project scale and the construction of hydraulic buildings below the building level 3, but the following project scales are subject to the following specific limits: dam height shall be under 70 meters, the total installed capacity of the hydropower station shall be less than 150MW, the hydraulic tunnel shall be less than 8 meters (or other types with the same cross-sectional area) and the length shall be less than 1,000 meters, and the dike level shall be less than level 2.

−84− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

Qualification of Professional Contractor

Qualifications of Professional Contractor in the Ancient Architecture Engineering

According to the Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises and the Notice of Simplifying Qualification Standards, qualifications of professional contractor in the ancient architecture engineering are divided into Grade I, Grade II and Grade III.

The scope of construction work permitted under the Professional Contractor in the Ancient Architecture Engineering — Grade II includes:

• single archaise building construction with a construction area less than 800 square meters; and

• renovation construction of historical building project in national important protection units of cultural relic with area less than 200 square meters.

The scope of construction work permitted under the Professional Contractor in the Ancient Architecture Engineering — Grade III includes:

• single archaise building construction with a construction area less than 400 square meters; and

• renovation construction of historical building project in provincial important protection units of cultural relic with area less than 100 square meters.

Qualifications of Professional Contractor in City and Road Lighting Engineering

According to the Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises and the Notice of Simplifying Qualification Standards, qualifications of professional contractor in city and road lighting engineering are divided into Grade I, Grade II and Grade III. The scope of construction work permitted under the Professional Contractor in City and Road Lighting Engineering — Grade II contains the construction of urban road lighting projects with an individual contract sum not exceeding RMB12 million.

Qualifications of Professional Contractor in Environmental Protection Engineering

According to the Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises and the Notice of Simplified Qualification Standards, qualifications of professional contractor in environmental protection engineering are divided into Grade I, Grade II and Grade III. The scope of construction work permitted under the Professional Contractor in Environmental Protection Engineering — Grade III contains the construction of pollution restoration projects, domestic waste treatment and disposal projects with medium-scale and other small-sized environmental protection projects.

−85− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

Qualifications of Professional Contractor in River and Lake Improvement Projects

According to the Qualification Standards in Construction Enterprises and the Notice of Simplified Qualification Standards, qualifications of professional contractor in river and lake improvement projects are divided into Grade I, Grade II and Grade III. The scope of construction work permitted under the Professional Contractor in River and Lake Improvement Projects Grade III contains the construction of river and lake dredging projects and reclamation projects of Grade III levee engineering or below.

Qualifications of Urban and Rural Greening Construction Enterprises

According to the Regulations of Urban Greening《城市綠化條例》 ( ), promulgated by the State Council on 22 June 1992 and with effect from 1 August 1992, last amended on and with effect from 1 March 2017, enterprises engaged in engineering designs and constructions of urban greening projects shall obtain relevant qualification certificates. The design scheme of urban greening projects shall be undertaken enterprises with corresponding qualification certificates and approved by corresponding local landscape authorities. The construction project owners shall construct urban greening projects in accordance with the approved design scheme. Any necessary change to the design scheme shall be reviewed and approved by the original approval authorities.

Pursuant to the Decision of the State Council on Amending and Repealing some Administrative Regulations《國務院關於修改和廢止部分行政法規的決定》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council and with effect from 1 March 2017, article 16 of the Regulation of Urban Greening《城市綠化條例》 ( ) was deleted which stipulated that the construction of urban greening projects shall be entrusted to construction enterprises with corresponding qualification certificates. Pursuant to the Notice of the General Office of the MOHURD on Effectively Implementing the Work of Cancelling the Administrative Licensing for Qualifications of Urban Greening Construction Enterprises《住房和城 ( 鄉建設部辦公廳關於做好取消城市園林綠化企業資質核准行政許可事項相關工作的通知》(建辦城 [2017]27號)) promulgated by the MOHURD on 13 April 2017 and with effect from the same day, all levels of competent authorities of housing and urban-rural construction (greening) no longer accept the application for qualifications of urban greening construction enterprise and no longer, in any way, require the qualification of urban greening construction enterprise or the qualification of the main contractor in municipal and public construction works as the preconditions for contracting the construction of urban greening projects. Thus, the administrative licensing requirement for the qualifications of urban greening construction enterprises engaged in the construction of urban greening projects has been removed since 13 April 2017.

Professional Qualifications of Employees

Qualification requirements on registered constructor

According to the Administrative Provisions on Registered Constructors《註冊建造師管理規 ( 定》) promulgated by the Ministry of Construction (the “MOC”, predecessor of the MOHURD) on 28 December 2006 and with effect from 1 March 2007, partially amended by the MOHURD on 13 September 2016 and with effect from 20 October 2016, registered constructors refer to professional

−86− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW technicians who have obtained a constructor qualification certificate after passing assessment or examination, and have obtained a constructor registration certificate and a practicing seal after registration, and are in charge of or engaged in the related business. Registered constructors are divided into Grade I and Grade II.

Qualification requirements on certified cost engineer

According to the Administrative Measures for Certified Cost Engineers《註冊造價工程師管理 ( 辦法》) promulgated by the MOC on 25 December 2006 and with effect from 1 March 2007, last amended by the MOHURD on and with effect from 19 February 2020, certified cost engineers refer to professionals who have obtained the professional qualification certificate of cost engineer after passing the professional qualification examination for cost engineers in civil engineering or installation engineering, or after passing the qualification recognition and mutual recognition of qualifications, and engaged in project cost activities after registration. The certificated cost engineers are divided into Grade I and Grade II.

Qualification requirements on registered architect

According to the Regulations on Registered Architects《註冊建築師條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on 23 September 1995 and with effect from the same day, last amended on and with effect from 23 April 2019, registered architects refer to professionals who have lawfully acquired the certificates of a registered architect and are engaged in the architectural design of buildings or other related businesses. The registered architects are divided into Grade I and Grade II.

Qualification requirements on registered engineer

According to the Administrative Provisions on Registered Survey and Design Engineers《勘察 ( 設計註冊工程師管理規定》) promulgated by the MOC on 4 February 2005 and with effect from 1 April 2006, partially amended by the MOHURD on 13 September 2016 and with effect from 20 October 2016, registered engineers refer to the professional technicians who have obtained a registered engineer qualification certificate after passing the qualifying examination, have acquired a registered engineer practicing certificate and a practicing seal after registration, and are engaged in the construction survey, design and other relevant businesses. Registered engineers are classified into different categories on the basis of different specialties. Except that registered structural engineers are divided into Grade I and Grade II, registered engineers of other specialties are not divided into different grades.

Title system of professional engineer

According to Guiding Opinions on Deepening the Reform of the Professional Title System for Engineering and Technical Personnel《關於深化工程技術人才職稱制度改革的指導意見》 ( (人社部發 [2019]16號)) jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security and the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology (the “MIIT”) on and with effect from 1 February 2019, the engineering and technical personnel can be divided into professorate senior engineer, senior engineer, intermediate engineer, associate engineer and technician by professional titles.

−87− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO QUALIFICATIONS OF ENGINEERING DESIGN

Qualification of Construction Engineering Design

According to the Regulations on the Administration of Survey and Design of Construction Projects《建設工程勘察設計管理條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on 25 September 2000 and with effect from the same day, last amended on and with effect from 7 October 2017, construction engineering design enterprises shall engage in business activities within the scope permitted by their respective qualifications as approved by the competent regulatory authorities. Professionals engaged in the construction engineering design projects shall obtain the certificate of executive registration and be employed by one construction engineering design enterprise to participate in the construction engineering design projects.

According to the Provisions on the Administration of Qualifications of Construction Survey and Design《建設工程勘察設計資質管理規定》 ( ) promulgated by the MOC on 26 June 2007 and with effect from 1 September 2007, last amended by the MOHURD on and with effect from 22 December 2018, and the Notice on the Issuance of Qualification Standards for Engineering Design (關於印發 《工程設計資質標準》的通知) promulgated by MOC on and with effect from 29 March 2007, last amended by the MOHURD on and with effect from 10 March 2017 (the “Qualification Standards for Engineering Design”), qualifications for construction engineering design enterprises are divided into four categories, namely general engineering design qualification, industrial engineering design qualification, professional engineering design qualification and specific engineering design qualification. Among the four categories, specific engineering design qualification is divided into various subcategories of qualifications according to nature and technical characteristics of the relevant engineering design projects, and each subcategories of qualifications is further divided into various classes in accordance with the stipulated conditions. Pursuant to the Qualification Standards for Engineering Design, specific engineering design qualification for landscape architecture engineering are divided into Grade I and Grade II. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we have already obtained the Landscape Architecture Engineering Grade I.

Qualification of Landscape Engineering Design

Landscape Architecture Engineering — Grade I

The scope of project permitted under the Landscape Architecture Engineering Grade I includes all types and scales of landscape engineering design projects.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO THE QUALIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION ENTITIES UNDER THE GEOLOGICAL DISASTER CONTROL PROJECTS

Qualification of Construction Entities under the Geological Disaster Control Projects

According to the Regulation on the Prevention and Control of Geological Disasters《地質災害 ( 防治條例》) promulgated by the State Council on 24 November 2003 and with effect from 1 March 2004, only after passing the qualification examination of the land and resources department of the people’s government at or above the provincial level, and obtaining the corresponding qualification

−88− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW certificate issued by the said department, an entity that undertakes the construction of special geological disaster control project may engage in the said project within the scope permitted by the qualification certificate.

According to the Administrative Measures for the Qualification of Surveying Entities, Designing Entities and Construction Entities under the Geological Disaster Control Projects《地質災害治理工 ( 程勘查設計施工單位資質管理辦法》) promulgated by the Ministry of Land and Resources (predecessor of the Ministry of Natural Resources) on 20 May 2005 and with effect from 1 July 2005, last amended on and with effect from 24 July 2019, the eligibilities of construction entities engaged in geological disaster control projects are divided into Grade I, Grade II and Grade III. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we have already obtained the Qualification Certificate of Construction Entities under the Geological Disaster Control Projects — Grade III.

Qualification of Construction Entities under the Geological Disaster Control Projects - Grade III

Geological disaster control projects may be divided into three types, namely large, medium, and small. A Grade III eligible construction entity of geological disaster control project may undertake the construction of small geological disaster control projects.

A geological disaster control project that meets any of the following conditions shall be a large geological disaster control project:

• the total amount of investments of the control project is no less than RMB20 million, or for a separately initiated geological disaster survey project, the amount of project expenses is no less than RMB0.5 million;

• the number of people protected by the control project is no less than 500; or

• the value of the properties protected by the control project is no less than RMB50 million.

A geological disaster control project that meets any of the following conditions shall be a medium geological disaster control project:

• the total amount of investments of the control project is no less than RMB5 million but no more than RMB20 million, or for a separately initiated geological disaster survey project, the amount of project expenses is no less than RMB0.3 million but no more than RMB0.5 million;

• the number of people protected by the control project is no less than 100 but no more than 500; or

• the value of the properties protected by the control project is no less than RMB5 million but no more than RMB50 million.

A geological disaster control project which is other than the aforementioned two project types shall be a small geological disaster control project.

−89− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO QUALITY CONTROL AND WORK SAFETY OF CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS

Quality Control of Construction Projects

Pursuant to the Regulations on the Administration of Quality Control of Construction Projects《建設工程質量管理條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on and with effect from 30 January 2000, last amended on and with effect from 23 April 2019, construction project owners and enterprises that undertake survey, design, construction or project supervision are responsible for the project quality control. All construction activities must be conducted in strict compliance with basic construction procedures and by adhering to the principle of “surveying first, then designing and finally constructing”. The main contractor shall be responsible for the quality of the construction project contracted by it. Where a main contractor subcontracts the construction project in question to another contractor in accordance with the law, the subcontractor shall, under the subcontract, be responsible to the main contractor for the quality of the project subcontracted by it. The main contractor and the subcontractor shall be jointly and severally responsible for the quality of the aforesaid project.

Work Safety in Relation to Construction Projects

In addition to the Construction Law, the administration of work safety in relation to construction project is mainly set out in a variety of laws and regulations including, among others,

• the Work Safety Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國安全生產法》 ( ) promulgated by the SCNPC on 29 June 2002 and with effect from 1 November 2002, last amended on 31 August 2014 and with effect from 1 December 2014;

• the Regulations on the Administration of Construction Safety《建設工程安全生產管理條 ( 例》) promulgated by the State Council on 24 November 2003 and with effect from 1 February 2004;

• the Regulations on Work Safety Permits《安全生產許可證條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on and with effect from 13 January 2004, last amended on and with effect from 29 July 2014; and

• the Regulations on Administration of Construction Enterprises’ Work Safety Permit《建築 ( 施工企業安全生產許可證管理規定》) promulgated by the MOC on and with immediate effect from 5 July 2004, last amended on by the MOHURD and with effect from 22 January 2015.

Under the foregoing laws and regulations, construction enterprises shall establish a work safety management organisation or provide personnel dedicated for work safety management. The PRC Government implements the work safety permit system for construction enterprises. Without obtaining a work safety permit, a construction enterprise shall not engage in construction activities.

−90− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

Construction project owners and enterprises that undertake survey, design, construction, project supervision or other work safety-related activities, must comply with the provisions of the work safety laws and regulations, ensure the work safety of the construction project and assume responsibilities for work safety in accordance with laws and regulations.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO TENDER AND BIDDING

Construction Projects Subject to Bidding

According to the Tender and Bidding Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國招標投標法》 ( ) (the “Tender and Bidding Law”) promulgated by the SCNPC on 30 August 1999 and with effect from 1 January 2000, last amended on 27 December 2017 and with effect from 28 December 2017, and the Implementation Regulations for the Law of the PRC on Tenders and Bids《中華人民共和國招標投 ( 標法實施條例》) (the “Tender and Bidding Implementation Regulations”) promulgated by the State Council on 20 December 2011 and with effect from 1 February 2012, last amended on and with effect from 2 March 2019, invitation for tendering is required for the following project construction items undertaken within the PRC, including survey, design, construction, supervision and management of the project, as well as the purchase of important equipment and materials for the construction project:

• large scale infrastructure or public utility projects and other projects relating to the social public interest or public security;

• projects wholly or partly utilising the investment of the state-owned fund or financed by the PRC Government; and

• projects utilising loans or aid funds provided by international organisations or foreign governments.

The specific scope and standards on the scale of the construction projects subject to tender by law shall be drafted by the development reform department, together with other relevant departments under the State Council, and shall be released and implemented after approval by the State Council.

The Rules on Projects Subject to Bidding《必須招標的工程項目規定》 ( ) (the “Must Bidding Rules”) promulgated by National Development and Reform Commission (the “NDRC”) on 27 March 2018 and with effect from 1 June 2018, further stipulates the scope of survey, design, construction and consultancy of projects that requires bidding:

• Projects in which investment is made with all or part of state-owned funds or state financing include:

- projects that use more than RMB2 million of budgetary funds, and such funds account for more than 10% of the investment amount; or

−91− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

- projects that use the funds of a state-owned enterprise or public institution, and such funds account for controlling or dominant portion;

• Projects that use loans or aid funds from international organisations or foreign governments include:

- projects using loans and aid funds from international organisations such as the World Bank and Asian Development Bank; and

- projects using loans and aid funds from foreign governments and their agencies;

• For other projects involving large-scale infrastructure and public utilities concerning social public interests and public safety that are not mentioned above.

For projects listed above, the survey, design, construction, supervision and procurement of important equipment and materials relating to the construction thereof that satisfy any of the following criteria are subject to bidding:

• the estimated price of an individual contract on construction is more than RMB4 million;

• the estimated price of an individual contract on the procurement of important equipment, materials is more than RMB2 million; or

• the estimated price of an individual contract on the procurement of survey, design, supervision or other service is more than RMB1 million.

The survey, design, construction and supervision that can be merged for a project as well as the purchase of important equipment, materials relating to the construction of the same project are subject to bidding if the estimated contract sum meets the criteria specified in the Must Bidding Rules.

Tender Agencies and Pool of Bidding Evaluation Experts

According to the Tender and Bidding Law and the Tender and Bidding Implementation Regulations, a tenderer shall have the right to choose, on its own, a tender agency and entrust it with the handling of the tender matters. A tender agency shall handle the tender matters within the scope entrusted to it by the tenderer and shall abide by the provisions of the Tender and Bidding Law regarding tenders.

According to the Tender and Bidding Law and the Tender and Bidding Implementation Regulations, uniform classification standards and management measures will be applied to the experts in the evaluation of bids. Provincial governments and the relevant authorities of the State Council shall establish a comprehensive pool of bidding evaluation experts. The bidding evaluation committee established by the tenderer in accordance with law shall be responsible for the evaluation of the bids. The bidding evaluation committee of a project for which a tender is required by law shall be composed of the representatives of the tenderer and experts in the relevant technological, economic, and other fields. Experts shall be determined by random selection from the list of experts of relevant fields in the pool of bidding evaluation experts.

−92− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP (PPP) PROJECTS

According to the Guiding Opinions of National Development and Reform Commission on Carrying out Public-Private Partnerships《國家發展改革委關於開展政府和社會資本合作的指導意 ( 見》(發改投資[2014]2724號) promulgated by the NDRC on and with effect from 2 December 2014, the public-private partnership (the “PPP”) model refers to the benefit sharing, risk sharing and long-term cooperative relationship established with private capital by the government through franchise, purchase of service or equity cooperation, in order to increase the capacity in supply of public products and enhance the supply efficiency. The PPP model is mainly applicable to the public services and infrastructure projects that are provided by the government and suitable for market-based operation.

According to the Circular of the Ministry of Finance on Issues Concerning the Promotion and Application of the Public- Private-Partnership Model《財政部關於推廣運用政府和社會資本合作模 ( 式有關問題的通知》(財金[2014]76號)) promulgated by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC (the “MOF”) on and with effect from 23 September 2014, the Circular of the MOF on Issues Concerning the Implementation of the Demonstration Project Cooperated between Governments and Social Capitals《財政部關於政府和社會資本合作示範項目實施有關問題的通知》 ( (財金[2014]112 號)) promulgated by the MOF on and with effect from 30 November 2014 and the Circular of the MOF on Regulating the Management of Co-operative Contracts between Governments and Social Capitals (《財政部關於規範政府和社會資本合作合同管理工作的通知》(財金[2014]156號)) promulgated by the MOF on and with effect from 30 December 2014, government authorities have set up a series of guidelines on the cooperation between governments and social capitals under the PPP model, including project management and co-operative contract management.

The Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Forwarding the Guiding Opinions of the MOF, the DNRC, and the People’s Bank on the Promotion of Public-Private-Partnership Models in the Public Service Sector《國務院辦公廳轉發財政部、發展改革委、人民銀行關於在公共服務領 ( 域推廣政府和社會資本合作模式指導意見的通知》(國辦發[2015]42號)), promulgated by the General Office of the State Council on 19 May 2015, proposes that the promotion of the Public-Private-Partnership model in the public service sector is an important reform measure to transform government functions, stimulate market vitality, and create new economic growth points.

According to the Guiding Opinions of the MOF on Increasing State-owned Capital Investment in Public Welfare Industries (《財政部關於國有資本加大對公益性行業投入的指導意見》(財建 [2017]743號)) promulgated by the MOF on and with effect from 16 November 2017, the government requires to increase the investment of state-owned capital in public welfare industries in various forms. Central enterprises are encouraged to increase investment in energy conservation and environmental protection, scientific research, and other public welfare industries specified in the documents of Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council. Local governments can encourage local state-owned enterprises to increase investment in public welfare industries such as urban management infrastructure based on actual development. Specific forms include arranging fiscal funds, allocating government assets, state-owned capital investment and operating company for allocating capital, government investment funds, and government and social capital cooperation (PPP), etc.

−93− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

Meanwhile, in order to strictly regulate the management of PPP projects, the MOF promulgated the Notice on Regulating the Management of the Project Database of the Public-Private-Partnership (PPP) Integrated Information Platform《關於規範政府和社會資本合作 ( (PPP)綜合信息平台項目庫管 理的通知》(財辦金[2017]92號)) on 10 November 2017. According to the notice, financial departments at all governmental levels should strictly enforce the standards and management requirements for the project management database, and projects which cannot fulfill the above standards and requirements, or have incomplete information shall be removed out of the database. Projects under one of the following conditions are not allowed to be stored in the database: (1) PPP model is not suitable for the project; (2) preliminary preparations of the project are not up to the standard; (3) a pay-for-use mechanism is not established for the project. Projects that fall under the aforementioned items (1) and (2) or under one of the following conditions should be removed out of the database: (i) the two rounds of discussion about the feasibility of the PPP project are not carried out in accordance with the regulations; (ii) it is not appropriate to adopt the PPP model; (iii) it does not meet the compliance requirements; (iv) it constitutes guarantee or borrowing in violation of laws and regulations; (v) it does not disclose information as required. All provincial finance departments should complete the clean-up of the project management database in their area before 31 March 2018.

On 24 April 2018, the MOF promulgated the Circular of the MOF on Further Strengthening the Normative Management of Demonstrative Public-Private-Partnership (PPP) Projects《財政部關於進 ( 一步加強政府和社會資本合作(PPP)示範項目規範管理的通知》(財金[2018]54號)), and clarified that local finance departments at various governmental levels shall take appropriate measures to handle the 173 identified projects that are found problematic, including being removed out of the list of problematic projects; or withdrawing from the project library of the National PPP Integrated Information Platform (the “project library”); or making rectifications within the time limit and determining whether to be removed out of the list of problematic projects or withdraw from the project library based on the results of the rectification.

After the clearance and rectification of PPP projects during 2017 to 2018, the Implementation Opinions of the MOF on Promoting the Development of Public-Private-Partnership Standards《財政 ( 部關於推進政府和社會資本合作規範發展的實施意見》(財金[2019]10號)) was promulgated by the MOF on 7 March 2019, which clarified that the promotion of using the PPP model in the field of public services, introducing social forces to participate in the supply of public services and improving the quality and efficiency of supply is a major decision made by the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council. Financial departments at all levels should further raise awareness, follow the principles of compliant operation, strict supervision, openness and transparency, honest performance of contracts”, and steadily promote the development of PPP standards. According to the above implementation opinions, financial departments at all governmental levels should work with relevant departments to take multiple measures to strengthen compliant management, to enhance classification guidance, and to increase policy support for key areas and key projects. On 10 February 2020, the China Public Private Partnerships Center issued the Notice on Accelerating the Strengthening of the Storage and Reserve Management of Public-Private-Partnership (PPP) Projects《關於加快加強政府和社會資本合作 ( (PPP)項目入庫和儲備管理工作的通知》(財政企 函[2020]1號)), further requiring the acceleration of the progress of project data management, and promoting PPP projects as a means to safeguard investment.

−94− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO SEEDLINGS PLANTING AND SALES

Forest Seed Production and Operation License (林木種子生產經營許可證)

According to the Seed Law of the People’s Republic of China《中華人民共和國種子法》 ( ) (the “Seed Law”), which was promulgated by the SCNPC on 8 July 2000 and with effect from 1 December 2000, last amended on 4 November 2015 and with effect from 1 January 2016, and the Measures for the Management of Forest Seed Production and Operation License《林木種子生產經營許可證管理辦 ( 法》) which was promulgated by the National Forestry Administration (predecessor of the National Forestry and Grassland Administration) on 19 April 2016 and with effect from 1 June 2016, enterprises engaged in the management of forest seeds and the main forest seed production shall apply for and obtain the Forest Seed Production and Operation License from the competent agriculture and forestry departments at or above the county level, and engage in the production and business operation activities within the scope of the Forest Seed Production and Operation License.

Seedling Certificate and Seedling Quarantine Certificate (苗木標簽及苗木質量檢驗證書)

According to the Seed Law, seeds to be sold shall meet the national or industrial standards and attach with seedling certificates and introductions. The contents of seedling certificates and instructions shall be consistent with the seedlings to be sold. Enterprises and individuals that engage in the production and operation of seedlings shall be responsible for the authenticity of contents of seedling certificates and the seedling quality. Seedling certificates shall indicate types of seedlings, names of varieties, numbers of variety examination and approval or registration, suitable planting areas and seasons, the name of producers and operators, registration places, quality index, number of the Phytosanitary Certificate, number of the Forest Seed Production and Operation License, information code and other matters stipulated by the competent agriculture and forestry departments under the State Council.

According to the Opinions of the National Forestry Administration on Strengthening the Administration of the Quality of Tree Seeds and Seedlings《國家林業局關於加強林木種苗質量管理 ( 的意見》(林場發[2014]81號)), which was promulgated by the National Forestry Administration on 4 June 2014, seedling producers and operators shall conduct self-examination or entrust others to exam the seedlings they produce and operate, issue Seedling Quarantine Certificate, and be responsible for the quality.

The Phytosanitary Certificate (植物檢疫證書)

The Phytosanitary Regulation《植物檢疫條例》 ( ), promulgated by the State Council on and with effect from 3 January 1983, last amended on and with effect from 7 October 2017 provides that all seeds, seedlings, and other propagation materials, regardless of whether they are included in the list of plants and plant products subjected to quarantine, or where they are shipped to, they must be quarantined before being dispatched. When transferring the aforementioned plants and plant products between provinces, autonomous regions, and municipalities directly under the Central Government, the importing unit must obtain the prior consent of the phytosanitary agency of the province, autonomous region, or municipality where it is located, and submit phytosanitary requirements to the exporting unit. The exporting unit must comply with the phytosanitary requirements and apply for

−95− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW quarantine to the phytosanitary agency of the province, autonomous region, or municipality where it is located. For imported plants and plant products, the phytosanitary agency of the province, autonomous region, or municipality where the imported entity is located shall check the Phytosanitary Certificate, and re-inspect if necessary.

License for Water Drawing (取水許可證)

According to the Water Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國水法》 ( ) promulgated by the SCNPC on 21 January 1988 and with effect from 1 July 1988, last amended on and with effect from 2 July 2016, the Regulation on the Administration of the License for Water Drawing and the Levy of Water Resource Fees《取水許可和水資源費徵收管理條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on 21 February 2006 and with effect from 15 April 2006, last amended on and with effect from 1 March 2017, and the Administrative Measures for the License for Water Drawing《取水許可管理辦法》 ( ) promulgated by the Ministry of Water Resources on 9 April 2008 and with effect from the same day, last amended on and with effect from 22 December 2017, the drawing of water directly from natural resources (i.e. rivers, lakes or underground water) shall comply with the license system of water drawing and, except for the circumstances prescribed in laws and regulations, shall apply for a license certificate for water drawing and pay for the water resource fees.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we have already obtained the Forest Seed Production and Operation License, License for Water Drawing, and paid the water resource fees in accordance with the above provisions, and all tree seeds and seedlings we sold are accompanied by seedling quarantine certificate, seedling certificate and phytosanitary certificate.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION

Environmental Protection Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國環境保護法》 ( ) (the “Environmental Protection Law”)

According to the Environmental Protection Law promulgated by the SCNPC on and with effect from 26 December 1989, last amended on 24 April 2014 and with effect from 1 January 2015, enterprises, institutions and other producers and operators discharging pollutants shall adopt measures to prevent and control environmental pollution and damage incurred during production, construction or other activities. Pollution prevention facilities in construction projects shall be designed, built and put into operation together with the main part of the project. Should enterprises, public institutions and other manufacturers and business operators violate the laws and regulations to discharge pollutants, which causes or might cause severe pollution, the competent department for environmental protection and other departments responsible for the supervision and administration of environmental protection under the people’s governments above the county level may seal up and sequester their facilities and equipment discharging pollutants.

−96− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

Law of the PRC on Environmental Impact Assessment《中華人民共和國環境影響評價法》 ( ) (the “Environmental Impact Assessment Law”)

Environmental Impact Assessment Law《中華人民共和國環境影響評價法》 ( ) was promulgated by the SCNPC on 28 October 2002 and with effect from 1 September 2003, last amended on and with effect from 29 December 2018. China implements classified management on environmental impact assessment of construction projects in accordance with the impact degree on environment of the construction projects. The construction project owners must organise the preparation of environmental impact reports and environmental impact statements or fill in the environmental impact registration form.

According to the Regulation on the Administration of Environmental Protection for Construction Project《建設項目環境保護管理條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on and with effect from 29 November 1998, last amended on 16 July 2017 and with effect from 1 October 2017, construction project owners shall, depending on the level of the environmental impacts, submit environmental impact reports and the required environmental impact forms to the competent authority. For a construction project for which an environmental impact report or statement is prepared, its ancillary environmental protection facilities may go into production or be delivered for use only after they pass the acceptance check. For a construction project for which an environmental impact registration form shall be filled in, the construction project owners shall submit the environmental impact registration form to the competent administrative department of environmental protection at the county level of the locality of the construction project for record-filing.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO FOREIGN INVESTMENT

The Company Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國公司法》 ( ) (the “Company Law”)

The Company Law was promulgated by the SCNPC on 29 December 1993 and with effect from 1 July 1994, last amended on and with effect from 26 October 2018. Companies with limited liability and joint stock limited companies established in the PRC are governed by the Company Law. Except as otherwise provided in the foreign investment laws, foreign-invested enterprises are also subject to the Company Law.

The Foreign Investment Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國外商投資法》 ( ) (the “Foreign Investment Law”)

The Foreign Investment Law was approved at the Second Session of the Thirteenth National People’s Congress (the “NPC”) of the PRC on 15 March 2019 and with effect from 1 January 2020. The Law of the PRC on Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Ventures《中華人民共和國中外合資經營企業 ( 法》), the Law of the PRC on Foreign-invested Enterprises《中華人民共和國外資企業法》 ( ) and the Law of the PRC on Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Ventures《中華人民共和國中外合作經營企業 ( 法》) were repealed simultaneously.

The Foreign Investment Law stipulates that it shall implement the management systems of pre-establishment national treatment and “negative list” for foreign investment. The negative list shall

−97− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW be issued by or upon approval by the State Council. Foreign investors shall not invest in any field forbidden by the negative list for access of foreign investment. For any field restricted by the negative list, foreign investors shall conform to the investment conditions provided in the negative list. Otherwise, domestic investment and foreign investment shall be treated equally.

The Foreign Investment Law further stipulates that a foreign investor may, in accordance with the law, freely transfer inward and outward its contributions, profits, capital gains, income from asset disposal, royalties of intellectual property rights, compensation or indemnity lawfully obtained, income from liquidation and so on within the territory of China in RMB or a foreign currency. In addition, the State shall protect the intellectual property rights of foreign investors and foreign-invested enterprises, and protect the legitimate rights and interests of holders of intellectual property rights and relevant right holders. In formulating normative documents concerning foreign investment, the people’s government at all levels and their relevant departments shall comply with laws and regulations. Where relevant laws and regulations are not available, the people’s government at all levels and their relevant departments shall not impair the legitimate rights and interests of or impose any additional obligation on a foreign-invested enterprise, set any condition for market access and withdrawal, or intervene any normal production and operation activity of a foreign-invested enterprise.

Merger and Acquisition Provisions

According to the Provisions on the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors《關於外國投資者並購境內企業的規定》 ( ) jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce (the “MOFCOM”) , the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, the State Administration of Taxation (the “SAT”), the State Administration for Industry and Commerce (the “SAIC”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (the “SAFE”) on 8 August 2006 and with effect from 8 September 2006, last amended by the MOFCOM on and with effect from 22 June 2009, the mergers and acquisitions of domestic companies by foreign investors include foreign investors’ acquisition of equity in the domestic non-foreign-invested enterprise or subscribe for increased capital to convert the domestic non-foreign-invested enterprise into a foreign-invested enterprise; or foreign investors’ establishment of a foreign-invested enterprise to acquire the assets of the domestic non-foreign-invested enterprise by agreement and operates these assets; or foreign investors’ purchase of the assets from the domestic non-foreign-invested enterprise and invests such assets to establish foreign-invested enterprises for operation of such assets. In the event of merger and acquisition by a company, enterprise, or natural person in the PRC, in the name of a company that it has legitimately established or controls outside the PRC, of a domestic company affiliated thereto, the merger and acquisition shall be submitted to the MOFCOM for approval.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Regulations on Copyright

The Copyright Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國著作權法》 ( ) (the “Copyright Law”) promulgated by the SCNPC on 7 September 1990 and with effect from 1 June 1991, last amended on 11 November 2020 and with effect from 1 June 2021, provides that Chinese citizens, legal persons, or unincorporated organisations shall, whether published or not, enjoy copyright in their works, which

−98− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW include writings; oral works; musical works, dramatic works, works of quyi (Chinese folk art), choreographic works and acrobatic works; works of fine arts and works of architecture; photographic works; audio-visual works; engineering design plans, product design drawings, maps, schematic drawings and other graphic works and their model works; computer software; and other intellectual creations that meet the characteristics of works.

The Regulations for the Protection of Computer Software《計算機軟件保護條例》 ( ) was promulgated by the State Council on 4 June 1991 and with effect from 1 October 1991, last amended on 30 January 2013 and with effect from 1 March 2013. The current Regulations for the Protection of Computer Software is aimed at protecting the rights of the owners of software copyrights and adjusting interest relations in the process of software development, dissemination and use of software. The Computer Software Copyright Registration Measures《計算機軟件著作權登記辦法》 ( ) promulgated by the PRC Copyright Office on and with effect from 6 April 1992, last amended on and with effect from 20 February 2002, further provides the relevant matters about the registrations of software copyright, exclusive licensing contracts and transfer contracts for software copyrights.

Regulations on Patent

According to the Patent Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國專利法》 ( ) (the “Patent Law”) promulgated by the SCNPC on 12 March 1984 and with effect from 1 April 1985, last amended on 17 October 2020 and with effect from 1 June 2021, and the Implementation Rules of the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China《中華人民共和國專利法實施細則》 ( ) promulgated by the Patent Office of the PRC (predecessor of the China National Intellectual Property Administration) on 19 January 1985 and with effect from 1 April 1985, last amended by the State Council on 9 January 2010 and with effect from 1 February 2010, the State provides patent protection for three types of patents, namely “invention”, “utility model” and “design”. Invention patents are valid for twenty years, while design patents and utility model patents are valid for fifteen years and ten years, respectively, from the date of application. However, according to the Interim Measures for the Processing of Relevant Examination Services Concerning the Implementation of the Revised Patent Law《關於施行修改後 ( 專利法的相關審查業務處理暫行辦法》 (國家知識產權局公告第423號)) promulgated by the China National Intellectual Property Administration on 24 May 2021 and with effect from 1 June 2021, design patents of which the date of application was on or before 31 May 2021 are valid for ten years from the date of application. The Chinese patent system adopts a “first come, first file” principle, which means that where more than one person files a patent application for the same invention, the patent will be granted to the person who files the application first. To be patentable, an invention or utility model must meet three criteria: novelty, inventiveness and practicability. A third party must obtain consent or a proper license from the patent owner to use the patent. Otherwise, the use constitutes an infringement of the patent rights.

Regulations on Trademark

Registered trademarks are protected by the Trademark Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國商標 ( 法》) (the “Trademark Law”), which was promulgated by SCNPC on 23 August 1982 and with effect from 1 March 1983, last amended on 23 April 2019 and with effect from 1 November 2019, as well as the Implementing Regulations of the Trademark Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國商標法實施條 (

−99− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

例》) promulgated by the State Council on 3 August 2002 and with effect from 15 September 2002, last amended on 29 April 2014 and with effect from 1 May 2014. Pursuant to the Trademark Law, registered trademarks include commodity trademarks, service trademarks, collective marks and certification marks.

The Trademark Office of National Intellectual Property Administration handles trademark registrations and grants a validity term of ten years to registered trademarks. Where a registered trademark needs to be used after the expiration of its validity term, the registration renewal application shall be filed within twelve months prior to the expiration of the term. A trademark registrant may license its registered trademark to another party by entering into a trademark license contract. Trademark license contracts must be filed with the Trademark Office to be recorded. The licensor shall supervise the quality of the commodities on which the trademark is used, and the licensee shall guarantee the quality of such commodities.

Regulations on Domain Name

According to the Administrative Measures for Internet Domain Names《互聯網域名管理辦法》 ( ) promulgated by the MIIT on 24 August 2017 and with effect from 1 November 2017, which replaced the PRC Administrative Measures for Internet Domain Names《中國互聯網絡域名管理辦法》 ( ) promulgated by the Ministry of Information Industry (predecessor of the MIIT) on 5 November 2004 and with effect from 20 December 2004, “domain name” shall refer to the character mark of hierarchical structure, which identifies and locates a computer on the internet and corresponds to the Internet protocol (IP) address of such computer. The principle of “first come, first serve” applies to domain name registration service. After completing the domain name registration, the applicant will become the holder of the registered domain name.

Protection for New Plant Varieties

According to the Seed Law, the State implements the protecting system for new plant varieties. The plant varieties that listed in the national list of protected plant varieties and are improved from the artificial selection and breeding or discovered wild plants, possess the novelty, specificity, consistency and stability, and are appropriately named shall be granted the right of new plant variety by the competent agriculture and forestry departments under the State Council, and the competent departments will protect the legitimate rights and interests of holders of rights of new plant varieties. Entities or individuals completing the breeding have the exclusive rights of their authorised varieties. No entity or individual shall, without the consent of the holder of right of new plant variety, produce, cultivate or sell the propagative materials of the said authorised variety, or produce the propagative materials of another variety by repeatedly using the propagative materials of the authorised varieties for commercial purposes.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO TAXATION

Regulations on Enterprise Income Tax

According to the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國企業所得稅法》 ( ) (the “EIT Law”) promulgated by the NPC on 16 March 2007 and with effect from 1 January 2008, last amended by the SCNPC on and with effect from 29 December 2018, and the EIT Law and the

− 100 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

Implementing Regulations of the Enterprise Income Tax Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國企業所得 ( 稅法實施條例》) (the “EIT Implementation Regulations”), which was promulgated by the State Council on 6 December 2007 with effect from 1 January 2008, and last amended on and with effect from 23 April 2019, the income tax rate for both domestic and foreign-invested enterprises is 25% commencing from 1 January 2008 with certain exceptions. For example, the income of enterprises engaged in cultivating and planting trees and seedlings shall be exempted from enterprise income tax; high-tech Enterprises to which the state need to give key support are given the reduced enterprise income tax rate of 15%.

According to the EIT Law and the Administrative Measures for the Accreditation of High-tech Enterprises《高新技術企業認定管理辦法》 ( ) and the Administrative Guides for the Accreditation of High-tech Enterprise《高新技術企業認定管理工作指引》 ( ) which were jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Science and Technology, the MOF and the SAT on 29 January 2016 and 22 June 2016 respectively, and both with effect from 1 January 2016, enterprises are entitled to enjoy the preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% from the year in which they are accredited as high-tech enterprises. The validity period of the high-tech enterprise qualification shall be three years from the date of issuance of the certificate of high-tech enterprise. The enterprise can re-apply for such recognition upon expiry of the certificate of high-tech enterprise.

According to the Circular on Issues Concerning Tax Policies for In-depth Implementation of Western Development Strategies《關於深入實施西部大開發戰略有關稅收政策問題的通知》 ( (財稅[2011]58號)), which was jointly promulgated by the SAT, the MOF and the General Administration of Customs on 27 July 2011 with effect from 1 January 2011, and the Circular on Issues Concerning the Duration of Tax Policies for In-depth Implementation of Western Development Strategies《關於延續西部大開發企業所得稅政策的公告》 ( (財政部、稅務總局、國家發展改革委公 告2020年第23號)), which was jointly promulgated by the MOF, the SAT and the NDRC on 23 April 2020, and with effect from 1 January 2021, provides that enterprises whose locations are in western region and whose principal business are the industrial projects prescribed in the Catalogue of Encouraged Industries in the Western Region《西部地區鼓勵類產業目錄》 ( (國家發展和改革委員會令 第40號)), the income of which accounts for more than 60% of the total income of such enterprises, are entitled to enjoy the preferential enterprise income tax rate of 15% from 1 January 2011 to 31 December 2030. Projects related to shelter forest, natural forest and other natural resource protection, forest management, low-quality and low-efficiency forest transformation, national reserve forest construction, characteristic economic forest construction, carbon sequestration forest construction, tree and grass planting and forest grass seedling are listed on The Catalogue of Encouraged Industries in the Western Region.

Regulations on Value-Added Tax (the “VAT”)

According to the PRC Interim VAT Regulations《中華人民共和國增值稅暫行條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on 13 December 1993 and with effect from 1 January 1994, last amended on and with effect from 19 November 2017, entities and individuals that sell goods or labor services of processing, repair or replacement, sell services, intangible assets, or immovables, or import goods within the territory of China are taxpayers of VAT and shall pay VAT according to the law. Unless otherwise stipulated, the VAT rate is 17% for taxpayers selling goods, labor services, or tangible movable property leasing services or importing goods; 11% for taxpayers selling transportation, postal, basic telecommunications, construction, or immovable leasing services, selling

− 101 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW immovables, transferring land use rights, or selling or importing specific goods; unless otherwise stipulated, 6% for taxpayers selling services or intangible assets.

Pursuant to the Circular on Comprehensively Promoting the Pilot Programme of the Collection of VAT in Lieu of Business Tax《關於全面推開營業稅改征增值稅試點的通知》 ( (財稅[2016]36號)) and its annexes jointly promulgated by the MOF and the SAT on 23 March 2016 and with effect from 1 May 2016, last amended on 20 March 2019 and with effect from 1 April 2019, entities and individuals that sell services, intangible assets, or immovables in China shall pay VAT instead of business tax since 1 May 2016.

According to the Circular of the MOF and the SAT on Adjusting VAT Rates《財政部、稅務總 ( 局關於調整增值稅稅率的通知》(財稅[2018]32號)) jointly promulgated by the MOF and the SAT on 4 April 2018 and with effect from 1 May 2018, the tax rates for the taxable sales or goods import activity, which were subject to the tax rates of 17% and 11% respectively, were adjusted to 16% and 10% respectively.

According to the Announcement on Relevant Policies for Deepening VAT Reform《關於深化增 ( 值稅改革有關政策的公告》(財政部、稅務總局、海關總署公告2019年第39號)) jointly promulgated by the MOF, the SAT and the General Administration of Customs on 20 March 2019 and with effect from 1 April 2019, the tax rate of 16% and 10% originally applicable to the VAT taxable sales or import of goods by a general VAT taxpayer shall be adjusted to 13% and 9%, respectively.

According to the Announcement on Clarifying the VAT Exemption Policy for Small-scale Value-added Taxpayer《關於明確增值稅小規模納稅人免征增值稅政策的公告》 ( (財政部、稅務總局 公告2021年第11號)) jointly promulgated by the MOF and the SAT on 31 March 2021 and with effect from the same day, and the Announcement of the Tax Collection and Administration Issues related to the Exemption of VAT for Small-scale Taxpayers《國家稅務總局關於小規模納稅人免征增值稅征管 ( 問題的公告》(國家稅務總局公告2021年第5號)) promulgated by the SAT on 31 March 2021 and with effect from 1 April 2021, small-scale VAT taxpayer whose taxable sales do not exceed a total monthly amount of RMB0.15 million (or a quarterly amount of RMB0.45 million if the applicable taxable period is quarterly) shall be exempted from VAT from 1 April 2021 to 31 December 2022.

Stamp Duty

According to the Provisional Regulation on Stamp Duty of the PRC《中華人民共和國印花稅 ( 暫行條例》) promulgated by the State Council on 6 August 1988 with effect from 1 October 1988, last amended on 8 January 2011 with effect from the same day, and the Implementation Rules of the Provisional Regulations on Stamp Duty of the PRC《中華人民共和國印花稅暫行條例施行細則》 ( ) promulgated by the MOF on 29 September 1988 with effect from 1 October 1988, last amended on 5 November 2004, entities and individuals who execute or receive taxable instruments within the territory of the PRC are subject to stamp duty. Taxable instruments include purchases and sales contracts, the undertaking of processing contracts, contracts for undertaking construction projects, property leasing contracts, commodity transport contracts, warehousing and safekeeping contracts, loan contracts, property insurance contracts, technology contracts and other documents of contractual

− 102 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW nature, property transfer documents, account books, certificates of title, licenses and other documents that are taxable as determined by the MOF. Pursuant to the stamp duty schedule, the stamp duty rate applicable to construction and installation contracts will be 0.03% of the contract sum, and the stamp rate applicable to survey and design contract in construction project will be 0.05% of the fees charged.

Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax

According to the Interim Regulations on Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax of the PRC (《中華人民共和國城市維護建設稅暫行條例》) promulgated by the State Council on 8 February 1985 with effect from 1 January 1985, last amended and with effect from 8 January 2011, any organisation or individual liable to consumption tax, VAT and business tax shall be a payer of urban maintenance and construction tax and pay urban maintenance and construction tax. The rates of urban maintenance and construction tax for a taxpayer in a city is 7%, for a taxpayer in a county town or town is 5%, and for a taxpayer living in a place other than a city, county-level town or town is 1%.

According to the Circular on Forwarding the Notice of the State Council on Harmonising the Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax and Educational Surcharges for Chinese and Foreign-funded Enterprises and Individuals《關於統一內外資企業和個人城市維護建設稅和教育費附加制度的通 ( 知》(國發[2010]35號)) (the “Notice No. 35”) promulgated by the State Council on 18 October 2010 with effect from 1 December 2010, foreign-invested enterprises, foreign enterprises and foreign individuals shall be subject to the Interim Regulations on Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax of the PRC promulgated by the State Council in 1985 and the laws, regulations and policies by the State Council and competent finance and taxation authorities under the State Council since 1985 on urban maintenance as at 1 December 2010.

According to the Law on Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax《中華人民共和國城市維護 ( 建設稅法》), which was promulgated by the SCNPC on 11 August 2020 and will come into effect from 1 September 2021, the taxpayers of urban maintenance and construction tax are amended to entities and individuals whoever pay VAT or consumption tax within the territory of China, and urban maintenance and construction tax shall not be levied on the amount of VAT or consumption tax paid for imported goods or for labor services, services and intangible assets sold by overseas entities or individuals. In the meantime, the Interim Regulations on Urban Maintenance and Construction Tax promulgated by the State Council since 1985 shall be repealed simultaneously when the said law comes into effect.

Education Surcharge

According to the Interim Provisions on the Collection of Education Surcharge《徵收教育費附 ( 加的暫行規定》) promulgated by the State Council on 28 April 1986 with effect from 1 July 1986, last amended and with effect from 8 January 2011, any organisation or individual liable to consumption tax, VAT and business tax shall pay an education surcharge at a tax rate of 3%, unless such obliged taxpayer is instead required to pay a rural area education surcharge as stipulated under the Notice of the State Council on Raising Funds for Schools in Rural Areas《國務院關於籌措農村學校辦學經費 ( 的通知》(國發[1984]174號)) promulgated by the State Council on 13 December 1984 and with effect from the same day.

− 103 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

According to the Notice No. 35, foreign-invested enterprises, foreign enterprises and foreign individuals shall be subject to the Interim Provisions on the Collection of Education Surcharge promulgated by the State Council in 1986 and the laws, regulations and policies by the State Council and competent finance and taxation authorities under the State Council since 1986 on Education Surcharge as at 1 December 2010.

Withholding Income Tax and Tax Treaties

The EIT Implementation Regulations provide that since 1 January 2008, an income tax rate of 10% will normally be applicable to dividends declared to non-PRC resident enterprise investors that do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or that have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within the PRC. The income tax on the dividends may be reduced according to a tax treaty between China and the jurisdictions in which our non-PRC shareholders reside.

According to the Agreement between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Incomes《內地和香港特別行政區關於對所得避免雙重徵稅和防止偷漏稅 ( 的安排》) (the “Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement”) and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority having satisfied the relevant conditions and requirements under such Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement and other applicable laws, the withholding tax rate on the dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5%. However, according to the Circular of the SAT on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties《國家稅 ( 務總局關於執行稅收協定股息條款有關問題的通知》(國稅函[2009]81號)) promulgated by the SAT on and with effect from 20 February 2009, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretion, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. According to the Announcement of the SAT on Issues concerning the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties《國家稅務總局關於稅收協定中 ( “受益所有人”有關問題的公告》(國家稅務總局公 告2018年第9號)) promulgated by the SAT on 3 February 2018 and with effect from 1 April 2018, agents and designated payees are not “beneficial owners”, and thus are not entitled to the above-mentioned reduced income tax rate of 5% under the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO FOREIGN EXCHANGE

The Administrative Regulations of the PRC on Foreign Exchange《中華人民共和國外匯管理條 ( 例》) (the “Foreign Exchange Administrative Regulations”) promulgated by the State Council on 29 January 1996 and with effect from 1 April 1996, last amended on and with effect from 5 August 2008, constitute an important legal basis for the PRC governmental authorities to supervise and regulate foreign exchange. The People’s Bank of China further promulgated the Administrative Regulations regarding Foreign Exchange Settlement, Sales and Payment《結匯、售匯及付匯管理規定》 ( ) (the “Settlement Regulations”) which regulates the settlement, sale and payment of foreign exchange on 20 June 1996 and with effect from 1 July 1996.

− 104 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

According to the Foreign Exchange Administrative Regulations and the Settlement Regulations, RMB is generally freely convertible to foreign currencies for current account transactions (such as trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions and dividend payments), but not for capital account transactions (such as capital transfer, direct investment, securities investment, derivative products or loans), except where a prior approval from the SAFE and/or its competent local counterparts is obtained or registration with the SAFE and/or its competent local counterparts has been done.

Foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC may, without any approval from the SAFE and/or its competent local counterparts, purchase foreign exchange for dividend distribution, trade or services by providing certain documentary evidence (such as resolutions of the board of directors and certificates of tax payments etc.).

The Circular of the SAFE on Further Improving and Adjusting the Direct Investment Foreign Exchange Administration Policies《國家外匯管理局關於進一步改進和調整直接投資外匯管理政策 ( 的通知》(匯發[2012]59號)) (the “Circular No.59”) promulgated by the SAFE on 19 November 2012 with effect from 17 December 2012, partially amended on and with effect from 30 December 2019, substantially amends and simplifies the previous foreign exchange procedures. The major developments under the Circular No.59 are that the opening of various special purpose foreign exchange accounts (such as up-front fee foreign exchange account, foreign exchange capital account, asset realisation account, and margin account) no longer requires the approval of the SAFE. Furthermore, the limitation on opening of foreign exchange capital account and asset realisation account in different places, the limitation on the number of accounts opened for foreign exchange capital, and the capital inflow quota for a single foreign exchange capital account, are all cancelled by the Circular No.59. Reinvestment of RMB [REDACTED] by foreign investors in the PRC no longer requires the SAFE’s approval.

The Circular of the SAFE on Printing and Distributing the Administrative Provisions on Foreign Exchange in Domestic Direct Investment by Foreign Investors and Relevant Supporting Documents《關於印發 ( 〈外國投資者境內直接投資外匯管理規定〉及配套文件的通知》(匯發[2013]21 號)) promulgated by the SAFE on 10 May 2013 with effect from 13 May 2013, partially amended on and with effect from 30 December 2019, specifies that the administration by the SAFE or its competent local branches over foreign investors’ direct investment in the PRC shall be conducted in a registration manner. Institutions and individuals shall register with the SAFE and/or its competent local branches for their direct investment in the PRC. Banks shall process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC according to the registration information provided by the SAFE and/or its competent local branches. According to the Circular of the SAFE on Further Simplifying and Improving the Direct Investment-related Foreign Exchange Administration Policies (《國家外匯管理局關於進一步簡化和改進直接投資外匯管理政策的通知》(匯發[2015]13號)) (the “Circular No.13”) promulgated by the SAFE on 13 February 2015 and with effect from 1 June 2015, partially amended on and with effect from 30 December 2019, the foreign exchange registration under domestic direct investment and the foreign exchange registration under overseas direct investment (hereinafter collectively referred to as “direct investment-related foreign exchange registration”) will be directly reviewed and handled by banks, and the SAFE and its branches shall perform indirect regulation over the direct investment-related foreign exchange registration via banks.

− 105 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

The SAFE promulgated the Circular of the SAFE on Reforming the Management Approach regarding the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises《國家外匯管 ( 理局關於改革外商投資企業外匯資本金結匯管理方式的通知》(匯發[2015]19號)) (the “Circular No.19”) on 30 March 2015, which took effect on 1 June 2015 and partially amended on and with effect from 30 December 2019. The SAFE promulgated the Circular of the SAFE on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts《國家外 ( 匯管理局關於改革和規範資本項目結匯管理政策的通知》(匯發[2016]16號)) (the “Circular No.16”) on and with effect from 9 June 2016, which shall prevail in the event of any discrepancy between Circular No.19 and Circular No.16. According to the Circular No.19 and Circular No.16, the SAFE unified the policies on discretionary settlement of foreign exchange receipts under capital accounts of domestic institutions. Discretionary settlement of foreign exchange receipts under capital accounts refers to the case in which the foreign exchange receipts under capital accounts (including foreign exchange capital, foreign debts, and repatriated funds raised through overseas [REDACTED]) subject to discretionary settlement as expressly prescribed in the relevant policies may be settled with banks according to the actual need of domestic institutions for business operations. The proportion of discretionary settlement of the foreign exchange capital is settle up to 100%. Furthermore, the use of foreign exchange incomes of capital accounts by foreign-invested enterprises shall follow the principles of authenticity and self-use within the business scope of enterprises. The foreign exchange incomes of capital accounts and capital in RMB obtained by the foreign-invested enterprises from foreign exchange settlement shall not be used for the following purposes:

• directly or indirectly used for the payment beyond the business scope of the enterprises or the payment prohibited by relevant laws and regulations;

• directly or indirectly used for investment in securities or financial schemes other than bank guaranteed products unless otherwise provided by relevant laws and regulations;

• used for granting loans to non-connected enterprises unless otherwise permitted by its business scope; and

• used for the construction or purchase of real estate that is not for self-use (except for the real estate enterprises).

The Circular on Further Optimising the Cross-border RMB Policy to Support the Stabilisation of Foreign Trade and Foreign Investment《關於進一步優化跨境人民幣政策支持穩外貿穩外資的通 ( 知》(銀發[2020]330號)) jointly promulgated by the People’s Bank of China, the NDRC, the MOFCOM, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the China Banking and Insurance Regulatory Commission, and the SAFE on 31 December 2020 and with effect from 4 February 2021, further lifts the restriction on the RMB income use of part capital accounts. RMB income from capital accounts of domestic institutions (including foreign direct investment capital, cross-border financing and repatriation of funds raised from overseas [REDACTED]) shall be operated within the business scope approved by relevant state departments and shall be in line with specified circumstances:

• shall not be directly or indirectly used for the payment beyond the business scope of the enterprises or the payment prohibited by national laws and regulations;

− 106 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW

• shall not be directly or indirectly used for investment in securities unless otherwise expressly stipulated;

• shall not be used for granting loans to non-connected enterprises unless otherwise expressly permitted by its business scope; and

• shall not be used for the construction or purchase of real estate that is not for self-use (except for the real estate enterprises).

The SAFE Circular No.37

The Circular of the SAFE on Issues concerning Foreign Exchange Administration over the Overseas Investment and Financing and Round-trip Investment by Domestic Residents via Special Purpose Vehicles《關於境內居民通過特殊目的公司境外投融資及返程投資外匯管理有關問題的通 ( 知》(匯發[2014]37號)) (the “Circular No.37”) promulgated by the SAFE on and with effect from 4 July 2014 replaced the former circular commonly known as the “SAFE Circular No.75” promulgated by SAFE on 21 October 2005 and with effect from 1 November 2005. The Circular No.37 requires domestic residents to register with local counterparts of the SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such domestic residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in Circular No.37 as a “special purpose vehicle”. The Circular No.37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiary. Furthermore, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls.

According to the SAFE Circular No.13, the foreign exchange registration under overseas direct investment, including the initial and alteration registration in accordance with the Circular No.37, will be no longer reviewed and handled by the SAFE and its competent local counterparts, and these authorities are subordinate to the local banks.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS IN RELATION TO LABOR AND SOCIAL INSURANCE

According to the Labor Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國勞動法》 ( ) promulgated by the SCNPC on 5 July 1994 and with effect from 1 January 1995, last amended on and with effect from 29 December 2018, and the Labor Contract Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國勞動合同法》 ( ) promulgated by the SCNPC on 29 June 2007 and with effect from 1 January 2008, last amended on 28 December 2012 and with effect from 1 July 2013, and the Implementing Regulations of the Labor Contract Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國勞動合同法實施條例》 ( ) promulgated by State Council on and with effect from 18 September 2008, labor contracts in written form shall be executed to establish labor relationships between employers and employees. Wages cannot be lower than local minimum

− 107 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. REGULATORY OVERVIEW wage. The employer must establish and perfect the system of occupational safety and health, strictly implement the rules and standards of the State with regard to occupational safety and health, carry out education among laborers in occupational safety and health. The employing unit must provide laborers with occupational safety and health conditions conforming to the provisions of the State and necessary stipulations of labor protection and provide regular health examination for laborers engaged in work with occupational hazards.

According to the applicable PRC laws, including the Social Insurance Law of the PRC《中華 ( 人民共和國社會保險法》) promulgated by the SCNPC on 28 October 2010 and with effect from 1 July 2011, last amended on and with effect from 29 December 2018, the Interim Measures on the Collection and Payment of Social Security Funds《社會保險費征繳暫行條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on and with effect from 22 January 1999, last amended on and with effect from 24 March 2019, the Interim Measures concerning the Maternity Insurance for Enterprise Employees《企 ( 業職工生育保險試行辦法》) promulgated by the Ministry of Labor (predecessor of the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security) on 14 December 1994 and with effect from 1 January 1995, the Regulations on Occupational Injury Insurance《工傷保險條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on 27 April 2003 and with effect from 1 January 2004, last amended on 20 December 2010 and with effect from 1 January 2011, and the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Provident Funds《住房公積金管理條例》 ( ) promulgated by the State Council on and with effect from 3 April 1999, last amended on and with effect from 24 March 2019, employers are required to contribute, on behalf of their employees, to a number of social security funds, including funds for basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, basic medical insurance, occupational injury insurance, maternity insurance and to housing provident funds. These payments are made to local administrative authorities and any employer who fails to contribute may be fined and ordered to make good the deficit within a stipulated time limit.

− 108 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF OUR GROUP

Overview

Our history can be traced back to October 2008, when Mr. Li, one of our Controlling Shareholders, together with his friends and his former colleagues in Inner Mongolia Mengniu (Group) Co., Ltd. (內蒙古蒙牛乳業(集團)股份有限公司) (“Mengniu”) (the “Initial Members”), established Mengshu Group. Mr Li and his former colleagues believed that by taking advantage of their management experience obtained when working for Mengniu, they could, through Mengshu Group, participate in local afforestation to create a better environment for Inner Mongolia. Several of the Initial Members invested in Mengshu Group through Inner Mongolia Xinniu Livestock Farming Industry Investment Management Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古馨牛畜牧業投資管理有限公司)(“Xinniu Muye”) while the others invested directly in their own capacity. The initial registered capital of Mengshu Group was RMB22 million, which was funded by Mr. Li and the Initial Members with their respective personal financial resources. Mengshu Group commenced its business of seedling plantation with an initial plantation base of approximately 500 mu.

In 2011, those Initial Members who invested through Xinniu Muye decided to focus on individual business or personal life. In the same year, Mr. Zhao, who was also a former colleague of Mr. Li, was introduced to Mengshu Group for his expertise in corporate management. Having considered (i) the market prospect, (ii) the success of other market players, and (iii) the land resources for plantation bases secured by Mengshu Group in Inner Mongolia, Mr. Zhao was confident that Mengshu Group would have a promising future in the ecological and environmental protection industry. Thus, Mr. Zhao decided to join Mengshu Group in February 2011. As a result, in May 2011, Xinniu Muye transferred its equity interests in Mengshu Group to Mr. Li, several of the Initial Members who decided to stay, and newly joined shareholders including Mr. Zhao. Eventually, save for Mr. Li, the rest of the Initial Members left our Group in March 2012. See “History and Development of our Group — Corporate development — Mengshu Group” in this section.

In December 2012, Green Thrive HK being our first [REDACTED], invested RMB[REDACTED] million in our Group and in September 2017, we received investment [REDACTED] of approximately US$[REDACTED] million from another [REDACTED], Fort Minor. See the paragraph headed “[REDACTED]” in this section for further details.

Under the leadership of Mr. Zhao, coupled with the unremitting efforts of our Directors, senior management and staff, our Group gradually expanded its businesses from seedling plantation to integrated service covering project design, construction, and maintenance as well as seedling supply to our project customers. Headquartered in Inner Mongolia, we expanded our footprint across a number of provinces, including Hebei, Shanxi, Henan, Anhui, Shandong and Guizhou. See “Business”.

− 109 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Key Business Development Milestones

The following table sets out the key business development milestones of our Group:

Year Milestone Event

2008 We established Mengshu Group in October in Helinger, Inner Mongolia and commenced our business of seedling plantation.

2011 We expanded our plantation base from initially approximately 500 mu to approximately 4,600 mu.

2012 We, as the implementation party, undertook the construction of the Shengle Project in December, which is the first carbon sink forest project constructed by us.

2013 The Shengle Project met the Clean Development Mechanism (“CDM”) registration requirements under Kyoto Protocol of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (“UNFCCC”), and the project was successfully registered as the forestation and reforestation project under the CDM Executive Board of the UNFCCC in January, which enables us to trade in the carbon sink market upon its completion.

2014 We established Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute in January, to research and develop new species of seedlings and our plantation and ecological restoration techniques, which provides the technological support for our sustainable development.

We were awarded “Inner Mongolia Hesheng National Forest Tree Seedling Base* (內蒙古和盛國家林木種苗基地)” by State Forestry Administration* (國家林業和 草原局) in September.

2015 We undertook the research and development project of “Special Technology Project in Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region* (內蒙古自治區重大科技專項)” in January, being the “Model and Aggregation of Key Technology in respect of Building Ecological Safeguards in Northern PRC* (北方生態屏障建設關鍵技術 集成與示範)”, under which we applied more than 20 patents, published 20 academic articles, cultivated two new seedling species and released one publication.

2016 We cooperated with Beijing Forestry University (北京林業大學) and established a collaborative seedling innovative centre of Hesheng—Beilin Forest Tree Seedling Coordination and Innovation Centre* (和盛—北林林木育種協同創新中 心) in March, through which we improved our plantation technology and successfully cultivated the new seedling species of Wuxuyang series* (無絮楊系列).

−110− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Year Milestone Event

We established Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design in August, and since then, we have offered integrated services covering project design, construction, and maintenance as well as seedling supply to our project customers.

We, as the implementation party, undertook the construction of the winter olympics carbon sink forest project located in Zhangjiakou, Hebei Province in September, our first project out of Inner Mongolia.

2018 We were awarded 2017 Autonomous Region Chairman Quality Award* (2017年自治區主席質量獎) by Quality Supervision Bureau of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region* (內蒙古質監局) in October. The award is the highest quality honor award established by the People’s Government of Inner Mongolia and over the years, the winners of this award are the leading corporations in the region, such as Mengniu, * (伊利集團) and Inner Mongolia M-Grass Ecology and Environment (Group) Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古蒙草生態環境(集團)股份有 限公司).

2019 Our business further expanded into several provinces of the PRC, including Shanxi, Henan, Anhui and Shandong, through which we continue to promote our expansion strategy.

Our new species of plants, Mengshu No. 2* 蒙樹2號楊 with the characteristics of no popular flakes, was awarded 2019 Inner Mongolia third prize of Science and Technology Progress Award* (2019年度自治區科學技術進步三等獎)bythe People’s Government of Inner Mongolia in December.

2020 We were awarded as Top 50 National Urban Landscaping and Greening Enterprise* (全國城市園林綠化企業50強) and National Excellence Operation Efficiency Enterprise* (中國傑出經營效率園林企業) by China Flower & Gardening News* (中國花卉報) in July.

− 111 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Corporate development

Summary

As at the Latest Practicable Date, our Group had 24 subsidiaries and two partnerships, among which three are investment holding companies, six are project companies, 14 are subsidiaries with business operation, one is a subsidiary established for the purpose of a project which has not yet been commenced and two are partnerships with business operation. The following table sets out details of our subsidiaries and partnerships as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Shareholder(s) as at the Latest Practicable Date Principal (approximate Date of Business shareholding No. Company Name establishment Activities percentage)

1. Beijing Mengshu 16 October 2002 Ecological and Mengshu Group Ecological environmental (100%)(1) protection construction

2. Inner Mongolia Mengshu 13 April 2006 Landscaping Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design design Landscape Design (100%)(2)

3. Mengshu Group 29 October 2008 Seedling Mengshu HK plantation and (83.99%) sales He Yu Sheng (16.01%)

4. Inner Mongolia Mengshu 12 December Ecological and Mengshu Group Ecological 2011 environmental (77.02%)(8) protection and construction

5. Inner Mongolia Heyuan 21 June 2013 Agricultural Mengshu Group Gusheng Agricultural technology (100%) Technology development

6. Inner Mongolia Hesheng 21 January 2014 Research and Mengshu Group Ecological Technology development (100%) Research Institute

7. Hesheng Ecological 20 May 2015 Seedling Mengshu Group Dengkou plantation and (100%) sales

8. Beijing Mengshu 28 January 2016 Investment Mengshu Group Investment Management management (100%)(3)

9. Beijing Mengshu 17 August 2016 Landscaping Mengshu Group Landscape Design design (75%)(8)

−112− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Shareholder(s) as at the Latest Practicable Date Principal (approximate Date of Business shareholding No. Company Name establishment Activities percentage)

10. Mengshu HK 19 September Investment Mengshu BVI 2016 holding (100%)

11. Inner Mongolia Mengshu 23 February 2017 Greenery Mengshu Group Greenery Maintenance maintenance (100%) Service

12. Mengshu BVI 5 September 2017 Investment The Company holding (100%)

13. Guizhou Mengshu Ecology 3 January 2018 Ecological and Mengshu Group environmental (90%)(4)(8) protection construction

14. Hulun Bei’er City 23 March 2018 Greenery Mengshu Group Haisheng Greenery maintenance (95%)(8) Management

15. Hohhot Chengchi I 6 July 2018 Investment Shenzhen Kunxing Industrial Development management No.3 (59.99%)(5) Fund

16. Chifeng Mengshu 17 September Seedling Mengshu Group Landscape 2018 plantation and (100%) sales

17. He Yu Sheng 12 November Investment Mengshu HK 2018 holding (100%)

18. Shenzhen Kunxing No.3 13 November Investment and Mengshu Group 2018 business (94.95%)(6)(8) management consultancy

19. Zhenning Autonomous 6 December 2019 Ecological and Mengshu Group County Mengshu environmental (88%)(8) Landscaping protection Construction(9) construction

20. Inner Mongolia Yuanyuan 20 December Hospitality Beijing Mengshu Zhihui Culture and 2019 management and Investment Tourism culture and Management tourism (100%) development

−113− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Shareholder(s) as at the Latest Practicable Date Principal (approximate Date of Business shareholding No. Company Name establishment Activities Project(7) percentage)

PPP Project company

21. Inner Mongolia 24 March 2017 Project company Chifeng City Mengshu Group Hesheng Mengshu Aohan Banner (95%)(8) Greenery District PPP Engineering Project (赤峰市 敖漢旗城區及重 點區域綠化 PPP項目)

22. Hulun Bei’er City 14 December Project company Hulun Bei’er Beijing Mengshu Shengxin City 2018 PPP Project (呼 Ecological Engineering 倫貝爾新區棚改 (98.01%)(8) 配套基礎設施建 設PPP項目)

23. Yu County 13 June 2019 Project company Yu County PPP Mengshu Group Mengshu Project (盂縣香 (89%)(8) Landscaping 河濱水空間環境 Engineering 綜合治理工 程PPP項目)

24. Xun County 26 July 2019 Project company Xun County PPP Mengshu Group Mengshu Forestry Project (浚縣國 (93%)(8) 家儲備林PPP建 設項目)

25. Chifeng City 31 July 2019 Project company Chifeng City Mengshu Group Mengzhishu Nanshan PPP (97.90%)(8) Greenery Project (赤峰市 Engineering 南山景觀綠化提 升工程PPP項目)

26. Anqing City 13 December Project company Anqing PPP Mengshu Group Mengshu Greenery 2019 Project (安徽省 (78%)(8) Management 安慶市迎江區沿 江生態廊道及林 業景觀提升PPP 項目)

−114− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Notes:

(1) Mengshu Group acquired the entire equity interests in Beijing Mengshu Ecological from three Independent Third Parties in November 2016. See “Major Historical Acquisitions and Disposals” in this section for details.

(2) Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design acquired the entire equity interests in Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design from two Independent Third Parties in August 2017. See “Major Historical Acquisitions and Disposals” in this section for details.

(3) Mengshu Group acquired the entire equity interests in Beijing Mengshu Investment Management from two Independent Third Parties in March 2017. See “Major Historical Acquisitions and Disposals” in this section for details.

(4) Mengshu Group acquired 90% of the equity interests in Guizhou Mengshu Ecology from two Independent Third Parties in June 2018. See “Major Historical Acquisitions and Disposals” in this section for details.

(5) Shenzhen Kunxing No.3 subscribed for 59.99% partnership interests in Hohhot Chengchi I Industry Development Fund in March 2019.

(6) We acquired the entire partnership interests in Shenzhen Kunxing No. 3 from two Independent Third Parties in March 2019. In August 2019, an Independent Third Party subscribed for certain amount in respect of the increased capital contribution of Shenzhen Kunxing No. 3 and as a result, the partnership interests held by Mengshu Group and Beijing Mengshu Investment Management were diluted to 94.95%.

(7) Project refers to the respective PPP project undertaken by such entity during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date.

(8) See “Corporate Structure — Corporate Structure after Reorganisation and [REDACTED] and immediately prior to [REDACTED]” in this section for details in respect of the remaining equity interests or partnership interests in respective subsidiaries or partnerships.

(9) The company was established for the purpose of a project, which has not yet been commenced as at the Latest Practicable Date.

Mengshu Group

We set out below a summary of the changes in the equity interests in Mengshu Group, our principal subsidiary.

Establishment of Mengshu Group

Mengshu Group was established under the laws of the PRC as a limited liability company on 29 October 2008, with an initial registered capital of RMB22 million. Upon its establishment, Mengshu Group was owned as to approximately 7.35% by Mr. Li, 81.82% by Xinniu Muye, and the remaining 10.83% was owned by five individuals, who are Mr. Li’s former colleagues and friends. Xinniu Muye in turn was owned by eight individuals, of whom, two are the spouses of Mr. Liu and Ms. Ma, respectively and the rest are Mr. Li’s former colleagues and friends.

−115− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

The Introduction of Mr. Zhao and Exit of Xinniu Muye

In December 2008, the registered capital of Mengshu Group was increased from RMB22 million to RMB22.50 million and in May 2011, the registered capital of Mengshu Group was further increased from RMB22.50 million to RMB37.50 million, of which approximately RMB0.55 million was contributed by Mr. Li, RMB0.67 million was contributed by Mr. Zhao and RMB0.88 million was contributed by Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春)(“Ms. Guo”), all of whom are our Controlling Shareholders, and the rest was contributed by ten Independent Third Parties. At the same time, Xinniu Muye transferred (i) certain percentages of the equity interests in Mengshu Group to Mr. Li, Mr. Zhao and Ms. Guo for considerations of RMB6.60 million, RMB4.01 million and RMB2.26 million, respectively, which were determined based on the then registered capital of Mengshu Group, and (ii) 13.69% of the equity interests in Mengshu Group to three Independent Third Parties. In October 2011, the registered capital of Mengshu Group was increased from RMB37.50 million to RMB45.00 million, of which approximately RMB1.83 million was contributed by Mr. Li, RMB0.94 million was contributed by Mr. Zhao, RMB0.63 million was contributed by Ms. Guo and the rest was contributed by 11 Independent Third Parties. Upon completion of the capital increase and transfer of equity interests, Mengshu Group was owned as to 24.38% by Mr. Li, 12.48% by Mr. Zhao, 8.36% by Ms. Guo and 54.78% by 11 Independent Third Parties.

The Introduction of Ms. Ma, Mr. Liu and Mr. Qiu and the Entrustment Arrangement

In March 2012, Mr. Guo and 11 Independent Third Parties transferred 63.14% of the equity interests in Mengshu Group to Mr. Li, Mr. Zhao, Ms. Ma and Mr. Liu for considerations of approximately RMB4.33 million, RMB6.28 million, RMB12.3 million and RMB5.50 million, respectively, which were determined based on the then registered capital of Mengshu Group. At the same time, the registered capital of Mengshu Group was increased from RMB45 million to RMB65 million, and of the increased amount, RMB7.25 million was contributed by Mr. Liu for a consideration of RMB19.03 million and RMB12.75 million was contributed by Mr. Qiu, one of our Controlling Shareholders, for a consideration of RMB33.47 million. The considerations were determined based on the then independent valuation of Mengshu Group and after arm’s length negotiation among the parties. In respect of the equity interests in Mengshu Group held by Mr. Liu, Mr. Liu held the same as trustee for Mr. Li. The entrustment arrangement was made to render each of Mr. Li, Mr. Liu and Mr. Zhao prima facie similar level of shareholding in our Group in order to provide Mr. Zhao a strong position to deal with our business partners. Prior to the completion of the Reorganisation, the entrustment arrangement had been terminated. See “Reorganisation — Changes in the equity interests in Mengshu Group during the Reorganisation — (ii) Revocation of entrustment by Mr. Li” in this section for further details. Upon completion of transfer of equity interests and capital increase, Mengshu Group was owned as to 23.54% by Mr. Li, 19.615% by Mr. Liu (on trust for Mr. Li), 18.31% by Mr. Zhao, 19.615% by Mr. Qiu, and 18.92% by Ms. Ma.

−116− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

The Introduction of Ms. Hou, Green Thrive HK, Shenglin and Mengsheng

In June 2012, the registered capital of Mengshu Group was increased from RMB65 million to RMB75 million, the increased amount of which was contributed by Ms. Hou, for a consideration of RMB30 million, which was determined based on the then independent valuation of Mengshu Group and after arm’s length negotiation among the parties. Upon completion of the capital increase, Mengshu Group was owned as to 20.40% by Mr. Li, 17% by Mr. Liu (on trust for Mr. Li), 15.87% by Mr. Zhao, 17% by Mr. Qiu, 16.40% by Ms. Ma and 13.33% by Ms. Hou.

In December 2012, Green Thrive HK, acquired 11.765% of the equity interests in Mengshu Group through subscription of the increased registered capital. Upon completion of the subscription, the registered capital of Mengshu Group increased from RMB75 million to RMB85 million and Mengshu Group was owned as to 18%, 15%, 14%, 15%, 14.47%, 11.765% and 11.765% by Mr. Li, Mr. Liu (on trust for Mr. Li), Mr. Zhao, Mr. Qiu, Ms. Ma, Ms. Hou and Green Thrive HK. See “[REDACTED] — Green Thrive Group [REDACTED] Overview” in this section for further details.

In February 2014, an initial acting-in-concert arrangement was formed among Mr. Li, Mr. Zhao, Mr. Liu and Mr. Qiu (together as the “Initial Acting-in-Concert Parties”) through entering into an acting-in-concert agreement. See “Relationship With Controlling Shareholders — Overview — Company Controlling Shareholders Group — Acting-in-concert arrangement” in this document for further details.

In December 2015, Shenglin subscribed for RMB11.4 million in respect of increased registered capital in Mengshu Group for a consideration of RMB35.34 million. On the same day, Mr. Zhao subscribed for RMB6 million in respect of the increased registered capital in Mengshu Group for a consideration of RMB18.6 million. Both considerations were determined based on the then independent valuation of Mengshu Group and after arm’s length negotiation among the parties. Upon completion of the subscription, the registered capital of Mengshu Group was increased from RMB85 million to RMB102.4 million and Mengshu Group was owned as to 14.941%, 12.451%, 17.480%, 12.451%, 12.012%, 9.766%, 9.766% and 11.133% by Mr. Li, Mr. Liu (on trust for Mr. Li), Mr. Zhao, Mr. Qiu, Ms. Ma. Ms. Hou, Green Thrive HK and Shenglin.

In January 2016, Mengsheng subscribed for RMB12.5 million in respect of the increased registered capital in Mengshu Group for the consideration of RMB70 million, which was determined based on the then independent valuation of Mengshu Group and after arm’s length negotiation among the parties. Upon completion of the subscription, the registered capital of Mengshu Group was increased from RMB102.4 million to RMB114.9 million and Mengshu Group was owned as to 13.316%, 11.097%, 15.579%, 11.097%, 10.705%, 8.703%, 8.703%, 9.922% and 10.879% by Mr. Li, Mr. Liu (on trust for Mr. Li), Mr. Zhao, Mr. Qiu, Ms. Ma. Ms. Hou, Green Thrive HK, Shenglin and Mengsheng.

−117− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

In February 2016, the Initial Acting-in-Concert Parties entered into a new acting-in-concert agreement with Shenglin and Mengsheng to form our current acting-in-concert arrangement. See “Relationship With Controlling Shareholders — Overview — Company Controlling Shareholders Group — Acting-in-concert arrangement”.

REORGANISATION

The following chart sets out the shareholding structure of our Group immediately prior to the Reorganisation.

Green Thrive HK Offshore 8.70% Mr. Gao Yubao Mr. Zhang Zhiguang Mr. Li Guangjun Ms. Li Binbin Mr. Wang Shiwei Mr. Li Jianjun Ms. Tie Ying Mr. Ma Liming Ms. Guo (高玉豹) (張志光) (李廣軍) (李彬彬) (王世偉) (栗建軍) (鐵英) (馬黎明) 21.60% 23.60% 20.80% 6.80% 27.20% 20.53% 19.56% 26.05% 33.86%

Onshore Mr. Zhao Mr. Li Mr. Liu Mr. Qiu Mengsheng Shenglin Ms. Hou Ms. Ma

15.578% 13.316% 11.097% 11.097% 10.879% 9.922% 8.703% 10.705%

Mengshu Group

100% 95% 100%100% 100% 75% 100% 100% 100% Hesheng Ecological Dengkou Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu Greenery Engineering Beijing Mengshu Ecological Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design Inner Mongolia Mengshu Greenery Maintenance Service Beijing Mengshu Investment Management Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng Agricultural Technology Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute (1) (2)

Notes:

(1) The remaining 25% of the equity interest in Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design was held by Mr. Fan Yu (樊宇), a director of our subsidiary.

(2) The remaining 5% of the equity interest in Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu Greenery Engineering was held by an Independent Third Party.

−118− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

In preparation of our [REDACTED], we carried out a series of restructuring steps for the purpose of preparing our corporate structure for the [REDACTED]. The principal steps involved in the Reorganisation are summarised below.

Incorporation of Offshore Investment Holding Companies, our Company and Offshore Subsidiaries

(i) Incorporation of Offshore Investment Holding Companies

Zhao’s BVI Company

On 16 August 2017, Zhao’s BVI Company was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to Mr. Zhao. As a result, Mr. Zhao was interested in the only issued share of Zhao’s BVI Company.

Li’s BVI Company I

On 18 August 2017, Li’s BVI Company I was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to Mr. Li. As a result, Mr. Li was interested in the only issued share of Li’s BVI Company I.

Li’s BVI Company II

On 17 August 2017, Li’s BVI Company II was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to Mr. Liu. Li’s BVI Company II was incorporated pursuant to Mr. Li’s instruction and as a result, Mr. Liu held the only issued share of Li’s BVI Company II on trust for Mr. Li. Subsequently, on 29 December 2017, Mr. Liu transferred the one ordinary share to Mr. Li for cash of US$1.00 and as a result, Mr. Li became the sole shareholder of Li’s BVI Company II.

Qiu’s BVI Company

On 21 August 2017, Qiu’s BVI Company was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to Mr. Qiu. As a result, Mr. Qiu was interested in the only issued share of Qiu’s BVI Company.

Ma’s BVI Company

On 21 August 2017, Ma’s BVI Company was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to Ms. Ma. As a result, Ms. Ma was interested in the only issued share of Ma’s BVI Company.

−119− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Hou’s BVI Company

On 18 August 2017, Hou’s BVI Company was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to Ms. Hou. As a result, Ms. Hou was interested in the only issued share of Hou’s BVI Company.

Shenglin BVI Company

On 17 August 2017, Shenglin BVI Company was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to Mr. Li Jianjun. On 26 September 2017, Shenglin BVI Company further allotted and issued 20, 19, 26 and 34 ordinary shares at par value to Mr. Li Jianjun, Ms. Tie Ying, Ms. Guo and Mr. Ma Liming, respectively. As a result, Mr. Li Jianjun, Ms. Tie Ying, Ms. Guo and Mr. Ma Liming was interested in the 21%, 19%, 26% and 34% of the issued shares of Shenglin BVI Company. Mr. Li Jianjun, Ms. Tie Ying, Ms. Guo and Mr. Ma Liming are the partners of Shenglin, which was a shareholder of Mengshu Group immediately prior to the Reorganisation.

Mengsheng BVI Company

On 16 August 2017, Mengsheng BVI Company was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to Mr. Gao Yubao. On 26 September 2017, Mengsheng BVI Company further allotted and issued 21, 23, 21, seven and 27 shares at par value to Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Li Guangjun, Ms. Li Binbin and Mr. Wang Shiwei, respectively. As a result, Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Li Guangjun, Ms. Li Binbin and Mr. Wang Shiwei was interested in the 22%, 23%, 21%, 7% and 27% of the issued shares of Mengsheng BVI Company. Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Li Guangjun, Ms. Li Binbin and Mr. Wang Shiwei are the partners of Mengsheng, which was a shareholder of Mengshu Group immediately prior to the Reorganisation.

(ii) Incorporation of our Company

On 14 August 2017, our Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. The initial authorised share capital of our Company was HK$380,000 divided into 380,000,000 ordinary shares of par value of HK$0.001 each. On the same day, one Share was allotted and issued at par value to our initial subscriber and was subsequently transferred to Mr. Zhao. As a result, Mr. Zhao was interested in the entire issued share capital of the Company.

− 120 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

(iii) Incorporation of Mengshu BVI

On 5 September 2017, Mengshu BVI was incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is authorised to issue a maximum of 50,000 shares of US$1.00 par value each. On the same day, one ordinary share was allotted and issued at par value to our Company. Upon incorporation and up to the Latest Practicable Date, Mengshu BVI was a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company.

(iv) Incorporation of Mengshu HK

On 19 September 2016, Mengshu HK was incorporated in Hong Kong with limited liability with a share capital of HK$100 divided into 100 ordinary shares, which were allotted and issued to Mr. Zhao. On 6 October 2017, Mr. Zhao transferred 100 ordinary shares in Mengshu HK to Mengshu BVI for a consideration of HK$1.00. As at the Latest Practicable Date, Mengshu HK was a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Mengshu BVI and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of our Company.

(v) Share Swap and Allotment and Issue of Shares by our Company

On 3 November 2017, Mr. Zhao transferred one Share of our Company to Zhao’s BVI Company, as consideration for which, Zhao’s BVI Company allotted and issued one share to Mr. Zhao.

On the same day, our Company allotted and issued at par value 35,799,999, 30,600,000, 25,500,000, 25,500,000, 22,800,000, 25,000,000, 24,600,000 and 20,000,000 Shares to Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company, Mengsheng BVI Company, Ma’s BVI Company and Hou’s BVI Company, respectively and the subscription prices were fully settled on 11 January 2018. Upon completion of the allotment, our Company was owned as to 17.06%, 14.59%, 12.15%, 12.15%, 10.87%, 11.92%, 11.73% and 9.53% by Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company, Mengsheng BVI Company, Ma’s BVI Company and Hou’s BVI Company, respectively.

(vi) Subscription of Shares by Green Thrive BVI and Introduction of Fort Minor as a [REDACTED]

Immediately prior to the Reorganisation, Green Thrive HK, as a [REDACTED], held 8.703% equity interests in Mengshu Group. As part of the Reorganisation and to mirror Green Thrive HK’s interests in Mengshu Group, Green Thrive BVI, being the sole shareholder of Green Thrive HK, subscribed for 20,000,000 Shares, representing 8.703% of the then share capital of our Company on 10 November 2017. See “[REDACTED] — Details of the Green Thrive Group [REDACTED]” in this section for further details. Upon completion of the subscription, the Group is owned to 15.578% by Zhao’s BVI Company, 13.316% by Li’s BVI Company I, 11.097% by Li’s BVI Company II, 11.097% by Qiu’s BVI Company, 9.922% by Shenglin BVI Company, 10.879% by Mengsheng BVI Company, 10.705% by Ma’s BVI Company, 8.703% by Hou’s BVI Company and 8.703% by Green Thrive BVI.

On 9 September 2017, Fort Minor, an independent Third Party, was introduced as a [REDACTED]. See “[REDACTED] — Details of the Investor Group [REDACTED] Overview” in this section for further details.

− 121 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Changes in the equity interests in Mengshu Group during the Reorganisation

(i) Disposal by Ms. Hou and Ms. Ma

Due to personal financial reasons, Ms. Hou and Ms. Ma agreed to sell their respective 7.92% and 10.095% of the equity interests in Mengshu Group to Mr. Qiu for considerations of RMB46.6 million and RMB59.4 million respectively, which were determined with reference to the then independent valuation of Mengshu Group. In order to facilitate the Reorganisation, instead of directly transfer the equity interests in Mengshu Group to Mr. Qiu, it was agreed by the parties thereof that Ms. Hou and Ms. Ma would subsequently transfer their respective equity interests in Mengshu Group to Mengshu HK and He Yu Sheng directly during the Reorganisation process.

To reflect the aforesaid transfer in equity interest in Mengshu Group at offshore structure, on 23 May 2018, Hou’s BVI Company and Ma’s BVI Company transferred their respective 18,199,520 and 23,199,360 Shares to Qiu’s BVI Company for considerations of HK$18,199.52 and HK$23,199.36, respectively. The considerations were fully paid by Qiu’s BVI Company on 23 May 2018 in cash. Upon completion of the transfer, Hou’s BVI Company, Ma’s BVI Company and Qiu’s BVI Company held 1,800,480, 1,400,640 and 66,898,880 Shares, respectively (representing 0.78%, 0.61% and 29.11% in the shareholding of our Company, respectively).

(ii) Revocation of entrustment by Mr. Li

As disclosed in the paragraph headed “History and Development of our Group — Corporate Development — Mengshu Group — The Introduction of Ms. Ma, Mr. Liu and Mr. Qiu and The Entrustment Arrangement” above in this section, since March 2012, Mr. Liu had held certain percentage of the equity interests in Mengshu Group on trust for Mr. Li. For Reorganisation purpose, Mr. Li had decided to revoke such entrustment arrangement. In this connection, Mr. Liu transferred 100% equity interests in Li’s BVI Company II to Mr. Li on 29 December 2017 and transferred back the 11.097% equity interests in Mengshu Group to Mr. Li for nil consideration. The transaction was completed on 31 May 2018. Upon completion of the transfers, Mr. Liu was no longer a shareholder of Mengshu Group and Mr. Li held 24.413% of the equity interests in Mengshu Group.

As advised by our PRC Legal Advisers, the entrustment arrangement between Mr. Li and Mr. Liu and its revocation are legally valid under the relevant PRC laws and regulations.

Acquisition of PRC Subsidiaries

(i) Acquisition of an aggregate 84.835% of the equity interests in Mengshu Group by Mengshu HK

On 26 June 2018, as part of the Reorganisation, each of the then shareholders of Mengshu Group respectively entered into an equity interest agreement with Mengshu HK, pursuant to which Mengshu HK agreed to acquire in aggregate 84.835% of the equity interests in Mengshu Group (the “June 2018 Equity Transfer Agreement”).

− 122 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Details of the equity transfers are as follows:

Percentage of equity interests Date on full Date of in Mengshu payment of completion of Transferor Group Consideration consideration registration

Green Thrive HK 8.703% US$7,733,390.69 19 September 2018 3 July 2018 Mr. Zhao 12.991% RMB76,437,634 6 July 2018 3 July 2018 Mr. Li 20.357% RMB119,780,762 6 July 2018 3 July 2018 Mr. Qiu 9.253% RMB54,445,801 6 July 2018 3 July 2018 Shenglin 8.274% RMB48,680,952 13 November 2018 3 July 2018 Mengsheng 9.072% RMB53,378,236 13 November 2018 3 July 2018 Ms. Hounote 7.258% RMB42,702,589 13 November 2018 3 July 2018 Ms. Manote 8.927% RMB52,524,185 20 September 2018 3 July 2018

Note: As disclosed in the paragraph headed “Reorganisation — Changes in the equity interests in Mengshu Group during the Reorganisation — (i) Disposal by Ms. Hou and Ms. Ma” in this section, Ms. Hou and Ms. Ma transferred their respective 7.258% and 8.927% equity interests in Mengshu Group to Mengshu HK under the instruction of Mr. Qiu.

Upon completion of the above equity interests transfers, Mengshu Group was owned as to 84.835% by Mengshu HK and 15.165% in aggregate by Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Ms. Hou, Ms. Ma, Shenglin and Mengsheng.

(ii) Establishment of He Yu Sheng as a wholly foreign-owned enterprise and acquisition of 15.165% equity interests in Mengshu Group

On 12 November 2018, Mengshu HK established He Yu Sheng under the laws of the PRC as a wholly-foreign-owned enterprise with limited liability in the PRC with a registered capital of RMB1 million, which was paid up by Mengshu HK in cash. Upon establishment and up to the Latest Practicable Date, He Yu Sheng was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Mengshu HK.

− 123 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

On 23 November 2018, each of the then shareholders of Mengshu Group (except Mengshu HK) respectively entered into an equity interests transfer agreement with He Yu Sheng, the details of which are as follows:-

Percentage of equity interests Date of full Date of in Mengshu payment of completion of Transferor Group Consideration consideration registration

Mr. Zhao 2.59% RMB15,221,470 12 December 2018 3 December 2018 Mr. Li 4.06% RMB23,862,435 11 December 2018 3 December 2018 Mr. Qiu 1.84% RMB10,847,631 11 December 2018 3 December 2018 Shenglin 1.65% RMB9,698,919 11 December 2018 3 December 2018 Mengsheng 1.81% RMB10,632,510 11 December 2018 3 December 2018 Ms. Hounote 1.44% RMB8,504,831 11 December 2018 3 December 2018 Ms. Manote 1.78% RMB10,462,765 11 December 2018 3 December 2018

Note: As disclosed in the paragraph headed “Reorganisation — Changes in the equity interests in Mengshu Group during the Reorganisation — (i) Disposal by Ms. Hou and Ms. Ma” in this section, Ms. Hou and Ms. Ma transferred the respective 0.662% and 1.168% in their approximately 1.44% and 1.78% equity interests in Mengshu Group to He Yu Sheng under the instruction of Mr. Qiu.

Upon completion of the above transfers, Mengshu Group was owned as to 84.835% by Mengshu HK and 15.165% by He Yu Sheng. As a result, Mengshu Group became an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

(iii) Increase of registered capital of Mengshu Group and subscription of 1% of equity interests in Mengshu Group by Huirong Datong

On 13 August 2019, Mengshu HK, He Yu Sheng, Huirong Datong and Mengshu Group entered into a capital increase agreement, pursuant to which Huirong Datong agreed to subscribe for 1% of the equity interests in Mengshu Group for a total subscription price of RMB537,180,720. The subscription price was settled by setting off the loan of RMB475,624,586 which was lent to Mengshu Group in July 2018 and the remaining RMB61,556,134 was settled pursuant to the arrangement as disclosed in the subparagraph (iv) below. Of the subscription price, RMB2,321,212 was used to increase the registered capital of Mengshu Group and the remaining of RMB534,859,508 became capital reserve. The transaction was completed on 11 September 2019. Upon completion of the increase of capital, Mengshu Group was owned as to 83.99% by Mengshu HK, 15.01% by He Yu Sheng and 1% by Huirong Datong, respectively.

(iv) Acquisition of 1% equity interest in Mengshu Group by He Yu Sheng

On 23 November 2020, each of the Company Controlling Shareholders Group, Ms. Ma, Ms. Hou, Shenglin, Mengsheng, Ma’s BVI Company, Hou’s BVI Company, Huirong Datong, Mengshu HK, He Yu Sheng, Mengshu Group and our Company entered into an agreement (the “November 2020

− 124 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Agreement”), pursuant to which, Huirong Datong transferred 1% of the equity interest in Mengshu Group to He Yu Sheng at a nominal consideration of RMB1. Upon completion of the transfer, Mengshu Group was owned as to 83.99% by Mengshu HK and 16.01% by He Yu Sheng. Besides, parties to the November 2020 Agreement agreed to exempt the remaining amount of RMB61,556,134 owed by Huirong Datong to Mengshu Group as disclosed in the subparagraph (iii) above, in return, Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Ms. Hou, Ms. Ma and each individual partners of Shenglin and Mengsheng will settle in HK$72,613,757 equivalent to RMB61,556,134 at the HK$:RMB middle exchange rate announced by SAFE on 23 November 2020 through selling the Shares held by his or her respective BVI holding companies upon [REDACTED]. In this regard, the amount owed to our Group (being RMB61,556,134) by the then shareholders of Mengshu Group (i.e being Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Ms. Hou, Ms. Ma, Shenglin and Mengsheng) during the Reorganisation will be fully settled.

The purpose of the transactions described in subparagraphs (iii) and (iv) above is to allow all considerations received by each of the then shareholders of Mengshu Group during the Reorganisation to stay within our Group so that none of them would be financially benefited from the Reorganisation.

Our PRC Legal Advisers have confirmed that, all the share or equity interest transfers and changes in registered capital in respect of our PRC subsidiaries as described above and the onshore Reorganisation have been conducted in compliance with the applicable PRC laws and regulations and have been legally completed and duly registered with the local registration authorities of the PRC.

[REDACTED]

Green Thrive Group [REDACTED] Overview

Green Thrive HK entered into an agreement on subscription of capital increase (認購增資協議) with Mr. Li, Mr. Zhao, Mr. Qiu, Mr. Liu, Ms. Ma and Ms. Hou, the then shareholders of Mengshu Group on 8 December 2012 (the “Green Thrive HK [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which Green Thrive HK agreed to subscribe for RMB10 million increased registered capital of Mengshu Group at a subscription price of RMB30 million, determined with reference to the then independent valuation of Mengshu Group.

On 8 December 2012, Green Thrive HK entered into the sino-foreign joint venture agreement (中外合資經營合同) with Mr. Li, Mr. Zhao, Mr. Qiu, Mr. Liu, Ms. Ma and Ms. Hou (the “Joint Venture Agreement”, together with the Green Thrive HK [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement, the “2012 Green Thrive Investment Agreements”), pursuant to which Green Thrive HK obtained certain special rights. Pursuant to the undertaking executed by Green Thrive HK in favour of Mengshu Group on 2 November 2020, Green Thrive HK undertakes that, since 26 June 2018, the day on which the June 2018 Equity Transfer Agreement was signed, (i) it no longer enjoyed the rights or was under the obligations as contemplated under 2012 Green Thrive Investment Agreements; and (ii) it would not make any claims against Mengshu Group or any parties to the 2012 Green Thrive Investment Agreements pursuant to its terms and conditions.

Upon completion of the aforesaid subscription, Mengshu Group became a sino-foreign joint venture with a registered capital of RMB85 million and was owned as to 18% by Mr. Li, 14% by Mr. Zhao, 14.47% by Ms. Ma, 15% by Mr. Liu, 15% by Mr. Qiu, 11.765% by Ms. Hou and 11.765% by Green Thrive HK, respectively.

− 125 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Details of the Green Thrive Group [REDACTED]

The following table sets out summary of the Green Thrive HK [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement and other details in relation to the Green Thrive Group [REDACTED]:

Name of the [REDACTED]: Green Thrive HK, Green Thrive BVI and Superb Link Limited

Date: 8 December 2012

Subscription price: RMB30 million

Basis of determination of the The consideration was determined with reference to the then subscription price: independent valuation of Mengshu Group.

Date of settlement of the 12 April 2013 subscription price:

Date of completion of 26 June 2013 registration:

Cost per Share: RMB[REDACTED] (equivalent to approximately HK$[REDACTED])

Discount to the [REDACTED]% [REDACTED](1):

Use of [REDACTED]: The [REDACTED] of RMB30 million were used for the purpose of our business expansion, research and development, and general working capital, which had been fully utilised as at the Latest Practicable Date.

Reasons and benefits for Green Our Directors are of the view that (i) we can benefit from the Thrive Group [REDACTED]: [REDACTED]’s commitment to our Company as its investment demonstrates its confidence in the operations of our Group and serves as an endorsement of our Company’s performance, strength and prospects; (ii) Green Thrive Group, with its established network and experience in capital market in Hong Kong, may assist with our Group’s future financing and fund raising if needed; and (iii) the [REDACTED] serves as a source of additional working capital to our Group and provides immediate funding available for our Group’s business operation and expansion.

Interest in Mengshu Group Approximately 11.765% upon completion of the transaction under the Green Thrive HK [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement:

− 126 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Interest in our Company [REDACTED]% immediately prior to the [REDACTED]:

Interest in our Company upon [REDACTED]% completion of the [REDACTED]:

Lock-up period: Nil

The 2012 Green Thrive Investment Agreements and the Shareholders’ Agreement did not impose any lock-up obligations over the Shares held by Green Thrive BVI, except where requested by the Stock Exchange, if applicable.

Public float: Given that (i) the shareholding of Green Thrive BVI in our Company upon completion of the [REDACTED] is less than [REDACTED]%; (ii) Green Thrive BVI is solely a passive investor in our Group; and (iii) Green Thrive BVI is an Independent Third Party, the Shares held by Green Thrive BVI will be counted as part of the public float of our Company upon completion of the [REDACTED].

Note:

(1) Assuming the [REDACTED] is HK$[REDACTED] per Share, being the mid-point of the indicative [REDACTED] and exchange rate of RMB1.00 to HK$1.2064.

Immediately prior to the Reorganisation, Green Thrive HK held 8.703% equity interests in Mengshu Group. As part of the Reorganisation and to mirror Green Thrive HK’s interests in Mengshu Group, Green Thrive BVI, being the sole shareholder of Green Thrive HK, subscribed for 20,000,000 Shares, representing 8.703% of the then share capital of our Company at a subscription price of US$7,733,390.69, determined with reference to the then valuation of 8.703% equity interests in Mengshu Group held by Green Thrive HK on 10 November 2017 (the “Green Thrive BVI [REDACTED] Subscription”). The subscription price was offset by the consideration for transfer of 8.703% equity interests in Mengshu Group from Green Thrive HK (as transferor) to Mengshu HK (as transferee) and was fully settled on 19 September 2018. Since there was no actual payment in the Green Thrive BVI [REDACTED] Subscription, Green Thrive’s [REDACTED] was limited to the RMB30 million paid under the Green Thrive HK [REDACTED] in 2013.

Green Thrive BVI entered into a Shareholders’ Agreement with Fort Minor, the other [REDACTED] and certain shareholders of our Company on 5 December 2017. See “[REDACTED] — Investor Group [REDACTED] Overview — Shareholders’ Agreement” in this section for details.

− 127 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Information of Green Thrive Group

Green Thrive HK is a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong with limited liability and is wholly owned by Green Thrive BVI. After completion of the Reorganisation, Green Thrive HK no longer held any shares in our Group. Green Thrive BVI is wholly owned by Superb Link Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares, which is in turn controlled by Shining Capital Holdings II L.P., a limited partnership established in the Cayman Islands. Shining Capital Management Limited (尚心投資管理有限公司), a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, is the general partner of Shining Capital Holdings II L.P., and is an investment management firm based in Hong Kong.

To the best of our Directors’ knowledge, information and belief and having made all reasonable enquires, Green Thrive Group and their respective ultimate beneficial owners do not have any relationship (including without limitation, family, employment, trust, financing or otherwise) with our Group, our Shareholders, our Directors, our senior management and their respective associates.

Investor Group [REDACTED] Overview

Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement

Fort Minor, entered into a subscription agreement with our Company, Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Liu, Mr. Qiu, Mengsheng and Shenglin on 9 September 2017 (the “Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which Fort Minor subscribed for 65,000,000 Investor Class Shares at a total consideration of approximately US$69 million. The conversion ratio shall initially be one Share for one Investor Class Share.

Shareholders’ Agreement

On 5 December 2017, Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Liu, Mr. Qiu, Ms. Hou, Ms. Ma, Shenglin, Mengsheng, Fort Minor, Green Thrive BVI, our Company, and other then shareholders of our Company (being Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Ma’s BVI Company, Hou’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company and Mengsheng BVI Company) entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”), pursuant to which, among others, (i) our Company shall make a valuation adjustment payment in cash (the “Valuation Adjustment Payment”) to Fort Minor if our Company’s 2019 net profit (the “2019 Net Profit”) is less than an agreed amount, (ii) each of Green Thrive BVI and Fort Minor has the right to nominate one investor director, and (iii) each of Green Thrive BVI and Fort Minor had been granted certain special rights.

In addition, the Shareholders’ Agreement imposes transfer restrictions on the SHA Existing Shareholders (other than Green Thrive BVI) after completion of the [REDACTED], pursuant to which no SHA Existing Shareholder (other than Green Thrive BVI) shall transfer a number of Shares in the aggregate exceeding the lesser of (i) 35% of the total number of Shares held by such SHA Existing Shareholder on the date of the Shareholders’ Agreement and (ii) the number of Shares held by such SHA Existing Shareholder upon [REDACTED] multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Shares transferred by Fort Minor following completion of the [REDACTED] and the denominator of which is the number of Shares held by Fort Minor upon completion of the [REDACTED].

− 128 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Fort Minor Warrant

On 30 December 2019, our Company and Fort Minor executed a deed of undertaking (the “Company Undertaking”), pursuant to which, instead of paying the Valuation Adjustment Payment, our Company agreed to issue, and Fort Minor agreed to subscribe for, [REDACTED] warrants (the “Warrants”) upon and subject to the terms and conditions set out in the Warrant Instrument at nil consideration.

Warrant Instrument

On 30 December 2019, our Company executed the warrant instrument relating to the creation of Warrants to subscribe for new Shares in the capital of our Company by way of a deed poll (the “Warrant Instrument”), pursuant to which, among others,

(i) our Company created and granted to the holder of Warrants (the “Warrantholder”, i.e. Fort Minor) the Warrants; and

(ii) Fort Minor shall have the right at any time during the period commencing on 30 December 2019 (being the date of issuance of the Warrants) and expiring on 29 December 2024 (being the day falling sixty (60) months after the date of issuance of the Warrants (and if that day is not a business day, then the business day immediately preceding such day) (both dates inclusive) (the “Subscription Period”)) to subscribe for one fully-paid Share in respect of each Warrant at HK$0.001 per Share (which is equivalent to the par value of the Share) to be issued on the exercise of the Warrants subject to any adjustments based on change in the Company’s share capital or in any rights or interests attaching to the Shares (the “Subscription Rights”).

Investor’s Undertaking

On 30 December 2019, Fort Minor executed a deed in favour of certain then shareholders of our Company (the “Investor’s Undertaking”), pursuant to which Fort Minor undertook to the relevant shareholders that if Fort Minor still holds all or part of the Warrants and/or any unsold warrant shares (i.e. being the Shares to be allotted and issued by the Company to the Warrantholder upon exercise of the Warrant) (the “Warrant Shares”) after having received net [REDACTED] amounting to a certain amount (which is 2.0x multiple of money of Fort Minor’s investment) from selling Shares held by Fort Minor, Fort Minor shall sell all the outstanding Warrants and/or Warrant Shares at an aggregate consideration of US$1 to the relevant shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares held by each of them bears to the aggregate number of shares held by all of them at the time of the disposal. If any of the shareholders does not fully purchase the number of Warrants and/or Warrant Shares that it is entitled to purchase, then each other shareholder shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Warrants and/or Warrant Shares not so purchased by such shareholder.

Exercise of Subscription Rights

On 4 December 2020, Fort Minor exercised its Subscription Rights in full under the Warrant Instrument, pursuant to which Fort Minor subscribed for, and our Company allotted and issued to Fort Minor, 52,970,000 Shares at an aggregate price of HK$52,970.

− 129 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Subscription of New Shares by Chili Roost

On 30 May 2021, Chili Roost subscribed for, and our Company allotted and issued to Chili Roost, 57,500,000 Shares at a price of HK$0.001 per Share. Our Directors and Shareholders are of the view that it is in our Group’s best interest to issue new Shares at nominal consideration to Chili Roost because a larger stake in our Group held by the Investor Group will accelerate our [REDACTED] process and can serve as an endorsement of our Group, which is conducive to establishing our Company as a preferred investment target in the ecological and environmental protection industry amongst international institutional investors after the [REDACTED].

Details of the Investor Group [REDACTED]

(i) Details in relation to Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement, Warrant and Subscription of New Shares by Chili Roost

Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement

• Name of the [REDACTED]: Fort Minor and Valley Orchards Limited

• Date of the Fort Minor 9 September 2017 [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement:

• Subscription price under the Approximately US$69 million Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement:

• Number of the shares 65 million Investor Class Shares subscribed for under the Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement:

• Basis of determination of The consideration was determined based on the then net the subscription price under assets value, potential profitability and future prospect of the Fort Minor Mengshu Group after arm’s length negotiation among the [REDACTED] Subscription parties. Agreement:

• Date of completion of the 5 December 2017 transaction under the Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement:

• Date of settlement of the 5 December 2017 subscription price under the Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement:

− 130 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Warrant

• Name of the [REDACTED]: Fort Minor and Valley Orchards Limited

• Date of the Warrant 30 December 2019 Instrument:

• Consideration for the Nil Warrants:

• Number of Warrants 52,970,000 Warrants subscribed for under the Warrant Instrument:

• Basis of determination of HK$0.001 per Share (which is equivalent to the par value of the subscription price for the Share) the Warrant Shares:

• Total subscription price for HK$52,970 the Warrant Shares:

• Date of completion of the 30 December 2019 transactions under the Warrant Instrument:

• Date of settlement of the 21 December 2020 total subscription price for the Warrant Shares:

Subscription of New Shares by Chili Roost

• Name of the [REDACTED]: Chili Roost and Valley Orchards Limited

• Date of subscription of new 30 May 2021 Shares:

• Consideration for the Nil subscription of new Shares:

• Number of new Shares 57,500,000 Shares subscribed for:

• Basis of determination of HK$0.001 per Share (which is equivalent to the par value of the subscription price for the Share) the new Shares:

− 131 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

• Total subscription price for HK$57,500 the new Shares

• Date of settlement of the 15 June 2021 total subscription price for the new Shares:

(ii) Other Details in relation to the Investor Group [REDACTED]

Cost per Share:(2) HK$[REDACTED]

Premium to the [REDACTED]% [REDACTED](1)(2):

Use of [REDACTED]: The [REDACTED] were used (a) as working capital for projects; (b) for development of plantation bases; and (c) for the development of the Company, which had been fully utilised as at the Latest Practicable Date.

Reasons and benefits for Fort Our Directors are of the view that (i) we can benefit from the Minor [REDACTED]: [REDACTED]’s commitment to our Company as its investment demonstrates its confidence in the operations of our Group and serves as an endorsement of our Company’s performance, strength and prospects; (ii) the Investor Group, with its established experience in capital market in Hong Kong, may assist with our Group’s future financing and fund raising if needed; and (iii) the [REDACTED] serves as a source of additional working capital to our Group and provides immediate funding available for our Group’s business operation and expansion.

Interest in our Company Approximately [REDACTED]% immediately prior to the [REDACTED]:(2)

Interest in our Company upon [REDACTED] % completion of the [REDACTED]:

Lock-up period: As agreed in the Shareholders’ Agreement, for a period of six months from completion of the [REDACTED], Fort Minor will not transfer any Shares subscribed by them prior to the [REDACTED].

− 132 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Public float: Since Fort Minor and Chili Roost are substantial Shareholders of our Company upon completion of the [REDACTED], the Shares held by the Investor Group will not be counted as part of the public float of our Company upon completion of the [REDACTED].

Notes:

(1) Assuming the [REDACTED] is HK$[REDACTED] per Share, being the mid-point of the indicative [REDACTED] and exchange rate of US$1.00 to HK$7.76.

(2) Assuming Fort Minor converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares into Shares on the basis of one Investor Class Shares for One Share.

Information on Investor Group

Fort Minor is a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares and is wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited, a company incorporated in the BVI with liability limited by shares. Chili Roost is a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with liability limited by shares and is wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited.

Save as disclosed in the section headed “Substantial Shareholders” in this document, to the best of our Directors’ knowledge, information and belief and having made all reasonable enquires, Investor Group and their respective ultimate beneficial owners do not have any relationship (including without limitation, family, employment, trust, financing or otherwise) with our Group, our Shareholders, our Directors, our senior management and their respective associates.

Rights of the [REDACTED]

Pursuant to the Shareholders’ Agreement, the [REDACTED] had been granted certain special rights, including, among others, right of first refusal, tag-along right, divestment right, right to elect director and participate in the Board, preemptive right, anti-dilution protection and capital increase right and liquidity protection.

All special rights shall cease to be effective and be discontinued upon the [REDACTED].

Sole Sponsor’s confirmation

Given that (i) the [REDACTED] will take place no earlier than 120 clear days after the completion of the [REDACTED]; and (ii) no special right which has been granted to the [REDACTED] will survive after the [REDACTED], the Sole Sponsor is of the view that the [REDACTED] are in compliance with the Interim Guidance (HKEX-GL29-12) issued by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange in January 2012 and updated in March 2017, the Guidance Letter HKEX-GL43-12 issued by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange in October 2012 and updated in July 2013 and March 2017 and the Guidance Letter HKEx-GL-44-12 issued by the Hong Kong Stock Exchange in October 2012 and updated in March 2017.

− 133 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Corporate Structure after the Reorganisation and [REDACTED] and immediately prior to the [REDACTED]

The following chart sets out the shareholding structure of our Group after the Reorganisation and the [REDACTED] and immediately prior to the [REDACTED]:

Mr. Gao Yubao Mr. Zhang Zhiguang Mr. Li Guangjun Ms. Li Binbin Mr. Wang Shiwei Mr. Li Jianjun Ms. Tie Ying Ms. Guo Mr. Ma Liming

22% 23% 21% 7% 27% 21% 19% 26% 34%

Superb Link Mr. Zhao Mr. Li Mr. Li Mr. Qiu Ms. Hou Ms. Ma Limited(17) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Zhao's BVI Li's BVI Li's BVI Qiu's BVI Mengsheng BVI Shenglin BVI Hou's BVI Ma's BVI Green (16) (16) Company Company I Company II Company Company Company Company Company Thrive BVI Fort Minor Chili Roost

8.83% 7.55% 6.29% 16.51% 6.17% 5.63% 0.44% 0.35% 4.93% 29.11% 14.19%

The Company 100% Mengshu BVI 100% Mengshu HK Offshore

100% Onshore He Yu Sheng 83.99% 16.01% Mengshu Group

100% 100% 100% 77.02% 90% 100% 75% 95% 95% 89% 93% 97.90% 88% 78% 100% 100% 100% 94.95%

Shenzhen Kunxing No.3

Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng Agricultural Technology

Beijing Mengshu Investment Management

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Greenery Maintenance Service

Anqing City Mengshu Greenery Management

Zhenning Autonomous County Mengshu Landscaping Construction

Chifeng City Mengzhishu Greenery Engineering

Xun County Mengshu Forestry

Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute Yu County Mengshu Landscaping Engineering

Hulun Bei’er City Haisheng Greenery Management

Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu Greenery Engineering

Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design

Guizhou Mengshu Ecology

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological

Beijing Mengshu Ecological

Chifeng Mengshu Landscape

Hesheng Ecological Dengkou

(13)

(3)

(9)

(4)

(2)

(12)

(8)

(10)

(6)

(5)

(11)

98.01% 22.98% 100% 100% 59.99%

Inner Mongolia Yuanyuan Zhihui Culture and Tourism

Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design

Hulun Bei’er City Shengxin City Engineering

(7)

(14)

Note:

(1) Fort Minor holds [REDACTED] Shares in the Company immediately prior to the [REDACTED] based on the assumption that the [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares are fully converted into Shares on the basis of one Investor Class Share for one Share.

− 134 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

(2) The remaining 22.98% of the equity interests in Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological was held by Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund.

(3) The remaining 10% of the equity interests in Guizhou Mengshu Ecology was held by an Independent Third Party.

(4) The remaining 25% of the equity interests in Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design was held by Mr. Fan Yu (樊宇), a director of our subsidiary.

(5) The remaining 5% of the equity interests in Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu Greenery Engineering was held by an Independent Third Party.

(6) The remaining 5% of the equity interests in Hulun Bei’er City Haisheng Greenery Management was held by an Independent Third Party.

(7) The remaining approximately 1% and 0.99% of the equity interests in Hulun Bei’er City Shengxin City Engineering were held by two Independent Third Parties.

(8) The remaining 10% and 1% of the equity interests in Yu County Mengshu Landscaping Engineering were held by an Independent Third Party and Guizhou Mengshu Ecology, respectively.

(9) The remaining 5%, 1% and 1% of the equity interests in Xun County Mengshu Forestry were held by an Independent Third Party, Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and Beijing Mengshu Ecological, respectively.

(10) The remaining 1%, 1% and 0.10% of the equity interests in Chifeng City Mengzhishu Greenery Engineering were held by Beijing Mengshu Ecological, Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and an Independent Third Party, respectively.

(11) The remaining 10%, 1% and 1% of the equity interests in Zhenning Autonomous County Mengshu Landscaping Construction were held by an Independent Third Party, Beijing Mengshu Ecological and Guizhou Mengshu Ecology, respectively.

(12) The remaining 20%, 1% and 1% of the equity interests in Anqing City Mengshu Greenery Management were held by two Independent Third Parties and Beijing Mengshu Ecological, respectively.

(13) The remaining 0.005% and 5.045% of the partnership interests in Shenzhen Kunxing No.3 were held by Beijing Mengshu Investment Management and an Independent Third Party.

(14) The remaining approximately 0.02% and 39.99% of the partnership interests in Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund were held by two Independent Third Parties.

(15) Those companies highlighted in grey color background are PPP project companies.

(16) Each of Fort Minor and Chili Roost is wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited, which is controlled by DCP Capital Partners, L.P..

(17) Superb Link Limited is controlled by Shining Capital Holdings II L.P..

− 135 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Corporate Structure after the [REDACTED]

The following chart sets out the shareholding structure of our Group immediately after the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme):

Mr. Zhang Mr. Li Mr. Wang Mr. Gao Yubao Zhiguang Guangjun Ms. Li Binbin Shiwei Mr. Li Jianjun Ms. Tie Ying Ms. Guo Mr. Ma Liming 22% 23% 21% 7% 27% 21%19% 26% 34%

Superb Link Mr. Zhao Mr. Li Mr. Li Mr. Qiu Ms. Hou Ms. Ma Limited(17) 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Zhao's BVI Li's BVI Li's BVI Qiu's BVI Mengsheng Shenglin BVI Hou’s BVI Ma’s BVI Green Thrive Chili Public Fort Minor(16) Company Company I Company II Company BVI Company Company Company Company BVI Roost(16) Shareholders [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]% [REDACTED]%

The Company 100% Mengshu BVI 100% Mengshu HK

Offshore Onshore 100%

83.99% He Yu Sheng

16.01% Mengshu Group

100% 100% 100% 77.02% 90% 100% 75% 95% 95% 89% 93% 97.90% 88% 78% 100% 100% 100% 94.95%

Shenzhen Kunxing No.3

Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng Agricultural Technology

Beijing Mengshu Investment Management

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Greenery Maintenance Service

Anqing City Mengshu Greenery Management

Zhenning Autonomous County Mengshu Landscaping Construction

Chifeng City Mengzhishu Greenery Engineering

Xun County Mengshu Forestry

Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute Yu County Mengshu Landscaping Engineering

Hulun Bei’er City Haisheng Greenery Management

Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu Greenery Engineering

Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design

Guizhou Mengshu Ecology

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological

Beijing Mengshu Ecological

Chifeng Mengshu Landscape

Hesheng Ecological Dengkou

(13)

(3)

(9)

(4)

(2)

(12)

(8)

(10)

(6)

(5)

(11)

98.01% 22.98% 100% 100% 59.99%

Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund

Inner Mongolia Yuanyuan Zhihui Culture and Tourism

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design

Hulun Bei’er City Shengxin City Engineering

(7)

(14)

− 136 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Note:

(1) Upon [REDACTED], Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares into Shares on the basis of one Investor Class Share for one Share, and it will hold in aggregate [REDACTED] Shares.

(2) The remaining 22.98% of the equity interests in Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological was held by Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund.

(3) The remaining 10% of the equity interests in Guizhou Mengshu Ecology was held by an Independent Third Party.

(4) The remaining 25% of the equity interests in Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design was held by Mr. Fan Yu (樊宇), a director of our subsidiary.

(5) The remaining 5% of the equity interests in Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu Greenery Engineering was held by an Independent Third Party.

(6) The remaining 5% of the equity interests in Hulun Bei’er City Haisheng Greenery Management was held by an Independent Third Party.

(7) The remaining approximately 1% and 0.99% of the equity interests in Hulun Bei’er City Shengxin City Engineering were held by two Independent Third Parties.

(8) The remaining 10% and 1% of the equity interests in Yu County Mengshu Landscaping Engineering were held by an Independent Third Party and Guizhou Mengshu Ecology, respectively.

(9) The remaining 5%, 1% and 1% of the equity interests in Xun County Mengshu Forestry were held by an Independent Third Party, Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and Beijing Mengshu Ecological, respectively.

(10) The remaining 1%, 1% and 0.10% of the equity interests in Chifeng City Mengzhishu Greenery Engineering were held by Beijing Mengshu Ecological, Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and an Independent Third Party, respectively.

(11) The remaining 10%, 1% and 1% of the equity interests in Zhenning Autonomous County Mengshu Landscaping Construction were held by an Independent Third Party, Beijing Mengshu Ecological and Guizhou Mengshu Ecology, respectively.

(12) The remaining 20%, 1% and 1% of the equity interests in Anqing City Mengshu Greenery Management were held by two Independent Third Parties and Beijing Mengshu Ecological, respectively.

(13) The remaining 0.005% and 5.045% of the partnership interests in Shenzhen Kunxing No.3 were held by Beijing Mengshu Investment Management and an Independent Third Party, respectively.

(14) The remaining approximately 0.02% and 39.99% of the partnership interests in Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund were held by two Independent Third Parties, respectively.

(15) Those companies highlighted in grey color background are PPP project companies.

(16) Each of Fort Minor and Chili Roost is wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited, which is controlled by DCP Capital Partners, L.P..

(17) Superb Link Limited is controlled by Shining Capital Holdings II L.P..

− 137 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

[REDACTED] Share Option Schemes

We have adopted the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes, summary of the principal terms of which are set out in the section headed “Appendix IV — Statutory and General Information — D. [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes” in this document.

MAJOR HISTORICAL ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS

Set out below is a table summarising the major historical acquisitions completed by our Group:

Amount and basis of When Date and description of consideration/ consideration Reasons for the transaction subscription was settled transaction

In November 2016, Mengshu Group RMB7 million Settled in The acquisition was acquired the entire equity interests May 2018 made for the in Beijing Mengshu Ecological The consideration was purpose of from three Independent Third determined based on an obtaining the Parties. independent valuation relevant report. permits/license and approval owned by Beijing Mengshu Ecological.

In March 2017, Mengshu Group Nil N/A We acquired Beijing acquired the entire equity interests Mengshu in Beijing Mengshu Investment We paid nil consideration Investment Management from two Independent for the transaction Management as an Third Parties. because at the time of the investment vehicle acquisition, Beijing Mengshu Investment Management was a shell company and did not engage in any business activities.

In August 2017, Beijing Mengshu RMB0.7 million Settled in The acquisition was Landscape Design acquired the August 2018 made for the entire equity interests in The considerations were purpose of Inner Mongolia Mengshu determined based on an obtaining the Landscape Design from two independent valuation relevant Independent Third Parties. report. permits/license and approval owned by Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design.

− 138 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

Amount and basis of When Date and description of consideration/ consideration Reasons for the transaction subscription was settled transaction

In June 2018, Mengshu Group RMB3 million Settled in The acquisition was acquired 90% equity interests in June 2018 made for the Guizhou Mengshu Ecology from The consideration was purpose of two Independent Third Parties. determined after arm’s obtaining the length negotiation among relevant the parties. permits/license and approval owned by Guizhou Mengshu Ecology.

Set out below is a table summarising the major historical disposals completed by our Group:

When Date and description of Amount and basis of consideration Reasons for the transaction consideration was settled transaction

In April 2017, Mengshu Group RMB1.896 million Settled in Not within the disposed of approximately 5.0% of May 2017 scope of our main the equity interests in Inner The consideration was business Mongolia Huameng Kechuang determined based on an Environmental Technology independent valuation Engineering Co., Ltd *(內蒙古華蒙 report. 科創環保科技工程有限公司)totwo Independent Third Parties.

In July 2017, the registered capital Nil N/A Zhong Sheng Li De of Zhong Sheng Li De was was all along increased from RMB22 million to We did not exercise our managed by its RMB30 million and equity interests pre-emptive rights in management held by Mengshu Group was respect of the increase of shareholders even diluted from 60% to 44%. registered capital and as a during the time result, our equity interests when we were a in Zhong Sheng Li De 60% shareholder. were diluted from 60% to Considering that we 44%. were not actively involved in the daily management of Zhong Sheng Li De, and the similarity of the business scope between us and Zhong Sheng Li De, we decided not to further invest in it and to accept the dilution in shareholding by giving up our pre-emptive right in subscribing its new shares.

− 139 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HISTORY, REORGANISATION AND GROUP STRUCTURE

PRC REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

M&A Rules

The Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (關於外 國投資者併購境內企業的規定) (the “M&A Rules”), which were jointly promulgated by MOFCOM, SASAC, SAT, SAIC, CSRC and SAFE on 8 August 2006, came into effect on 8 September 2006 and subsequently amended on 22 June 2009, require that foreign investors acquiring domestic companies by means of asset acquisition or equity acquisition shall comply with relevant foreign investment industry policies and shall be subject to necessary approvals. Article 11 of the M&A Rules stipulates that in the event of merger and acquisition by a company, enterprise, or natural person in the PRC, in the name of a company that it has legitimately established or controls outside the PRC, of a domestic company affiliated thereto, the merger and acquisition shall be submitted to the MOFCOM for examination and approval.

As advised by our PRC Legal Advisers, Mengshu Group was a foreign-invested enterprise prior to acquisition of our PRC subsidiaries during the Reorganisation, therefore the M&A Rules are not applicable and the approval from the MOFCOM, CSRC or other PRC government authorities for the [REDACTED] is not required.

SAFE REGISTRATION

The Circular of the SAFE on Foreign Exchange Administration of Overseas Investment, Financing and Round-trip Investments Conducted by Domestic Residents through Special Purpose Vehicles (關於境內居民通過特殊目的公司境外投融資及返程投資外匯管理有關問題的通知) (the “Circular 37”) requires that PRC residents shall register with local branches of SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing, with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interest in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interest. According to the Circular of the SAFE on Further Simplification and Improvement in Foreign Exchange Administration on Director Investment (關於進 一步簡化和改進直接投資外匯管理政策的通知) (the “Circular 13”), local banks shall examine and handle foreign exchange registration for overseas direct investment, including the initial foreign exchange registration and amendment registration under Circular 37. Furthermore, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls.

Our PRC Legal Advisers have confirmed that each of Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Ms. Ma, Ms. Hou, Mr. Li Jianjun (栗建軍), Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英), Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春) and Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明), Mr. Gao Yubao (高玉豹), Mr. Zhang Zhiguang (張志光), Mr. Li Guangjun (李廣軍), Ms. Li Binbin (李彬彬), Mr. Wang Shiwei (王世偉), being PRC resident, has registered in China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited, Hohhot Branch as at the Latest Practicable Date in accordance with SAFE Circular 37. Our PRC Legal Advisers further confirmed that the share transfer in respect of the entire share capital of Li’s BVI Company II has been registered in China CITIC Bank Corporation Limited, Hohhot Branch as at the Latest Practicable Date in accordance with SAFE Circular 37.

− 140 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Our mission

Guided by the slogan “Clear waters and green mountains are as valuable as gold and silver mountains (綠水青山就是金山銀山)”, the PRC government aims to achieve carbon neutrality by 2060. To this end, our mission is to render full support to the PRC government’s carbon neutrality target and contribute to combat against global warming.

Our background

Founded in 2008, we are a well-established service provider for a variety of ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects primarily in North China. Adhering to our business motto — “stay oriented towards tree (以樹為本)”, we strive to contribute to the improvement of the environment in China and during the three years ended 31 December 2020, we planted over 19 million units of seedling in our projects. We offer integrated services covering project design, construction, and maintenance as well as seedling supply to our project customers, most of which are public sector entities including bureaus of different local governments and state-invested enterprises.

Headquartered in Inner Mongolia, we expanded our footprint across a number of provinces, including Hebei, Shanxi, Henan, Anhui, Shandong and Guizhou. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the ecological forest plantation industry, ecological restoration industry and urban and rural greening industry in the PRC are highly fragmented with low market concentration rate, as most market players are focusing on their respective local markets. Against such industry backdrop, Frost & Sullivan confirms that (i) we ranked fourth in the ecological forest plantation industry in the PRC, with a market share of 0.25% in terms of revenue in 2020; and (ii) second in the PRC in terms of area of plantation bases in the seedling cultivation industry in 2020.

Policy backdrop

Our business has benefited, and we expect to benefit from a number of policies and initiatives from the PRC government. In both of the 13th and 14th Five-Year Plan for the National Economic and Social Development, the PRC government put forward various specific initiatives in relation to environmental protection, ecological restoration and carrying-out large-scale greening of the country. In June 2020, the National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Natural Resources jointly unveiled the “Master Plan for Major National Ecosystem Protection and Restoration Projects (2021-2035)(全國重要生態系統保護和修復重大工程總體規劃(2021-2035年))” pursuant to which the national forest coverage rate is expected to increase from 23.0% in 2020 to 26.0% by 2035, with the to-be-created forest area of approximately 297.6 million sq.m., equivalent to approximately 1.6 times the size of Guangdong. Most importantly, the PRC government aims to achieve carbon neutrality by 2060. According to the Frost and Sullivan Report, large scale afforestation plays a significant role in achieving carbon neutrality by reducing the level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere.

We believe against such policy backdrop there are tremendous business opportunities for us to grow our business. See “Industry Overview” for other policies.

− 141 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Our business

Our revenue breakdown by business segment during the Track Record Period is as follows:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Ecological forest plantation 188,361 52.0 423,765 55.8 591,051 72.8 Ecological restoration 31,888 8.8 134,850 17.8 57,015 7.0 Urban and rural greening 135,174 37.4 186,942 24.7 128,387 15.8 Others (Note) 6,500 1.8 13,269 1.7 36,003 4.4

Total 361,923 100.0 758,826 100.0 812,456 100.0

Note: Others mainly include sales of seedlings to external customers and operation of hotel.

• Ecological forest plantation: to create forests with long-term ecological and environmental sustainability through planned afforestation and maintenance work. During the Track Record Period, we were contracted to undertake the following ecological forest plantation projects: (i) national reserve forest (國家儲備林); (ii) carbon sink forest (碳匯林); (iii) shelter belt forest (防護林); and (iv) commercial forest (經濟林).

• Ecological restoration: to recover areas with degraded, damaged, or destroyed ecosystems through the application of various scientific means to revive the original chemical, biological, and physical characteristics of water or soil as well as the surrounding plant community. During the Track Record Period, we undertook projects in (i) desertified land restoration (荒漠化土地修復); (ii) river, lake, and wetland restoration (河湖濕地修復); and (iii) slope restoration (邊坡治理).

• Urban and rural greening: to improve the overall landscape of an area, normally as part of urbanisation, through green (trees and herb) planting, as well as earthworks construction, such as terrain modification, and ancillary facilities building.

Since our establishment, we have undertaken various landmark projects which contributed to the continuous development of the ecological and environmental protection industry in the PRC. Some of these landmark projects are:

• Shengle Project (盛樂項目): a carbon sink project registered under the Clean Development Mechanism Executive Board of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change in 2013;

• Chongli Winter Olympics Project (崇禮冬奧項目): a shelter belt forest project which involves afforestation and landscape enhancement works for an area forming part of the 2022 Winter Olympics site in Zhangjiakou, Hebei in 2018;

− 142 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

• Xun County PPP Project (浚縣PPP項目): a national reserve forest project with contract sum of RMB1.4 billion and with an area of around 33.3 million sq.m. in Xun County, Henan in 2019;

• Yu County PPP Project (盂縣PPP項目): an ecological restoration project with contract sum of RMB0.9 billion to transform a degraded wetland in Yu County, Shanxi Province in 2019; and

• Liyang Project (黎陽項目): a shelter belt forest project to construct an area of around 0.8 million sq.m. to provide urban and rural residents with an ecological leisure location in Xun County, Henan in 2020.

See “Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Project portfolio” in this section.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had 25 ongoing ecological forest plantation projects, six ongoing ecological restoration projects and 23 ongoing urban and rural greening projects, with a total backlog of approximately RMB3.3 billion.

Our plantation bases and biological assets

We operated 15 plantation bases, occupying an aggregate area of approximately 45,000 mu (30.0 million sq.m.) as at the Latest Practicable Date. These plantation bases are strategically located in different locations in Inner Mongolia and Hebei, covering a service area of 1,600 km from east to west in North China, where services for ecological forest plantation and ecological restoration projects are in demand. See “Biological Assets — Plantation bases” in this section.

Our biological assets mainly include (i) seedlings which are categorised into two major types, namely (a) Arbors, which can be divided into Evergreens and Deciduous; and (b) Flowering Shrubs; and (ii) sowing seedlings. As at 31 December 2020, our plantation bases carried approximately 14.4 million units of seedlings planted with fair value of approximately RMB349.8 million in aggregate. We believe that having our own seedling stock allows us to accumulate extensive experience in seedling cultivation and plantation base operation, which in turn bolsters customers’ confidence in our ability in achieving the target survival rate of planted seedlings in our projects, thereby raising our chances in securing projects. See “Biological Assets” in this section.

From 2016 to 2020, the price of seedlings in general exhibited a stable rising trend at a CAGR of 4.1%, according to the Frost and Sullivan Report. Besides, the market price of seedlings tends to increase as they grow in height and crown width. Therefore, our Directors believe our seedling stock not only enables us to enhance our competitiveness in the industry, but will also continue to add value to our business.

− 143 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Our research and development

We focus on (i) improving our plantation and ecological restoration techniques to overcome the climate condition and soil condition of project site such as humidity, temperature, soil thickness and soil composition that we may encounter in different project sites; and (ii) cultivating new species of seedlings with better growth yields and tolerance against harsh environment. In this connection, we successfully obtained the rights in new varieties of plants (植物新品種權) for six of our new seedling species and 97 patents as at the Latest Practicable Date. See “Research and Development” and “Intellectual Properties” in this section.

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe that the following key competitive strengths contribute to our business growth and differentiate us from our competitors:

Leveraging on our considerable experience and business success in Inner Mongolia, we are well-positioned to capture opportunities in the growing ecological and environmental protection industry in other provinces in the PRC

According to the Frost and Sullivan Report, Inner Mongolia has continental climate with limited precipitation, wide temperate range and is susceptible to natural disasters and adverse climate change, such as drought, dust storms and desertification. Against such environmental backdrop, we strategically entered the ecological and environmental protection industry in Inner Mongolia with the initial aim to capture the regional business opportunities and become one of the leading local market players. During the Track Record Period, we undertook 28 ecological forest plantation projects, 15 ecological restoration projects, and 62 urban and rural greening projects in Inner Mongolia, illustrating our experience, capability and technical know-how in undertaking projects in complex environment. Leveraging on our experience in Inner Mongolia, we further extended our footprint across a number of provinces in the PRC, including Hebei, Shanxi, Henan, Anhui, Shandong and Guizhou, where we were able to undertake a number of landmark projects involving a high degree of complexity and sophistication. See “Our Business Segments — Our landmark projects” in this section.

We have a well-established reputation in the ecological and environmental protection industry, which enabled us to capture new business opportunities

We have received over 130 certifications and awards since our establishment. Internationally, we received awards for our contribution to environmental design and protection, including our special mention at the Fourth Annual Paulson Prize for Sustainable Cities (第四屆保爾森可持續發展城市獎 —特別提名獎) issued by the Paulson Institute in 2017. Our Shengle Project was awarded with the China Charity Award (中華慈善獎) issued by the Ministry of Civil Affairs in 2013 and Climate, Community and Biodiversity Standards Gold Certification Project (氣候、社區和生物多樣性標準金 牌認證項目) issued by the Climate, Community & Biodiversity Alliance in 2013 for addressing climate change, supporting the development of local communities, and protecting biodiversity. In recognition of our commitment in protecting the environment, our headquarter in Inner Mongolia received Golden Certification for Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (綠色能源與環境 設計先鋒全級認證) issued by the U.S. Green Building Council in 2014.

− 144 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Nationally, we were accredited as the Inner Mongolia Hesheng National Forest Seedling Base (內蒙古和盛國家林木種苗基地) in 2014, the National Forestry Key Leading Enterprise (國家林業重 點龍頭企業) in 2016 and the National Forestry Standardisation Demonstration Base (國家林業標準化 示範基地) in 2017, which recognise our leading position in the ecological and environmental protection industry of the PRC. We were also awarded with the National Human Habitat Ecological Excellent Garden Landscape Design Award issued by China National Architecture Research Association in 2019 (2019全國人居生態優秀園林景觀設計獎), “Top Ten Landscape Designs of the Year” in the 8th Aijing Award International Landscape Planning and Design Competition in 2018 (第 八屆艾景獎國際景觀規劃設計大賽•年度十佳景觀設計), and the Award of Quality Chairman of the Autonomous Region (自治區主席質量獎) by the Quality Supervision Bureau of Inner Mongolia in 2017.

We believe the numerous awards granted to us are credits to our ability to offer quality services, which enhance the confidence from our customers, and facilitate the expansion of our business operations.

Our integrated business model allows us to differentiate ourselves from our competitors

We possess various licences and qualifications that allow us to provide comprehensive services along various stages of the industry value chain, covering project design, construction, and maintenance as well as seedling supply. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we obtained various licences for our operations, such as (i) forest seed production and operation licence (林木種子生產經 營許可證); (ii) landscape architecture engineering — grade I (風景園林工程設計專項甲級); (iii) main contractor in municipal and public construction works — grade II and grade III (市政公用工程施工 總包二級及三級); (iv) qualification of construction entities under the geological disaster control projects — grade III (地質災害防治單位資質証書施工丙級); (v) professional contractor in environment protection engineering — grade III (環保工程專業承包三級); and (vi) professional contractor in river and lake improvement projects — grade III (河湖整治工程專業承包三級). See “Permits, Licences and Approvals” in this section. Moreover, due to the distinctive environment and landscapes of different provinces in the PRC, we have three design houses located in Inner Mongolia, Beijing and Gansu to specifically cater for the project design requirements of customers in different geographical locations. We believe our integrated business model is a key differentiating factor to our success as our Directors understand that, and as supported by the Frost & Sullivan Report, most of the other players in the market can only offer part of the above services, leaving their customers to identify and engage other service providers through further tender processes.

− 145 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

We adhere to our business moto — “stay oriented towards tree (以樹為本)” and we believe that a key element to distinguish ourselves as an integrated service provider from our competitors is our operation of plantation bases. Based on our Directors’ experience and as confirmed by the Frost & Sullivan Report, when bidding for projects (in particular ecological forest plantation projects), the operation of plantation bases can be one of the assessment criteria. Through the operation of our plantation bases, our Directors believe that we have accumulated extensive experience in seedling cultivation and plantation base operation, which in turn bolsters customers’ confidence in our ability in achieving the target survival rate of planted trees in our projects, thereby raising our chances in securing projects. Our plantation bases also enable us to supply quality seedlings for our project use. See “Biological Assets — Plantation bases” in this section. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, we ranked second in the PRC in terms of area of plantation bases in the seedling cultivation industry in 2020, which our Directors believe cannot be easily replicated by our competitors. In particular, the fact that seedlings generally require years for growth before launching in the market may deter our potential competitors from entering the market. See “Industry Overview — Competitive landscape analysis — Entry barriers”.

Strong research and development capability and technical know-how as reflected by our proprietary patents

Our customers generally have differentiated needs due to challenges and constraints in the climate condition and soil condition of project site such as humidity, temperature, soil thickness and soil composition of different project sites. To assist our customers to overcome such challenges, we focus on (i) improving our plantation and ecological restoration techniques to overcome the climate condition and soil condition of project site such as humidity, temperature, soil thickness and soil composition that we may encounter in different project sites; and (ii) cultivating new species of seedlings with better growth yields and tolerance against harsh environment; and (iii) cooperating with third parties.

Improving our plantation and ecological restoration techniques. In this connection, we successfully obtained 97 patents as at the Latest Practicable Date. Among all of our patents, we take pride on our invention patents for certain advanced ecological restoration techniques, including the culture medium, solid mycorrhizal solution and its manufacturing method(一種培養基、固體菌根製 劑及其製備方法) and the method for improving ecological environment in loess hill and gully area (一種改善黃土丘陵溝壑區生態環境的方法), which facilitate us to overcome the geographical constraints of the project sites. See “Research and Development” and “Intellectual Properties” in this section.

Cultivating new species. As at the latest Practicable Date, we successfully obtained the rights in new varieties of plants (植物新品種權) for six of our new seedling species. We also focus on the collection and preservation of germplasm of trees which provides the foundation for the cultivation of seedling. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we collected and preserved over 275 species of trees in North China, which was recognised by the Forestry and Grassland Bureau of Inner Mongolia as the

− 146 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS first batch of autonomous region level of germplasm of trees — Inner Mongolia xerophytes (自治區 級林木種質資源庫 — 內蒙古蒙樹旱生樹種林木種質資源庫) in Inner Mongolia. Our Directors believe that our germplasm of trees can benefit our Group in the following ways:

— Provide resources for seedlings cultivation. As germplasm of trees is a prerequisite for cultivating our new seedling species and obtaining the relevant rights in new varieties of plants (植物新品種權), we collect and preserve a large amount of germplasm of trees for subsequent breeding of new plant species.; and

— Further enhance our technology. Our germplasm of trees provides foundation for our ongoing research as we can apply and integrate our plantation techniques to cultivate new plants species, which in turn further enhances our overall research and development capability.

Cooperating with third parties. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had a dedicated research and development team comprising 16 staff with relevant experience and knowledge in ecology. To maintain regular engagements with professors and researchers from established tertiary institutions, we also cooperate with Beijing Forestry University* (北京林業大學) and established a collaborative seedling innovation centre (林木育種協同創新中心), which functions as an academic research platform to attract academics and talents to develop seedling breeding technology.

Our founder and core management team have a proven track record of experience in the ecological and environmental protection industry and management experience in a [REDACTED] company

Most of our executive Directors and senior management have served our Group for over eight years and possess in-depth knowledge and experience in the ecological and environmental protection industry. Prior to joining our Group, most of our core management team has gained experience in management during their past employment in Inner (Group) Co., Ltd. (內蒙古蒙牛乳業(集團)股份有限公司), which is a [REDACTED] company on the Stock Exchange (stock code: 2319) and one of the leading manufacturers in the PRC, and therefore have related management and operational experience, and knowledge of corporate governance practices for a [REDACTED] company. In particular, our Group is led by Mr. Zhao, the Chairman of our Board, chief executive officer and executive Director, who has over 10 years of experience in the ecological and environmental protection industry and has gained years of management experience during his previous employment at the [REDACTED] company mentioned above.

Our core management team is supported by a dedicated staff force. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had a strong team of registered constructors, professional engineers, registered architects, registered engineers and certified cost engineers that possess a total of 229 qualifications to support our operations. See “Employees — Number of employees” in this section. Our core management team has led our Group to significant business growth and through multiple milestones. We believe that through the vision, experience and technical knowledge of our executive Directors and members of our management team, we will continue to remain competitive and well-positioned in unlocking the market potential of, as well as capturing business opportunities in, the growing ecological and environmental protection industry in the PRC going forward. See “Directors and Senior Management”.

− 147 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

OUR BUSINESS STRATEGIES

Strengthen our market position through continued funding of current projects

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the ecological and environmental protection industry in the PRC is considered to be capital intensive because a significant amount of working capital is usually required during the execution of projects, which generally include costs of materials such as seedlings and construction materials, and subcontracting fee. In particular, during the construction phase of PPP projects, we incur significant construction costs, which are funded by debt financing granted from financial institutions and by capital contribution from the public and private sector entities. While we actively seek to finance our PPP projects through bank and other borrowings as supplemented by our internal resources, failure to obtain sufficient funding for our PPP projects may delay the implementation of our PPP projects and expose us to delay in overall project schedule. See “Risk factors — We may not be able to obtain adequate debt financing for our PPP projects”. As to our traditional projects, we usually experience a time interval of several months in receiving the settlement payments from customers after their inspection and certification of our work progress. We may experience a mismatch of our cash flow when there is a timing difference between making payments to our suppliers and subcontractors and receiving payments from customers. In view of the above, our Directors are of the view that our business strategies may be susceptible to the timing when sufficient funding can be obtained, which will unavoidably prolong the timing of implementation of our business strategies and we may fail to fully capture the emerging business opportunities driven by the forecasted growth in the industry as well as the upcoming growth of our Group.

Our Directors believe that our market position will be strengthened significantly after [REDACTED]. Our enhanced brand image together with our expansion strategies will allow us to reach out to more customers and thus, capture additional future business opportunities.

(i) Expansion of our ecological forest plantation segment

We aim to actively capture emerging business opportunities by undertaking more ecological forest plantation projects with a focus on (a) national reserve forests in Henan, Shandong and Guizhou; and (b) shelter belt forests in Inner Mongolia and Hebei. Having considered the following government policies and industry growth trends according to the Frost & Sullivan Report, our Directors are confident that there will be considerable demand for our services, which will allow us to increase our market shares:

• Inner Mongolia and Hebei are two of the key regions for ecosystem protection and restoration under the “Master Plan for Major National Ecosystem Protection and Restoration Projects (2021-2035) (全國重要生態系態保護和修復重大工程總體規劃 (2021-2035))”;

• the “Three-North Shelter Belt Forest Program (三北防護林計劃)” implemented since 1978, which set out the PRC government’s target to construct 35.1 million hectare (equivalent to approximately 0.35 million sq.km.) of shelter belt forests by around 2050;

− 148 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

• the “National Reserve Forest Construction Plan (2018-2035) (國家儲備林建設規劃 (2018-2035年))” issued by the State Forestry and Grassland Administration* (國家林業和草原局), which requires the construction of national reserve forests in the PRC occupying a total area of 20 million hectares (equivalent to approximately 0.2 million sq.km.) by 2035; and

• according to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the PRC government’s plan to further enhance ecological and environmental protection, which is expected to drive the growth of the market size of the ecological forest plantation industry from RMB238.5 billion in 2020 to RMB366.9 billion in 2025 at a CAGR of 9.0%. Specifically, the market size of (a) national reserve forests is expected to increase from RMB60.1 billion in 2020 to RMB116.8 billion in 2025 at a CAGR of 14.2%; and (b) shelter belt forests is expected to increase from RMB131.2 billion in 2020 to RMB176.5 billion in 2025 at a CAGR of 6.1%.

Based on our business presence in Inner Mongolia, Hebei, Shanxi, Henan, Anhui, Shandong and Guizhou, together with our experience in the construction of national reserve forests, such as our Xun County PPP Project in Henan, we expect to benefit from the favourable government policies and industry growth trends as mentioned above.

(ii) Expansion of our ecological restoration segment

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the market size of ecological restoration industry in the PRC is expected to grow at a CAGR of 15.2% from 2020 to 2025. In particular, the market size of desertified land restoration and river, lake and wetland restoration is expected to grow at a CAGR of 8.6% and 17.1% from 2020 to 2025, respectively. We aim to capture future opportunities by submitting more tenders for ecological restoration projects, with our particular focus on desertified land restoration and river, lake and wetland restoration in Inner Mongolia.

As a natural extension of our existing services provided in desertified land restoration and slope restoration projects, we also intend to undertake projects involving mined land restoration (礦山修復). According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, more than 54 million mu of land in the PRC was damaged by mining activities by the end of 2018, which threatened local ecological equilibrium. The PRC government has released a series of incentive policies including the Opinions on Exploring and Utilising Marketization Methods to Promote Mine Restoration (關於探索利用市場化方式推進礦山生 態修復的意見) in 2019, which promotes social capital to invest in mined land restoration. To ride on such favourable trend, we obtained the qualification of construction entities under the geological disaster control projects — grade III (地質災害防治單位資質証書施工丙級) as at the Latest Practicable Date. We believe that we are able to apply our technical know-how in desertified land restoration such as gully treatment, loess hills and rocky mountain treatment to mined land restoration projects.

Based on the expected business development and our current scale of operation mentioned above, we intend to apply (i) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED], to fund our construction costs during the construction phase of our Yu County PPP Project; and (ii) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million) or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] to settle the outstanding initial registered capital of Xun County Mengshu Forestry, which was established as our project company for our Xun County PPP Project, as part of our business strategies. See “Future Plans and Use of [REDACTED]”.

− 149 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Deepen our research and development to enhance our project execution capabilities

We intend to deepen our research and development to enhance our project execution capabilities in the following ways:

(i) Keep pace with the latest technology and conduct new research and development projects that address the prevailing and expected changes in market

Our Directors believe that our ability to undertake different projects depends on our capability to deliver appropriate seedling species, and apply integrated plantation technology and ecological restoration technology concerning the relevant project sites. As such, we intend to deepen our research and development capabilities in breeding of stress-resistant seedlings. We intend to utilise approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] to fund our two research and development projects on breeding of stress-resistant seedlings. See “Future Plans and Use of [REDACTED]”.

(ii) Commercialising our improved species of poplar tree

Over the years, we have successfully cultivated our improved species of poplar tree, namely, Mengshu No. 1* (蒙樹 1號楊), Mengshu No. 2* (蒙樹2號楊) and Mengshu No. 3* (蒙樹3號楊). See “Research and Development” in this section. We intend to maximise the commercial value of our improved species of poplar tree. Through years of operations in the PRC, we have established solid relationships with our customers and various tertiary and research institutes. We believe we are able to leverage these resources to establish sales channels for our improved species of poplar tree in the future so as to maximise their commercial value.

Establish strategic cooperation with public sector entities to further expand our business network

We intend to further expand our business network through collaborations with public sector entities.

(i) Strategic cooperation with the Institute of Seawater Desalination and Multipurpose Utilisation, Ministry of Natural Resources of the People’s Republic of China (Tianjin)

In June 2020, we entered into a strategic cooperation agreement with the Institute of Seawater Desalination and Multipurpose Utilisation, Ministry of Natural Resources of the People’s Republic of China (Tianjin) ( the “Institute of Seawater Desalination”), a national research institute established by the State Council of the People’s Republic of China, which specialises in research and development of various seawater treatment technology. Pursuant to the strategic cooperation agreement, our Group and the Institute of Seawater Desalination can exchange research and development personnel and jointly research and develop ecological water treatment technology and saline wastewater treatment technology. Through this strategic cooperation, our Directors believe that we can utilise the seawater related technology and experience of the Institute of Seawater Desalination to enhance our execution capabilities in river, lake and wetland restoration projects.

− 150 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

(ii) Strategic cooperation with Forestry Industrial Design Institute of National Forestry and Grassland Administration (國家林業和草原局林產工業規劃設計院)

In September 2020, we entered into a strategic cooperation agreement with Forestry Industrial Design Institute of National Forestry and Grassland Administration* (國家林業和草原局林產工業規 劃設計院) (the “Forestry Industrial Design Institute”), an entity established under the National Forestry and Grassland Administration, which primarily engages in the provision of consulting, design, and technology services for ecological and environmental protection projects. Pursuant to the cooperation agreement, our Group and the Forestry Industrial Design Institute shall jointly participate in ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects and expand the market share. The strategic cooperation agreement also provides that our Group and the Forestry Industrial Design Institute shall (a) recommend each other to their respective project owners so as to create more business opportunities; and (b) cooperate in project design and planning. We believe that Forestry Industrial Design Institute’s industry experience, connections, qualifications and project execution capabilities could further unleash the commercial potential of our established business networks.

Recruit and continue to develop talents to expand our workforce and enhance our competitiveness

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, as ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects generally require in-depth industry knowledge and practical experience, it is essential for professionals to obtain relevant qualifications and skill sets to ensure successful accomplishment of these projects. As such, we intend to adopt the following measures to develop and attract more talents to serve in various positions of our Group:

(i) Recruit more talents and enlarge our workforce

We intend to recruit (a) 18 project management and execution personnel with relevant experience in ecological and environmental protection industry and preferably qualifications of registered constructor, professional engineer, registered architect, registered engineer or certified cost engineer; (b) 12 sales and marketing personnel with relevant experience in ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening industries for our marketing activities in areas where we intend to capture new business opportunities including Shandong, Shaanxi, Gansu or Sichuan; and (c) three research and development personnel with research and development experience in soil improvement, mined land restoration and desertified land restoration.

We intend to utilise approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] for the recruitment of above talents to expand our workforce to cope with new business opportunities and our competitiveness. See “Future Plans and Use of [REDACTED]”.

− 151 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

(ii) Provide trainings to our employees

We also plan to devote resources to our personnel training systems. We intend to continue to provide career development opportunities to our employees and promote them internally, which helps to retain our key employees and our future leader candidates.

Upgrade our information technology system to further improve our operational efficiency and enhance project management capability

To further increase our operational efficiency and enhance our project management capability, we plan to devote resources into improving and upgrading our information technology system, including purchasing a new enterprise resources planning (“ERP”) system for project management, plantation base management, procurement management and finance management. Through our upgraded information technology systems, our Directors believe that we will be able to enhance our ability in the collection, consolidation and analysis of operation data, which will in turn facilitate the management of our projects and plantation bases and further strengthen our project management capability.

We intend to apply approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or approximately [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] to upgrade our information technology system. See “Future Plans and Use of [REDACTED]”.

OUR BUSINESS SEGMENTS

The following table sets out a breakdown of our revenue recognised by business segment during the Track Record Period:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Ecological forest plantation 188,361 52.0 423,765 55.8 591,051 72.8 Ecological restoration 31,888 8.8 134,850 17.8 57,015 7.0 Urban and rural greening 135,174 37.4 186,942 24.7 128,387 15.8 Others(Note) 6,500 1.8 13,269 1.7 36,003 4.4

Total 361,923 100.0 758,826 100.0 812,456 100.0

Note: Others mainly include sales of seedlings to external customers and operation of hotel business.

− 152 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Ecological forest plantation

Our ecological forest plantation projects aim at creating forests with long-term ecological and environmental sustainability through planned afforestation and maintenance work. As our ecological forest plantation projects involve large-scale afforestation, we generally conduct site investigation on various geographical parameters including climate condition, soil condition, slope gradient, water supplies, and the surrounding plantations of the project site to determine the most suitable seedling species and plantation techniques. Our typical works under an ecological forest plantation project include (i) construction of water supply and drainage system; (ii) soil improvement works, seedlings plantation and necessary shading and water conservation works; and (iii) maintenance works such as pruning, disease and pest control, fire control, irrigation, fertilising, replanting, repair and maintenance of amenities ancillary to construction works. Our ecological forest plantation projects generally include the following types of forests:

Major species of Forest types Functions seedlings planted

National reserve forests Forests that are suitable for the Evergreens such as pinus (國家儲備林) cultivation of timber or other tabuliformis (油松) and natural resources in order to meet pinus sylvestris the needs of economic and social (樟子松), and development. Deciduous

Carbon sink forests Forests that aim to cope with global Evergreens (碳匯林) warming via utilising the function of carbon sink, and the amount of fixed carbon is tradable in the market as carbon emission right.

Shelter belt forests (防護林) Forests and artificial forests built Seedlings with lower with protection functions for maintenance water and soil maintenance, water requirements such as source conservation, climate poplar (楊樹), pinus regulation, pollution reduction, tabuliformis (油松) and and mitigation of natural pinus sylvestris disasters. (樟子松)

Commercial forests Forests with related supporting Fruit trees and other (經濟林) facilities for non-timber Deciduous production and commercial activities. Non-timber products include fruits, nuts, oils, spices, industrial raw materials and medicinal materials. Commercial activities include forest eco-tourism, and forest-based planting and animal breeding.

− 153 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

During the Track Record Period, we undertook 38 ecological forest plantation projects with total revenue recognised amounted to approximately RMB1,203.2 million. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had 25 ongoing ecological forest plantation projects with total backlog of approximately RMB1,907.6 million attributable to these projects.

Ecological restoration

Our ecological restoration projects seek to recover areas with degraded, damaged, or destroyed ecosystems through the application of various scientific means to revive the original chemical, biological, and physical characteristics of the water or soil as well as the surrounding plant community. Classified by restoration objectives, our ecological restoration projects can be mainly divided into the following categories:

• Desertified land restoration (荒漠化土地修復): this refers to the application of measures such as rehabilitation and reforestation to restore desertified lands. Our typical scope of work generally includes (i) the stabilisation of gullies and repair of degraded land by vegetative or structural measures (i.e. gully treatment (溝壑治理)); (ii) the improvement of soil conditions of sandy land to reduce desertification (i.e. desertification treatment (沙化治理)); (iii) the reduction of water loss and soil erosion, and afforestation in rocky mountain areas (i.e. loess hills and rocky mountain treatment (黃土丘陵及土石山治理)); (iv) the reduction of soil salinity through water conservancy measures (i.e. soil salinisation treatment (土地鹽鹼治理));

• River, lake and wetland restoration (河湖濕地修復): this refers to the improvement of water quality of river, lake and wetland, the maintenance of water and soil condition as well as the improvement of the natural habitat of an area. Our typical scope of work generally includes the improvement of water quality of areas mentioned above through vegetative or structural measures such as the restoration of plants, rebuilding of buffer zones, waterfront greening works as well as the construction of ecological revetment for waterfront areas; and

• Slope restoration (邊坡治理): this refers to the application of measures to restore, protect and reinforce damaged or degraded slopes caused by artificial disturbance or natural soil erosion. Our typical scope of work generally includes the stabilisation of slopes and recover degraded ecology by the combination of vegetative measures and engineering works.

During the Track Record Period, we undertook 16 ecological restoration projects with total revenue recognised amounted to approximately RMB223.8 million. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had six ongoing ecological restoration projects with total backlog of approximately RMB655.4 million attributable to these projects.

− 154 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Urban and rural greening

Urban and rural greening projects seek to improve the overall landscape of an area, normally as part of urbanisation, through green (trees and herb) planting, as well as earthworks construction, such as terrain modification, and ancillary facilities building. Examples of our projects include parks, roads and plaza construction. Set out below are the typical scope of our work under this business segment:

• earthworks for the greening area and terrain modification and stone works;

• construction works of roads involving pavement layout design, structuring of pavement layers and concrete paving;

• underground construction works including pipe installation for water supply and drainage, and electrical construction works;

• planting of seedlings including the setting up of support frames; and

• maintenance works including irrigation and pruning of seedlings, inspection, control of diseases and pests, weeding in the greening area.

During the Track Record Period, we undertook 64 urban and rural greening projects with total revenue recognised amounted to approximately RMB450.5 million. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had 23 ongoing urban and rural greening projects with total backlog of approximately RMB738.4 million attributable to these projects.

− 155 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Our landmark projects

Set out below are some of our landmark projects which we consider significant to our Group:

Expected project Project Contract Project duration type Project description sum RMB million

Shengle Project January Ecological Inner Mongolia Shengle International Ecological Demonstration 265.9(Note) (盛樂項目) 2013 to forest Zone (“Shengle Project”) (內蒙古盛樂國際生態示範區)isan December plantation award-winning ecological forest plantation project which turned a 2022 — carbon degraded mountain area of approximately 40,000 mu (26.7 million sink forest sq.m.) in Inner Mongolia into carbon sink forests in accordance with the internationally certified reference standards for carbon credit trading and also registered as the forestation and reforestation project under the Clean Development Mechanism Executive Board of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. It was awarded with the special mention at the Fourth Annual Paulson Prize for Sustainable Cities - Special Mention Award issued by the Paulson Institute (保爾森基金會) in 2017. The design plan of this project was also awarded with Climate, Community and Biodiversity Standards Gold Certification Project (氣候、社區和生物多樣性標準金牌認證 項目) issued by the Climate, Community & Biodiversity Alliance in 2013. This project simultaneously addressed climate change, supported the development of local communities, and protected biodiversity. The photo set out below demonstrates the landscape of the relevant site before and after the commencement of the Shengle Project. We commenced construction for this project in January 2013 and expect to complete the maintenance works by December 2022.

Note: The contract sum of the Shengle Project (盛樂項目) comprises the total contract sum of the construction phase 1 and phase 2 contracts, and the additional maintenance phase contract.

− 156 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Expected project Project Contract Project duration type Project description sum RMB million

Chongli Winter April Ecological The Landscape Enhancement Construction of the 13th section for the 102.1 Olympics 2018 to forest Winter Olympics Ecological Passageway in Chongli (崇禮冬奧賽事 Project December plantation 生態廊道景觀提升工程施工第13標段項目)(“Chongli Winter (崇禮冬奧項目) 2022 — shelter Olympics Project”) is an ecological forest plantation project for belt forest afforestation and landscape enhancement of a shelter belt forest in Zhangjiakou, Hebei, in the vicinity of a sport event venue of the 2022 Winter Olympics. This is our first key shelter belt project in Hebei, under which we were engaged to provide the following services: (i) plantation of seedlings occupying an area of approximately 2,600 mu (1.7 million sq.m.); and (ii) maintenance of the construction area through, amongst others, disease and pest control, fire control, irrigation and conservation. This project is part of the key research and development project of the Ministry of Science and Technology of the PRC which serves as a pilot base to demonstrate the integrated application of landscape enhancement and ecological function enhancement techniques. This project has been awarded with the Beijing Landscaping Science and Technology Silver Award (北京市 園林科學技術獎銀獎). The photo set out below demonstrates the landscape of the relevant site before and after the commencement of the Chongli Winter Olympics Project. We commenced the construction for this project in April 2018 and expect to complete the maintenance work by December 2022.

− 157 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Expected project Project Contract Project duration type Project description sum RMB million

Xun County PPP August Ecological Xun County National Reserve Forest base construction PPP 1,349.9 Project 2019 to forest Construction Project (“Xun County PPP Project”) (浚縣國家儲備 (Note) (浚縣PPP項目) October plantation 林PPP建設項目) is an ecological forest plantation project, under 2049 — national which we were engaged to construct and operate a national reserve reserve forest and carry out ancillary construction works, including electrical forest engineering, foundation construction and road construction works in Xun County, Henan. The total area of the national reserve forest was approximately 50,000 mu (33.3 million sq.m.), with approximately 42,020 mu (28.0 million sq.m.) as newly constructed forest reserve area and the remaining 7,180 mu (4.8 million sq.m.) as enhancement of the existing forest reserve area. The execution of this project plays an important role in accelerating the cultivation and improvement of quality of forests in Xun County, which also marks our first ecological forest plantation project in Henan and our first ecological forest plantation project for the construction and operation of a national reserve forest undertaken through the PPP model. The photo set out below demonstrates the landscape of the relevant site before and after the commencement of the Xun County PPP Project. See “Our PPP Projects”. We commenced construction for this project in November 2019 and expect to complete the operation phase by October 2049.

− 158 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Expected project Project Contract Project duration type Project description sum RMB million

Anqing PPP October Ecological The PPP Project for the Enhancement of Ecological Corridors and 387.3 Project 2019 to forest Forestry Landscape along the River in Yingjiang District, Anqing (Note) (安慶PPP項目) February plantation City, Anhui Province (“Anqing PPP Project”) (安徽省安慶市迎江區 2035 — 沿江生態廊道及林業景觀提升PPP項目) is our first commercial commercial forest project in Anhui. This PPP project aims to construct a forest comprehensive commercial forest with integrated elements including tourism, recreation and ecological preservation, with a view to achieving economic development, social development and environmental protection simultaneously along the riverside of the Yingjiang District, Anqing City. We believe this project has signified our capability in the construction and operation of a commercial forest and marks our business expansion to the southern part of the Yangtze River of the PRC. The photo set out below demonstrates the landscape of the relevant site before and after the commencement of the Anqing PPP Project. See “Our PPP Projects”. We commenced construction for this project in December 2019 and expect to complete the operation phase by February 2035.

Yu County PPP April Ecological The PPP Project for the Restoration of Swampy Area in Yu County 882.4 Project 2019 to restoration (“Yu County PPP Project”) (盂縣香河濱水空間環境綜合治理工程 (Note) (盂縣PPP項目) December PPP項目) is a project involving river, lake and wetland restoration 2037 (河湖濕地修復) works in Yu County, Shanxi to transform a degraded swampy area to a waterfront park with integrated elements including leisure, recreation and ecological preservation in 2019. This project involves construction of bridges, water conservancy, landscape greening and construction of flood emergency passages and the capability to overcome complex construction site conditions with intersecting underground optical cables and pipe networks. The photo set out below demonstrates the landscape of the relevant site before and after the commencement of the Yu County PPP Project. See “Our PPP Projects”. We commenced construction for this project in June 2019 and expect to complete the operation phase by December 2037.

− 159 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Expected project Project Contract Project duration type Project description sum RMB million

Heze Project September Urban and Landscaping and Greening Project for National Highways in Mudan 200.8 (菏澤項目) 2019 to rural District, Heze City, Shandong Province (菏澤市牡丹區國省道綠化工 July 2022 greening 程項目) is an urban and rural greening project, under which we planned to plant approximately 120,000 seedlings in the surrounding areas along four national highways in Mudan District, Heze City, Shandong with a total route length of 87.7 kilometres, and a total construction area of approximately 1,314 mu (0.9 million sq.m.), with an aim to build a landmark landscape in Mudan District which enhance our reputation and consolidate our industry influence in the Shandong for future business expansion in the area. The photo set out below demonstrates the landscape of the relevant site before and after the commencement of the Heze Project. We commenced construction for this project in September 2019 and expect to complete the maintenance work by July 2022.

Liyang Project November Ecological The Liyang Gucheng Forest Park (Phase 1) Project in Xun County, 177.3 (黎陽項目) 2020 to forest Henan Province (“Liyang Project”) (浚縣黎陽故城森林公園(一期) December plantation 總承包項目), is an ecological forest plantation project involving the 2022 — shelter engineering, procurement and construction of a shelter belt forest. belt forest The total area of the shelter belt forest to be constructed is approximately 1,200 mu (0.8 million sq.m.). This project aims to improve the ecological environment, display ecological culture and provide urban and rural residents with an ecological leisure location. The photos set out below demonstrate part of the landscape of the relevant site under construction. We commenced construction for this project in November 2020 and expect to complete the maintenance work by December 2022.

Note: The contract sum comprises user payments and government payments. See “Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Project models — The PPP model — Our PPP Projects’ in this section.

− 160 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

OUR PROJECT MODELS AND PROJECT PORTFOLIO

Project models

During the Track Record Period, our ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects can be categorised into (i) traditional model; and (ii) PPP model. The following table sets out a breakdown of our project revenue by project model during the Track Record Period:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 Revenue Revenue Revenue RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Traditional model 300,479 84.5 219,886 29.5 305,171 39.3 PPP model 54,944 15.5 525,671 70.5 471,282 60.7

Total 355,423 100.0 745,557 100.0 776,453 100.0

The traditional model

Under the traditional model, we are engaged as the main contractor by the project owner to manage and execute the entire project covering the procurement, construction and maintenance stages or as a subcontractor to provide services in respect of a portion of the works for a project. In general, our traditional model projects have construction duration of around one year and maintenance duration of two years.

Our customers are mainly public sector entities such as the bureau of housing and urban-rural development of local governments (住房和城鄉建設局) and they usually award project through public tender. The main contractor, may appoint qualified subcontractors to complete certain parts of the ancillary works other than the main structure of the projects subject to the consent of project owners and requirements under the PRC laws. The main contractors are also responsible for the quality, safety, and timely delivery of the entire project. See “Key terms of contracts with customers — Key terms of contracts under the traditional model” in this section.

− 161 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

The PPP model

Public sector Financial entity(ies)/private Our Group institution(s) sector entity(ies)

Equity Project company Debt financing (majority owned by our Group) Payments (Note) Manages Contract fees (Note)

Provide services Benefit from for Government/users PPP Project Our Group as contractor

Note: During the Track Record Period we were engaged in six PPP projects. All six project companies formed were majority owned by the Group, therefore they were treated as our subsidiaries. The transaction between our project company and our Group as contractor is treated as intra-group transaction in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

The PPP model is a model of long-term contractual agreement entered into among public sector entity(ies) and private sector entity(ies) on specific projects in which the parties through the formation of a project company, jointly undertake project responsibilities and financing risks. A PPP project generally consists of construction phase and operation phase with overall contract duration ranging from 12 years to 30 years. Upon completion of the construction phase, our project company is usually given the right to operate the project for a period of time, namely the operation phase.

For a typical PPP project, we normally establish a project company jointly with the public sector entity or other private sector entities. Such parties are required to provide capital contribution to the project company in accordance with the PPP contract. We hold the majority interest of our project company, and are generally responsible for daily operation of our project company. The public sector entity is responsible for supervising the operation of our project company and providing assistance to our project company in obtaining relevant approvals from the government for the project. The ownership of the operation right shall be transferred from project company to public sector entity(ies) after the expiry of the operation period.

Our project company is required to manage the PPP project throughout the contract period such as engaging various contractors during the construction phase and provide operation and maintenance services of the infrastructure, facilities or forests during the operation phase. In all six PPP projects we undertook during the Track Record Period, we were employed as the contractor by the respective project companies. Our project company, with the assistance of the public and private sector entity(ies) (such as our Group), is also responsible for arranging debt financing for the PPP projects to pay off the construction costs during the construction phase. For details of key contract terms under

− 162 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS the PPP model, please see “Key terms of contracts with customers — Key terms of contracts between public sector entity(ies) and us as the private sector entity (or any other private sector entity(ies)) under the PPP model” and “Key terms of contracts with customers — Key terms of contracts between our project company and us as contractor under the PPP model” section.

Construction phase

Once our project company is established, it enters into construction contracts with contractors for the relevant works of the project. As our project company receives no cash income during the construction phase, it pays off the construction costs (including contract sum for construction contracts with contractors, interest incurred for debt financing obtained from financial institutions, design expenses and land requisition compensation) through the capital contribution from the public and private sector entities, and debt financing granted from financial institutions. Our project company settles with our Group as contractor of the project during the construction phase by way of progress payment. We (in the capacity as the contractor) make payments to our own suppliers and subcontractors in accordance with the contract terms.

Operation phase

Under the operation phase, our project company is responsible for the operation of the project after completion of the construction and may subcontract part or whole of the operation works to third parties subject to the terms of the PPP project contract. During the operation phase, our project company receives government payments from the relevant government entity and, in some cases, user payments from project users for some PPP projects. Such income cash flows are generally sufficient for the project company to recoup its initial capital contributions and to cover the repayment of debt financing (including interest expenses) and the operation costs, and also allow our project company to generate an agreed return on the construction costs and operation costs.

− 163 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Our PPP projects

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had six projects on hand under the PPP model with a total backlog of approximately RMB2.5 billion. The following table sets out the PPP projects we participated as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Chifeng City Aohan Banner District PPP Hulun Bei’er Chifeng City Project (赤峰市 PPP Project (呼 Nanshan PPP 敖漢旗城區及重 倫貝爾新區棚改 Project (赤峰市 Anqing PPP Xun County Yu County PPP 點區域綠化 配套基礎設施建 南山景觀綠化提 Project PPP Project Project PPP項目) 設PPP項目) 升工程PPP項目) (安慶市PPP項目) (浚縣PPP項目) (盂縣PPP項目)

------Services Urban and rural Urban and rural Ecological forest Ecological forest Ecological forest Ecological greening greening plantation plantation plantation restoration

Service scope The project aims Construction and Construction and Construction of a Construction and River, lake and at improving the operation of operation of comprehensive operation of wetland overall city roads, bridges, shelter belt forest possessing national reserve restoration image by landscape forests. The sustainable forest which can (河湖濕地修復) constructing and maintenance, project economic speed up the works, the operating a repair and constructs and resources with cultivation of transformation of municipal maintenance of operates shelter integrated forest resources, a degraded ecological water pump belt forests elements and improve swampy area complex with station which can including quality of forest. with water ecology protect forest tourism, treatment education and vegetation, recreation and technology and recreation and expand forest ecological specialised tree leisure functions plantation area preservation, vegetation and enhance with a view to technique in Yu windproof achieving County, Shanxi ability, water and economic Province to a soil conservation development, waterfront park of the area. social with integrated development and elements environmental including leisure, protection recreation and simultaneously ecological along the preservation riverside of the Project overview Yingjiang District, Anqing City

Contract sum of PPP 317.7 270.0 776.3 387.3 1,349.9 882.4 project (RMB’ million) (Note 1)

PPP contract date March 2017 December 2018 June 2019 October 2019 August 2019 April 2019

Expected end of October 2021 June 2022 October 2021 August 2021 October 2024 December 2022 construction phase

Expected end of March 2029 June 2037 October 2036 February 2035 October 2049 December 2037 operation phase

Expected duration (approximate years)

- Construction phase: 442254

- Operation phase: 8 1515142515

Project status as at Construction Construction Construction Construction Construction Construction the Latest Practicable phase phase phase phase phase phase Date

------

− 164 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Chifeng City Aohan Banner District PPP Hulun Bei’er Chifeng City Project (赤峰市 PPP Project (呼 Nanshan PPP 敖漢旗城區及重 倫貝爾新區棚改 Project (赤峰市 Anqing PPP Xun County Yu County PPP 點區域綠化 配套基礎設施建 南山景觀綠化提 Project PPP Project Project PPP項目) 設PPP項目) 升工程PPP項目) (安慶市PPP項目) (浚縣PPP項目) (盂縣PPP項目)

------Name of our project Inner Mongolia Hulun Bei’er Chifeng Mengshu Anqing City Xun County Yu County company Hesheng City Shengxin Landscape Mengshu Mengshu Mengshu Mengshu City Engineering Greening Forestry Landscape Greenery Management Engineering Engineering

Initial registered 60.6 31.1 120.0 37.3 109.6 136.0 capital of the project company (RMB’ million)

Our registered capital 57.6 (95%) 30.4 (98%) 120.0 (99.9%) 29.5 (79%) 104.1 (95%) 122.4 (90%) contribution (RMB’ million) and respective shareholding

Registered capital NA 0.31 (1%) NA 0.37 (1%) NA NA contribution by other private entity (RMB’ Zhuocheng Shaanxi million) and Construction Xinhongye respective Group Limited* Ecological shareholding (卓成建設集團有 Landscaping 限公司) which is Design and ultimately owned Construction Co., Project company by three Ltd* ( and project 陝西新鴻 individuals who financing 業生態景觀設計 are Independent 工程有限公司) Third Parties which is ultimately owned by three individuals who are Independent Third Parties

Government 3.0 (5%) 0.31 (1%) RMB1 (0.1%) 7.5 (20%) 5.5 (5%) 13.6 (10%) registered capital contribution (RMB’ Aohan Banner Hulun Bei’er Chifeng City Anqing Binjiang Xun County Yu County million) and State-owned New District Qiyuan City Urban Xingsen Forestry State-owned respective Assets Operation Base City Centre Construction Construction Development Assets shareholding Management Co., Infrastructure Investment Co., Development Co., Ltd* (浚縣 Investment Ltd.* (敖漢旗國 Development Ltd.* (赤峰市啟 Co.,Ltd.(安慶市 興森林業發展有 Capital (Group) 有資產經營管理 Investment Co., 元城市建設投資 濱江城市建設發 限公司)whichis Co., Ltd.*(盂縣 有限公司) which Ltd. (呼倫貝爾市 有限責任公司) 展有限公司) ultimately owned 國有資產投資(集 is ultimately 中心城新區基礎 which is which company by the local 團)有限公司) owned by the 設施建設發展投 ultimately owned is ultimately government. which is local 資有限公司) by the local owned by the ultimately owned government. which is government. local by the local ultimately owned government. government. by the local government.

------

− 165 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Chifeng City Aohan Banner District PPP Hulun Bei’er Chifeng City Project (赤峰市 PPP Project (呼 Nanshan PPP 敖漢旗城區及重 倫貝爾新區棚改 Project (赤峰市 Anqing PPP Xun County Yu County PPP 點區域綠化 配套基礎設施建 南山景觀綠化提 Project PPP Project Project PPP項目) 設PPP項目) 升工程PPP項目) (安慶市PPP項目) (浚縣PPP項目) (盂縣PPP項目)

------Total estimated 202.0 155.3 533.6 156.2 522.3 427.2 construction costs of project incurred by the project company during the construction phase (RMB’ million) (Note 2)

Contract sum for 176.1 83.1 485.4 82.0 304.1 320.0 Construction construction contracts phase awarded to our Group during the construction phase (RMB’ million) (Note 3) (Note 4)

Total revenue 88.1 91.2 483.1 74.6 156.7 158.1 recognised during the Track Record Period (RMB’ million) (Note 5)

------Total amount of 317.7 270.0 776.3 287.4 780.2 882.4 government payments to our Group (RMB’ million)

Government payment For each of the PPP projects, the project contract entered into between the government and the project company specifies the mechanism under which the government payments (and the user payments if applicable) are calculated and paid to the project company for its construction and operation services. The general principle behind the mechanism is to ensure the government payments (together with the user payments, if applicable) payable to the project company are sufficient to (i) enable the private sector entity to recoup its initial capital contribution, (ii) cover all the principal repayments and interest expenses in respect of the debt financing taken up by the project company, and the operating costs incurred during the operation phase; and (iii) generate an agreed return for the private sector entity on the construction costs incurred by the project company during the construction phase and the operating costs incurred during the operation phase. The Operation phase government payments are usually paid semi-annually or annually and subject to performance appraisal of service quality provided by the project company such as survival rate of seedlings.

Total amount of Nil Nil Nil 99.9 569.7 Nil user payments to our Group (RMB’ million) (Note 6)

User payment Nil Nil Nil [REDACTED] [REDACTED] Nil received from received from operation of sales of lumber forests such as and forestry sales of fruits produce mainly including walnut, ginkgo fruit and seedlings ------

Notes:

1. The contract sum of PPP project is the sum of total amount of government payments and total amount of user payments to our Group.

− 166 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

2. Total estimated construction costs of project incurred by the project company during the construction phase generally includes but not limited to contract sum for construction contracts with contractors (including our Group and others, if any), interest incurred from debt financing obtained from financial institutions during the construction phase, design expenses and land requisition compensation. Such construction costs will be funded through capital contribution from public and private sector entities, and debt financing.

3. This refers to the contract sum for construction contract(s) entered into between the project company and our Group as contractor during the construction phase.

4. The discrepancy between the total estimated construction costs and the contract sum of construction contract awarded to our Group during the construction phase was mainly due to the fact that some of the construction works of some PPP projects were awarded to other entities.

5. Our revenue recognised during the Track Record Period mainly consisted of (i) construction revenue based on input method, measured by reference to the proportion of costs incurred to date to the estimated total cost of the relevant contract; and (ii) finance income using effective interest method based on the amount of outstanding contract assets. See “Financial Information — Description of Selected Items in Consolidated Statements of Profit or Loss and other Comprehensive Income — Revenue by segment”.

6. The total amount of user payment which is specified in the respective PPP contracts is estimated by public sector entities with assistance from third party qualified engineering consultant and accepted by our Group based on our feasibility analysis and our Directors’ industry knowledge and experience. The actual amount may differ from the estimated amount and any shortfall or surplus will be taken up by our project company.

Projects portfolio

We undertake projects spanning across Inner Mongolia, Hebei, Shanxi, Henan, Anhui, Shandong and Guizhou. The following table sets out a breakdown of our project revenue by region in the PRC during the Track Record Period:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 Revenue Revenue Revenue RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Inner Mongolia 235,736 66.3 474,804 63.7 424,107 54.6 Hebei 119,687 33.7 65,386 8.8 54,191 7.0 Shanxi — — 122,825 16.5 35,327 4.5 Henan — — 9,990 1.3 186,782 24.1 Anhui — — 30,148 4.0 44,464 5.7 Shandong — — 42,140 5.7 30,385 3.9 Guizhou — — 264 0.0 1,197 0.2

Total 355,423 100.0 745,557 100.0 776,453 100.0

− 167 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

The following table sets out the average and range of contract sum and project period of the projects undertaken by us during the Track Record Period by project model:

Contract sum Project period Average Range Average Range RMB’000 RMB’000 Years Years

Traditional model 25,601 205-205,199 2.6 0.1-12 PPP model 663,921 269,975-1,349,913 18.7 12-30

During the Track Record Period, we undertook over 110 projects. The following table sets out a breakdown of the projects undertaken by us by contract sum during the Track Record Period:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 No. of No. of No. of projects projects projects Revenue Recognised undertaken Revenue Recognised undertaken Revenue Recognised undertaken RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Over RMB100 million 162,356 45.7 7 603,405 80.9 12 627,607 80.8 14 Over RMB50 million up to RMB100 million 108,936 30.6 8 96,709 13.0 10 78,835 10.2 10 Over RMB10 million up to RMB50 million 58,633 16.5 22 30,857 4.1 21 46,803 6.0 18 Up to 10 million 25,498 7.2 61 14,586 2.0 52 23,208 3.0 42

Total 355,423 100.0 98 745,557 100.0 95 776,453 100.0 84

− 168 − The following table sets out details of the major projects with contract sum of more than RMB100.0 million which generated revenue during SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS the Track Record Period:

Revenue recognised for Gross profit recognised for

Accumulative (Expected) revenue year of Percentage recognised Estimated Project completion of since the backlog Total status as at Year of of completion commencement as at 31 estimated Public or the Latest commencement construction as at 31 Contract of the projects December revenue private Business Project Project Practicable of construction and/or December sum to 31 December 2020 (Note 2) No. Project code sector segment model location Date works maintenance 2020 (Note 1) FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 2020 (Note 2) FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 (Note 2) (Note 5)

(RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ million) million) million) million) million) million) million) million) million) million)

1 Xun County PPP Public Ecological PPP Henan Ongoing 2019 2049 24.6% 1,349.9 — 10.0 146.7 156.7 — 3.7 54.3 1,102.6 1,259.3 Project forest plantation

2 Yu County PPP Project Public Ecological PPP Shanxi Ongoing 2019 2037 31.4% 882.4 — 122.8 35.3 158.1 — 44.3 18.1 660.9 819.0 restoration

3 Chifeng City Public Ecological PPP Inner Ongoing 2019 2036 77.3% 776.3 — 266.7 216.4 483.1 — 95.3 84.7 232.9 716.0 BUSINESS Nanshan PPP Project forest Mongolia 6 − 169 − plantation

4 Anqing PPP Project Public Ecological PPP Anhui Ongoing 2019 2035 24.2% 387.3 — 30.1 44.5 74.6 — 10.5 16.9 283.3 357.9 forest plantation

5 Chifeng City Aohan Public Urban and PPP Inner Ongoing 2017 2029 52.9% 317.7 24.8 41.2 22.1 129.0 11.6 17.7 10.4 165.0 294.0 Banner District PPP rural Mongolia Project greening

6 Hulun Bei’er PPP Public Urban and PPP Inner Ongoing 2018 2037 43.2% 270.0 30.1 54.8 6.3 91.2 10.5 20.7 5.1 158.9 250.1 Project rural Mongolia greening

7 An urban and rural Public Urban and Traditional Inner Ongoing 2018 2029 18.4% 205.2 14.0 12.4 8.3 34.7 2.8 2.5 1.7 153.4 188.1 greening project in rural Mongolia Hailar, Inner Mongolia greening (海拉爾城區園林綠化 養護管理工程項目)

8 Heze Project Public Urban and Traditional Shandong Ongoing 2019 2022 40.5% 200.8 — 42.1 30.4 72.5 — 13.3 9.6 106.3 178.8 rural greening

9 Shengle Project Private Ecological Traditional Inner Ongoing 2013 2018 100.0% 195.6 4.7 0.2 — 195.0 1.9 (0.0) (0.2) 0.0 195.0 Construction Phase 1 forest Mongolia (Note 3) plantation

10 Liyang Project Public Ecological Traditional Henan Ongoing 2020 2022 25.8% 177.3 — — 40.1 40.1 — — 10.4 115.1 155.2 forest plantation Revenue recognised for Gross profit recognised for SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS

Accumulative (Expected) revenue year of Percentage recognised Estimated Project completion of since the backlog Total status as at Year of of completion commencement as at 31 estimated Public or the Latest commencement construction as at 31 Contract of the projects December revenue private Business Project Project Practicable of construction and/or December sum to 31 December 2020 (Note 2) No. Project code sector segment model location Date works maintenance 2020 (Note 1) FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 2020 (Note 2) FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 (Note 2) (Note 5)

(RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ (RMB’ million) million) million) million) million) million) million) million) million) million)

11 Chifeng agriculture Public Ecological Traditional Inner Ongoing 2020 2021 44.7% 161.1 — — 66.0 66.0 — — 16.5 81.7 147.7 and animal husbandry forest Mongolia science and technology plantation industrial park construction project (Xishan Breeding Base) (赤峰農牧業科技 產業園(西山育種基地) 一期工程施工)

12 Urban public green Public Urban and Traditional Inner Completed 2017 2020 88.7% 140.0 11.6 6.9 4.0 73.5 4.3 2.6 1.3 8.7 82.2 space landscape rural Mongolia

reconstruction project greening BUSINESS in Saihan, Inner 7 − 170 − Mongolia (賽罕區城市 公共綠地景觀改造建設 項目) (Note 4)

13 Winter Olympics Private Ecological Traditional Hebei Ongoing 2016 2023 96.4% 125.6 10.3 2.0 2.7 105.4 1.4 1.2 1.3 7.7 113.1 carbon sink forest afforestation and plantation auxiliary project (冬奧 碳匯林項目營造林工程 及輔助工程)

14 Chongli Winter Public Ecological Traditional Hebei Ongoing 2018 2022 94.7% 102.1 66.7 14.1 4.8 85.6 10.8 3.5 (6.4) 7.2 92.8 Olympics Project forest plantation

Notes:

1. The contract sum is tax-inclusive.

2. The amount of revenue recognised, estimated backlog as at 31 December 2020 and the total estimated revenue are tax-exclusive.

3. We have completed the construction works and received payment from our customer in accordance with the contract as of the Latest Practicable Date. Settlement Audit will be conducted by our customer upon completion of the additional maintenance phase contract in December 2022.

4. As at the Latest Practicable Date, Settlement Audit for the project was conducted and the final settlement amount of RMB83.0 million was confirmed with our customer. The difference between the final settlement amount of RMB83.0 million and the original contract sum of RMB140.0 million was RMB57.0 million, which was mainly due to the difference between the quantity of construction works stipulated in the contract and actual quantity as agreed with our customer.

5. Total estimated revenue equals accumulated revenue recognised since the commencement of the projects up to 31 December 2020 plus estimated backlog as at 31 December 2020. THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Movement of our backlog

The following table sets out the movement of number of projects undertaken by us during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date:

For the period from 1 January 2021 to the Latest Practicable FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 Date

Opening number of projects(Note 1) 80 85 74 55 Number of new projects awarded(Note 2) 18 10 10 3 Number of projects completed(Note 3) 13 21 29 4 Ending number of projects(Note 4) 85 74 55 54

Notes:

1. Opening number of projects means the number of awarded projects that have not received the Settlement Audit and the percentage of completion had not yet reached 100% as of the beginning of the relevant year/period indicated.

2. Number of new projects means the number of new projects awarded to us during the relevant year/period indicated.

3. Number of projects completed refers to the projects that have received the Settlement Audit and the percentage of completion reached 100% during the relevant year/period indicated.

4. Ending number of projects equals to the opening number of projects plus number of new projects minus number of projects completed during the relevant year/period indicated.

− 171 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

The following table sets out the movement in the backlog of our projects during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date:

For the period from 1 January 2021 to the Latest Practicable FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 Date RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Opening balance of backlog 577,786 873,772 3,609,474 3,274,935 Aggregate estimated revenue of new projects awarded (Note 1) 651,408 3,481,259 441,914 167,580 Aggregate revenue recognised for completed works 355,422 745,557 776,453 141,041 Closing balance of backlog(Note 2) 873,772 3,609,474 3,274,935 3,301,474

Notes:

1. Aggregate estimated revenue of new projects awarded means the estimated revenue (including subsequent variation orders) of new projects awarded by our customers in the relevant year/period indicated.

2. Closing balance of backlog means the opening balance plus aggregate estimated revenue of new projects awarded minus aggregate revenue recognised for completed works during the relevant year/period indicated.

− 172 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

OUR OPERATIONAL FLOW

The following flow diagram illustrates the key procedures of our business operation for ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects:

Traditional PPP projects projects

Tender invitation from customers Project identification

Project feasibility analysis and decision making

Tender process Tender submission

Award of contracts

Establishment of project company (if required) Execution

Project planning

Construction, maintenance and progress payment

Inspection, acceptance, settlement and payments Post execution (and commencement of operation phase for PPP projects)

Traditional projects Operation PPP projects

Transfer of ownership

− 173 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

(i) Project identification

Tender invitation for customers

We identify our business opportunities in advance of the tendering process through our sales and marketing network and tender invitations published on government’s websites from time to time. See “Sales and marketing” in this section. Information collected regarding potential business opportunities will be screened and passed to our various departments for feasibility analysis.

Project feasibility analysis and decision making

Upon receiving an invitation to tender or identifying a suitable engagement opportunity, we will evaluate and conduct a project feasibility analysis of the potential project. We may conduct site visits to collect first-hand information to evaluate the site conditions, environmental issues and project constraints. We generally take into account the following factors, namely (i) the profitability of the project; (ii) the technical specifications, our capacity and expertise, our projects on hand and our then available labour and financial resources; (iii) cost estimation; (iv) project duration and schedule; (v) preliminary safety and environmental risk analysis and other relevant risk factors associated with such project; (vi) estimated capital commitment; (vii) the financial position and financial standing of the government or other types of project owner in the recent two years; and (viii) project payment schedule.

As to our PPP projects, we will take into account additional factors including but not limited to (i) whether the government will interfere the operation of our project company; (ii) the required registered capital of our project company and our capital commitment; (iii) the estimation of government payments/user payments to be received during the operation period; and (iv) availability of project debt financing and estimated interest rate.

Based on the above assessment works, we will consider whether to proceed with tender submission.

(ii) Tender process

Tender submission

We submit tender in accordance with the requirements contained in the tender invitation. The content of our tender documents generally includes the total initial tender price and price list of project works, plan of construction works, the information and qualifications of our staff to be involved in the project.

− 174 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

In some circumstances, based on project’s requirements, we may collaborate with various partners to participate in joint bidding, with a view to enhancing the likelihood of a successful tender. The work allocation, revenue sharing and major terms are normally decided through negotiation with the respective collaborated parties, and are set out in the collaboration agreements.

The following table sets out the number of projects for which we have submitted tenders, the number of projects awarded and the success rate during the Track Record Period:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

Number of tenders submitted 18 15 14 Number of tenders awarded to our Group 8 11 9 Success rate (%) (Note) 44.4 73.3 64.3

Note: Tender success rate is calculated by dividing the number of tenders awarded in respect of the tenders submitted during the stated financial year by the number of tenders submitted during the financial year.

Our tender success rate increased from approximately 44.4% to 73.3% from FY2018 to FY2019 and slightly decreased from approximately 73.3% to 64.3% from FY2019 to FY2020. Our Directors believe that this is due to the competitiveness in the pricing of our tenders and the effort of our sales and marketing team in the tendering process. Our Directors are of the view that our tender success rate is affected by a range of factors including our pricing and tender strategy, our project execution capabilities, competitors’ tender and pricing strategy, level of competition and our clients’ evaluation standards. There is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve a tender success rate similar to those during the Track Record Period in the future. See “Risk factors — Since we receive our projects through tendering, revenue derived from our projects is non-recurring in nature. There is no guarantee that our customers will continue to provide us with new business opportunities or that we can secure new contracts.” for further details.

(iii) Execution

Award of contracts

Once our customer decides to engage us, we will receive a notice of award. We will then proceed with negotiating the key terms of project contracts such as progress milestones or payment methods with project owners. We will review and provide advice on modification of the key contract terms where appropriate. The definitive agreement will be signed subject to the approval of our management team. See “Our Customers — Major customers — Key terms of contracts with customers” in this section.

− 175 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Establishment of a project company (for projects under PPP model)

Under the PPP model, we will normally sign a PPP contract with a public sector entity and jointly establish a project company with the public sector entity or other private sector entities. Such parties will be required to provide capital contribution to our project company in accordance with the PPP contract. We hold the majority shareholding of our project company, and are responsible for the daily operation of our project company. The public sector entity is responsible for supervising the operation of our project company and providing assistance to the project company in obtaining relevant approvals from the government for the project.

Once our project company is established, it will enter into various construction contracts for the relevant works of the project. Our project company, with the assistance of the public and private sector entity(ies) (such as our Group), is also responsible for arranging debt financing for the PPP projects to pay off the construction costs during the construction phase.

Project planning

We will devise a plan for carrying out the project in order to ensure that the project can be executed effectively and efficiently. This plan contains the deployment plan of labour, machinery, equipment and tools, construction plan, construction resource allocation, construction schedule, and construction quality and safety measures. Such plan shall be approved by our customers.

Construction, maintenance and progress payment

Periodic meetings are convened with our customers on the construction progress of the project. Depending on the complexity and scale of our projects, construction phases typically last for one year to five years. We will devise an overall project progress plan and monitor the progress of our construction works through our regular internal progress report which records the actual completed construction works and reasons for any delay of construction works. We regularly monitor and analyse the cost of the project through comparing the actual cost incurred and expected future cost against our total estimated cost. If cost overruns are identified, an early warning will be issued to the relevant project team or person in charge so as to allow them to formulate corresponding control measures.

We conduct site inspections regularly. If any quality defect is identified upon inspection, we will issue a notice demanding rectification to the person in charge who will lead the project team to rectify the defect pursuant to the notice. We will conduct another round of inspection after the relevant rectification to ensure the quality standard of our works. Our customers will inspect and certify our completed works after the whole construction is completed.

− 176 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

We generally provide maintenance works for two years after completion of our construction works. During the maintenance period, we generally provide services including, among others, irrigation, plant maintenance, repairing facilities and removal and replacement of dead plants. Periodic inspections will be conducted by our project team and the project owners during the maintenance period and the final acceptance will be conducted once maintenance period ends.

We are paid by way of progress payments based on the completion of each milestone, payment schedule as stipulated in the relevant contracts, or the quantities of completed works certified. Our customers or their representatives evaluate our completed construction works on a regular basis and sign on the progress completion report confirming the results of such evaluation.

(iv) Post-execution

Final inspection upon completion, acceptance, settlement and final payments

Our customers will settle the remaining payment of the entire works as required in our project contracts once the maintenance period expires. Our customers or their representatives will conduct project acceptance, handover and Settlement Audit whereby they will accept and settle our completed construction and maintenance works after the maintenance period. Depending on the amount of completed works and the respective agreed settlement prices, we may experience discrepancies between the contract sum and the total settlement amount.

Operation and transfer of operation right (for projects under the PPP model)

For projects under the PPP model, our project company is responsible for the operation of the project after completion of the construction works. Our project company may subcontract part or whole of the operation works to third parties subject to the terms of PPP project contract. During the operation phase, our project company receives government payments from the relevant government entity and, in some cases, user payments from project users for some PPP projects.

Public sector entities will normally arrange relevant government departments together with project supervisors to conduct regular assessments on the results of operation of the project as stipulated in the contract. Subject to the assessment as to whether the conditions and criteria stipulated in the PPP contracts are satisfied, the operation right of the project will be transferred from project company to public sector entity after the expiry of the operation period. See “Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Project models — The PPP model” in this section.

− 177 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

Our biological assets primarily consist of (i) seedlings which are categorised into two major types, namely (a) Arbors; and (b) Flowering Shrubs; and (ii) sowing seedlings. Arbors refer to trees with well-defined trunks extending from the roots to the canopy, and are usually applied for functional purposes such as construction of quarantine belt, shelter belt and landscape greening. Depending on whether the leaves are deciduous in winter, Arbors can be divided into Evergreens and Deciduous. Evergreens have green leaves throughout the year and are always green. Deciduous lose all of their leaves during winter or drought seasons. Flowering Shrubs are short trees with various stems branching near the ground and do not have well-defined trunks, which are usually applied for beautification purposes such as landscape enhancement. The majority of our seedlings are Evergreens, including mainly Pinus Sylvestris (樟子松), Pinus Tabuliformis (油松) and Spruce (雲杉) which are common types of seedlings suitable for use in ecological and environmental protection projects in North China. Our sowing seedlings refer to seedlings cultivated in our plantation bases that will grow to Evergreens, Deciduous or Flowering Shrubs over time.

The following table sets out the quantity and fair value of our major biological assets during the Track Record Period:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Percentage Percentage Percentage Quantity Fair value of total Quantity Fair value of total Quantity Fair value of total (Units (RMB fair value (Units (RMB fair value (Units (RMB fair value ‘000) ‘000) (%) ‘000) ‘000) (%) ‘000) ‘000) (%)

Evergreens 2.5m 46 7,745 2.7% 206 38,568 11.4% 650 95,037 27.2% or above Below 10,160 216,361 75.8% 10,130 255,879 76.0% 8,353 211,423 60.4% 2.5m

Subtotal 10,206 224,106 78.5% 10,336 294,447 87.4% 9,003 306,460 87.6%

Deciduous 3,921 54,737 19.2% 2,592 37,812 11.2% 2,557 40,328 11.5% Flowering Shrubs 3,265 3,284 1.2% 5,621 3,987 1.2% 2,769 2,821 0.8% Sowing seedlings 23,401 3,138 1.1% 94 600 0.2% 66 217 0.1%

Total 40,793 285,265 100.0% 18,643 336,846 100.0% 14,395 349,826 100.0%

− 178 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Our seedling types

The following table sets out a summary of our seedlings:

Seedling Type Arbors Flowering shrubs

Evergreens Deciduous

Major species • Pinus sylvestris • Weeping willow • Border privet (水蠟) (樟子松) (垂柳) • Syringa (丁香) • Pinus tabuliformis • Malus prunifolia (油松) (海紅果) • Spruce (雲杉) • White elm (白榆)

Key features • Generally with thicker • Shed leaves usually as Generally with various and leathery leaves an adaptation to a cold stems branching near the than those of season or dry season ground and do not have Deciduous well-defined trunks

Pinus sylvestris (樟子松) Weeping willow(垂柳) Syringa(丁香)

Evergreens accounted for approximately 87.6% of our biological assets in terms of the total fair value as at 31 December 2020 and they command a high value per unit as compared to Deciduous or Flowering Shrubs. Based on our Directors’ experience and knowledge, Evergreens usually do not require abundant water resources in the area where they reside, which contribute to their popularity for use in ecological and environmental protection projects in North China.

Plantation cycle of our seedlings

We generally procure (i) Evergreens, Deciduous or Flowering Shrubs with shorter height or smaller crown width; or (ii) sowing seedlings which will grow to Evergreens, Deciduous or Flowering Shrubs over time. Our seedlings are used in our projects or sold to customers when they grow to a certain height after years of cultivation in our plantation bases. According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the market price of seedlings generally increases as they grow in height and crown width. For example, based on our Directors’ experience, Evergreens have relatively high market demand when they reach a height of approximately 2.5 m. It generally takes eight to 10 years for Evergreens to grow to a height of 2.5 m, after which we put them for use in our projects or for sale to customers. Our Directors believe that our seedling stock not only enables us to enhance our competitiveness in the

− 179 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS industry, but will also continue to add value to our business. The following table illustrates our Directors’ estimation on the number of Evergreens suitable for outplanting in the coming years when they reach the height of approximately 2.5m.

Expected year of outplanting(Note) 2021 2022 2023 2024

Evergreens (Units ’000) 506.0 832.7 403.2 1,886.0

Note: Our Directors’ estimation on the number of Evergreens for outplanting was based on their industry knowledge and experience that Evergreens (i) generally do not grow in height in the first year when they are planted in our plantation bases to adapt to the new environment; and (ii) grow for three to four years until reaching the height of 1.0 m and another four to five years until reaching the height of 2.5 m.

Sale of our seedlings

The following table sets out the transaction amount of our supply of seedlings to our project companies and to our customers, respectively, during the Track Record Period:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Intersegment sales(Note) 13,113 80.1 23,827 68.6 22,178 48.6 Sales to customers 3,248 19.9 10,928 31.4 23,410 51.4

Total 16,361 100.0 34,755 100.0 45,588 100.0

Note: Intersegment sales refers to the supply of seedlings to our project companies which were excluded from our total revenue for the respective year during the Track Record Period.

Our seedling plantation operation was carried out in a large scale from around 2013 onwards. During the Track Record Period, most of the seedlings, particularly the Evergreens, in our plantation bases had not reached the height suitable for outplanting (出圃) and hence, during such period, the quantities and transaction amount of our seedlings used in our projects or sold to external customers were not significant. Our Directors believe that the increasing number of our seedlings, in particular Evergreens, suitable for outplanting (出圃) as estimated in the coming years will increase the supply of our own seedlings for use in projects.

Plantation bases

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we operated 15 plantation bases of seedlings in Inner Mongolia and Hebei, occupying an aggregate area of approximately 45,000 mu (30.0 million sq.m.). Our plantation bases are strategically located in North China where we believe ecological forest plantation and ecological restoration projects are in demand. The maximum service area of all of our plantation bases was approximately 1,600 km from east to west in North China as at the Latest Practicable Date.

− 180 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Based on our Directors’ experience and in accordance with the Frost & Sullivan Report, when bidding for projects (in particular ecological forest plantation projects), the operation of plantation bases can be one of the assessment criteria. Our Directors believe that our operation of plantation bases does not only put us in a competitive position in securing new projects, but also enables us to supply quality seedlings for our project use. Among the 15 plantation bases which we operate, seven were leased by us from Independent Third Parties, four were operated under collaboration arrangements with Independent Third Parties, and the remaining four were operated under the land contractual management right which we acquired.

Movement of our plantation bases

The table below sets out the movement in the number of our plantation bases during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date:

1 January 2021 up to the Latest Year ended 31 December Practicable 2018 2019 2020 Date

Number of plantation bases as at period beginning 13 18 20 16 Number of opened plantation bases 6 2 — — Number of closed plantation bases 1(Note 1) —4(Note 2) 1(Note 3) Number of plantation bases as at period end 18 20 16 15

Notes:

1. For the year ended 31 December 2018, we closed our Plantation Base 1 (插穗苗圃) (closed) in , Inner Mongolia following the end of the tenancy agreement. The seedlings were transferred to our Plantation Base K (磴口苗圃).

2. For the year ended 31 December 2020, we closed four plantation bases, namely (i) Plantation Base 2 (第一苗圃) (closed) in Hohhot, Inner Mongolia; (ii) Plantation Base 3 (高速路苗圃) (closed) in Hohhot, Inner Mongolia; (iii) Plantation Base 4 (河北苗圃) (closed) in Chengde, Hebei; and (iv) Plantation Base 5 (豐鎮苗圃) (closed) in , Inner Mongolia, to streamline our network of plantation bases for our better management and control. The seedlings of our Plantation Base 4 (河北苗圃) (closed) were transferred to Plantation Base M (藍旗苗圃)or sold to customer and the seedlings of our Plantation Base 2 (第一苗圃) (closed), Plantation Base 3 (高速路苗圃) (closed), and Plantation Base 5 (豐鎮苗圃) (closed) were sold to customers.

3. From 1 January 2021 and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we closed our Plantation Base 6 (磴口聖牧苗圃)in , lnner Mongolia to streamline our network of plantation bases for our better management and control. The seedlings were sold to customers.

− 181 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Location of our plantation bases

Set out below is an illustration of the location of our plantation bases as at the Latest Practicable Date.

Plantation Base O (敖漢旗苗圃)

Plantation Base F (豐鎮三義泉苗圃) Plantation Base J (多倫苗圃)

Plantation Base M (藍旗苗圃) Plantation Base K (磴口苗圃) Chifeng Plantation Base L (磴口南湖苗圃) Duolun (赤峰) (多倫) (正藍旗)

Ulanqab Chabei (察北) Hebei Bayannur Hohhot (烏蘭察布) Province (巴彥淖爾) (包頭) (呼和浩特) 河北省 Plantation Base I (察北苗圃) Zhangjiakou (張家口) Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區) Plantation Base H (萬全苗圃) Zhuozhou (涿州)

Plantation Base G (涿州苗圃)

Plantation Base A (第二苗圃) Plantation Base B (第三苗圃) Plantation Base C (第四苗圃) Plantation Base D (樊家夭苗圃) Plantation Base E (台基營及上下土城苗圃) Plantation Base N (沙爾沁苗圃)

− 182 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Details of our plantation bases

The following table sets out the details of our plantation bases as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Commencement Approximate Composition Location date of operation total area of land Land use duration Annual rent (mu) (mu) (RMB’000)

1. Plantation Base Hohhot, Inner November 2008 421 November 2008 to N/A(Note 1) A(第二苗圃) Mongolia September 2057

501 56 December 2008 to November 2038

24 December 2008 to December 2027

2. Plantation Base Hohhot, Inner March 2014 4,681 1,007 December 2014 to N/A(Note 1) B(第三苗圃) Mongolia December 2027

3,674 March 2014 to March 2054

3. Plantation Base Hohhot, Inner May 2014 560 NA May 2014 to N/A(Note 1) C(第四苗圃) Mongolia June 2054

4. Plantation Base Hohhot, Inner April 2015 1,536 NA April 2015 to 150 D(樊家夭苗圃) Mongolia April 2030

5. Plantation Base Hohhot, Inner September 2018 2,920 NA September 2018 to N/A(Note 2) E Mongolia September 2028 (台基營及 上下土城苗圃)

6. Plantation Base Ulanqab, Inner March 2018 6,500 NA March 2018 to March 1,222 F(豐鎮三義泉苗 Mongolia 2033 圃)

7. Plantation Base Baoding, Hebei March 2019 224 NA March 2019 to March 358 G(涿州苗圃) 2039

8. Plantation Base Zhangjiakou, September 2018 5,000 NA September 2018 to N/A(Note 2) H(萬全苗圃) Hebei December 2027

9. Plantation Base Zhangjiakou, September 2017 2,100 NA September 2017 to 420 I(察北苗圃) Hebei September 2032

10. Plantation Base Xilingol, Inner July 2016 4,163 NA July 2016 to 625 J(多倫苗圃) Mongolia July 2031

11. Plantation Base Bayannur, Inner May 2015 6,320 NA May 2015 to January N/A(Note 1) K(磴口苗圃) Mongolia 2065

12. Plantation Base Bayannur, Inner April 2015 175 NA April 2015 to N/A(Note 2) L(磴口南湖苗圃) Mongolia April 2025

13. Plantation Base Xilingol, Inner April 2019 7,000 NA April 2019 to 1,400 M(藍旗苗圃) Mongolia April 2034

− 183 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Commencement Approximate Composition Location date of operation total area of land Land use duration Annual rent (mu) (mu) (RMB’000)

14. Plantation Base Hohhot, Inner January 2013 1,223 NA January 2013 to 98 N(沙爾沁苗圃) Mongolia January 2063

15. Plantation Base Chifeng, Inner August 2018 2,092 NA August 2018 to N/A(Note 2) O(敖漢旗苗圃) Mongolia December 2048

Total — 44,995 —

Notes:

1. We acquired the land contractual management right for the operation of the relevant plantation base.

2. We operated the relevant plantation base through the entering into of collaboration agreements with Independent Third Parties. See “Collaboration arrangement in respect of our plantation bases” in this section.

Selection of Plantation Bases

Our Directors consider that the location of our plantation bases has a significant bearing on the level of productivity and quality of our seedlings. When selecting new plantation bases, we look for locations which possess one or more of the following characteristics:

• Service radius. Each of our plantation bases has a service area radius of approximately 300 km. The respective service area radius was determined based on factors including: (i) transportation costs; (ii) survival rate of our seedlings which may be lowered with longer transportation distance due to dehydration; and (iii) survival rate of our seedlings which may be less affected by similar geographical conditions in proximate areas as opposed to geographical conditions in distant areas;

• Geographical proximity. We take into account geographical proximity to potential project sites of projects to be undertaken by our customers or our own project companies;

• Climate. Favourable climate and soil conditions, such as optimal weather, sunshine, humidity, and adequate concentration of nutrients and minerals in soil, all of which help to provide suitable growing condition for our seedlings;

• Area of farmland. A large farmland area, which allows sufficient growing space and efficient usage of equipment; and

• Convenience. Convenient access to transportation networks, which facilitates the supply of raw materials and equipment and the delivery of our seedlings.

Operation of our plantation bases

We engage third party service providers to conduct manual works for our plantation bases (including irrigation, soil management, application of fertilisers, disease and pest control and frosts protection), which our Directors believe is relatively cost-effective and in line with industry practices.

− 184 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

We divide each of our plantation bases into zones with each zone planted with the same species and specifications of seedlings to facilitate our management and control. We manage and monitor the performance of our third party service providers by allocating our relevant personnel from plantation base management department (which consisted of 16 members as at the Latest Practicable Date) to our plantation bases. The team is responsible for the overall supervision of plantation and maintenance related matters, including the overall monitoring of the plantation and maintenance process, staffing arrangements, and work plans at each plantation base.

We employ various plantation techniques to improve our plantation efficiency in order to achieve a target survival rate of our seedlings within the range between 90% and 95%. Specific plantation techniques include the use of specially designed seedling containers to protect seedlings form root damage and water loss during the process of packaging and transportation and the use of drip irrigation techniques to effectively reduce excessive evaporation of soil water.

We strive to ensure that our procured seedlings are free from pests and disease and grow healthily. For (i) Evergreens, Deciduous or Flowering Shrubs with shorter height or smaller crown width; or (ii) sowing seedlings that we source from our suppliers which will be further planted in our plantation bases, we require such suppliers to produce certificates and qualifications such as seedling certificate (苗木標簽), phytosanitary certificate (植物檢疫證書) and seedlings quarantine certificate (苗木質量檢驗證書). See “Quality Control — Seedlings — (i) Quality control on raw materials” in this section.

We also have a comprehensive policy for seedlings management and stock-taking. See “Financial Information — Biological assets — Stock-take and internal control”.

Fire safety measures

We have also put in place various fire safety measures with an aim to strengthen the fire management of our plantation bases including but not limited to the following:

• organising regular fire protection inspections on our plantation bases in order to identify potential fire safety risks and rectify issues in a timely manner;

• raising awareness of fire protection by providing fire safety trainings to on-site workers, in particular those who carry out works with considerable fire safety risks, and placing fire protection publicity materials in visible areas;

• formulating schedules for our personnel on duty to patrol our plantation bases on a 24-hour basis during high fire risk seasons, increase the number of the prevention facilities, and deploy water reels at plantation bases to standby;

• setting up of fire isolation belts to avoid the spread of fire;

• strictly forbidding on-site smoking and on-site fire; and

• conducting weeding works on a regular basis.

− 185 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Fire accidents

During the Track Record Period, we encountered four fire accidents in our plantation bases, namely (i) Plantation Base B (第三苗圃) in 2018, (ii) Plantation Base 5 (豐鎮苗圃) (closed) in 2018 and 2020; and (iii) Plantation Base D (樊家夭苗圃) in 2019, which caused immaterial damage to our seedlings resulting in fair value losses amounting to approximately RMB0.1 million, RMB0.7 million and RMB0.2 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively. We had made relevant insurance claims and had been paid approximately RMB1.4 million for our loss suffered in the above fire accidents. No casualties were recorded. See “Insurance” for our insurance policies. The following table sets out the details of the fire accidents:

Reasons for the Estimated fair value Enhanced measures to prevent recurrence Fire accident accident loss of fire accidents

Fire accident in Inadvertent use of fire Approximately 1,400 • Conduct weeding works on a regular basis Plantation B (第 by surrounding units of seedlings to remove dead grass and weeds in 三苗圃) in 2018 companies (with an estimated woodland in particular during the autumn value of RMB71,000) and winter seasons • Set up fire isolation belts • Enhance frequency of patrols during high fire risk seasons

Plantation Base 5 2018 fire accident: (豐鎮苗圃) Surrounding villagers Approximately 8,500 • Erect fire warning signs around the grave (closed) of the plantation base units of seedlings yard near our plantation bases inadvertently ignited (with an estimated • Conduct weeding works on a regular basis the weeds around the value of RMB30,000) to remove dead grass and weeds in plantation base during woodland in particular during the autumn Ching Ming Festival and winter seasons • Strictly forbid surrounding villagers from entering our plantation bases and report to the police if necessary • Set up fire isolation belts • Enhance frequency of patrols during high fire risk seasons 2020 fire accident: A villager littered Approximately 12,600 • Set up fire prevention warning signs cigarette butts after units of seedlings located close to our plantation base smoking near our (with an estimated • Conduct weeding works on a regular basis plantation base value of RMB227,000) to remove dead grass and weeds in woodland in particular during the autumn and winter seasons • Set up fire isolation belts • Enhance frequency of patrols during high fire risk seasons

− 186 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Reasons for the Estimated fair value Enhanced measures to prevent recurrence Fire accident accident loss of fire accidents

Fire accident in Large scale wildfire Approximately 72,000 • Set up fire isolation belts Plantation D (樊 occurred at the Fanjia units of seedlings • Review the adequacy of fire isolation 家夭苗圃)in village near our (with an estimated belts from time to time 2019 plantation base value of RMB726,000) • Conduct weeding works on a regular basis to remove dead grass and weeds in woodland in particular during the autumn and winter seasons • Upgrade fire safety equipment • Enhance frequency of patrols during high fire risk seasons

Collaboration arrangement in respect of our plantation bases

As at the Latest Practicable Date, four of our plantation bases were operated in collaboration with Independent Third Parties. Details of our collaboration arrangements are set out as follows:

(i) Plantation Base E (台基營及上下土城苗圃)

Details of collaboration We were commissioned to plant seedlings on Plantation Base E and provide necessary maintenance works. The seedlings planted on Plantation Base E shall belong to our Group

Duration Ten years from September 2018 to September 2028

Contract sum/payment RMB150 per mu per year shall be paid to the collaborated party (委託方)

(ii) Plantation Base H (萬全苗圃)

Details of collaboration Pursuant to the collaboration agreement, we required to pay certain compensation fees (as detailed below) to use a parcel of land with approximate area of 5,000 mu for plantation. The relevant land was provided by the local villagers through the collaboration of the local village committee. The objective of such collaboration is to increase the income of villagers in the surrounding areas and alleviate poverty in the area

Duration Ten years from September 2018 to December 2027

Contract sum/payment We were responsible for paying RMB1,000 per mu per annum to the collaborated party for five years from 2023 to 2027

− 187 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

(iii) Plantation Base L (磴口南湖苗圃)

Details of collaboration We were commissioned to provide landscaping and greening services, plantation of pinus sylvestris (樟子松) and maintenance works to an assigned area in Bayannur, Inner Mongolia. The seedlings planted on the plantation base shall belong to our Group and we have the rights to sell the seedlings at any time during the contract duration provided that we are able to replenish the seedlings and maintain the overall seedlings coverage of the assigned area

Duration Ten years from April 2015 to April 2025

Contract sum/payment Nil

(iv) Plantation Base O (敖漢旗苗圃)

Details of collaboration We collaborated with the people’s government of Aohan Banner to construct the Plantation Base O and provide maintenance works with an objective to promote the economy and assist in alleviating poverty in local area

Duration 30 years from August 2018 to December 2048

Contract sum/payment We shall pay not less than RMB50 per mu per year to the people’s government of Aohan Banner based on the area of the land we actually used

Plantation process of our seedlings

Our plantation base management department prepares an annual plantation plan with reference to the existing stock of our seedlings and potential demand for our seedlings (including the external demand from our customers secured through purchase orders or tenders, and internal demand from own our project companies for our own projects) in the forthcoming year. Such annual plantation plan normally sets out the species, specifications, plantation period, quantity and plantation area of seedlings to be planted. After the annual plantation plan is approved, our plantation base management department will design a work plan for execution of the approved plantation plan.

− 188 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

The following charts illustrate the operational flow for plantation of our seedlings:

Soil management

Cultivation

Inspection and maintenance

Outplanting (出圃)

Delivery

Soil management

We generally procure (i) Evergreens, Deciduous or Flowering Shrubs with shorter height or smaller crown width; or (ii) sowing seedlings from our seedlings suppliers for cultivation in our plantation bases. Before we plant these seedlings, we carry out soil management works including soil inspection, levelling and disease and pest control to ensure that our seedlings are cultivated in a suitable environment free from disease and attacks by pests.

− 189 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Cultivation

We engage third party service providers to conduct manual works such as irrigation, trimming, weeding, fertilising and frosts and freezes protection for our plantation bases. We provide trainings to our service providers before they commence plantation and maintenance works. Our trainings typically cover topics on seedling specifications, quality control, plantation and maintenance standard, seedling disease control and occupational safety. Depending on the complexity of the plantation works, our plantation base management department may perform demonstration under the guidance of technical personnel for our service providers to make reference to.

We conduct regular assessments on the progress of our plantation works. Our plantation base management department will conduct site inspections at least twice a month. If any issue is identified upon inspection, we will issue a notice to the person in charge demanding rectification to resolve the issue.

To improve our cultivation process, we may apply techniques such as (i) cutting, which is a process of implanting a piece of stem of a plant in a suitable medium such as moist soil, which allows the stem to grow as a new plant; and (ii) grafting, which is a technique whereby tissues of plants are joined and grow together.

Inspection and maintenance

We generally perform two rounds of internal inspections after the completion of plantation. We perform the first inspection in the first calendar year and second inspection in the second or third calendar year to ensure that the relevant seedlings survive all seasons. During the calendar year, our third party service providers are responsible for daily maintenance of our seedlings to ensure that our seedlings grow in normal condition and free from pests. We generally require our seedlings newly planted to achieve a survival rate between 90% and 95%.

Outplanting (出圃)

We maintain records of the physical attributes of our seedlings on a continual basis which assist us in monitoring their growth condition and estimating the quantity of seedlings which are ready for outplanting. The major measuring parameter is the height of such seedlings. Our Evergreens are generally ready for sale at the height of approximately 2.5m or above. The manager of our plantation base management department issues a list of seedlings to our respective plantation base in accordance to our customers’ demand and our project needs, and instruct our third party service providers to commence outplanting work. The amount of seedlings outplanted depends on the level of demand and orders received.

− 190 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Delivery

We generally engage third party service providers to arrange for the delivery of our seedlings to our project sites or locations designated by our customers. Some of our customers may request to arrange collection of seedlings at our plantation bases. Upon delivery, we are required to produce our certificates and qualifications such as seedling certificate (苗木標簽), phytosanitary certificate (植物 檢疫證書) and seedlings quarantine certificate (苗木質量檢驗證書) to our customers.

SALES AND MARKETING

During the Track Record Period, we secured most of our projects through tendering. As at the Latest Practicable Date, our sales and marketing team consisted of 22 members locating across different provinces of the PRC and were led by team heads who have relevant sales and marketing experience. Our sales and marketing team is mainly responsible for identifying potential business opportunities, collecting latest market intelligence and industry information, assisting in the tender process, maintaining customer relationship, and participating in the formulation of our sales targets. We review our sales and marketing performance regularly and convene quarterly meetings to understand the latest market trend to facilitate the transfer of market information among our team. Our sales and marketing staff will also report to the management in relation to the sales performance in the previous quarter and sales plan and target in the coming quarter. We have put in place a sales performance incentive scheme to incentivise our sales and marketing team to proactively identify and procure business opportunities. Our sales and marketing activities include the followings:

Approach government entities. Our sales and marketing personnel visit and maintain communication with government authorities to promote our Company including latest licenses and qualifications obtained, competitive advantages, and track record, and understand the latest market trends, project construction planning and historical financials of local governments so that we can have a better understanding of the needs of our customers when preparing our tender document and feasibility analysis.

Government information platform. Our Directors are of the view that through our established sales network and relationship with customers, we are able to promptly identify potential tenders and projects in various provinces of the PRC and obtain up-to-date market intelligence and industry information through governmental websites or other tender websites.

− 191 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Tender invitation. We also get tender invitations from customers that have previously engaged us owing to our well-established relationship with them, market presence, proven track record, and solid reputation in the industry.

Advertisement and promotion. In order to increase our brand awareness and market presence in the PRC, we participate in industry seminars, place advertisements and invite our potential customers to visit our headquarters in order to promote our products and services. We also produce promotional videos about our Group to further increase our brand exposure.

PRICING POLICY

We usually determine the tender price or quotation on a project-by-project basis depending on: (i) the project model (i.e. PPP or traditional model); (ii) the duration and complexity of the project; (iii) the payment terms and payment schedule; (iv) the costs of raw materials and subcontracting fees; (v) the prevailing market conditions; and (vi) the location of project.

OUR CUSTOMERS

Major customers

During the Track Record Period, our major customers of our projects were mainly public sector entities including bureaus of local government and state-invested enterprises in the PRC. The following table sets out a breakdown of our revenue of our projects by customer type for the periods indicated herein:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 Revenue Revenue Revenue RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Public sector projects 312,739 88.0 718,716 96.4 740,937 95.4 Private sector projects 42,684 12.0 26,841 3.6 35,516 4.6

Total 355,423 100.0 745,557 100.0 776,453 100.0

− 192 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

In FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, approximately 18.4%, 35.1% and 26.6%, respectively, of our revenue was attributed to our largest customer in the respective year. For the same periods, approximately 56.5%, 69.5% and 67.6%, respectively, of our revenue was attributed to our five largest customers in the respective year. We generally do not have credit period with our customers and payments are generally made to us by bank transfer.

The following table sets out the background information of our five largest customers during the periods indicated:

FY2018

Number of Percentage projects Amount of of total Year of contributed to revenue revenue commencement the recognised recognised recognised Nature of of business revenue for for the for the services Relationship relationship the respective Customer Category relevant year relevant year provided with us with us year RMB’000

Zhangjiakou Chongli Public sector 66,715 18.4% Ecological Independent 2018 1 District Funong entities forest Third Party Agricultural plantation Development Co., Ltd.* (張家口崇禮區扶 農農業開發有限 公司) (Note 1) Inner Mongolia Public sector 44,598 12.3% Ecological Independent 2017 2 Helinger New entities forest Third Party Area plantation and Infrastructure ecological Development and restoration Construction Investment Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古和林格爾 新區基礎設施開 發建設投資有限 公司) (Note 2) Housing and Public sector 33,638 9.3% Ecological Independent 2015 23 Urban-Rural entities restoration Third Party Development and urban Bureau of and rural Helinger County* greening (和林格爾縣住房 和城鄉建設局) (Note 3)

− 193 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Number of Percentage projects Amount of of total Year of contributed to revenue revenue commencement the recognised recognised recognised Nature of of business revenue for for the for the services Relationship relationship the respective Customer Category relevant year relevant year provided with us with us year RMB’000

Hulun Bei’er Hailar Public sector 30,104 8.3% Urban and Independent 2018 1 District People’s entities rural greening Third Party Government* (呼 倫貝爾海拉爾區 人民政府)(Note 4) The People’s Public sector 29,474 8.1% Ecological Independent 2018 1 Government of entities forest Third Party Jiangjiatun plantation Township, Xuanhua District, Zhangjiakou City* (張家口市 宣化區江家屯鄉 人民政府) (Note 5)

Sub-total for 204,528 56.5% five largest customers

FY2019

Number of Percentage projects Amount of of total Year of contributed to revenue revenue commencement the recognised recognised recognised Nature of of business revenue for for the for the services Relationship relationship the respective Customer Category relevant year relevant year provided with us with us year RMB’000

Chifeng Housing and Public sector 266,722 35.1% Ecological Independent 2019 1 Urban entities forest Third Party Construction plantation Bureau* (赤峰市 住房和城鄉建設 (Note 6) 局) Yu County Housing Public sector 122,823 16.2% Ecological Independent 2019 1 and Urban-Rural entities restoration Third Party Development Administration* (盂縣住房和城鄉 建設管理局) (Note 7)

− 194 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Number of Percentage projects Amount of of total Year of contributed to revenue revenue commencement the recognised recognised recognised Nature of of business revenue for for the for the services Relationship relationship the respective Customer Category relevant year relevant year provided with us with us year RMB’000

Hulun Bei’er Hailar Public sector 54,812 7.2% Urban and Independent 2018 1 District People’s entities rural greening Third Party Government* (呼 倫貝爾海拉爾區 人民政府) (Note 4) Highway Public sector 42,140 5.6% Urban and Independent 2019 1 Administration of entities rural greening Third Party Mudan District, Heze City* (菏澤 市牡丹區公路管 理局) (Note 8) Aohan Banner Public sector 41,176 5.4% Urban and Independent 2017 1 People’s entities rural greening Third Party Government* (敖 漢旗人民政府) (Note 9)

Sub-total for 527,672 69.5% five largest customers

FY2020

Number of Percentage projects Amount of of total Year of contributed to revenue revenue commencement the recognised recognised recognised Nature of of business revenue for for the for the services Relationship relationship the respective Customer Category relevant year relevant year provided with us with us year RMB’000

Chifeng Housing and Public sector 216,400 26.6% Ecological Independent 2019 1 Urban entities forest Third Party Construction plantation Bureau* (赤峰市 住房和城鄉建設 (Note 6) 局) Xun County Natural Public sector 186,782 23.0% Ecological Independent 2019 2 Resources entities forest Third Party Bureau* plantation (浚縣自然資源局) (Note 10)

− 195 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Number of Percentage projects Amount of of total Year of contributed to revenue revenue commencement the recognised recognised recognised Nature of of business revenue for for the for the services Relationship relationship the respective Customer Category relevant year relevant year provided with us with us year RMB’000

Inner Mongolia Public sector 66,031 8.1% Ecological Independent 2020 1 Urban entities forest Third Party Construction plantation Agriculture and Animal Husbandry Technology Development Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古城 建農牧業科技發 展有限公司) (Note 11)

Agriculture, Public sector 44,464 5.5% Ecological Independent 2019 1 Agriculture and entities forest Third Party Forestry Bureau plantation of Yingjiang District, Anqing City* (安慶市迎 江區農業農村局) (Note 12)

Yu County Housing Public sector 35,327 4.3% Ecological Independent 2019 1 and Urban-Rural entities restoration Third Party Development Administration* (盂縣住房和城鄉 建設管理局) (Note 7)

Sub-total for 549,005 67.6% five largest customers

Notes:

1. Zhangjiakou Chongli District Funong Agricultural Development Co., Ltd.* (張家口崇禮區扶農農業開發有限公 司) is a state-invested enterprise established in the PRC with limited liability and registered capital of RMB80 million, which is owned by local government and principally carries out business of greening project undertaken in Zhangjiakou, Hebei.

2. Inner Mongolia Helinger New Area Infrastructure Development and Construction Investment Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古 和林格爾新區基礎設施開發建設投資有限公司) is a state-invested enterprise established in the PRC with limited liability and registered capital of RMB 1 billion, which is owned by local government and principally carries out business of engineering undertaken in Hohhot, Inner Mongolia.

3. Housing and Urban-Rural Development Bureau of Helinger County* (和林格爾縣房和城鄉建設局) is a bureau of local government in charge of urban and rural construction in Helinger, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia.

4. Hulun Bei’er People’s Government* (呼倫貝爾海拉爾區人民政府) is a local district government in Hailar District Hulun Bei’er, Inner Mongolia.

− 196 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

5. The People’s Government of Jiangjiatun Township, Xuanhua District, Zhangjiakou City* (張家口市宣化區江家 屯鄉人民政府) is a township government of Xuanhua district, Zhangjiakou, Hebei.

6. Chifeng Housing and Urban Construction Committee* (赤峰市住房和城鄉建設委員會) is a bureau of local government in charge of urban and rural construction in Chifeng, Inner Mongolia.

7. Yu County Housing and Urban-Rural Development Administration* (盂縣住房和城鄉建設管理局) is a bureau of local government in charge of urban and rural construction in Yu County, Yangquan, Shanxi.

8. Highway Administration of Mudan District, Heze City* (菏澤市牡丹區公路管理局) is a bureau of local government in charge of road maintenance and management service in Mudan District, Heze, Shandong.

9. Aohan Banner People’s Government* (敖漢旗人民政府) is a local county government in Chifeng, Inner Mongolia.

10. Xun County Natural Resources Bureau* (浚縣自然資源局) is a bureau of local government in charge of natural resource asset management in Xun County, Hebi, Henan.

11. Inner Mongolia Urban Construction Agriculture and Animal Husbandry Technology Development Co., Ltd.* (內 蒙古城建農牧業科技發展有限公司) is a state-invested enterprise established in the PRC with limited liability and registered capital of RMB300 million, which is owned by the local government and principally carries out business of crop planting in Chifeng, Inner Mongolia.

12. Agriculture and Rural Affairs Bureau of Yingjiang District, Anqing City* (安慶市迎江區農業農村局) is a bureau of local government in charge of the supervision and administration of local agriculture and rural affairs in Yingjiang District, Anqing, Anhui.

To the best knowledge and belief of our Directors after making all reasonable enquiries, as at the Latest Practicable Date, none of our Directors, their close associates or any shareholders who owned more than 5% of our issued and outstanding shares as at the Latest Practicable Date had any interest in any of our five largest customers during the Track Record Period.

Key terms of contracts with customers

The general terms of our contracts vary based on negotiations with our customers. General terms of our contracts include the following:

Key terms of contracts under the traditional model

Project period The project duration of our traditional model (including the maintenance period) is generally three years.

Scope of work The scope of work is normally stipulated in the contract with reference to the bills of quantities (which set out the measured amount of works) and drawings of the project.

− 197 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Performance guarantee In certain cases, the contract requires a contractor to provide performance guarantees (normally not more than 10% of the total contract sum) by paying deposits. The deposits of performance shall be returned by project owners within a period stipulated in the contract after their acceptance of the projects.

Project progress The main contractor(s) is responsible for creating an overall project plan and separate progress schedules for procurement and construction works, which shall be approved by project owners. Should there be any material delay in our progress for completion of works due to reasons caused by us, we are obliged to accelerate the construction works at our own costs.

Subcontracting The contract generally stipulates (i) whether subcontracting of works is allowed; (ii) the scope of work, which is not allowed to be subcontracted under the PRC laws; and (iii) other details in relation to subcontracting.

Payment terms The construction works for our traditional projects usually take approximately one year to complete, followed by a maintenance period of two years. In the past, we billed our customers as follows, (i) approximately 40%-50% of the contract sum when the construction was certified as completed; (ii) approximately 30% during the first year of the maintenance period after periodic inspections and certification; and (iii) the remaining 20%-30% at the end of the second year of the maintenance period after the Settlement Audit. Based on our Directors’ experience, in general, it takes around two to three months for our customers to inspect and certify our completed works. We usually experienced a time interval of several months in receiving the settlement payments from customers after their inspection and certification. We noticed such payment terms often put a strain on our working capital as we usually needed to settle the project payables with our suppliers/subcontractors before receiving settlement payments from our customers, thus restricting the growth of our business. Therefore, to improve our financial management, in relation to payment term mentioned in (i) above, we negotiated with our customers to pay us progress payments, mostly on a quarterly basis after the value of works that were agreed by our customers during the construction period such that at least 50%-60% of the contract sum is paid to us through progress payments by one to two months after the construction is completed. Our Directors believe such new payment terms could improve our working capital position and reduce our interest expenses incurred for our traditional projects.

− 198 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Maintenance period and defect Maintenance period is generally two years. liability period In some cases, there may be defect liability period after the end of maintenance period.

Settlement Audit Settlement Audit shall be conducted by the project owner or their designated cost consultant or auditing agent after completion of construction and maintenance works. The results of the Settlement Audit will be the basis for the final amount payable by the project owners to us for the entire works.

Retention money For some projects, retention money may be retained by our customers in order to secure our due performance under the contract. The amount of retention money usually ranges between 5.0% and 10.0% of the contract sum. It will be released to our Group after the end of the defect liability period.

Key terms of contracts between public sector entity(ies) and us as the private sector entity (or any other private sector entity(ies)) under the PPP model

Project period Depending on the complexity of the project, the total project duration (including construction phase and operation phase) generally ranges from 12 years to 30 years.

Project company We are required to establish a project company with the public sector entity(ies) or other private sector entity(ies). The registered capital of the project company and the respective shareholdings of each party are generally specified in the contract.

Project financing Project company is responsible for arranging debt financing for the construction phase of the project.

Performance guarantee In certain cases, the contract requires the project company to provide performance guarantees to the public sector entity(ies) (normally not more than 2% of the total amount of investment) by paying deposits at various stages of the project including the construction stage, operation stage and transfer of ownership stage.

Project construction and Project company is responsible for the construction and operation operation of the project

− 199 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Payment terms Project company receives government payments and/or user payments. Government payments are normally paid by public sector entity(ies) in instalments according to the payment schedule stipulated in the contract during the operation period subsequent to the completion of the construction works. User payments may be generated from operation activities such as sale of lumber and forestry produce.

Performance standard We are required to meet the performance standards set by our customer including survival rate of seedlings, cutting of seedlings, disease and pest control, and the overall hygiene of project sites.

The amount we will receive each year during the operation phase will be subject to performance appraisal of service quality provided by our project company.

Termination Generally, the PPP contracts may be terminated:

(i) by mutual agreement by both parties; (ii) by us in the event that public sector entity delays payment; or (iii) by the customer in the event that we cause material project delays or that we are not able to complete required reworks on time as requested by our customer.

Our Group will receive compensation upon termination depending on the event of default based on a predetermined formula specified in the contract.

Transfer of operation right of The operation right of the project shall be transferred from the project project company to public sector entity(ies) after the expiry of the operation period.

Key terms of contracts between our project company and us as contractor under the PPP model

Key terms of contracts between our project company and us as contractors for construction services are generally similar to the key terms of construction contracts under the traditional model.

Credit management

As our customers include public sector entities which have complex internal settlement procedure, we usually experienced a time interval of several months in receiving the settlement payment from customers after their inspection and certification. See “Risk Factors — Risks relating to our business and the industry in which we operate — We may experience timing difference between our cash outflow and cash inflow when undertaking our traditional projects”.

− 200 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

In order to improve the collection of our trade receivables and contract assets, we have implemented the following credit control measures:

(i) perform collection evaluation analysis of each project to keep track of payment schedule of our customers and regularly monitor the balances of our trade receivables and contract assets;

(ii) hold regular internal meetings and conduct payment collection performance evaluation of the responsible personnel and project manager to review (a) the reports about the progress of measurement of completed construction works; and (b) payment collection status for each project undertaken by us. If the relevant personnel fails to collect payment in accordance with our policy, they will be subject to internal penalty; and

(iii) continuously assess the credibility of our major customers through monitoring their payment period, financial position, financing abilities and other relevant conditions that may affect their payment abilities.

OUR SUPPLIERS

We procure raw materials or services from suppliers in the PRC according to our operation needs and/or project demand schedules. Our raw materials primarily include seedlings, and construction materials such as steels, stones and sands. We engage third party service providers to conduct manual works for our plantation bases (including irrigation, soil management, application of fertilisers and disease and pest control). We normally pay our suppliers based on the payment schedule which will typically be stated in the relevant contract, and we settle payments with our suppliers by way of inter-bank remittance. Depending on the purchase amounts, we may also procure certain raw materials or services through tendering and select our suppliers based on their resources, financial standing, and technical skills.

We have a diverse base of suppliers. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, approximately 4.0%, 2.9% and 2.6%, respectively, of our cost of sales were attributed to purchases from our largest supplier in the respective year, while approximately 17.7%, 8.3% and 9.4%, respectively, of our cost of sales were attributed to purchases from our five largest suppliers in the respective year.

− 201 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Major suppliers

The following table sets out the background information of our five largest suppliers in terms of cost of materials or services consumed attributable to the relevant year:

FY2018

Amount of materials or Year of services Percentage of commencement purchased for total costs of Principal of business the relevant sales for the materials or Relationship relationship Supplier year relevant year service provided with us with us Profile and background RMB’000

Weichang Manchu and 10,705 4.0% Plantation and Independent 2016 A company based in Hebei Mongolian Autonomous labour services Third Parties and engaged in the County Dehai Landscaping provision of landscaping Engineering Co., Ltd.* (圍 engineering works, sales 場滿族蒙古族自治縣德海園 and plantation of seedlings 林綠化工程有限公司) and logistics services. Inner Mongolia Jingtian 9,698 3.6% Seedlings Independent 2017 A company based in Inner Cultivation Co., Ltd.* (內蒙 Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in 古景天種植有限公司) sales of seedlings. Saihan District Bochunmao 9,554 3.6% Seedlings Independent 2017 A company based in Inner Garden Supplies Sales Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in Center* (賽罕區柏春茂園林 sales of seedlings and 用品銷售中心) gardening equipment. Weichang Manchu and 9,309 3.5% Plantation and Independent 2016 A company based in Inner Mongolian Autonomous labour services Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in County Donghui provision of landscaping Construction and Labour engineering works and Services Co., Ltd.* (圍場滿 plantation management and 族蒙古族自治縣東惠建築勞 labour services. 務有限公司) Weichang Manchu and 7,958 3.0% Plantation and Independent 2018 A company based in Inner Mongolian Autonomous labour services Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in County Qunyi Greening provision of landscaping Engineering Co., Ltd.* (圍 engineering works and 場滿族蒙古族自治縣群益綠 plantation management and 化工程有限公司) labour services. Sub-total for five largest 47,224 17.7% suppliers

− 202 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

FY2019

Amount of materials or Year of services Percentage of commencement purchased for total costs of Principal of business the relevant sales for the materials or Relationship relationship Supplier year relevant year service provided with us with us Profile and background RMB’000

Qinghai Meizhilin Greening 14,800 2.9% Seedlings Independent 2019 A company based in Co., Ltd.* (青海美之林綠化 Third Parties Qinghai and engaged in 有限公司) sales of seedlings. Helinger County Jiuqing 10,432 2.1% Plantation and Independent 2019 A company based in Inner Landscaping Services Co., labour services Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in Ltd.* (和林格爾縣久青園林 landscaping and plantation 綠化服務有限公司) management services. Inner Mongolia United 6,603 1.3% Seedlings Independent 2017 A company based in Inner Landscaping Co., Ltd.* (內 Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in 蒙古聯合園林綠化有限公司) the provision of landscaping, ecological and plantation management and sales of seedlings. Dingzhou Luao Nursery Farm* 6,203 1.2% Seedlings Independent 2017 A company based in Hebei (定州市綠奧苗圃場) Third Parties and engaged in the sales of seedlings. Saihan District Baichunmao 4,007 0.8% Seedlings Independent 2017 A company based in Inner Garden Supplies Sale Centre Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in *(賽罕區柏春茂園林用品銷 sales of seedlings and 售中心) gardening equipment. Sub-total for five largest 42,045 8.3% suppliers

− 203 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

FY2020

Amount of materials or Year of services Percentage of commencement purchased for total costs of Principal of business the relevant sales for the materials or Relationship relationship Supplier year relevant year service provided with us with us Profile and background RMB’000

Weichang Manchu and 14,366 2.6% Plantation and Independent 2016 A company based in Hebei Mongolian Autonomous labour services Third Party and engaged in the County Dehai Landscaping and seedlings provision of landscaping Engineering Co., Ltd.* (圍 engineering works, sales 場滿族蒙古族自治縣德海園 and plantation of seedlings 林綠化工程有限公司) and logistics services. Xun County Xingsen Forestry 10,856 2.0% Seedlings Independent 2020 A company based in Henan Development Co., Ltd.* (浚 Third Party and engaged in the 縣興森林業發展有限公司) cultivation and sale of (Note) seedlings. Shandong Bohua 9,043 1.7% Seedlings Independent 2020 A company based in High-efficiency Ecological Third Party Shandong and engaged in Agriculture Technology Co., sales of seedlings and Ltd.* (山東博華高效生態農 provision of landscaping 業科技有限公司) works. Weichang Manchu and 8,753 1.6% Plantation and Independent 2018 A company based in Inner Mongolian Autonomous labour services Third Party Mongolia and engaged in County Qunyi Greening provision of landscaping Engineering Co., Ltd.* (圍 engineering works and 場滿族蒙古族自治縣群益綠 plantation management and 化工程有限公司) labour services. Shijiazhuang Jihua Asset 8,583 1.6% Seedlings Independent 2019 A company based in Hebei Management Co., Ltd.* (石 Third Party and engaged in sales of 家莊際華資產管理有限公司) seedlings, project investment, project management and landscaping management services. Sub-total for five largest 51,601 9.4% suppliers

Note: Xun County Xingsen Forestry Development Co., Ltd.* (浚縣興森林業發展有限公司) owned 5% equity interest in Xun County Mengshu Forestry, an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Group as to 95%.

To the best knowledge and belief of our Directors after making all reasonable enquiries, as at the Latest Practicable Date, none of our Directors, their close associates or any Shareholder who owned more than 5% of our issued and outstanding shares as at the Latest Practicable Date had any interest in any of our five largest suppliers during the Track Record Period.

Selection of suppliers

We maintain a list of qualified suppliers. The suppliers qualified for the list are those who satisfy our criteria which include pricing, quality of products, productivity, lead time, track records and market reputation. We reassess our suppliers list annually and remove those suppliers who fail to pass our assessment from our qualified suppliers list from time to time.

− 204 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Key contract terms with our suppliers

Price, specifications of The types, specifications and quantities of the raw materials materials or services such as seedlings types and height together with their corresponding unit price will be stated in the contract.

For plantation and labour services, the contract will specify the location of plantation bases and types of services required.

Contract duration We may enter into long term seedlings procurement agreement with suppliers for up to five years. The supplier shall plant the agreed amount of seedlings in its plantation bases for supply to our Group in accordance with the specifications set out in contract.

Payment terms We generally pay our raw materials and services suppliers 60% to 70% of the total purchase price within the first year after delivery and the remaining 40% to 30% within the second year.

To improve our financial management, we negotiated with our suppliers in 2020 and extended the settlement term to (i) 50% of the total purchase price within the first year; (ii) 30% within the second year; and (iii) the remaining 20% within the third year.

Delivery of materials Our suppliers are responsible for delivery of materials and any risks occurred during delivery.

Termination We may terminate the contract in the event that the supplier fails to deliver the products or services in accordance with the schedule or performance standard as stipulated in the contract. Our Group will receive compensation upon termination depending on the event of default specified in the contract.

During the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we did not experience any material shortage or delay in the supply of materials and services that we required. In addition, we did not experience any material fluctuation of prices of raw materials or services that we required during the Track Record Period.

SUBCONTRACTING

We engage third party subcontractors in our projects from time to time to provide extra workforce or for professional specialty services. Our subcontractors include (i) labour subcontractors; (ii) professional subcontractors; and (iii) machinery subcontractors. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, subcontracting fees paid to our five largest subcontractors amounted to approximately

− 205 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

RMB55.5 million, RMB191.2 million and RMB120.0 million, respectively, representing approximately 20.8%, 37.8% and 22.0% of our cost of sales, respectively, for the corresponding periods. We implement stringent management procedures to select and to control the work of our subcontractors. Our management procedures include: (i) formulating a control list with reference to contract sum and amount of works to be subcontracted to control the cost of subcontractors; and (ii) designating project management personnel who are employed by our Group to supervise and manage our subcontractors and holding on-site periodic meetings with subcontractors to discuss their performance, construction progress and conduct quality and safety training.

We compare potential subcontractors based on their qualifications, price quote and historical performance. Our criteria on selecting subcontractors include (i) track record of relevant experience; (ii) possession of sufficient quantity of skilled workforce or machinery; (iii) financial strengths; and (iv) no defaulting record of wage payment to labour forces. We require our subcontractors to strictly comply with the relevant safety laws and regulations. Our Directors confirm that during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we did not incur any material damages, penalties or other liabilities arising from the contractual violations or misconduct of our subcontractors.

Labour subcontractors

We engage labour subcontractors to conduct manual works for construction projects, which our Directors believe is relatively cost-effective and in line with industry practices.

Under our arrangements with the labour subcontractors, we subcontract labour works in our projects to labour subcontractors who are responsible for arranging sufficient number of workers (and also providing the necessary equipment in some cases) and completing the works as specified in the relevant contracts. We remain responsible for project management and procurement of raw materials and we pay subcontracting fees to the labour subcontractors according to the contract terms.

Professional subcontractors

We may subcontract certain parts of ancillary works to qualified professional subcontractors as stipulated in our contracts of projects with project owners or as permitted by our project owners. Such ancillary works include works other than those for the main structure of projects, such as building pavilions, corridors, garden bridges, sculptures and fountains. When selecting our professional subcontractors, we require them to possess the relevant professional qualifications to conduct certain construction works.

− 206 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Machinery subcontractors

We also engage machinery subcontractors to provide us with the necessary machinery such as irrigation vehicles and other large machinery such as excavator or crawler.

Major subcontractors

The following table sets out the background information of our five largest subcontractors in terms of cost of subcontracting attributable to the relevant year:

FY2018

Amount of Year of cost of Percentage of commencement subcontracting total costs of of business for the sales for the Principal Relationship relationship Subcontractor relevant year relevant year service provided with us with us Profile and background RMB’000

Wuchuan County Kangqi 14,360 5.4% Machinery Independent 2015 A logistics service provider Logistics Co., Ltd.* (武川縣 Subcontracting Third Parties based in Inner Mongolia. 康祺物流有限責任公司) Inner Mongolia Mengtailong 14,207 5.3% Machinery Independent 2012 A logistics service provider Transportation Co., Ltd.* Subcontracting Third Parties based in Inner Mongolia. (內蒙古蒙泰龍運輸有限公 司) Inner Mongolia Zhong Sheng Li 13,600 5.1% Professional Associate 2014 A company based in Inner De Environmental Subcontracting company Mongolia and engaged in Engineering Co., Ltd.* (內 the provision of 蒙古中盛立德環境工程有限 landscaping, ecological 公司) forest plantation services as well as certain municipal engineering works. Shenyang Gexuan Municipal 8,000 3.0% Professional Independent 2018 A company based in Construction Engineering Subcontracting Third Parties and engaged in Co., Ltd.* (瀋陽格軒市政建 the provision of municipal 設工程有限公司) engineering works, landscaping and renovation works. Hebei Hongjia Landscaping 5,289 2.0% Labour Independent 2018 A company based in Hebei Engineering Co., Ltd.* (河 Subcontracting Third Parties and engaged in the 北宏佳園林綠化工程有限公 provision of greening 司) works, solar photovoltaic works, environmental protection works and renovation works. Sub-total for five largest 55,456 20.8% subcontractors

− 207 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

FY2019

Amount of Year of cost of Percentage of commencement subcontracting total costs of of business for the sales for the Principal Relationship relationship Subcontractor relevant year relevant year service provided with us with us Profile and background RMB’000

Inner Mongolia Zhong Sheng Li 91,578 18.1% Professional Associate 2014 A company based in Inner De Environmental Subcontracting company Mongolia and engaged in Engineering Co., Ltd.* (內 the provision of 蒙古中盛立德環境工程有限 landscaping, ecological 公司) forest plantation services as well as certain municipal engineering works. Chifeng Hengguan Construction 37,301 7.4% Labour Independent 2019 A company based in Inner Engineering Co., Ltd.* (赤 Subcontracting Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in 峰恒冠建築工程有限責任公 the provision of housing 司) construction engineering, earthwork engineering, pipeline engineering, construction of steel structure, decoration engineering works and labour subcontracting services. Inner Mongolia Desheng Road 27,040 5.3% Professional Independent 2019 A company based in Inner & Bridge Co., Ltd.* (內蒙 Subcontracting Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in 古德昇路橋有限公司) the provision of steel structure engineering; earth mining engineering; landscaping, electrical engineering and municipal engineering works. Anhui Jiaming Environmental 21,122 4.2% Professional Independent 2019 A company based in Anhui Protection Technology Co., Subcontracting Third Parties and engaged in the Ltd.* (安徽佳明環保科技股 provision of sewage 份有限公司) treatment services and sales of environmental and electrical equipment. Inner Mongolia Yongjiang 14,196 2.8% Professional Independent 2019 A company based in Inner Building Decoration Subcontracting Third Parties Mongolia and engaged in Engineering Co., Ltd.* (內 provision of professional 蒙古湧江建築裝飾工程有限 subcontracting services. 公司) Sub-total for five largest 191,237 37.8% subcontractors

− 208 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

FY2020

Amount of Year of cost of Percentage of commencement subcontracting total costs of of business for the sales for the Principal Relationship relationship Subcontractor relevant year relevant year service provided with us with us Profile and background RMB’000

Inner Mongolia Zhong Sheng Li 50,705 9.3% Professional Associate 2014 A company based in Inner De Environmental subcontracting company Mongolia and engaged in Engineering Co., Ltd.* (內 the provision of 蒙古中盛立德環境工程有限 landscaping, ecological 公司) forest plantation services as well as certain municipal engineering works. Chifeng Hengguan Construction 25,686 4.7% Labour Independent 2019 A company based in Inner Engineering Co., Ltd.* (赤 subcontracting Third Party Mongolia and engaged in 峰恒冠建築工程有限責任公 the provision of housing 司) construction engineering, earthwork engineering, pipeline engineering, construction of steel structure, decoration engineering works and labour subcontracting. Inner Mongolia Mengtailong 16,252 3.0% Machinery Independent 2012 A logistics service provider Transportation Co., Ltd.* Subcontracting Third Parties based in Inner Mongolia. (內蒙古蒙泰龍運輸有限公 司) Jiangsu Jingchengyuan Electric 14,439 2.6% Professional Independent 2020 A company based in Jiangsu Group Co., Ltd.* (江蘇京承 Subcontracting Third Parties and engaged in sales of 源電氣集團有限公司) electrical equipment and hardware and provision of municipal engineering works. Inner Mongolia Hejingyuan 12,909 2.4% Labour Independent 2017 A company based in Inner Labour Services Co., Ltd.* subcontracting Third Party Mongolia and engaged in (內蒙古和景源勞務有限公 the provision of labour 司) subcontracting services. Sub-total for five largest 119,991 22.0% subcontractors

To the best knowledge and belief of our Directors after making all reasonable enquiries, as at the Latest Practicable Date, none of our Directors, their close associates or any Shareholder who owned more than 5% of our issued and outstanding shares as at the Latest Practicable Date had any interest in any of our five largest subcontractors during the Track Record Period.

Entities who are our major customers and major suppliers/subcontractors

One of our five largest suppliers in FY2018 and FY2020 who was also our customer

Weichang Manchu and Mongolian Autonomous County Dehai Landscaping Engineering Co., Ltd.* (圍場滿族蒙古族自治縣德海園林綠化工程有限公司)(“Dehai Landscaping”) is a company incorporated in the PRC and is principally engaged in urban and rural greening projects, labour services and plantation and sale of seedlings.

− 209 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

During the Track Record Period, we engaged Dehai Landscaping for the provision of plantation and labour services and purchase of seedlings. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our total purchases from Dehai Landscaping amounted to RMB10.7 million, RMB4.6 million, and RMB14.4 million, respectively, representing 4.0%, 0.9% and 2.6% of our cost of sales, respectively, for the corresponding periods.

During the Track Record Period, we also generated revenue from Dehai Landscaping for the sales of our seedlings. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our total revenue generated from Dehai Landscaping amounted to approximately nil, nil and RMB5.1 million, respectively, representing nil, nil and 0.6% of our total revenue, respectively, for the corresponding periods. No gross profit was generated as our biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell when they are sold pursuant to HKAS 41 Agriculture.

One of our five largest suppliers in FY2020 who was also the subsidiary of one of our five largest customers in FY2020

Xun County Xingsen Forestry Development Co., Ltd* (浚縣興森林業發展有限公司)(“Xingsen Forestry”) is a company incorporated in the PRC which is principally engaged in the cultivation and sale of seedlings. Xingsen Forestry is one of the shareholders of Xun County Mengshu Forestry, an indirect non-wholly owned subsidiary of our Company (which is owned as to 93% by Mengshu Group, 1% by Beijing Mengshu Ecological, 1% by Guizhou Mengshu Ecology and 5% by Xingsen Forestry). Xingsen Forestry is also a wholly-owned subsidiary of Xun County Natural Resources Bureau* (浚 縣自然資源局), one of our five largest customers in FY2020.

During the Track Record Period, we engaged Xingsen Forestry for the provision of seedlings. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our total purchases from Xingsen Forestry amounted to nil, nil, and RMB10.9 million, respectively, representing nil, nil and 4.1% of our cost of sales, respectively, for the corresponding periods.

During the Track Record Period, we also generated revenue from Xun County Natural Resources Bureau* (浚縣自然資源局) for the Xun County PPP project and Liyang Project. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our total revenue generated from Xun County Natural Resources Bureau* (浚縣自然資 源局) amounted to approximately nil, RMB10.0 million and RMB186.8 million, respectively, representing nil, 1.3% and 22.9% of our total revenue, respectively, for the corresponding periods. We generated gross profit of nil, approximately RMB3.7 million and RMB64.7 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively, representing nil, 1.4% and 24.3% of our total gross profit for the corresponding periods.

− 210 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

One of our five largest subcontractors in FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 who was also our customer

Zhong Sheng Li De is a company incorporated in the PRC on 15 November 2002, principally engaged in the provision of landscaping, ecological forest plantation services as well as certain municipal engineering works in the PRC. It was held by Mengshu Group as to 60% in July 2014, and ceased to be a subsidiary of Mengshu Group when Mengshu Group’s shareholding interest in Zhong Sheng Li De decreased from 60% to 44% as a result of the dilution by the capital injection of an existing shareholder of Zhong Sheng Li De in July 2017. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — Major historical acquisitions” for reasons of shareholding dilution. As at the Latest Practicable Date, Zhong Sheng Li De was held as to 44% by Mengshu Group.

During the Track Record Period, we generated revenue from Zhong Sheng Li De primarily attributable to three projects. These projects were undertaken by Zhong Sheng Li De as the main contractor and subcontracted to our Group. We were the principal subcontractor being awarded a material part of such projects while Zhong Sheng Li De remained as the main contractor and kept its project management and supervisory responsibilities. The scope of works subcontracted to us mainly included landscaping and plantation services. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our revenue generated from Zhong Sheng Li De for the above projects amounted to approximately RMB1.4 million, RMB1.3 million and nil, respectively, representing 0.4%, 0.2% and nil of our total revenue, respectively. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the projects mentioned above substantially completed. We generated gross profit of approximately RMB0.1 million, RMB0.5 million and nil for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively, representing 0.1%, 0.1% and nil of our total gross profit for the corresponding periods. During the Track Record Period, we also sold seedlings, mainly pinus sylvestris to Zhong Sheng Li De. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our revenue generated from sales of seedlings to Zhong Sheng Li De amounted to nil, approximately RMB1.2 million and RMB16.1 million representing nil, approximately 0.2% and 2.0% of our total revenue, respectively. No gross profit was generated as our biological assets are measured at fair value less costs to sell when they are sold pursuant to HKAS 41 Agriculture.

During the Track Record Period, we engaged Zhong Sheng Li De for the provision of professional subcontracting services relating to municipal engineering works. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our cost of subcontracting with Zhong Sheng Li De amounted to RMB13.6 million, RMB91.6 million, and RMB50.7 million, respectively, representing 5.1%, 18.2% and 9.3% of our total cost of sales, respectively. Our Directors confirm, and as suggested by Frost & Sullivan, it is a common industry practice for contractors to further subcontract part of their works to other subcontractors. Although Zhong Sheng Li De and our Group may provide similar scope of services, depending on the availability of our own resources, profitability, capacity, project specifications and requirements as well as complexity of the projects, we may subcontract part of our works to subcontractors which we consider to be capable of completing the works. The subcontracting to Zhong Sheng Li De was made by optimising the use of our then available resources, skills and experiences.

−211− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

As confirmed by our Directors, our transactions with Zhong Sheng Li De have been on normal commercial terms based on arm’s length negotiations and comparable to Independent Third Parties.

Key contract terms with our subcontractors

Scope of works Our subcontracting contracts specify the particular labour works, construction services or machinery that the subcontractors are contracted to provide. In some cases, our labour and professional subcontractors are also responsible for the tools, machinery and safety equipment needed.

Performance guarantee In certain circumstances, we may require our subcontractor to provide performance guarantees by paying deposits to guarantee due performance of the contract.

Subcontracting fees The contract sum is calculated by the unit price per unit of work. The unit price is generally determined based on market price at the time of entering the contract. The final subcontracting fee is determined with reference to the unit price and actual quantity of works completed by subcontractors. The amount of works may be adjusted during the course of the projects.

Payment terms For certain contracts, we pay our subcontractors 60% to 70% of the contract sum after completion of works during the first year, 40% to 30% of the contract sum during the second year.

To improve our financial management, we negotiated with our subcontractors in 2020 to extend the settlement term to (i) 50% of the contract sum in the first year; (ii) 30% within the second year; and (iii) the remaining 20% within the third year.

Quality and safety Our subcontractors are responsible for reworks and the associated costs if the quality of the subcontracted work fails to meet our quality standards. Generally, we are responsible for the overall management of the on-site personnel on our projects and setting the construction procedures and safety measures. The subcontractor is primarily responsible for complying with, and implementing our internal control policies, conducting training of the subcontracted workers and monitoring their adherence to our safety measures and procedures. Our subcontractors are responsible for any safety accidents of their workers on our projects occurring at the construction site or any safety accidents occurring as a result of the faults of the subcontractors.

− 212 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Termination The subcontracting contracts can generally be terminated by (i) mutual agreement by both parties; (ii) any of the contracting party in the event that defaulting party causes material project delays.

QUALITY CONTROL

Our quality control team is responsible for monitoring (i) our plantation bases; and (ii) our ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects. Set out below is a summary of the key quality control measures which we have implemented:

Plantation bases

We adhere to a strict system of quality control over our plantations from selecting seedling for plantation to the plantation process.

(i) Quality control on raw materials

For seedlings that we procure from our suppliers which will be further planted in our plantation bases, we generally require such suppliers to produce certificates and qualifications such as seedling certificate (苗木標簽), phytosanitary certificate (植物檢疫證書) and seedling quarantine certificate (苗木質量檢驗證書). Our staff will monitor the conditions of our seedlings regularly and decide on the amount of fertilisers and pesticides required.

(ii) Quality control on plantation

Our plantation base management department will formulate plantation works in accordance with our annual plantation plan. We will also provide trainings and specify our required standards to our service providers to ensure they can satisfy our standards. We monitor the works of our service providers through the plantation process, staffing arrangements and work plans. Our plantation base management department performs regular assessments on the progress of plantation works and on-site inspections. If any issue is identified upon inspection, we will issue a notice demanding rectification to the person in charge to resolve the issue. We will conduct another round of inspection after the relevant rectification to ensure the quality standard.

(iii) Quality control on maintenance

Upon completion of the plantation, we generally engage service providers to provide maintenance services. We have established maintenance manual based on seedling species, location of plantation bases and season (including frequency of irrigation, frequency of applying fertilizers, and standards of trimming the seedlings) for our staff and service providers to follow.

(iv) Inspection of seedlings

Upon outplanting (出圃), our staff will inspect our seedlings randomly by selecting seedlings from each zone for inspection. We monitor our seedlings by analysing a series of key parameters

− 213 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS throughout the entire plantation process. We monitor the yield of our seedlings based on their height, trunk diameter and crown width. Upon our satisfaction, we will apply for the relevant certifications for our seedlings including seedling certificate (苗木標簽), phytosanitary certificate (植物檢疫證書) and seedling quarantine certificate (植物檢驗證書).

Ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects

(i) General quality control measures

• Quality control review. After completion of a project, we conduct a detailed review and analysis of quality control issues and explore the possibility of implementing measures, enhancement or improvement to our existing quality control measures.

• Staff training. We provide periodic training to our staff and to refine their knowledge in relation to internal quality standards and compliance regulations in the ecological and environmental protection industry.

(ii) Quality control on projects

• Formulation of quality control objectives. Before the commencement of our projects, we generally formulate quality control objectives and standards of our projects. We require our relevant personnel of the projects to adhere to the established quality control objectives and standards. Should there be any deviation from the objectives and standards, rectification measures will be carried out.

• Standardisation. We employ standardised methods and technologies across our projects. Based on the design plan, raw materials, construction technology, methods and processes of the project, we may perform on-site demonstration and set up samples for workers’ reference and benchmarking purposes.

• On-site inspection. We conduct periodic on-site inspections. Major areas of inspections include construction quality of project site, the survival rates of seedlings and the prevention of pests and disease of seedlings. Should there be any quality control issue, the person in charge will be required to implement rectification measures immediately.

(iii) Quality control on plantation and maintenance of seedlings planted in project sites

• The control measures on plantation and maintenance of seedlings planted in our project sites are generally similar to the measures we implement for our plantation bases.

INVENTORY

Our major raw materials include seedlings and construction materials such as steels, stones and sands. As there is sufficient supply of these raw materials, we generally do not keep excess inventory.

− 214 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

We believe that research and development is key to driving our future growth and maintaining our competitiveness in the industry. We have been devoted to research and development to drive improvement and innovation in seedling species as well as plantation and ecological restoration technologies and we seek to distinguish ourselves from our competitors with our research and development capabilities which enable us to increase survival rate of seedlings. During the Track Record Period, we incurred approximately RMB3.9 million, RMB4.9 million, and RMB8.2 million, respectively in our research and development projects. Some of our research and development projects which were approved by the relevant local government bureaus were qualified for government subsidies to cover a pre-agreed amount of the research and development expense budget. The research and development expenses incurred mainly covered salaries of our research and development staff, fees to external technical consultants, and costs of materials, seedlings, equipment, and plantation labour in the projects. We focus our research and development efforts on the following areas:

Cultivation of improved species of plants. In order to improve the quality and efficiency of our seedlings supply, we strive to cultivate new species of seedlings including poplar tree, spindle tree and Syringa, which has better growth yields or tolerance against harsh environment. We also focus on the collection and preservation of germplasm of trees which had over 275 species of trees as at the Latest Practicable Date. We had also successfully cultivated and obtained the rights in new varieties of plants for six new seedling species. A prime example of our new seedling species is our Mengyang series (蒙楊系列), which comprises poplar trees with characteristics such as better growth yield and cold, drought and alkali tolerance and no poplar flakes. We are also in the process of breeding seven new seedling species and intend to apply for the variety rights of these new seedling species as at the Latest Practicable Date. Set out below are our new species that have been granted with the rights in new varieties of plants (植物新品種權):

Intellectual Species Characteristics Commercial value properties Grant date Expiry date

Mengshu No. 1* Poplar tree with - Can be used in Rights in 17 October 16 October (蒙樹1號楊) better growth yield ecological forest new varieties 2017 2037 and cold, drought plantation, ecological of plants and alkali tolerance restoration projects

Mengshu No. 2* Poplar tree with no - Can be used in Rights in 17 October 16 October (蒙樹2號楊) poplar flakes, and ecological forest new varieties 2017 2037 strong adaptability plantation, ecological of plants to harsh restoration and urban environments and rural greening projects

- Can be used as raw materials for paper and fibreboard

- Can be used to replace poplar trees with poplar flakes

− 215 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Intellectual Species Characteristics Commercial value properties Grant date Expiry date

Mengshu No. 3* Poplar tree with no - Can be used in Rights in 24 July 2019 23 July 2039 (蒙樹3號楊) poplar flakes, and ecological forest new varieties strong cold and plantation, ecological of plants drought resistance restoration and urban and rural greening projects

- Can be used as raw materials for paper and fibreboard

- Can be used to replace poplar trees with poplar flakes

Mengshu Chiyan* An euonymus - Can be used as Rights in 15 June 14 June (蒙樹赤焰) species with cold ornamental plants and new varieties 2018 2038 resistance and improve alkaline of of plants alkaline resistance soils.

- It is suitable for rural and urban greening projects

Mengshu Chimei* An euonymus - Can be used as Rights in 29 July 2020 28 July 2040 (蒙樹赤梅) species with better ornamental plants and new varieties fruits production improve alkaline of of plants yield soils.

- It is suitable for rural and urban greening projects

Mengshu Chixing* An euonymus - Can be used as Rights in 29 July 2020 28 July 2040 (蒙樹赤星) species ornamental plants and new varieties improve alkaline of of plants soils.

- It is suitable for rural and urban greening projects

− 216 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Improvement of plantation techniques. We also invest in improving our existing plantation techniques to streamline our plantation process and improve overall survival rate and growth yield of our seedlings. Over the years, we obtained various patents including invention patents, such as (i) a biological phosphate fertilizer and its manufacturing method (一種生物磷肥及其製備方法), which is a nutrient solution that can increase the growth rate of tree; (ii) a method for fast breeding of poplar tree (一種快速繁育楊樹苗的方法), which is a method for increasing the growth yields of poplar tree; and (iii) a tree reinforcement device (樹的加固裝置), which is a device that can reinforce and support the tree trunk.

Improvement of ecological restoration techniques. We have developed various ecological restoration techniques such as ecological gully restoration technique with the use of an ecological blanket (溝壑植被生態毯修復技術), soil improvement technique (改良土壤技術) and slope vegetation restoration technique (溝壑邊坡植被修復技術), which enable us to overcome challenges and constraints in climate conditions and soil condition of project site such as humidity and temperature.

Research staff

We are committed to recruiting new talents to join our research and development team. We attend campus recruitment events on a regular basis to recruit qualified outstanding graduates. We also seek to hire research and development personnel with experience in the relevant fields. We attract new research and development talents by offering competitive compensation packages, career development opportunities and trainings designed to enhance their skills and technical knowledge.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, our research and development team consisted of 16 staff with relevant experience and knowledge in ecology. Our Directors consider that our competitive edge is driven by our emphasis on research and development and the close collaboration between our research and development team and plantation team and project team in order to provide constant support to their needs as well as receiving feedbacks from them. Our research and development staff focus on developing integrated solutions tailored to our customers’ needs, providing guidance and advice on suitable types of seedling species and techniques in relation to our projects, providing regular trainings or seminars to our staff and introducing new technologies in relation to plantation methods to our Group to improve our existing services, and enhance our efficiency. We also obtain information on the market demand, and will consider these matters when develop new species of plants.

Research facilities

We cooperated with Beijing Forestry University* (北京林業大學) and established a collaborative seedlings innovation centre (林木育種協同創新中心) with facilities such as automated lighting, air-conditioning, fertilising and irrigation facilities to keep the temperature, soil nutrients, humidity and sunlight of our seedlings under optimal conditions for research purposes. This innovation centre allows us to research and cultivate new seedling species and functions as an academic research platform to attract academics and talents to develop seedlings breeding technology. With support from the tertiary institutions, our research and development staff are able to tap into their technical know-how efficiently. By working closely with these professors and researchers, our research and development team is able to expand our capabilities, select and cultivate new seedling species, develop a wider range of technology applications and tools and keep informed of the latest technological developments.

− 217 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Collaboration with tertiary and research institutions

One of our research and development strategies is to maintain regular engagements with professors and researchers from established tertiary institutions, including Beijing Forestry University* (北京林業大學), Research Institute of Forestry, Chinese Academy of Forestry* (中國林業科學研究院林業研究所), Inner Mongolia Academy of Forestry* (內蒙古自治區林業科學研 究院), Inner Mongolia University* (內蒙古大學) and Inner Mongolia Agricultural University* (內蒙古農業大學) which, we believe, provides us with insights into industry trends and emerging new knowhow and technologies, enabling us to focus our current and future research and development efforts more effectively. During the Track Record Period, we had 15 collaboration agreements with colleges and universities in the PRC. The following table sets out the key terms of the collaboration agreements:

Objectives of research and The collaboration agreement sets out the objectives and development project expected outcome of the project such as expected number of intellectual properties to be obtained and number of articles to be published.

Research and development fee The research and development fee shall be paid by the instructing party.

Cost of project The instructing party shall bear the cost of research and development which generally includes cost of materials and equipment.

Ownership of outcome Depending on the terms of agreement, the ownership of the outcome of the project such as intellectual properties may belong solely to our Group or jointly with the institution or university.

During the Track Record Period, we also participated in government sponsored research and development projects, which demonstrate that our research and development capabilities are well recognised in our industry and by the PRC Government. For example, we took part in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region Science and Technology Innovation Guidance Project* (內蒙古自治區 科技創新引導項目), a research and development program hosted by Inner Mongolia Finance Department* (內蒙古自治區財政廳) and Department of Science and Technology of Inner Mongolia* (內蒙古自治區科學技術廳). The objectives of this program include (i) improving the drought-resistant characteristics of certain seedling species through cross-breeding with other species; and (ii) publishing academic journal articles; and (iii) nurturing research personnel.

− 218 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Highlights of our major research and development achievements

Our research and development efforts have produced a number of technical achievements, intellectual properties and industry know-how we use in our projects and plantation bases that are crucial to our business operations. See “Intellectual Properties” in this section.

The following table sets out some of our key research and development achievements:

Invention patents

Name Patent type Patent number Grant Date Description

A culture medium, solid Invention patent ZL 201810114620.6 7 July 2020 An integrated microbial mycorrhizal solution fertiliser for improving and its manufacturing soil condition. This was method (一種培養基、 applied in our Chifeng 固體菌根製劑及其製備 City Nanshan PPP Project 方法) (赤峰市南山景觀綠化提升 工程PPP項目) which was commenced in 2019

A method for improving Invention patent ZL 201610832930.2 27 August 2019 A technique to improve ecological environment the vegetation slope in loess hilly and protection ability. This gully area (一種改善黃 was applied in our 土丘陵溝壑區生態環境 Shengle Project (內蒙古 的方法) 盛樂國際生態示範區)in which was commenced in 2013

A biological phosphate Invention patent ZL 201410247848.4 6 January 2016 A nutrient solution that fertiliser and its increases the growth manufacturing method yields of tree (一種生物磷肥及其製 備方法)

A method for fast Invention patent ZL 201610748049.4 30 October 2018 A method for increasing breeding of poplar tree the growth yields of (一種快速繁育楊樹苗 poplar tree. This was 的方法) applied in our breeding of Mengshu No. 1* (蒙樹 1號楊) and Mengshu No. 2* (蒙樹2號楊)

A tree reinforcement Invention patent ZL 201310431623.X 8 October 2014 A device for reinforcing device (樹的加固裝置) and supporting the tree trunk

− 219 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Utility model patents

Name Patent type Patent number Grant Date Description

A film laying machine Utility model ZL 201721169337.0 10 April 2018 A soil improvement (一種地膜覆蓋機) patent technique which uses a film laying machine for preventing water loss in the soil

Ecological blanket for Utility model ZL 201820087481.8 21 September 2018 An ecological gully ecological restoration patent restoration technique with in gully areas (用於溝 the use of an ecological 壑區生態恢復的護坡生 blanket with stronger 態毯) adaptability and less susceptible to temperature change which can be used all year round for ecological restoration. This can also simplify construction process and reduce construction time.

An ecological slope Utility model ZL 201921071879.3 21 April 2020 A slope vegetation fixing device suitable patent restoration technique for for soil slope (一種用 increasing the 於土質邊坡的生態固坡 germination rate of plants 裝置) and reduces soil erosion

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTIES

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we obtained 97 patents which include 12 patents for invention (發明專利) (including two co-owned with Research Institute of Forestry, Chinese Academy of Forestry* (中國林業科學研究院林業研究所)); 79 utility model patents (實用新型專利); and six design patents (外觀設計專利) and applied for the registration of a total of 27 patents including nine patents for invention (發明專利) (including one jointly applied with Beijing Forestry University* (北京林業大學)); and 18 utility model patents (實用新型專利). We have put effort into the protection of our intellectual property rights from infringement and misappropriation by third parties, however, there may be unauthorised attempts to use and obtain our intellectual property. In the event of a successful claim of infringement and our failure or inability to protect our intellectual properties, we may face damages to our reputation which may also adversely affect our operations. Our business reputation depends on the track record, credibility and value of our company brand. See “Statutory and General Information — Further Information about Our Business — 2. Intellectual Property Rights”.

− 220 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

During the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we were not subject to any material infringement of our intellectual property rights by third parties nor our infringement of intellectual property rights owned by other parties; and we have not experienced any litigation, arbitration or disputes in relation to intellectual property rights infringement. Our Directors believe that we have taken all reasonable measures to prevent any infringement of our intellectual property rights. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we were also not aware of any pending or threatened claims against us or any of our subsidiaries in relation to the infringement of any intellectual property rights of third parties.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND WORK SAFETY

We are subject to the PRC laws and regulations on labour, safety and work-related incidents including the Work Safety Law of the PRC (中華人民共和國安全生產法) and Regulations on the Administration of Construction Safety (建設工程安全生產管理條例). See “Regulatory Overview — Law and Regulations in Relation to Quality Control and Work Safety of Construction Projects”. We implemented stringent internal safety policies to enhance operational safety and ensure compliance with relevant laws and regulations.

We have in place safety guidelines and operation manuals setting out safety measures and provide safety protection to our employees working in our project sites and plantation bases, which includes the distribution of protective work gear to our employees. Our relevant safety personnel is responsible for carrying out inspection and regular checks. We also provide our employees with training programmes on work safety to ensure that are aware of our safety procedures and policies, which includes guidelines for safety management, emergency situations, proper operation and usage of equipment and machinery and accident reporting rules.

Our Directors confirm that during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we did not encounter any incidents or complaints that would materially and adversely affect our operations. As confirmed by our PRC Legal Advisers, during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we complied with the PRC workplace safety regulatory requirements in all material respects and our Group did not incur any material administrative penalties for violations of occupational health and work safety, nor experience any review or suspension of business operation ordered by any PRC local authorities due to the violation of any safety production permits.

ENVIRONMENTAL SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE

Environmental

We are committed to conducting our operations in a manner that aims to comply with the applicable environmental laws and regulations in which we operate including but not limited to Environmental Protection Law of the PRC《中華人民共和國環境保護法》 ( ) and Law of the PRC on Environmental Impact Assessment《中華人民共和國環境影響評價法》 ( ). See “Regulatory overview — Laws and Regulations in Relation to Environmental Protection”. We take steps to ensure that waste products produced as a result of our operations are properly disposed of so as to minimise adverse effects to the environment.

− 221 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

We have established procedures to identify services provided by us that may be subject to environmental aspects, and to determine those aspects that can give rise to environmental-related risks and have impacts on our employees, or the environment. The objective of our procedures is to manage risks such as noise, general waste, hazardous waste, and water pollutants. We were awarded with ISO14001:2015 environmental management system. As such, our Directors believe that the impact of our operations on the environment is minimal and we have taken all necessary internal environmental protection measures. For instance, we have taken the following measures to treat biological unused biological fertilisers, solid waste and noise pollution:

— Unused biological fertilisers: For any unused biological fertilisers, we request our suppliers to collect.

— Solid waste: We dispose of solid wastes generated from our construction works in accordance with our customers’ requirements and applicable laws and regulations.

— Noise pollution: We carefully operate or request our subcontractors or service providers to operate machinery to reduce noise pollution to confirm

Our Directors believe that our operations generally do not generate any excessive environmental pollutants and hazardous material. Our Directors are of the view that the annual cost of compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations in the PRC was immaterial during the Track Record Period and we do not expect that our annual costs of compliance with applicable environmental matters to increase materially in the near future, subject to any future changes in applicable environmental laws and regulations which may arise.

Social and employees

Our social and community sustainability efforts focus on, among others, engagement in volunteering works such as donations and elderly visits, poverty alleviation and rural revitalisation.

We strive to provide equal opportunities to our staff regardless of their gender, age, ethnic and cultural background. The well-being of our employees are essential to the business operations of our Group and we emphasise on the ethical treatment of our employees, through providing them with an environment to develop their careers and dedicate themselves to the development of our Group.

− 222 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

We are committed to providing ongoing training to them. See “Employees - Training and recruitment policies” in this section for further details. We also strive to provide a safe and healthy working environment and have established guidelines and manuals to promote occupational health and work safety. See “Occupational health and work safety” in this section for further details.

Corporate governance measures

We have established three Board committees, namely, the audit committee, the nomination committee, and the remuneration committee, with respective terms of reference in compliance with the Corporate Governance Code. See “Directors and Senior Management”. In particular, one of the primary duties of our audit committee is to review and supervise the financial reporting process and internal control system of our Group. Our audit committee consists of all three of our independent non-executive Directors, whose backgrounds and profiles are set out in “Directors and Senior Management” in this document. To avoid potential conflicts of interest, we will implement corporate governance measures as set out in “Relationship with Controlling Shareholders — Corporate Governance Measures”. Our Directors will review our corporate governance measures and our compliance with the Corporate Governance Code in each financial year and comply with the “comply or explain” principle in our corporate governance reports to be included in our annual reports after [REDACTED].

Our Directors also consider that establishing and implementing sound environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) principles and practices will help increase the investment value of our Company and provide long-term returns to our stakeholders. To ensure the effectiveness of our ESG risk management measures and internal control systems, our Board will be responsible for overseeing the implementation of our ESG strategies and determining the ESG related risks. Each of our department is responsible for cooperating and assisting the implementing of internal control policies. We intend to adopt the following approaches and strategies to evaluate and manage the material ESG related issues and ensure our compliance with the relevant rules and regulations, including but not limited to, reviewing ESG strategies regularly, and discussing among our management and department to ensure all the material ESG areas which are important to our business development are being reported and complied with. To enhance our ongoing of ESG risk management, we also intend to establish ESG working group comprising senior management and staff from various departments. The responsibilities of the ESG working group include formulating and updating ESG policies and assessing and reviewing our ESG risks from time to time.

As confirmed by our PRC Legal Advisers, during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we had complied with applicable environmental laws and regulations in the PRC in all material respects.

INSURANCE

We maintain insurance policies that are required under relevant PRC laws and regulations as well as policies based on our assessment of our operational needs and industry practice. We maintained insurance policies in respect of our seedlings and buildings and certain of our machinery, equipment and tools covering losses due to natural disaster and accidents. We are also required by PRC social security laws and regulations to maintain mandatory social insurance policies for our employees and

− 223 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS make contributions to mandatory social insurance fund for our employees. We did not carry any business interruption or litigation insurance policies, which are not mandatory according to the laws and regulations of the PRC. We plan to purchase the relevant types of insurance required for [REDACTED] companies such as directors’ liability insurance upon [REDACTED].

Moreover, we maintain and renew insurance policies on a yearly basis for seedlings planted in our plantation bases to cover unexpected events including (i) fire, rainstorm, windstorm, frost, hail, snowstorm, rime, mudslide; (ii) seedlings pests; and (iii) damage to seedlings resulting from reasonable measures taken to prevent the occurrence or deterioration of the events mentioned above. Our insurance coverage is determined with reference to the total area and value of seedlings planted of a year. During the Track Record Period, we encountered four fire accidents in our plantation bases, namely (i) Plantation B (第三苗圃) in 2018; (ii) Plantation Base 5 (豐鎮苗圃) (closed ) in 2018 and 2020; and (iii) Plantation D (樊家夭苗圃) in 2019, respectively, which caused damage to our seedlings but no casualties. We had made relevant insurance claims and had been paid approximately RMB1.4 million for our loss. See “Biological assets — Plantations — Fire accidents” in this section. During the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, save as disclosed above, we did not experience any material insurance disputes nor did we make or were the subject of any material insurance claims.

Our Directors consider that our existing insurance coverage is in line with industry norm and is adequate for our present operations. In addition, as confirmed by our PRC Legal Advisers, we had duly maintained all material insurance policies in compliance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date.

SEASONALITY

We experience seasonality during our business operations. We typically record higher revenue in the second half of a year relative to revenue from the first half, and our revenue from the first quarter is typically lower than other quarters. This seasonality is largely due to decreased construction activities in North China in the winter. Potential investors should be aware that our interim results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our annual results of operations.

OUR NON-CORE BUSINESSES

In November 2019, we acquired a hotel located in Hohhot, Inner Mongolia from the District Management Committee of Shengle Economic Park of Helinger County* (和林格爾縣盛樂經濟園區 管委會) for the operation of hotel business, as we intended to render support to and benefit from the development of ecological tourism in Inner Mongolia. The acquisition was made at a consideration of approximately RMB163.9 million with reference to the appraisal reports prepared by an independent valuer. As at the Latest Practicable Date, our hotel consisted of low-storey hotel buildings with approximately 110 hotel rooms, commercial ancillary properties and recreational facilities including a theatre, tennis court and swimming pool, occupying a building area of approximately 22,000 sq.m.. We recorded revenue from our hotel business of nil and RMB8.1 million for FY2019 and FY2020, respectively, representing nil and 1.0% of our total revenue for the corresponding periods. Our hotel business generated positive operating cash flow to our Group during the Track Record Period.

− 224 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

COMPETITION

The ecological forest plantation industry, ecological restoration industry and urban and rural greening industry in the PRC are highly fragmented with low market concentration rate. With the exception of certain well-established players, most market players are focusing on their respective local markets, and cannot compete for large-scale public projects which normally have a certain number of requirements such as large-scale project experience, financial strength and the number of qualified professionals as stipulated in the tender documents.

Against such industry backdrop, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report, we ranked (i) fourth in the ecological forest plantation industry in the PRC, with a market share of 0.25% in terms of revenue in 2020; and (ii) second in the PRC in terms of area of plantation bases in the seedling cultivation industry in 2020.

EMPLOYEES

Number of employees

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had 492 employees, all of whom are located in the PRC. Set out below is a table showcasing the allocation of our employees:

Directors and senior management 12 Sales and marketing 22 Project management and execution 287 Plantation base management 16 Research and development 16 Design 32 Finance 22 Administration and others 85

Total 492

− 225 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the professional qualifications possessed by our employees are set out as follows:

Number of qualification Qualification holders(6)

Registered constructor(1) Grade one 34 Grade two 53 Professional engineer(2) Senior 23 Intermediate 108 Registered architect(3) Grade two 2 Registered engineer(4) Registered structural engineer-grade two 2 Registered engineer of other specialties 3 Certified cost engineer(5) Grade one 4

Total 229

Notes:

1. Registered constructor refers to the registered practitioners who are in key positions, such as project manager of main contracting projects to manage construction projects in the PRC, which is divided into two classes, namely grade one constructor and grade two constructor.

2. Professional engineer is a recognition of practitioners’ expertise in the PRC and is certified based on the evaluation of the applicants’ professional practice background, such as years of experience as a professional engineer, projects undertaken and professional achievements.

3. Registered architects refer to professional and technical personnel who have obtained the People’s Republic of China Registered Architect Qualification Certificate through examination, franchise, and assessment. There are two categories, namely grade one architect and grade two architect.

4. Registered engineers refer to those who have obtained the qualification certificates and registration certificates of the People’s Republic of China and are engaged in engineering design and other engineering specialties. They are divided into various categories according to different engineering specialties.

5. Certified cost engineer refers to the registered practitioners who are engaged in the management of project cost involving cost estimation, cost control, cost forecasting, investment appraisal and risk analysis.

6. One employee may hold more than one qualification.

− 226 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Relationship with staff and remuneration

Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate talented and competent personnel. As part of our retention strategy, we offer competitive salaries, performance-based bonuses, staff benefits and reward incentives to our employees. We also strive to develop a sense of belonging for employees to our Group and an affinity to our business brand, motivating employees to interact and collaborate as a community.

The remuneration packages of our employees include salary, performance incentive and allowances. In general, we determine employee’s salaries based on their respective qualification, experience, position and performance.

We have also adopted [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes to incentivise our employees who possess the skills and experience, and contribute to the growth and expansion of our Group. See “Appendix IV — Statutory and general information — D. [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes” for details.

Our Directors believe that we have generally maintained a good working relationship with our employees. We did not experience any significant labour disputes that have disrupted our normal business operations during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date.

Training and recruitment policies

We recruit primarily through job search websites, campus recruitment, and public recruitment programmes. As our recruitment principle, each job applicant has an equal job opportunity. All of them will be treated equally and there is no discrimination as to gender, age and ethnicity. We provide on-board training to our newly joined employees. Such training serves as a guide and tour for employees to understand our business operations, culture and policies. During the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we did not experience any difficulties in recruitment.

Social insurance contribution

As required under the applicable PRC laws and regulations, we are obliged to participate in the social welfare schemes which provide pension insurance, medical insurance, work injury insurance, and unemployment insurance for our employees based on the actual wages of employees.

Housing provident fund

We are also required under the applicable PRC laws and regulations to provide our employees in the PRC with the housing social welfare schemes covering housing provident funds based on the actual wages of employees.

− 227 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Labour union

To the best of our Directors’ knowledge, during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, some of our employees have joined our Group’s labour union, which was established in September 2014. The main objectives of the labour union are to provide a platform for our management to gather feedback from our employees in relation to our staff benefits and related policies and to organise social and cultural events.

As confirmed by our PRC legal Advisers, no material administrative penalty had been imposed against us, nor there was any violation of related labour protection laws and regulations in any material respects, and we had not experienced any material labour dispute that has interfered materially with our operations during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date.

OUR AWARDS AND CERTIFICATES

In recognition of our business development and quality standards, we have received a number of awards and certifications over the years of our operation. The following tables highlight some of the major awards and certificates that we obtained during the Track Record Period:

Awards and certificates

Date of expiry/ Year of grant Awards/certificates Awarding body validity period

November 2020 Top 100 brands in Inner Inner Mongolia Brand 31 October 2021 Mongolia (內蒙古百強品牌) Conference Organising Committee* (內蒙古品牌大 會組委會)

July 2020 Top 50 National Urban China Flower & Gardening N/A Landscaping and Greening News* (中國花卉報) Enterprise (全國城市園林綠 化企業50強)

July 2020 National Excellence China Flower & Gardening N/A Operation Efficiency News* (中國花卉報) Enterprise (中國傑出經營效 率園林企業)

December 2019 National Brand Building Inner Mongolia Brand N/A Benchmarking Enterprise of Conference Organising Inner Mongolia (內蒙古民族 Committee* (內蒙古品牌大 品牌建設標杆企業) 會組委會)

November 2019 Mengshu Ecological National Forestry and N/A Restoration National Grassland Administration* Innovation Alliance (蒙樹生 (國家林業和草原局) 態修復國家創新聯盟)

− 228 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Date of expiry/ Year of grant Awards/certificates Awarding body validity period

November 2019 The first batch of Inner Mongolia Autonomous N/A autonomous region level Region Forestry and germplasm of trees - Inner Grassland Administration* Mongolia Xerophytes (第一 (內蒙古自治區林業和草原局) 批自治區級林木種質資源庫- 內蒙古蒙樹旱生樹種林木種 質資源庫)

January 2019 Key Leading Enterprise in The People’s Government of Two years and renewal every Industrialisations of Inner Mongolia Autonomous year subject to annual Agriculture and Animal Region* (內蒙古自治區人民 inspection Husbandry of Inner 政府) Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區農牧業 產業化重點龍頭企業)

December 2018 Excellent Enterprise in Inner General Office of Inner N/A Mongolia Autonomous Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區優秀民 Region Committee of the 營企業稱號) Communist Party of China* (中國共產黨內蒙古自治區委 員會辦公廳)

General Office of the People’s Government of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region* (內蒙古自治區人民 政府辦公廳)

December 2018 2017 Autonomous Region Quality Supervision Bureau N/A Chairman Quality Award of Inner Mongolia (2017年度自治區主席品質獎) Autonomous Region* (內蒙古質監局)

− 229 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

PERMITS, LICENCES AND APPROVALS

As advised by our Directors and PRC Legal Advisers, during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, save as disclosed in “Legal proceedings, and non-compliance” in this section, we had obtained all necessary permits, licences and approvals necessary for our business operations in all material respects. Our PRC Legal Advisers further advised that we would not encounter any material legal impediments in renewing such permits, licences and approvals upon expiry. Set out below are the key permits, licences and approvals which we obtained for our business operations as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Permits/Licences/ Issuing Issuing/Renewal Approvals Holder Authorised scope Authority Date Expiry Date

Construction Enterprise Guizhou Main Contractor in Administrative 21 August 2020 16 January 2023 Qualification Mengshu Water Conservancy Approval Bureau Certificate Ecology and Hydropower of Gui’an New (建築企業資質證書) Project Grade II (水利 District, 水電工程施工總承包貳 Guizhou* (貴州 級); Main Contractor 貴安新區行政審 in Municipal and 批局) Public Construction Works Grade II (市政 公用工程施工總承包貳 級); Professional Contractor in Ancient Architecture Engineering Grade II (古建築工程專業承包 貳級); City and Road Lighting Engineering Professional Contractor Grade II (城市及道路照明工程 專業承包貳級); Main Contractor in General Construction works Grade III (建築工程施 工總承包叁級); Professional Contractor of River and Lake Improvement Projects Grade III (河 湖整治工程專業承包叁 級); Professional Contractor in Environment Protection Engineering Grade III (環保工程專 業承包叁級); Labour Subcontracting (施工 勞務不分等級)

− 230 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Permits/Licences/ Issuing Issuing/Renewal Approvals Holder Authorised scope Authority Date Expiry Date

Construction Enterprise Beijing Mengshu Main Contractor in Beijing 11 May 2021 27 December Qualification Ecological Municipal and Public Municipal 2022 Certificate Construction Works Commission of (建築企業資質證書) Grade III (市政公用工 Housing and 程施工總承包叁級); Urban-Rural Professional Development* Contractor in (北京市住房和城 Environment 鄉建設委員會) Protection Engineering Grade III (環保工程專 業承包叁級); Professional Contractor in Ancient Architecture Engineering Grade III (古建築工程專業承包 叁級); Labour Subcontracting (勞務 分包不分等級); General Contracting of Construction Engineering Grade III (建築工程施工總承包 參級)

Design Engineering Inner Mongolia Landscape Ministry of 4 June 2021 4 June 2026 Certificate Mengshu Architecture Housing and (工程設計資質證書) Landscape Engineering — Grade Urban-Rural Design I(風景園林工程設計 Development of 專項甲級) the PRC* (中華 人民共和國住房 和城鄉建設部)

Forest Seed Production Mengshu Group Afforestation Inner Mongolia 12 June 2017 11 June 2022 and Operation (in respect of seedlings, urban and Autonomous License (林木種子生 our Plantation rural greening Region Forestry 產經營許可證) Base A (80 mu seedlings, flowerings, and Grassland out of 501 mu), Seed from Administration* B, C, D, E, F, J, Honghuaerji Seed (內蒙古自治區林 L, M, N and O Production Stand of 業和草原局) as at the Latest Pinus Sylvestris (Inner Practicable Date) Mongolia S-SS-PS-001-2009), Seed from Wanjiagou Seed Orchard of Pinus Tabuliformis (Inner Mongolia S-CSO(1)-PT-004-2009) (造林苗木、城鎮綠化 苗木、花卉, 紅花爾基 樟子松母樹林種子(內 蒙古 S-SS-PS-001-2009)、 萬家溝油松種子園種子 (內蒙古S-CSO(1)- PT-004-2009))

− 231 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Permits/Licences/ Issuing Issuing/Renewal Approvals Holder Authorised scope Authority Date Expiry Date

Forest Seed Production Mengshu Group Afforestation Forestry and 28 July 2017 28 July 2022 and Operation (in respect of seedlings, urban and Grassland Licence (林木種子生 our Plantation rural greening Bureau of 產經營許可證) Base A (421 mu seedlings, flowerings Helinger out of 501 mu)) (造林苗木、城鎮綠化 County* (和林格 苗木、花卉) 爾縣林業和草原 局)

Forest Seed Production Hesheng Afforestation Desert 4 March 2020 3 March 2025 and Operation Ecological seedlings, urban and Prevention and License (林木種子生 Dengkou (in rural greening Control Bureau 產經營許可證) respect of our seedlings, commercial of Dengkou Plantation Base forest seedlings and County* Kasatthe flowering flowers (造 (磴口縣防沙治沙局) Latest 林苗、城鎮綠化苗、經 Practicable Date) 濟林苗、花卉)

Forest Seed Production Inner Mongolia Spruce, afforestation Forestry and 31 July 2020 30 July 2025 and Operation Hesheng seedlings, urban and Grassland License (林木種子生 Ecological rural greening Bureau of 產經營許可證) Technology seedlings (雲杉、造林 Helinger Research 苗木、城鎮綠化苗木) County* (和林格 Institute 爾縣林業和草原 局)

Forest Seed Production Mengshu Group Afforestation Forestry and 8 February 2021 7 February 2026 and Operation Hebei Branch (in seedlings, urban and Grassland Licence (林木種子生 respect of our rural greening Bureau of Hebei 產經營許可證) Plantation Base seedlings, Wanjiagou Province* (河北 G, H and I as at pinus tabuliformis 省林業和草原局) the Latest seedlings Practicable Date) S-CSO(I)-PT-004 pinus sylvestris S-SS-PS-001-2009, Mengshu No. 1 R-SC-PM-002-2019, Mengshu No. 2 R-SC-PM003-2019 (造 林苗木,城鎮綠化苗 木,萬家溝油松種子園 種子內蒙古 S-CSO (1)-PT-004-2009, 紅花 爾基樟子松母樹林種子 內蒙古 S-SS-PS-001-2009, 蒙 樹1號楊內蒙古 R-SC-PM-002-2019, 蒙樹2號內蒙古 R-SC-PM-003-2019)

− 232 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Permits/Licences/ Issuing Issuing/Renewal Approvals Holder Authorised scope Authority Date Expiry Date

Qualification of Beijing Mengshu Construction — Beijing 17 May 2021 17 May 2024 Construction Entities Ecological Grade III (施工丙級) Municipal Under the Geological Commission of Disaster Control Planning and Projects (地質災害防 Natural 治單位資質證書) Resources* (北 京市規劃和自然 資源委員會)

License for Water Mengshu Group Water drawing Water Resources 30 December 29 December Drawing Bureau of 2020 2025 (取水許可證) Helinger County*(和林格 爾縣水務局)

License for Water Hesheng Water drawing Water Resources 8 May 2021 7 May 2026 Drawing Ecological of Dengkou (取水許可證) (磴口縣水務局)

Safety Production Beijing Mengshu Construction Beijing 21 May 2021 20 May 2024 Permit Ecological Municipal (安全生產許可證) Commission of Housing and Urban-Rural Development* (北京市住房和城 鄉建設委員會)

Safety Production Guizhou Construction Housing and 30 January 2021 30 January 2024 Permit Mengshu Urban-Road (安全生產許可證) Ecology Development to Bureau, Management Committee of Gui’an New District, Guizhou* (貴州 貴安新區管理委 員會住房和城鄉 建設局)

Forestry survey Inner Mongolia Forestry Planning and China Forestry 1 January 2019 31 October 2024 planning and design Hesheng Design Engineering qualification (林業調 Ecological Qualification-Grade C Construction 查規劃設計資歷証書) Technology (林業調查規劃設計丙 Association* (中 Research 級) 國林業工程建設 Institute 協會)

− 233 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

PROPERTIES

Land contractual management rights

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we obtained land contractual management rights for five parcels of land with an aggregate site area of approximately 15,246 mu (10.2 million sq.m.). Out of these five parcel of lands, (i) four were used as our plantation bases; and (ii) one was used for our Shengle Project. See “Biological assets — details of our plantation bases” and “Our landmark projects” in this section for details of our plantation bases and Shengle Project.

Owned properties

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we owned 23 properties. We obtained building ownership certificates for 22 of the 23 owned properties mentioned above and are in the process of obtaining the building ownership certificate for the remaining property (a research and development and office building). These properties are typically used as our office, hotel and research and development centre. The following table summarises the information of our owned properties, which our Directors believe are material to our business operations, as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Approximate Approximate land area building Number Location (sq.m.) area (sq.m.) Usage

1. Helinger County Shengle Economic Park 10,569 4,763 Research and development and 和林格爾縣盛樂經濟園區 office 2. Helinger County Shengle Economic Park 1,401 845 Accommodation, catering and 和林格爾縣盛樂經濟園區 commercial 3. Helinger County Shengle Economic Park 22,573 15,406 Accommodation, catering and 和林格爾縣盛樂經濟園區 commercial 4. Helinger County Shengle Economic Park 3,016 1,903 Accommodation, catering and 和林格爾縣盛樂經濟園區 commercial 5. Helinger County Shengle Economic Park 5,603 3,864 Accommodation, catering and 和林格爾縣盛樂經濟園區 commercial 6. Unit 401, 402, 403, 405, 406, 407, 408, NA 822.3 Investment 409, 410 of building 3, Huitong commercial and residential community, Saishangxing Street, Shanba Town, Hangjinhou Banner (杭錦後旗陝壩鎮塞上 星街匯通商住小區3號樓401, 402, 403, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410號) 7. Unit 401 of building 4, Huitong NA 897.2 Investment commercial and residential community, Saishangxing Street, Shanba Town, Hangjinhou Banner (杭錦後旗陝壩鎮塞上 星街匯通商住小區4號樓401號) 8. Unit 501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, NA 900.6 Investment 508 Huitong commercial and residential community, Saishangxing Street, Shanba Town, Hangjinhou Banner (杭錦後旗陝壩 鎮塞上星街匯通商住小區5號樓501, 502, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508號)

− 234 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

As at the Latest Practicable Date, all of our owned properties (save and except for our owned properties as set out in 6, 7 and 8 above which were used for property activities) were used for non-property activities as defined under Rule 5.01(2) of the Listing Rules.

Pursuant to Rule 5.01A of the Listing Rules, a [REDACTED] applicant’s property interests that do not form part of its property activities are exempt from the valuation requirement if the carrying amount of the property interests is below 15% of its total assets. As at 31 December 2020, no single property interest that forms part of non-property activities had a carrying amount of 15.0% or more of our total assets.

Pursuant to Rule 5.01A(1) of the Listing Rules, a valuation report to disclose valuation information is required for property used for property activities, except those with a carrying amount below 1% of the total assets. As at 31 December 2020, the aggregate carrying amount of our owned properties for property activities as set out in 6, 7 and 8 above was below 1% of our total assets.

Accordingly, this document is exempt from including a property valuation report pursuant to Rule 5.01A of the Listing Rules. A similar exemption applies under section 6 of the Companies (Exemption of Companies and Prospectuses from Compliance with Provisions) Notice (Chapter 322 of the Laws of Hong Kong), with respect of the requirement under section 342(1) of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance and paragraph 34(2) of the Third Schedule to the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance.

Leased properties

We lease certain properties in the PRC in connection with our business operations. These properties are used for non-property activities as defined under Rule 5.01(2) of the Listing Rules and they are principally used as office. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we entered into the following leases which our Directors believe are material to our business operations:

Approximate land Number Location area (sq.m.) Term of lease Monthly rent Usage

1. No. 094, Block 8, 465.1 1 November 2020 to RMB2,500 office Mazhuang Village, 31 October 2021 Zhugezhuang Town, Xiong County, Baoding, Hebei (河北省保定市雄縣朱各莊 鄉馬莊村8區094號)

2. No. 171, Fantun Village, 180 1 December 2020 to RMB3,166.7 office Zhouzhuang Administrative 1 December 2021 Village, Dusi Town, Mudan District, Heze, Shandong (山東省菏澤市牡丹區都司 鎮周莊行政村範屯村171號)

− 235 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Approximate land Number Location area (sq.m.) Term of lease Monthly rent Usage

3. D13-2-30-2, 206 16 November 2020 to RMB10,000 office Weilaifangzhou, Yunyan 15 November 2021 District, Guiyang (貴陽市 雲岩區未來方舟 D13-2-30-2)

4. No. 69, Guangrong Group, 1,945 1 November 2020 to RMB4,166.7 office Xinyi Village, Yingjiang 31 October 2021 District, Anqing, Anhui (安 徽省安慶市迎江區新義村光 榮組69號)

5. No. 132, Xinxing Street 494.06 20 March 2017 to RMB3,000 office North, Xinhui Town, 20 March 2027 Aohan Banner, Chifeng, Inner Mongolia (內蒙古赤 峰市敖漢旗新惠鎮新興街北 段132號)

6. Unit 23/24, Building 8, 655.02 19 July 2020 to RMB15,416.7 office Dongfangjiayuanxiaoqu, 19 July 2021 Xun County (浚縣東方嘉園 小區8#樓第23/24套)

7. Shop 01, Commercial 320 1 June 2021 to RMB14,285.7 office Building 7, 31 December 2021 Gaochengshoufu, Meng County (盂縣高城首府商業 樓7#01號商鋪)

8. Store 2, Building 1, 95 11 May 2018 to RMB666.7 office Xiangrui Garden, Dengkou 10 May 2022 County, Bayannur City, Inner Mongolia (內蒙古巴 彥淖爾市磴口縣巴鎮祥瑞花 園1號樓2號門店)

9. Office No. 4-6-8, 4-6-9, 210 12 March 2021 to RMB6,000 office 4-6-10, Gui’an Digital 1 March 2022 Economy Industrial Park (貴安數字經濟產業園的辦 公房4-6-8、4-6-9、4-6-10 號)

10 Unit 201, 2/F, Block A, 93.9 25 March 2021 to RMB15,709 office No.17 Houyongkang 24 March 2023 Hutong, Dongcheng District, Beijing (北京市東 城區後永康胡同 17號A座2層201)

− 236 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Approximate land Number Location area (sq.m.) Term of lease Monthly rent Usage

11 Shop 102, District B, 505 20 March 2018 to RMB8,333 office Dongshan Home, Hailar 20 March 2023 District, Hulun Bei’er City (呼倫貝爾市海拉爾區東山 家園B區102門市)

12 Room 01074, Building 1B, 207.96 4 June 2021 to RMB8,600 office District A, Wanda Plaza, 3 June 2022 Xilamulun Street, New Urban Zone, Chiefeng (赤峰市新城區西拉沐淪大 街萬達廣場A地塊小區1B號 樓)01074室

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND NON-COMPLIANCE

Compliance culture

Our Directors believe that compliance creates value for us and dedicate to cultivating a compliance culture among all of our employees. To ensure such compliance culture is embedded into everyday workflow and set the expectations for individual behaviour across the organisation, we regularly conduct internal compliance checks and inspections, adopt strict accountability internally and conduct compliance training.

Legal proceedings

Our Directors confirm that to their best knowledge and understanding, during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, there were no material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings pending or threatened against us or any of our Directors.

− 237 − Non-compliance SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS

We are advised by our PRC Legal Advisers that during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, save as disclosed below, we have been in compliance with applicable laws and regulations in all material aspects and obtained all material permits and licenses necessary for our operations in accordance with the PRC laws and regulations.

Non-compliance incidents and reasons for Rectification action taken as well as enhanced internal control non-compliance Legal consequences measures taken

1. Failure to obtain the forest seed production and operation license (林木種子生產經營許可證) or engage in seedling plantation and sales activities in accordance with the scope thereof

(1) Background According to the Seed Law (種子法) and the In respect of such non-compliance, we have taken the following Measures for the Management of Forest Seed remedial actions: During the Track Record Period, Mengshu Group Production and Operation License (林木種子生 failed to apply for the registration of change in the 產經營許可證管理辦法), an individual or entity 1) In respect of the future compliant operation of the eight location of the production sites (i.e. the address of engaged in forest seed production and operation plantation bases, namely, Plantation Base D (樊家夭苗圃), plantation bases) of its forest seed production and shall obtain a forest seed production and Plantation Base E (台基營及上下土城苗圃), Plantation operation license in a timely manner for eight operation license issued by the competent Base J (多倫苗圃), Plantation Base O (敖漢旗苗圃), plantation bases in Inner Mongolia, namely department of forestry of the People’s Plantation Base M (藍旗苗圃), Plantation Base F Plantation Base D (樊家夭苗圃), Plantation Base E Government at or above the county level, and in (豐鎮三義泉苗圃), Plantation Base N (沙爾沁苗圃) and BUSINESS

3 − 238 − (台基營及上下土城苗圃), Plantation Base J case of any change in the location of the seed Plantation Base L (磴口南湖苗圃), Mengshu Group has (多倫苗圃), Plantation Base O (敖漢旗苗圃), production site or other matters stated in the applied to the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region Plantation Base M (藍旗苗圃), Plantation Base F license, an application for registration of change Forestry and Grassland Administration for registration of (豐鎮三義泉苗圃), Plantation Base N (沙爾沁苗圃) shall be filed with the original approving and change in respect of the additional production sites and and Plantation Base L (磴口南湖苗圃), as well as issuing authority. Any person who fails to obtained an updated forest seed production and operation Plantation Base 5 (豐鎮苗圃) (closed), Plantation produce and operate forest seeds in accordance license on 14 December 2020, with the production sites Base 2 (第一苗圃) (closed) and Plantation Base 3 with the stipulations of the forest seed covering the locations of these plantation bases; and (高速路苗圃) (closed) which were closed in June production and operation license may be ordered 2020, August 2020 and August 2020 respectively, i.e. by the competent department of forestry of the 2) In respect of the previous non-compliance in operation of the production sites under the license did not cover People’s Government at or above the county the above eight plantation bases and the Plantation Base 5 the above plantation bases. level to make rectifications and hand over the (豐鎮苗圃) (closed), Plantation Base 2 (第一苗圃) (closed) illegal gains and seeds; if the value of seed and Plantation Base 3 (高速路苗圃) (closed), Mengshu Reasons for non-compliance goods under illegal production and operation is Group has obtained the Compliance Letter (合規證明) less than RMB10,000, a fine of not less than issued by the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region Pursuant to the relevant PRC laws and regulations, RMB3,000 but not more than RMB30,000 shall Forestry and Grassland Administration dated 21 January as long as Mengshu Group holds the forest seed be imposed; if the above value is more than 2021 (document number: “內林草依複[2021]第1號”) production and operation license issued by the Inner RMB10,000, a fine of not less than three times which confirmed that Mengshu Group did not exceed the Mongolia Autonomous Region Forestry and the value but not more than five times shall be permitted scope and Mengshu Group has not been subject Grassland Administration* (內蒙古自治區林業和草原 imposed; and the forest seed production and to relevant administrative penalties during the Track 局) (valid from 12 June 2017 to 11 June 2022), operation license may be revoked. Record Period; Mengshu Group is allowed to conduct the production and operation of forest seeds, i.e. to operate As such, Mengshu Group’s failure to apply for plantation bases in Inner Mongolia, provided that it registration of change in respect of the has applied for registration of change when there is additional production sites of forest seeds in a any change in the specific production sites as set out timely manner may be deemed to be in breach in the forest seed production and operation license, of the aforesaid regulations, and was at risk of and to obtain an updated license. However, the being ordered to make rectifications, handing relevant supervisors in plantation base management over the illegal gains and seedlings and being department of Mengshu Group did not correctly imposed a fine. understand the aforesaid regulatory requirements and did not apply for registration of change in production sites for the aforementioned plantation bases. Non-compliance incidents and reasons for Rectification action taken as well as enhanced internal control SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS non-compliance Legal consequences measures taken

(2) Background According to the Seed Law and the Measures In respect of such non-compliance, we have taken the following for the Management of Forest Seed Production remedial actions: During the Track Record Period, Mengshu Group and Operation License, an individual or entity failed to obtain the forest seed production and engaged in forest seed production and operation 1) In respect of the future compliant operation of Plantation operation license in a timely manner for its shall obtain a forest seed production and Base G (涿州苗圃), Plantation Base H (萬全苗圃) and Plantation Base G (涿州苗圃), Plantation Base H operation license issued by the competent Plantation Base I (察北苗圃), Mengshu Group has (萬全苗圃) and Plantation Base I (察北苗圃)in department of forestry of the People’s obtained the forest seed production and operation license Hebei Province and Plantation Base 4 (河北苗圃) Government at or above the county level. Any issued by the Forestry and Grassland Bureau of Hebei (closed) which was closed in June 2020. person who produces and operates forest seeds Province* (河北省林業和草原局) on 8 February 2021 without obtaining a forest seed production and through its Hebei branch, with the production sites Reasons for non-compliance operation license may be ordered by the covering the locations of these plantation bases; competent department of forestry of the People’s The non-compliance was mainly due to the fact that Government at or above the county level to 2) In respect of the previous non-compliance in operation of the competent forestry and grassland authorities make rectifications and hand over the illegal Plantation Base G (涿州苗圃), Plantation Base H where the above plantation bases are located were gains and seeds; if the value of seed goods (萬全苗圃), Plantation Base I (察北苗圃) and Plantation preoccupied with the Third National Land Survey under illegal production and operation is less Base 4 (河北苗圃) (closed), Mengshu Group has obtained and Land Titling Work (全國第三次土地調查和土地 than RMB10,000, a fine of not less than the Compliance Letter issued by the forestry and 確權工作), which led to a delay in licensing process. RMB3,000 but not more than RMB30,000 shall grassland authorities at the county level or above where In addition, officer-in-charge of municipal forestry be imposed; if the above value is more than these plantation bases are located on 31 December 2020, 1 and grassland department where Plantation Base G RMB10,000, a fine of not less than three times February 2021, 1 February 2021 and 13 January 2021

(涿州苗圃) is located has also confirmed that since the value but not more than five times shall be respectively, confirming that as at the date of issuance of BUSINESS Plantation Base G (涿州苗圃) was still in the imposed; and the forest seed production and the Compliance Letter, Mengshu Group has not been 3 − 239 − plantation stage and no seedling had been sold, the operation license may be revoked. subject to any administrative penalties for violating forest seed production and operation license may not national or local laws and regulations in relation to the be obtained for the time being. As such, Mengshu Group’s failure to obtain operation of plantation bases, and that no administrative forest seed production and operation license and penalties will be imposed on Mengshu Group for its operated the plantation bases, which may be seedling plantation and sales activities on such plantation deemed to be in breach of the aforesaid bases; regulations, and was at risk of being ordered to make rectifications, handing over the illegal 3) In respect of the reasons for the failure to obtain the gains and seedlings and being imposed a fine. forest seed production and operation license for Plantation Base G (涿州苗圃), Plantation Base H (萬全苗圃), Plantation Base I (察北苗圃) and Plantation Base 4 (河北苗圃) (closed) in a timely manner, our PRC Legal Advisers conducted interviews with officials of the forestry and grassland authorities at or above the county level where these plantation bases are located on 23 May 2021, 30 April 2021, 30 April 2021 and 13 April 2021 respectively: the officials interviewed confirmed that the failure of Mengshu Group to obtain the forest seed production and operation license for Plantation Base G (涿州苗圃), Plantation Base H (萬全苗圃), Plantation Base I(察北苗圃) and Plantation Base 4 (河北苗圃) (closed) during the Track Record Period was due to the commencement of the Third National Land Survey and Land Titling Work, which resulted in the delay in the processing of the relevant license by the competent authorities; and the official interviewed from the municipal forestry and grassland department where Plantation Base G (涿州苗圃) is located has also confirmed that since Plantation Base G (涿州苗圃) was still in the plantation stage and no seedling had been sold, the forest seed production and operation license may not be obtained for the time being. In addition, all the officials interviewed indicated that no administrative penalty would be imposed on Mengshu Group in respect of the aforesaid defects; Non-compliance incidents and reasons for Rectification action taken as well as enhanced internal control SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS non-compliance Legal consequences measures taken

(3) Background According to the Seed Law and the Measures In respect of such non-compliance, we have taken the following for the Management of Forest Seed Production remedial actions: Hesheng Ecological Dengkou failed to (i) renew the forest and Operation License, an individual or entity seed production and operation license of Plantation Base K engaged in forest seed production and operation 1) In respect of the future compliant operation of Plantation (磴口苗圃) in Dengkou County during the period from May shall obtain a forest seed production and Base K (磴口苗圃), Hesheng Ecological Dengkou has 2018 to March 2020, i.e. it was operating without a license; operation license issued by the competent renewed forest seed production and operation license from (ii) to apply for registration of change in the location of department of forestry of the People’s the Dengkou County Bureau of Sand Control and production site under forest seed production and operation Government at or above the county level, and in Prevention (磴口縣防沙治沙局) on 4 March 2020, and the license for Plantation Base 1 (插穗苗圃) (closed) (prior to case of any change in the location of the seed Dengkou County Bureau of Sand Control and Prevention its closure in April 2018) in Dengkou County, i.e. the production site or other matters stated in the has issued a Compliance Letter on 31 December 2020, production sites under the license did not cover the license, an application for registration of change confirming that as at the date of issuance of the plantation base and (iii) to obtain the forest seed production shall be filed with the original approving and Compliance Letter, Hesheng Ecological Dengkou has not and operation license for its Plantation Base 6 issuing authority. Any person who produces and been subject to any administrative penalties for violating (磴口聖牧苗圃) (closed) (prior to its closure in April 2021) operates forest seeds without obtaining a forest national or local laws and regulations relating to the in . seed production and operation license or fails to production and operation of forest seeds, and there is no produce and operate forest seeds in accordance risk of being penalised by the Bureau. Reasons for non-compliance with the stipulations of the forest seed production and operation license may be ordered In respect of the reason for Hesheng Ecological The non-compliance was mainly due to the temporary by the competent department of forestry of the Dengkou’s failure to timely apply to renew the forest seed suspension of the licensing process by the competent People’s Government at or above the county production and operation license of Plantation Base K

authority in order to prepare for the commencement of the level to make rectifications and hand over the (磴口苗圃) during the period from May 2018 to March BUSINESS Third National Land Survey and Land Titling Work (全國第 illegal gains and seeds; if the value of seed 2020, our PRC Legal Advisers conducted interview with 4 − 240 − 三次土地調查和土地確權工作) and the local poverty goods under illegal production and operation is the official in charge of the Dengkou County Bureau of alleviation work. As a result, Hesheng Ecological Dengkou less than RMB10,000, a fine of not less than Sand Control and Prevention on 16 March 2021. The was unable to renew the license in a timely manner before RMB3,000 but not more than RMB30,000 shall official interviewed confirmed the failure was due to the its expiry. be imposed; if the above value is more than Dengkou County Bureau of Sand Control and Prevention’s RMB10,000, a fine of not less than three times temporary suspension of the processing of the application the value but not more than five times shall be for the licenses in order to prepare for the Third National imposed; and the forest seed production and Land Survey and Land Titling Work and the local poverty operation license may be revoked. alleviation work. The official interviewed also indicated that no administrative penalty would be imposed on According to the Measures for the Management Hesheng Ecological Dengkou in respect of the aforesaid of forest seed production and operation license, defects. if the forest seed production and operation license expires without renewal, the competent forestry department of the People’s Government at or above the county level shall cancel the forest seed production and operation license and make a public announcement. Non-compliance incidents and reasons for Rectification action taken as well as enhanced internal control SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS non-compliance Legal consequences measures taken

Besides, according to the relevant PRC laws and As such, given that Hesheng Ecological 2) In respect of the previous non-compliance in operation of regulations, as long as Hesheng Ecological Dengkou holds Dengkou failed to renew the forest seed the Plantation Base 1 (插穗苗圃) (closed) and Plantation the Forest Seed Production License (林木種子生產許可證) production and operation license in a timely Base 6 (磴口聖牧苗圃) (closed), Hesheng Ecological and the Forest Seed Operation License manner, it may have its forest seed production Dengkou has obtained the Compliance Letter issued by (林木種子經營許可證) (currently combined as the forest and operation license cancelled. In addition, the county-level forestry and grassland authorities where seed production and operation license) issued by the Hesheng Ecological Dengkou failed to apply for the plantation bases are located on 27 January 2021 and Dengkou County Forestry Bureau* (磴口縣林業局) (the registration of change in respect of the 28 April 2021 respectively, confirming that as at the date predecessor of the Dengkou County Bureau of Sand Control additional production site of forest seeds in a of issuance of the Compliance Letter, Hesheng Ecological and Prevention* (磴口縣防沙治沙局)), Hesheng Ecological timely manner and operated the plantation bases Dengkou has not been subject to any administrative Dengkou is allowed to conduct the production and without obtaining the forest seed production and penalty for violating the national or local laws and operation of forest seed i.e. to operate plantation bases operation license, which may be deemed to be in regulations in relation to the production and operation of within Dengkou County, provided that it applies to the breach of the aforesaid regulations, and was at forest seeds, and no administrative penalty will be original approving and issuing authority for registration of risk of being ordered to make rectifications, imposed on Hesheng Ecological Dengkou for its seedling changes where there is any change in the specific handing over the illegal gains and seedlings and plantation and sales activities on these plantation bases. production sites as set out in the forest seed production and being imposed a fine. operation license, and to obtain an updated license after the application. If Hesheng Ecological Dengkou operates plantation bases outside the Dengkou County, it is required to apply for a new forest seed production and operation license from the competent forestry and grassland

authorities at or above the county level where the BUSINESS plantation bases are located. However, the relevant 4 − 241 − supervisors of Hesheng Ecological Dengkou who were responsible for the management of the plantation bases did not correctly understand the aforesaid regulatory requirements and did not apply to the competent forestry and grassland authorities at the county level where the plantation bases are located (Dengkou County and Alxa Left Banner respectively) for registration of change in respect of the additional production sites under the license for Plantation Base 1 (插穗苗圃) (closed) and a new license for Plantation Base 6 (磴口聖牧苗圃) (closed), respectively. Non-compliance incidents and reasons for Rectification action taken as well as enhanced internal control SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS non-compliance Legal consequences measures taken

In respect of the three non-compliance incidents set out above: According to the confirmations of Mengshu Group and Hesheng Ecological Dengkou, respectively, during the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, Mengshu Group and Hesheng Ecological Dengkou have not been subject to administrative penalties by the competent authorities for violating national or local laws and regulations in relation to the production and operation of forest seeds. Based on the foregoing, our PRC Legal Advisers are of the view that the risk of Mengshu Group and Hesheng Ecological Dengkou being subject to administrative penalties by the forestry and grassland authorities for the aforesaid non-compliance is remote. Moreover, our Company Controlling Shareholders Group has undertaken to indemnify us against any claims, losses, costs, expenses, interests, penalties or other liabilities suffered by any subsidiary of our Group, directly or indirectly, arising out of or in connection with such non-compliance incident. We consider that such indemnity has further limited the financial impact on our Group which may arise from such non-compliance incident. BUSINESS 4 − 242 − We have enhanced our internal control and compliance measures for our forest seedling plantation and operation business to prevent the recurrence of such non-compliance, including that: • The plantation base management department has to obtain necessary licenses from relevant authorities before commencing seedling plantation and sales activities, to register or file changes in registration information in a timely manner to ensure that our seedling plantation and sales operations meet the requirements of relevant laws and regulations, and to designate, our deputy director of the President’s Office, Chi Li (池麗) to oversee the process; • Our legal director, Chen Dong (陳棟), will regularly review any permits or licences required for the operation of our existing business; • We will retain PRC legal advisers and discuss with them the regulatory and legal compliance issues for the new business areas we intend to commence; and • We have provided training to our employees in the plantation base management department on the relevant provisions in the Seed Law and Measures for the Management of Forest Seed Production and Operation License and our enhanced internal control and compliance measures. Based on the above, our Directors are of the view that the above non-compliance incidents will not have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial position. Non-compliance incidents and reasons for Rectification action taken as well as enhanced internal control SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS non-compliance Legal consequences measures taken

2. Use the land used for protected agriculture (設施農業用地) for non-agricultural purposes

Background According to the Circular of the Ministry of In respect of such non-compliance, we have taken the following Natural Resources and the Ministry of remedial actions: Mengshu Group has a research and development building Agriculture and Rural Affairs on Issues with a building area of 4,763 sq.m. in Helinger County, concerning the Management of land used for 1) Mengshu Group has applied to the People’s Government which was constructed by Mengshu Group in 2012 for the protected agriculture (Zi Ran Zi Gui [2019] No. of Helinger County* (和林格爾縣人民政府) for the purpose of protected agriculture, and Mengshu Group has 4)《自然資源部、農業農村部關於設施農業用地 ( approval of converting the agricultural land where obtained the approval of the People’s Government of 管理有關問題的通知》(自然資規[2019]4號)) and research and development building is located to Helinger County for the land and construction of such the Notice of the Department of Natural construction purposes and plans to apply for certificate of protected agriculture. During the Track Record Period, Resources and the Department of Agriculture land use right and house ownership for the research and Mengshu Group used part of the research and development and Animal Husbandry of Inner Mongolia development building upon completion of the procedures building as office, which was in violation of the Autonomous Region on Regulating and for land expropriation and conversion of agricultural land agricultural use of land used for protected agriculture. Strengthening the Management of land used for to construction land. As at the Latest Practicable Date: protected agriculture (Nei Zi Ran Zi Zi [2020] Reasons for non-compliance No. 310)《內蒙古自治區自然資源廳、農牧廳關 ( • The People’s Government of Helinger County* 於規範和加強設施農業用地管理的通知》 (和林格爾縣人民政府) has completed the According to the relevant PRC laws and regulations, land (內自然資字[2020]310號)), land used for procedures for land expropriation and the used for protected agriculture shall not be used for protected agriculture shall not be used for other conversion of agricultural land to construction land. non-agricultural construction or non-agricultural operations. non-agricultural construction and Mengshu Group has obtained the “real estate However, the relevant supervisors of Mengshu Group who non-agricultural operations. For any operators of certificate (不動產權證書)(蒙(2021)和林格爾縣不 BUSINESS

4 − 243 − were responsible for the operation of the research and land used for protected agriculture who changes 動產權第0006329號) issued by the Helinger County development building did not correctly understand the the use of protected agriculture without Bureau of Natural Resources* (和林格爾縣自然資源 aforesaid regulations and used part of the research and authorisation, or illegally engages in 局) on 9 June 2021, confirming that Mengshu development building as office. non-agricultural operations, it shall be ordered Group has obtained the State-owned Construction to make corrections within a certain period of Land Use Right of the land where the research and time and the competent departments of natural development building located. resources and departments of agriculture and animal husbandry at county-level shall supervise • Mengshu Group is now applying for the building the operator to properly carry out ownership certificate for the research and reaccumulating and return the land. development building. According to the Land Administration Law 2) Mengshu Group has obtained the Letter of Confirmation (土地管理法), if an individual or entity adopts in relation to the research and development building of deceptive means to obtain approval and illegally Mengshu Group Construction Group Co., Ltd. (關於蒙樹 occupies a land, the competent department of 生態建設集團有限公司研發樓的確認函) issued by the natural resources of the People’s Government at Government of Helinger County on 12 March 2021, or above the county level shall order that the confirming that as at the date of the Letter of illegally occupied land be returned, and if the Confirmation, the procedures for land expropriation and land is converted from agricultural land to the conversion of agriculture land to construction land construction use without authorisation in have been completed and the procedures for the violation of the overall utilisation plans, the new confirmation of the rights of Mengshu Group in relation buildings and other facilities built on the to the research and development building site and the illegally occupied land shall be demolished and building are being effectively implemented. Mengshu the land shall be restored to its original state Group can continue to properly use the research and within a limited period of time. development building in accordance with its current use and the Government of Helinger County will not impose any penalty. Non-compliance incidents and reasons for Rectification action taken as well as enhanced internal control SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS non-compliance Legal consequences measures taken

As such, the use of part of the research and Based on the above, our PRC Legal Advisers are of the view development building (protected agriculture) as that the risk of Mengshu Group being subject to administrative office by Mengshu Group may be deemed to be penalties by the competent authorities for non-agricultural use of in breach of the aforesaid regulations, and the research and development building is remote and Mengshu Mengshu Group will be required to demolish the Group can continue to use the research and development research and development building, return the building for its current purpose. occupied land, complete the reclamation of the land and restore the land to its original state Moreover, our Company Controlling Shareholders Group has within a certain period of time. At that time, undertaken to indemnify us against any claims, losses, costs, Mengshu Group will no longer be able to use expenses, interests, penalties or other liabilities suffered by any the research and development building. subsidiary of our Group, directly or indirectly, arising out of or in connection with such non-compliance incident. We consider that such indemnity has further limited the financial impact on our Group which may arise from such non-compliance incident.

We have appointed our vice president, Li Jianjun (栗建軍), to lead a working group to apply for the necessary permits and licenses for the research and development building site and buildings, and to follow up on the progress of the application with the relevant authorities. BUSINESS In addition, in order to prevent the recurrence of such 4 − 244 − non-compliance, we have enhanced our internal control and compliance measures, including that:

• Before the construction of protected agriculture, the construction department shall apply to the competent land department for the record-filing. When the agricultural land is converted into construction land, it is required to apply to the competent land department for approval of the conversion of agricultural land. Without obtaining approval, we shall not use the agricultural land for non-agricultural construction;

• We have appointed our legal director, Chen Dong (陳棟), to oversee and regularly review the compliance of all our land used for protected agriculture and construction, as well as the construction and use procedures of other properties such as land and buildings; • We will also retain and discuss with our PRC legal advisers the relevant regulatory and legal compliance matters; and • We have provided training to employees in the construction department on relevant laws and regulations and our enhanced internal control and compliance measures. Based on the above, our Directors are of the view that the relevant events will not have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial position. THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Based on the internal control measures set out in “Internal Control and Risk Management” in this section, our Directors are of the view, and the Sole Sponsor concurs, that (i) our Company has taken reasonable steps to establish internal control system and procedures to enhance the control environment at both working and monitoring levels; (ii) the enhanced internal control measures adopted by our Group are adequate and effective; and (iii) the non-compliance incidents do not reflect negatively on the competence and integrity of our Directors to act as directors of a [REDACTED] company under Rules 3.08 and 3.09 of the Listing Rules or our Company’s suitability for [REDACTED] under Rule 8.04 of the Listing Rules.

INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT

Internal control and risk management system

We have implemented various risk management policies and measures to identify, assess and manage risks arising from our operations. Details on risk categories identified by our management, internal and external reporting mechanism, remedial measures and contingency management have been codified in our policies. See “Risk Factors — Risks relating to our business and the industry in which we operate.”

Our Directors are responsible for the formulation and overseeing the implementation of our internal control measures and effectiveness of quality and risk management system. To foster a culture of compliance, we have adopted, or expect to adopt before the [REDACTED], a series of internal control policies, procedures and programs designed to provide reasonable assurance for achieving objectives including effective and efficient operations, reliable financial reporting and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Highlights of our internal control system include the following:

— Code of conduct: Our code of conduct explicitly communicates to each employee our values, acceptable criteria for decision-making and our ground rules for behaviour. Our code of conduct also includes whistleblowing policies to encourage all employees to speak up against any sub-standard behaviour.

— Anti-corruption: Our anti-corruption policies provide the tools and resources necessary to enable, monitor and enforce compliance with the anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws of China where we conduct our business operations.

— Compliance with the Listing Rules and relevant laws and regulations: Our various policies aim to ensure compliance with the Listing Rules, including but not limited to aspects related to corporate governance, connection transactions and securities transactions by our Directors. We have appointed Shenwan Hongyuan Capital (H.K.) Limited as our compliance adviser upon [REDACTED] and will engage external legal advisers to advise us and provide trainings to our Directors and senior management on compliance with the Listing Rules and relevant laws and regulations.

− 245 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

— Internal Audit: Our internal audit function regularly monitors key controls and procedures in order to assure our management and Board of Directors that the internal control system is functioning as intended. The audit committee of our Board is responsible for supervising our internal audit function.

Our risk management process starts with identifying the major risks associated with our corporate strategy, goals and objectives. The key process points in our risk management include:

— Identify: We identify current and emerging risks in our business operations and categorise those risks into a reasonable profile based on timeframe, likelihood, intensity and impact severity. We establish four risk categories, including strategic risks, financial risks, operating risks and legal risks.

— Assess: We assess and prioritise risks so that the most important risks can be identified and dealt with. Based on both qualitative and quantitative analyses, we prioritise risks in terms of likelihood and impact severity.

— Control: Based on our assessment of (i) the probability and impact severity of the risks; and (ii) cost and benefit of the mitigation plans, we choose the appropriate option for dealing with risks, including risk elimination by suspending the associated business activities, risk reduction by adopting appropriate control measures, risk transfer by outsourcing or purchasing insurance policies, and risk acceptance by choosing to accept risks of low priority.

— Monitor: We monitor our risk management by determining if changes have been implemented and if changes are effective. In the event of any weakness in control, we follow up by adjusting our risk management measures and reporting material issues to our Directors.

Cost control and liquidity management measures

We have a centralised internal control system to effectively monitor and control our cost through the following measures during different stages of our projects:

Before tender submission

• We evaluate and conduct a feasibility analysis of the potential project before we make the relevant tender submission. We generally take into account the following factors, including but not limited to (i) the profitability of the project; (ii) the technical specifications, our capacity and expertise, our projects on hand and our then available labour and financial resources; (iii) cost estimation; (iv) project duration and schedule; (v) preliminary safety and environmental analysis and other risk factors associated with such projects; (vi) estimated capital commitment; (vii) the financial position of the government or other types of project owner in the recent two years; and (viii) the project payment schedule.

• As to our PPP projects, we will take into account additional factors including but not limited to (i) whether the government will interfere the operation of our project company; (ii) the required registered capital of our project company and our capital commitment; (iii) the estimation of government payments/user payments to be received during the operation period; and (iv) availability of project debt financing and estimated interest rate.

− 246 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

After tender submission and before project commencement

• After we have made a tender submission and are awarded with the project, we prepare a project establishment report, which sets out information of the project including but not limited to (i) background information of the project; (ii) estimated gross profit margin; (iii) cost estimate (including analysis of estimation on construction cost, labour cost, raw materials costs, subcontracting costs and other ancillary expenses); (iii) budget balance sheet; and (iv) project implementation plan.

After project commencement

• We review, compare and analyse the revenue and cost of each project on a monthly basis to ensure that our actual operating cost will not exceed our budgeted cost as set out in our project establishment report. If any discrepancy is identified upon our evaluation, we will assess the primary reason for the discrepancy and may issue a notice to the relevant department for rectification.

• Where the actual costs incurred in our projects deviate from our estimation due to reasons which are beyond our control, such as unforeseen disputes with our customers, suppliers, subcontractors and other relevant parties or receipt of variation orders from our customers, we will reassess and make necessary adjustments to our project establishment report. Such adjustments will only be made if necessary supporting documents and approvals from our management are obtained.

In addition to the above measures we put in place throughout different stages of our projects, we also have the following measures to monitor and strengthen our liquidity management:

• We closely monitor our short-term and long-term liquidity position. Based on our business operations, we formulate annual budget plan and overall plan for source of funding. We also formulate quarter budget plan, and review and summarise the fund use of the previous month at the beginning of each month, and set out budget plan for the coming several months.

• Our finance department prepares trade receivables aging report on a regular basis. For the trade receivables past due, material overdue payments are monitored continuously and evaluated on a case-by-case basis with appropriate follow-up actions based upon the customer’s normal payment processing procedures, our relationship with the customer, its history of making payments, its financial position as well as the general economic environment. Follow-up actions to recover overdue trade receivables include (i) active communications with the customers’ appropriate personnel such as the relevant department responsible for processing payments; (ii) reviewing the recoverable amount of each individual trade receivable balance at the end of each reporting period to ensure adequate impairment losses are provided for irrecoverable amounts; and (iii) seeking legal advices when necessary.

− 247 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

• If any receivables past due cannot be recouped and if our Group did not possess sufficient working capital to pay to our suppliers on a timely basis, our Group will need to make use of the unutilised banking facilities to pay our suppliers.

In light of the above, our Directors are of the view that we have adequate and effective internal control and risk management procedures and policies in place to improve corporate governance, mitigate liquidity risks and prevent future occurrence of the non-compliance incidents.

OUTBREAK OF COVID-19

Impact on our projects

Since the outbreak of COVID-19 and up to the Latest Practicable Date, we were not aware of any lockdown measures in place in the cities where our ongoing projects were located. For the year ended 31 December 2020, we experienced a temporary suspension for two ongoing projects due to the outbreak of COVID-19, one of them, located in Heze, Shandong with contract sum of approximately RMB200.8 million (“Heze Project”), was suspended from 23 January 2020 to 15 March 2020 due to quarantine measures, implemented by the local government and was mutually agreed with the project owner. As to the other one located in Xiongan, Hebei with contract sum of approximately RMB74.0 million (“Xiongan Project”), it was resumed on 27 February 2020 due to quarantine measures implemented by the local government. We have been adjusting our construction plans in such projects accordingly to expedite the progress to minimise the impact of the suspension and to avoid delay in the completion of these projects. As at the Latest Practicable Date, our Directors believe that such temporary suspension of our ongoing projects had not caused any material delay in the progress of the projects considering that (i) the suspension period of Xiongan Project was relatively short as compared to the overall construction period; (ii) it was mutually agreed with the project owner of Heze Project to extend the construction period; and (iii) there were no material changes in the contract terms of our outstanding projects or the situations of our outstanding projects due to the outbreak of COVID-19.

Further, as at the Latest Practicable Date, we had not received any notice from our customers that we were or would be subject to penalty for the delay in projects due to the outbreak of COVID-19 nor did we experience any significant shortage of raw materials or labour that materially interrupted our provision of services or any significant disruption to the services provided by our labour subcontractors or the supply of raw materials from our suppliers. As such, we consider that there had not been any material adverse impact on our business, financial position and results of operations.

− 248 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

To the best knowledge and belief of our Directors after making reasonable enquiries, the impact of the outbreak of COVID-19 on our financial position and results of business operations has been temporary and minimal given that:

(i) we do not expect any material delay or shortage in payment from our customers due to the outbreak of COVID-19 as majority of our customers are public sector entities which, as far as our Directors are aware, have strong financial standing and ability to sustain through the outbreak of COVID-19;

(ii) we are not aware of any of our major customers or suppliers having financial difficulties;

(iii) pursuant to relevant national policies on reduction and exemption of payment social insurance (國家關於社會保險減免及緩繳政策), we obtained government subsidies of approximately RMB5.1 million;

(iv) we did not experience any significant shortage of raw materials or labour that materially interrupted our provision of services, nor did we experience any significant disruption to the services provided by our labour subcontractors or the supply of raw materials from our suppliers; and

(v) according to the Frost & Sullivan Report, in the long term, COVID-19 will not have a material negative impact on the urban and rural greening industry, ecological restoration industry and ecological forestry industry, but instead may enhance the investment in the ecological and environmental protection around the country due to the increasing societal consciousness for health, greenery and well-being.

We will closely monitor the epidemic situation of COVID-19, assess the possible effect on our business and carry out necessary measures to minimise any adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our hygiene and preventive measures

Our Group has also established a hygiene and preventive handbook with a team responsible for monitoring and implementing our preventive measures to prevent and limit any spread of COVID-19. These measures include sanitising our workplace regularly, performing daily temperature checks of our staff before work, and requiring our staff to wear masks in workplaces and project sites. In addition, staff are advised not to travel to severely affected areas and are required to report their health conditions and travel record upon reporting duties. All our labour subcontractors are also required to adopt the above preventive health measures as well as those measures promulgated by the relevant government authorities.

− 249 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. BUSINESS

Impact on industry

According to the Frost & Sullivan Report, the outbreak of COVID-19 in the PRC in late 2019 has partly delayed the project schedule of ecological and environmental protection projects in the first quarter of 2020. Due to the negative impact of the epidemic on the macro economy, the PRC government has adopted fiscal stimulus measures to stimulate the economy.

Under such circumstances, the overall economy of the PRC gradually recovers, which is evidenced by the national GDP growth rate improving from -6.8% in first quarter of 2020 to 2.3% in the full year of 2020. Looking forward, the PRC government will introduce more policies to increase the investment in various industries including ecological construction to stabilize employment and promote economic development in line with the loosening of monetary policies globally, so as to sustain economic growth. Therefore, according to the Frost & Sullivan Report, in the long term, COVID-19 will not have a material negative impact on the ecological and environmental industry, but instead may enhance the investment in the industry around the country due to the increasing societal consciousness for health, greenery and well-being.

Based on the above, our Directors confirm that the outbreak of COVID-19 does not have material adverse effect on our Group’s continuing business operation, financial condition and sustainability.

− 250 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Our Board is comprised of nine Directors, including four executive Directors, two non-executive Directors and three independent non-executive Directors. Our executive Directors together with our senior management, are responsible for the day-to-day management and operation of our Group.

The following table summarises certain information in respect of our Directors and senior management:

Date of joining Date of Name Age our Group appointment Position Roles and responsibilities

Directors

Mr. Zhao Quansheng [47] February 2011 14 August 2017 Chairman, chief Making overall development (趙泉勝) executive strategies and long term officer and business plans of our Group executive Director

Mr. Ma Liming [45] September 2011 24 July 2019 Executive Supervising overall business (馬黎明) Director operations, and implementing development and operation strategy of Mengshu Group

Ms. Tie Ying [43] August 2011 24 July 2019 Executive Supervising the (鐵英) Director implementation of strategic planning, legal affairs and risk management, management of internal control, administration and research and development of our Group

Ms. Guo Jinchun [46] March 2011 24 July 2019 Executive Supervising overall financing (郭瑾春) Director matters of our Group

Ms. Cui Hanzhang [31] September 2019 27 September Non-executive Providing professional (崔含章) 2019 Director opinion and judgement to our Board

Mr. Cheng Chi Leung, [61] February 2017 24 July 2019 Non-executive Providing professional Albert (鄭之亮) Director opinion and judgement to our Board

Mr. Sun Baoping [65] [●][●] Independent Supervising general (孫保平) non-executive corporate governance matters Director and providing independent judgement to our Board

Ms. Ge Xiaoping [58] [●][●] Independent Supervising general (葛曉萍) non-executive corporate governance matters Director and providing independent judgement to our Board

− 251 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Date of joining Date of Name Age our Group appointment Position Roles and responsibilities

Ms. Hao Chunhong [57] [●][●] Independent Supervising general (郝春虹) non-executive corporate governance matters Director and providing independent judgement to our Board

Senior Management

Mr. Li Jianjun [41] September 2011 — Vice president Discipline inspection, (栗建軍) supervising project payment collection and labour’s union of our Group

Mr. Feng Weiping [47] June 2012 — Vice president Implementing and (封衛平) management of projects contracting, construction and payment collection, development planning of seedling plantation and monitoring seedling production and sales

Mr. He Yingzhi [57] October 2016 — Chief engineer Quality control and technical (何英志) management of construction and seedling plantation and management and operation of overall design services

Ms. Chen Xuena [47] October 2019 — Vice president Supervising financial (陳雪娜) management and investment management of our Group

Ms. Bai Xueying [42] April 2016 — Joint company Supervising corporate (白雪瑩) secretary governance matters

− 252 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS

Executive Directors

Mr. Zhao Quansheng (趙泉勝) (formerly known as Zhao Quansheng (趙全生)), aged [47], is the chairman of our Board, chief executive officer and executive Director of our Company. He was appointed as our Director on 14 August 2017 and the chairman of our Board on 24 July 2019. Mr. Zhao was re-designated as our executive Director on 10 June 2021. He is responsible for making overall development strategies and long term business plans as well as the decision making of material business and operation of our Group.

Mr. Zhao has over 10 years of experience of management in ecological and environmental protection industry. Mr. Zhao joined our Group in February 2011 and has been serving as director of Mengshu Group since December 2012, executive director of Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute since January 2014, director of Mengshu HK since September 2016 and director of Mengshu BVI since September 2017. Mr. Zhao had also served as executive director of Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological from November 2011 to April 2019.

Prior to joining our Group, Mr. Zhao worked in the logistic department of Inner Mongolia Yili Industrial Group Co., Ltd. (內蒙古伊利實業集團股份有限公司), a dairy production company, from January 1995 to April 1999 before he joined Inner Mongolia Mengniu Dairy (Group) Co., Ltd. (內蒙古蒙牛乳業(集團)股份有限公司)(“Mengniu”), a dairy production company, in May 1999. In Mengniu, Mr. Zhao had successively served as vice department chief, department chief in sales department and vice general manager in sales and marketing department of ice cream business sector, principally responsible for overall sales, marketing and management of ice cream business sector. He had also been a member of investor committee of the board of directors of Mengniu. He has extensive experience in sales, marketing and management. Mr. Zhao left Mengniu in December 2010.

Mr. Zhao received a master’s degree in business administration from Universidade Aberta Internacional da Asia (Macau) (亞洲(澳門)國際公開大學) in December 2004 and a graduation certificate of EMBA executive course from Inner Mongolia University (內蒙古大學) in December 2010. Mr. Zhao obtained the middle level engineer qualification certificate from Department of Human Resources and Social Security Bureau of Hohhot (呼和浩特市人力資源和社會保障局)in November 2018.

Mr. Zhao has received numerous awards in recognition of his achievements and his contribution to the society. He was awarded the Guangcai Business National Land Greening Contribution Award (光彩事業國土綠化貢獻獎) from the State Forestry Administration (國家林業局), China National Federation of Industry and Commerce (中華全國工商業聯合會) and China Guangcai Business Promotion Association (中國光彩事業促進會) in August 2015, was named as the Economic People in Hohhot (呼和浩特年度經濟人物) of year 2015 in January 2016 by the Committee of Economic People of the year in Hohhot City (呼和浩特市年度經濟人物系列評選活動組委會), was conferred as the Leader of Inner Mongolia Brand Building Entrepreneur of Branding Character of Inner Mongolia (內 蒙古品牌人物—內蒙古品牌建設企業家領袖) from Inner Mongolia Brand Conference Organizing Committee (內蒙古品牌大會組委會) of year 2017 in November 2017, was honoured as the Inner Mongolia Top Ten Innovation Leaders Award (內蒙古十大創新領軍人物榮譽稱號) from Inner Mongolia Entrepreneurs Association (內蒙古企業家聯合會), Inner Mongolia Agricultural and Animal

− 253 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Husbandry Industrialisation Leading Enterprises Association (內蒙古農牧業產業化龍頭企業協會) and Inner Mongolia Credit Promotion Association (內蒙古信用促進會) in April 2018, received the Pioneers of Chinese Entrepreneurship (中國雙創先鋒人物) of 2018 from the People’s Government of Ulanqab City (烏蘭察布市人民政府) and Xinhuanet Co., Ltd. (新華網股份有限公司) in 2019 and received the Outstanding Private Entrepreneur from the People’s Government of Hohhot City (呼和 浩特市人民政府優秀民營企業家) of year 2018 in March 2019.

Mr. Zhao was elected as the part-time chairman of the 14th Executive Committee of Hohhot City Federation of Industry and Commerce (呼和浩特市工商業聯合會第十四屆執行委員會) in July 2017 and was elected as a committee member of the 13th Committee of the Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference in Hohhot (中國人民政治協商會議呼和浩特市第十三屆委員會) in January 2018.

Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明), aged [45], is the executive Director and vice president of our Company. He was appointed as our Director on 24 July 2019 and was re-designated as our executive Director on 10 June 2021. He is responsible for supervising overall business operations, and implementing development and operation strategy of Mengshu Group.

Mr. Ma has over nine years of experience of management in ecological and environmental protection industry. Mr. Ma joined our Group in September 2011 and had successively served as general manager of project management department, assistant to president and vice president of Mengshu Group. He is currently the director and president of Mengshu Group.

Prior to joining our Group, he worked in Mengniu from December 2000. In Mengniu, he had successively served as salesperson of Henan and Shandong regions, regional manager of central south China, regional manager of north China, and regional manager of southwest China of the ice cream business sector, principally responsible for business development, sales and marketing management activities in the regions. He has extensive experience in sales, marketing and management. Mr. Ma left Mengniu in August 2011.

Mr. Ma received a bachelor’s degree in business administration from China University of Geosciences (中國地質大學) via online learning in July 2009. Mr. Ma obtained the middle level gardening engineer qualification certificate from the Human Resources and Social Security Bureau of Chifeng City (赤峰市人力資源和社會保障局) in November 2015.

Mr. Ma was awarded the honour of the second prize of scientific and technological progress from the Hohhot Municipal People’s Government (呼和浩特市人民政府) for his green building application demonstration project in Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Science and Technology Park in May 2017.

− 254 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英), aged [43], is the executive Director and vice president of our Company. She was appointed as our Director on 24 July 2019 and was re-designated as our executive Director on 10 June 2021. She is responsible for supervising the implementation of strategic planning, legal affairs and risk management, management of internal control, administration and research and development of our Group.

Ms. Tie has over nine years of experience of management in ecological and environmental protection industry and around 18 years of experience in administrative management. Ms. Tie joined our Group in August 2011 and had successively served as head of administration and assistant to president of Mengshu Group. She is currently the director and vice president of Mengshu Group.

Prior to joining our Group, Ms. Tie had successively served as expense controller and supervisor in OEC department, office supervisor in sales department and vice department chief in special sales channel department in the ice cream business sector of Mengniu from February 2002 to June 2005. In Mengniu, Ms. Tie had been mainly focusing on matters relating to administrative management, development and management of special sales channel. She had also worked in Shanghai Guanyuan Advertising Company Limited (上海觀源廣告有限公司), an advertising planning company from June 2005 and her last position was chief operation officer, responsible for its business operation. After that, she joined Shenzhen Computer Systems Company Limited (深圳市騰訊計算機系統有限 公司) from August 2008 and later moved to media operation department of Tencent Technology (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (騰訊科技(上海)有限公司), a leading online media services provider, from April 2009 to August 2011, responsible for media channel management activities. She has extensive experience in administration and strategic planning.

Ms. Tie received a college degree in economics and foreign trade industrial accounting from Tianjin University of Science and Technology (天津科技大學) (formerly known as Tianjin Institute of Light Industry (天津輕工業學院)) in July 1999, a bachelor’s degree in management from Inner Mongolia University of Finance and Economics (內蒙古財經大學) (formerly known as Inner Mongolia College of Finance (內蒙古財經學院)) in July 2004 and a master’s degree in business administration of senior management from Inner Mongolia University (內蒙古大學) in December 2018. Ms. Tie obtained the middle level forestry engineer qualification certificate from Department of Human Resources and Social Security of Inner Mongolia (內蒙古自治區人力資源和社會保障廳)in November 2018.

Ms. Tie was elected and remained as a standing director of the committee of new varieties of plants of China Wild Plant Conservation Association (中國野生植物保護協會) in 2018.

Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春), aged [46], is the executive Director and vice president of our Company. She was appointed as our Director on 24 July 2019 and was re-designated as our executive Director on 10 June 2021. She is responsible for overall financing matters of our Group.

Ms. Guo has over 10 years of experience of management in ecological and environmental protection industry and around 19 years of experience in financial management. Ms. Guo joined our Group in March 2011 and had successively served as head of finance, assistant to president and vice president of Mengshu Group, responsible for financing management of our Group. She is currently the director of Mengshu Group and vice president in financial management.

− 255 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Prior to joining our Group, Ms. Guo had successively served as supervisor in OEC department, supervisor in financial management, assistant to vice president of finance, tax supervisor and supervisor in audit department of Mengniu from June 2002 to March 2011. In Mengniu, Ms. Guo had been mainly focusing on matters relating to implementation of OEC system, financial management and tax management. She has extensive experience in financial management.

Ms. Guo received a bachelor’s degree in finance from Inner Mongolia University of Finance and Economics (內蒙古財經大學) (formerly known as Inner Mongolia College of Finance (內蒙古財經學 院)) in 1997, a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Nankai University (南開大學) in 2005 and obtained a graduation certificate of EMBA executive course from Inner Mongolia University (內蒙古大學) in 2016. Ms. Guo obtained the senior accountant qualification from Inner Mongolia Personnel Department (內蒙古自治區人事廳) in November 2008.

Ms. Guo was elected as a member of the 15th People’s Congress of Hohhot City (呼和浩特市 第十五屆人民代表大會代表) in January 2018.

Non-executive Directors

Ms. Cui Hanzhang (崔含章), aged [31], was appointed as our Director on 27 September 2019. Ms. Cui was re-designated as our non-executive Director on 10 June 2021. She is responsible for providing professional opinion and judgement to our Board.

Ms. Cui has over six years of experience in private equity investment industry. Ms. Cui joined our Group in September 2019 and has been a director of Mengshu Group since then.

Ms. Cui has been serving at DCP Capital, an Asia focused private equity firm, since 2017 and currently works as a vice president covering industrial and technology investments. Prior to that, Ms. Cui was an associate of TPG Capital, a global private equity firm, from 2015 to 2017. Prior to joining TPG Capital, she served as an analyst at Goldman Sachs Gao Hua Securities Company Limited, a global security and brokerage firm, from 2014 to 2015, engaging in the investments banking business in telecommunications, media and technology sectors.

Ms. Cui received a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Tsinghua University (清華大學) in 2013.

Mr. Cheng Chi Leung, Albert (鄭之亮), aged [61], was appointed as our Director on 24 July 2019. Mr. Cheng was re-designated as our non-executive Director on 10 June 2021. He is responsible for providing professional opinion and judgement to our Board.

Mr. Cheng has over 38 years of experience in finance industry. Mr. Cheng joined our Group in February 2017 and has been a director of Mengshu Group since then.

− 256 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Prior to joining our Group, between 1984 and 2014, Mr. Cheng worked in two international accounting firms, a private equity firm and then several international investment banks (where he was responsible for corporate finance and equity capital markets business in Greater China and Asia). Mr. Cheng was a partner of Eight Roads (a subsidiary of Fidelity International Limited), a venture capital firm from June 2005 to December 2016, responsible for investments in the consumption and financial technology industries in the PRC. He has been a partner of the Shining Capital Management Limited (尚心投資管理有限公司), the fund management company of Shining Capital Holdings II L.P., which 100% controls Green Thrive BVI, since January 2017.

Mr. Cheng received a bachelor’s degree in economics and accounting from City University London in 1984. Mr. Cheng has been a chartered accountant of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales since 1987.

Mr. Cheng was the director of the following company which was incorporated in Hong Kong prior to its dissolution. Mr. Cheng has confirmed that the company was solvent and inactive at the time of its de-registration and its deregistration had not resulted in any liability or obligation against him. The following are details of the aforementioned de-registered company:

Place of Date of Means of Name of Company incorporation dissolution dissolution

Golden Cosmos Corporation Hong Kong 6 January 2017 Deregistration Limited (發金有限公司)

Independent non-executive Directors

Mr. Sun Baoping (孫保平), aged [65], was appointed as an independent non-executive Director on [●]. He is responsible for supervising general corporate governance matters and providing independent judgement to our Board.

Mr. Sun has more than 40 years of research, demonstration and teaching experience in the ecological fields including soil and water conservation and desertification control and nearly 20 years of management experience in the ecological and environment protection industry.

Mr. Sun was a senior visiting scholar at the University of Munich in Germany during the period from 1987 to 1988. Mr. Sun served as professor of Beijing Forestry University (北京林業大學) (formerly known as Beijing Forestry College (北京林學院)) since 1978. He has successively served as deputy dean and dean of the School of Soil and Water Conservation of Beijing Forestry University (北京林業大學)from 1990 to June 2000. Mr. Sun has been doctoral supervisor of the School of Soil and Water Conservation of Beijing Forestry University (北京林業大學) from 1996 to March 2021.

Mr. Sun obtained the title of teaching assistant in 1978, the title of lecturer in 1986, the title of associate professor in 1990, the title of professor in 1993, and the title of second-level professor in January 2008.

− 257 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Mr. Sun had successively served as executive director, manager and legal representative of Beijing Greensource Environment planning & Design Institute Co. Ltd (北京林豐源生態環境規劃設 計院有限公司) from September 2003 to November 2015. Mr. Sun had successively served as executive director, manager and legal representative of Beijing Minji Zhongzhi Ecological Environment Planning and Design Institute Company Limited (北京民基中治生態環境規劃設計院有 限公司), an ecological data analysis platform and restoration plan design company from February 2016, responsible for operations and management. Mr. Sun has served as director of Shanxi Jiujiayi Ecological Environment Governance Company Limited (山西九加一生態環境治理股份有限公司), a company listed on the National Equities Exchange and Quotations (stock code: 870760) since November 2018.

Mr. Sun received a bachelor’s degree in the School of Soil and Water Conservation from Beijing Forestry University (北京林業大學) (formerly known as Beijing Forestry College (北京林學院)) in July 1978.

Mr. Sun won the first Liangxi Award (梁希獎) of the Chinese Forestry Society (中國林業學會) in December 1987, his “Research on Comprehensive Treatment of Soil and Water Loss in Xiji Loess Area in ” (寧夏西吉黃土區水土流失綜合治理的研究) was awarded first prize of Science and Technology Progress Award (科技進步一等獎) by the State Forestry Administration of the People’s Republic of China (中華人民共和國國家林業局) (formerly known as Department of Forestry (林業部)) in December 1987 and second prize of Science and Technology Progress Award (科技進步二等獎) by the Ministry of Science and Technology of China (中國科學技術部) in July 1988, his “Research on the Experimental Demonstration Zone for Comprehensive Treatment of Huangjiaercha Small Watershed in Xiji County, Ningxia” (寧夏西吉縣黃家二岔小流域綜合治理試驗 示範區的研究) was honoured second prize of Science and Technology Progress Award (科技進步二等獎) by the State Forestry Administration of the People’s Republic of China (中華人民共和國國家林業局) (formerly known as Department of Forestry (林業部)) in December 1992, his “Comprehensive Research on the Experimental Demonstration of Positioning of Comprehensive Treatment of the Loess Plateau” (黃土高原綜合治理定位試驗示範綜合研究) was awarded first prize of Science and Technology Progress Award (科技進步一等獎) by the Chinese Academy of Sciences (中國科學院) in October 1992 and was awarded first prize of the Science and Technology Progress Award (科技進步一等獎) by the Chinese Ministry of Sciences (中國科學技術部) in December 1993. Mr. Sun was awarded the honorary title of Expert with Outstanding Contributions (有突出貢獻專家榮譽稱號) by the State Council of PRC (中國國務院) in October 1993.

Mr. Sun has served as academic leader of the national key disciplines of soil and water conservation and desertification control (國家級重點學科水土保持與荒漠化防治學科的學科帶頭人) since July 1994. Mr. Sun served as consultant for the 7th and 8th Expert Advisory Group of the Beijing Municipal People’s Government in September 1997 and December 2000, respectively. He has been a forestry science and technology consultant in Shanxi Province since July 2003. He has served as the expert leader of the China-Dutch Urban-Rural Mixture (National) Innovation Center (中荷統 籌城鄉混合體(國家)創新中心專家組組長) since November 2015 and expert leader of the China Ecological Restoration Industry Innovation Strategic Alliance (中國生態修復技術產業創新戰略聯盟 專家組組長) since December 2015. Mr. Sun has been the head of the first batch of 100 academicians (academic leaders) of the Republic’s Ministerial Think Tank and Ministerial Forum (共和國部長智庫 暨部長論壇首批100名院士(學科帶頭人)負責人) since August 2018.

− 258 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Mr. Sun was the legal representative, executive director and general manager of the following company which was incorporated in the PRC prior to its dissolution. Mr. Sun has confirmed that the company was solvent and inactive at the time of its revocation and its revocation had not resulted in any liability or obligation against him. The following are details of the aforementioned revoked company:

Place of Date of Means of Name of Company establishment dissolution dissolution

Beijing Linshuiyuan Ecological the PRC 25 November revocation Environmental Technology Co., 2005 Ltd.* (北京林水源生態環境技術 有限公司)

Ms. Ge Xiaoping (葛曉萍), aged [58], was appointed as an independent non-executive Director on [●]. She is responsible for supervising general corporate governance matters and providing independent judgement to our Board. Ms. Ge has been a certified public accountant in the PRC since March 1998, a certified public valuer in the PRC since July 2007. She was qualified as a real estate appraiser in the PRC by Ministry of Land and Resources of the People’s Republic of China (中華人民共和國國土資源部) since April 2001 and was granted as a M&A dealmaker in the PRC by China Mergers & Acquisitions Association (中國併購公會) since May 2016.

Ms. Ge has around 32 years of experience in auditing and accounting. Ms. Ge was the accounting lecturer for the People’s Liberation Army Necessities and Finance College (中國人民解放軍軍需財經 高等專科學校) from June 1989 to January 1997. She was a certified accountant, department head of Fujian Mindu Certified Public Accountants (福建閔都會計師事務所有限公司) from January 1997 to September 2000, a certified accountant, accounting supervisor of Xiamen Andexin Certified Public Accountants (廈門安德信會計師事務所有限公司) from September 2000 to March 2007, and a certified accountant, deputy supervisor of accounting of Fujian Lixin Mindu Certified Public Accountants (福建立信閩都會計師事務所有限公司) from March 2007 to March 2010. Ms. Ge was a partner and branch chief representative (Xiamen branch) for BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP (“BDO”) (立信會計師事務所 (特殊普通合夥)), an accounting firm from March 2010 to May 2019. Ms. Ge has served as a senior consultant (Xiamen branch) of BDO since May 2019.

Ms. Ge was an independent non-executive director of China Shengmu Organic Limited (中 國聖牧有機奶業有限公司), a company listed on the Stock Exchange (stock code: 1432) from June 2014 to June 2018 and an independent director of Fujian SBS Zipper Sci & Tech Co.,Ltd. (福建潯興 拉鏈科技股份有限公司), a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (stock code: 002098), from February 2017 to January 2019. She has been an independent director of Tsann Keun China Enterprise Co., Ltd. (廈門燦坤實業股份有限公司), a company listed on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (stock code: 200512) since April 2017.

− 259 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Ms. Ge received a bachelor’s degree in financial accounting from Zhongnan University of Economics and Law (中南財經政法大學) (formerly known as Zhongnan University of Economics (中南財經大學)) in the PRC in July 1995.

Ms. Ge was honoured as Xiamen Advanced Accounting Worker 2006-2010 (2006-2010廈門先進 會計工作者榮譽稱號) by the Xiamen Municipal Finance Bureau in February 2012, honoured as Xiamen Outstanding Member of Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference 2010-2011 (2010-2011廈門市優秀政協委員榮譽稱號) by the Xiamen Chinese People’s Political Consultative Conference in January 2012 and honoured as the second batch of senior members of the Chinese Institute of Certified Public Accountants (中國註冊會計師協會第二批資深會員榮譽稱號) by the Chinese Institute of Certified Public Accountants in March 2015. In addition, Ms. Ge served as a Hongyan mentor at Xiamen University (廈門大學) from September 2014 to June 2018, served as a member of the Rights Protection Committee of Fujian Certified Public Accountant Association from September 2013 to August 2018 and served as the vice president of the Xiamen Certified Public Accountant Association from October 2013 to September 2018.

Ms. Hao Chunhong (郝春虹), aged [57], was appointed as an independent non-executive Director on [●]. She is responsible for supervising general corporate governance matters and providing independent judgement to our Board.

Ms. Hao has over 30 years of experience in finance. Ms. Hao had successively served as vice supervisor and supervisor of teaching and research section of Inner Mongolia Economics and Management Cadre College (內蒙古經濟管理幹部學院) from November 1987 to September 2000. She had also successively served as supervisor of teaching and research section, vice dean of School of Finance and Taxation and dean of School of Economics of Inner Mongolia University of Finance and Economics (內蒙古財經大學) from September 2000 to October 2019. Ms. Hao has been the dean of the School of Finance and Taxation of Inner Mongolia University of Finance and Economics (內蒙古財經大學) since October 2019.

Ms. Hao obtained the title of professor from Department of Human Resources of Inner Mongolia (內蒙古自治區人事廳) in October 2004.

Ms. Hao received a bachelor’s degree in finance from Inner Mongolia University of Finance and Economics (內蒙古財經大學) (formerly known as Inner Mongolia College of Finance (內蒙古財經學院)) in July 1985, a master’s degree in business administration from the Business School of Renmin University of China (中國人民大學) in July 1999 and a doctorate degree in economics from School of Economics of Nankai University (南開大學) in June 2005.

Ms. Hao was awarded the “321” talent project candidate of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區“321”人才工程人選) in June 2010, was honoured as the Youth and Middle-aged Expert with Outstanding Contribution of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區有突出貢獻中 青年專家) in July 2010, was awarded the excellent technological worker of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區優秀科技工作者) and honoured as a high-level talent of apprentice project “Grassland Talents” of 2013 of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治

− 260 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

區2013年“草原英才”工程培養高層次人才) in 2014, awarded the distinguished teacher of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區教學名師) and excellent teacher of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region (內蒙古自治區優秀教師) in April 2017 and awarded the expert with special government allowance (政府特殊津貼專家榮譽) by the State Council of PRC in 2018.

Ms. Hao was elected as a member of the 15th People’s Congress of Hohhot City (呼和浩特市 第十五屆人民代表大會代表).

Other disclosure pursuant to Rule 13.51(2) of the Listing Rules

Save as disclosed above, each of our Directors (i) did not hold other positions in our Company or other members of our Group as at the Latest Practicable Date; (ii) had no other relationship with any Directors, senior management or substantial or Controlling Shareholders of our Company as at the Latest Practicable Date; and (iii) did not hold any other directorships in [REDACTED] companies in the three years prior to the Latest Practicable Date. Immediately following completion of the [REDACTED], save for the interests in the Shares which are disclosed in the section headed “Substantial Shareholders” in this document, each of our Directors will not have any interest in the Shares within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO.

None of our Directors have any interests in any business apart from the business of our Group which competes or is likely to compete, either directly or indirectly, with business of our Group. See Appendix IV to this document for further information about our Directors, including details of the interest of our Directors in the Shares and underlying shares of our Company (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) and particulars of the service contract and remuneration.

Save as disclosed herein, to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of our Directors having made all reasonable enquiries, there were no other matters with respect to the appointment of our Directors that need to be brought to the attention of our Shareholders and there was no information relating to our Directors that is required to be disclosed pursuant to Rules 13.51(2)(h) to (v) of the Listing Rules as at the Latest Practicable Date.

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Mr. Li Jianjun (栗建軍), aged [41], joined our Group in September 2011 and is currently a vice president of our Company, responsible for discipline inspection, supervising project payment collection and labour’s union of our Group.

Mr. Li has around 10 years of experience of management in ecological and environmental protection industry. After joining our Group, Mr. Li had successively served as general manager in seedling management department, deputy secretary of party branch committee (黨支部副書記), general party branch secretary (黨總支書記), secretary of party committee (黨委書記), secretary of discipline and inspection committee (紀檢監察委員會書記), chairman of labour’s union and assistant to president of Mengshu Group. Mr. Li has also taken up director roles in our subsidiaries including executive director of Hesheng Ecological Dengkou since May 2015, executive director of He Yu Sheng since November 2018 and executive director of Beijing Mengshu Investment Management since January 2020.

− 261 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Prior to joining our Group, Mr. Li had successively served as assistant to department chief of sales department, regional manager of Beijing, department chief in operation management department, regional manager of northwest China, general manager of Hangzhou branch, regional manager of central China, manager of Jinmengning region and regional manager of Sichuan, Tibet and Chongqing in the ice cream business sector of Mengniu from October 1999 to August 2011. In Mengniu, Mr. Li had been mainly focusing on business development of the regions and matters relating to sales and marketing management. He has extensive experience in sales and marketing management.

Mr. Li obtained a college degree in economic management (off-production) from Inner Mongolia Mining Workers College (內蒙古礦業職工大學) in June 2004, and a graduation certificate of master course in business management from the School of Economics and Management of Peking University (北京大學經濟管理學院) in September 2005 and a bachelor’s degree in food science and engineering (correspondence) from Tianjin University of Science and Technology (天津科技大學) in January 2009 and received a graduation certificate of EMBA executive course from Inner Mongolia University (內蒙古大學) in December 2016.

Mr. Li was the director of the following companies which were incorporated in the PRC prior to their respective dissolution. Mr. Li has confirmed that the companies were solvent and inactive at the time of their respective cancellation and their respective cancellation had not resulted in any liability or obligation against him. The following are details of the aforementioned cancelled companies:

Place of Date of Means of Name of Company establishment dissolution dissolution

Hangzhou Jinruniu Frozen Food the PRC 28 October 2020 Revoke with Co., Ltd.* (杭州金乳牛冷凍食品 cancellation 有限公司)

Hangzhou Menglian Food Co., the PRC 11 February 2009 Cancellation Ltd.* (杭州蒙連食品有限公司)

Mr. Feng Weiping (封衛平), aged [47], joined our Group in June 2012 and is currently vice president of our Company, responsible for implementation and management of projects contracting, construction and payment collection, development planning of seedling plantation and monitoring seedling production and sales of our Group.

Mr. Feng has around nine years of experience of management in ecological and environmental protection industry. After joining our Group, Mr. Feng had successively served as general manager in seedling department and general manager in seedling centre of Mengshu Group. Mr. Feng has also taken up director roles in our subsidiaries, including director of Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological since April 2019 and director of Mengshu Group since July 2019. Mr. Feng has been the vice president of Mengshu Group since October 2017.

− 262 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Prior to joining our Group, Mr. Feng had successively served as officer of Xinjiang province, regional manager of northwest China, regional manager of middle south China, general manager of Nanchang branch and regional manager of Suwan in ice cream business sector of Mengniu from December 2000 to June 2012. In Mengniu, Mr. Feng had been mainly focusing on matters relating to business development of the regions and matters relating to sales and marketing management. He has extensive experience in sales and marketing management.

Mr. Feng received a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Jiangnan University (江南大學) via online learning in January 2013.

Mr. He Yingzhi (何英志), aged [57], joined our Group in October 2016 and is currently chief engineer of our Company, responsible for quality control and technical management of projects construction, seedling plantation and management and operation of overall design services.

After joining our Group, Mr. He had successively served as chief technical engineer, general manager of first business division (第一事業部) and assistant to president of Mengshu Group. Mr. He has also served as the chief engineer of Mengshu Group since August 2019.

Mr. He has over 11 years of experience of project and technical management in ecological and environmental protection industry. Prior to joining our Group, he served as project vice general manager of Beijing Oriental Garden Co., Ltd. (北京東方園林股份有限公司), a project construction company from April 2010 to September 2016, responsible for business development, ensuring business targets are met and project cost control.

Mr. He received a bachelor’s degree in agriculture from Inner Mongolia Agricultural University (內蒙古農業大學) (formerly known as Inner Mongolia Forestry College (內蒙古林學院)) in July 1986. Mr. He was accredited the senior level forestry engineer qualification by Human Resources and Social Security Bureau of Inner Mongolia (內蒙古自治區人力資源和社會保障廳) in December 2011.

Ms. Chen Xuena (陳雪娜), aged [47], joined our Group in October 2019 and is currently a vice president of our Company, responsible for supervising financial management and investment management of our Group. Ms. Chen has been a certified public accountant in the PRC since 2001 and a certified public valuer in the PRC since 2002.

After joining our Group, Ms. Chen had successively served as responsible person in finance department and assistant to president of Mengshu Group.

Ms. Chen has over 26 years of experience in financial management and investment management. Prior to joining our Group, Ms. Chen served as accounting supervisor of CNOOC Tianye Chemical Company Limited (中海石油天野化工有限責任公司) (formerly known as Inner Mongolia Tianye Chemical Company Limited (內蒙古天野化工集團股份有限公司)), a chemical materials and chemical products manufacturer from September 1994 to November 2001. After that, she had successively served as vice department chief, department chief and head in finance department of financial management system of Mengniu from March 2005 to May 2016, responsible for audit, financial management, investment, merger and acquisition and financing management. Ms. Chen had also served as the finance vice-president of Huamengtong Logistics Holdings (Group) Co., Ltd. (華蒙通

− 263 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

物流控股(集團)有限公司), a logistics company from June 2016 to October 2018, responsible for financial management and investment and financing management. She was a partner of the Inner Mongolia Jinyu Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (內蒙古金昱管理諮詢有限責任公司) from November 2018 to September 2019, responsible for investment and financing management.

Ms. Chen obtained a college degree in financial accounting from Inner Mongolia Management Cadre College (內蒙古自治區管理幹部學院) in July 1994, a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Inner Mongolia University of Finance and Economics (內蒙古財經大學) in June 1998, a master’s degree in business administration from Inner Mongolia University of Technology (內蒙古工業大學) in July 2012 and EMBA course from Guanghua School of Management of Peking University (北京大 學光華管理學院) in January 2015.

Ms. Chen obtained senior accountant qualification from Department of Human Resources of Inner Mongolia (內蒙古自治區人事廳) in 2009.

Ms. Bai Xueying (白雪瑩), aged [42], was appointed as one of the joint company secretaries of our Company on 9 November 2020, responsible for corporate governance matters such as organising meeting of our Board and Shareholders, participating in the formulation of our institutional process system and promoting and supervising the effectiveness of implementation of our internal control system.

Ms. Bai has around 18 years of experience in human resource and administration. Ms. Bai joined our Group in April 2016. After joining our Group, Ms. Bai had successively served as assistant to general manager in administration department, head of administration, supervisor of chief executive office and head of human resource department of Mengshu Group. Ms. Bai is currently a director of Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological, supervisor of the office of board of directors, and head of chief executive office of Mengshu Group.

Prior to joining our Group, Ms. Bai had successively served as officer, internal auditor, officer in chief executive office, performance specialist, supervisor and manager in human resource department of Mengniu from February 2002 to April 2016.

Ms. Bai received a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the Open University of China (國家開放大學) (formerly known as The Open University of China (中央廣播電視大學)) in 2009.

Ms. Bai obtained the second-level enterprise human resource manager qualification certificate (二級企業人力資源管理師資格證書) from Vocational Skills Appraisal Center of Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security Bureau (人力資源和社會保障部職業技能鑒定中心) in 2012 and the second-level tax payer qualification certificate from China Business Federation and China Business Accounting Association (中國商業會計學會) and China General Chamber of Commerce (中國商業聯 合會) in August 2020.

− 264 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Ms. Bai was awarded the Hohhot City May-First Labour Medal (呼和浩特市五一勞動獎章)by Hohhot City Federation of Trade Unions (呼和浩特市總工會) in April 2018 and the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region May-First Labour Medal (內蒙古自治區五一勞動獎章) by Federation of Trade Unions of Inner Mongolia (內蒙古自治區總工會) in April 2019.

JOINT COMPANY SECRETARIES

Ms. Bai Xueying (白雪瑩), aged [42], was appointed as one of the joint company secretaries of our Company on 9 November 2020. See “Senior Management” in this section for details of her biography.

Mr. Chen Kun (陳坤), aged [36], was appointed as one of the joint company secretaries of our Group on 9 November 2020. Mr. Chen is currently a practising solicitor in Hong Kong and is specialised in corporate finance area.

Mr. Chen was admitted as a solicitor in November 2011. Mr. Chen has received his Bachelor of Laws and Postgraduate Certificate in Laws from the University of Hong Kong.

Pursuant to Rule 3.28 of the Listing Rules, an issuer must appoint as its company secretary an individual who, by virtue of his or her academic or professional qualifications or relevant experience, is, in the opinion of the Stock Exchange, capable of discharging the functions of company secretary.

We [have] applied to the Stock Exchange for, and the Stock Exchange [has granted] us, a waiver from strict compliance with Rules 3.28 and 8.17 of the Listing Rules, with regards to the qualifications of company secretary. See “Waivers from Strict Compliance with the Listing Rules — Appointment of Joint Company Secretaries”.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee in compliance with Rule 3.21 of the Listing Rules and with written terms of reference in compliance with paragraph C.3 of the Corporate Governance Code. The primary duties of our audit committee are to make recommendations to our Board on the appointment and removal of external auditors; review the financial statements and material advice in respect of financial reporting; and oversee internal control procedures of our Company. Our audit committee comprises three members, namely Ms. Ge Xiaoping, Mr. Sun Baoping and Ms. Hao Chunhong. Ms. Ge Xiaoping is the chairman of the committee, who is an independent non-executive Director with the appropriate accounting and related financial management expertise as required under Rules 3.10(2) and 3.21 of the Listing Rules.

− 265 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Remuneration Committee

We have established a remuneration committee in compliance with Rule 3.25 of the Listing Rules and with written terms of reference in compliance in compliance with paragraph B.1 of the Corporate Governance Code. The primary duties of our remuneration committee are to make recommendations to our Board on the overall remuneration policy and structure relating to all Directors and senior management of our Group; review performance; and ensure none of our Directors determine their own remuneration. Our remuneration committee comprises three members, namely Mr. Sun Baoping, Ms. Ge Xiaoping and Ms. Cui Hanzhang. Mr. Sun Baoping is the chairman of the committee.

Nomination Committee

We have established a nomination committee with written terms of reference in compliance with paragraph A.5 of the Corporate Governance Code. The primary duties of our nomination committee are to review the structure, size and composition of our Board and our board diversity policy on a regular basis; identify individuals suitably qualified to become Board members; assess the independence of independent non-executive Directors; and make recommendations to our Board on relevant matters relating to the appointment or re-appointment of Directors. Our nomination committee comprises three members, namely Mr. Zhao, Ms. Ge Xiaoping and Ms. Hao Chunhong. Mr. Zhao is the chairman of the committee.

BOARD DIVERSITY POLICY

We [have adopted] a board diversity policy (the “Board Diversity Policy”) which sets out the objective and approach to achieve and maintain diversity of our Board in order to enhance the effectiveness of our Board. Pursuant to the Board Diversity Policy, we seek to achieve diversity of our Board through the consideration of a number of factors when selecting candidates to our Board, including but not limited to professional experience, skills, knowledge, gender, age, cultural and education background, ethnicity and length of service. Our Company recognises and embraces the benefits of having a diverse Board and sees increasing diversity at the Board level, including gender diversity, as an essential element in maintaining our Company’s competitive advantage and enhancing its ability to attract talents, retain and motivate employees. We have also taken, and will continue to take steps to promote gender diversity at all levels of our Company, including but not limited to our Board and the senior management levels.

Our Directors have a balanced mix of knowledge and skills, including in management, strategic and business development, research and development, sales and marketing, legal compliance and corporate finance. The ages of our Directors range from 31 years old to 65 years old, and we have both male and female representatives on our Board.

Our nomination committee will review and assesses the composition of our Board and make recommendations to our Board on appointment of members of our Board. Meanwhile, our nomination committee will consider the benefits of all aspects of diversity, including without limitation, professional experience, skills, knowledge, education background, age, gender, cultural and ethnicity and length of service, in order to maintain an appropriate range and balance of talents, skills, experience and diversity of perspectives on our Board.

− 266 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

COMPLIANCE ADVISER

We have appointed Shenwan Hongyuan Capital (H.K.) Limited as our compliance adviser upon the [REDACTED] pursuant to Rule 3A.19 of the Listing Rules. Pursuant to Rule 3A.23 of the Listing Rules, our compliance advisor will advise us when we carry out consultation in the following circumstances:

(i) before the publication of any regulatory announcement, circular or financial report;

(ii) where a transaction, which might be a notifiable or connected transaction under the Listing Rules, is contemplated by our Group, including share issues and share repurchases;

(iii) where our Group proposes to use the [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] in a manner different from that detailed in this document or where our Group’s business activities, developments or results of operation deviate from any forecast, estimate or other information in this document; and

(iv) where the Stock Exchange makes an inquiry of our Company regarding unusual movements in the price or trading volume of the Shares.

The terms of appointment of the compliance adviser shall commence on the [REDACTED] and end on the date on which our Group complies with Rule 13.46 of the Listing Rules in respect of our financial results for the first full financial year commencing after the [REDACTED] and such appointment may be subject to extension by mutual agreement.

COMPLIANCE WITH THE CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE

Our Company recognises the importance of incorporating elements of good corporate governance in the management structures and internal control procedures of our Group so as to achieve effective accountability.

According to paragraph A.2.1 of the Corporate Governance Code, the role of the chairman and chief executive officer of our Company should be separate and should not be performed by the same individual.

Under the leadership of Mr. Zhao, our Board works efficiently and performs its responsibilities with all key and appropriate issues discussed in a timely manner. In addition, as all major decisions are made in consultation with members of our Board and relevant Board committee, and there are three independent non-executive Directors on our Board offering independent perspective, our Board is therefore of the view that there are adequate safeguards in place to ensure sufficient balance of powers within our Board. Our Board shall nevertheless review the structure and composition of our Board from time to time in light of prevailing circumstances, to maintain a high standard of corporate governance practices of our Company.

− 267 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Save as disclosed above, we will comply with the code provisions stated in the Corporate Governance Code after the [REDACTED]. Our Company is committed to the view that our Board should include a balanced composition of executive and independent non-executive Directors so that there is a strong independent element on our Board, which can effectively exercise independent judgment.

REMUNERATION POLICY

The aggregate amounts of remuneration (fees, basic salaries, housing benefits, other allowances, benefit in kind, retirement scheme contributions and equity-settled share option expense) for our Directors for each of the FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was approximately RMB1.4 million, RMB5.3 million and RMB8.6 million, respectively. None of our Directors waived any remuneration during the aforesaid periods.

For each of the FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, the five highest paid individuals of our Company included one, three and three Directors respectively. For each of the FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, the aggregate remuneration (including basic salaries, housing benefits, other allowances, benefit in kind, retirement scheme contributions and equity-settled share option expense) paid to our Group’s remaining highest remuneration individuals who are neither a director nor chief executive of our Company were approximately RMB2.7 million, RMB2.1 million and RMB3.1 million respectively.

During the Track Record Period, no emolument was paid by our Group to any of our Directors or the five highest paid individuals (including Directors and employees) as an inducement to join or upon joining our Group or as compensation for loss of office. None of our Directors has waived any emoluments during the Track Record Period.

Save as disclosed above, no other payments of remuneration have been made, or are payable, in respect of the Track Record Period, by our Group to or on behalf of any of our Directors.

− 268 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

OVERVIEW

Company Controlling Shareholders Group — Acting-in-concert arrangement

Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Liu (who held the interests in the Group for and on behalf of Mr. Li) and Mr. Qiu (each an “Initial Acting-in-Concert Party” and collectively, the “Initial Acting-in-Concert Parties”) entered into an acting-in-concert agreement on 28 February 2014 (the “Initial Acting-in-Concert Agreement”), pursuant to which the Initial Acting-in-Concert Parties agreed to be consistent in decision-making of significant events of Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Forestry Co., Ltd. (內蒙古和盛生態育林有限公司) (now known as Mengshu Group) from the date of the agreement (i.e. 28 February 2014). In the event that consensus could not be achieved, Mr. Li, Mr. Liu and Mr. Qiu agreed to follow the instructions of Mr. Zhao.

Our current acting-in-concert arrangement was formed when Shenglin and Mengsheng entered into the acting-in-concert agreement with the Initial Acting-in-Concert Parties on 23 February 2016 to confirm the agreement of Shenglin and Mengsheng to acting in concert with the Initial Acting-in-Concert Parties in a manner the same as those stipulated in the Initial Acting-in-Concert Agreement (the “2016 Acting-in-Concert Agreement”).

On 28 August 2020, the Initial Acting-in-Concert Parties (except for Mr. Liu who terminated the entrustment arrangement with Mr. Li and transferred all of his interests in the Group back to Mr. Li) entered into an acting-in-concert agreement with (i) the partners of Shenglin, including Mr. Li Jianjun (栗建軍), Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英), Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春), Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明), the partners of Mengsheng, including Mr. Gao Yubao (高玉豹), Mr. Zhang Zhiguang (張志光), Mr. Li Guangjun (李廣軍), Ms. Li Binbin (李彬彬), Mr. Wang Shiwei (王世偉); and (ii) the BVI holding companies established for the purpose of the [REDACTED], including Zhao’s BVI Company (being wholly owned by Mr. Zhao), Li’s BVI Company I (being wholly owned by Mr. Li), Li’s BVI Company II (being wholly owned by Mr. Li), Qiu’s BVI Company (being wholly owned by Mr. Qiu), Shenglin BVI Company (being wholly owned by the partners of Shenglin) and Mengsheng BVI Company (being wholly owned by the partners of Mengsheng) in a manner the same as those stipulated under the 2016 Acting-in-Concert Agreements (the “2020 Acting-in-Concert Agreement”). Pursuant to the 2020 Acting-in-Concert Agreement, (i) the Company Controlling Shareholders Group agreed to direct the Directors appointed by them to vote and agreed to vote unanimously in the Directors’ meeting and the Shareholders’ meeting of the Company, respectively; and (ii) in the event that consensus could not be achieved, the Company Controlling Shareholders Group irrevocably undertook to follow the instructions of Mr. Zhao or any person as designated by Mr. Zhao.

− 269 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Mr. Li Jianjun, Ms. Tie Ying, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Ma Liming, Shenglin BVI Company, Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Li Guangjun, Ms. Li Binbin, Mr. Wang Shiwei and Mengsheng BVI Company constitute our Company Controlling Shareholders Group and will together hold [REDACTED]% of our Company’s enlarged issued share capital immediately after completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme) and assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares into Shares. Company Controlling Shareholders Group will remain as our Controlling Shareholder upon [REDACTED].

Investor Shareholder — Investor Group

Fort Minor and Chili Roost are our [REDACTED]. As at the Latest Practicable Date, Fort Minor held 52,970,000 Shares in the Company and 65,000,000 Investor Class Shares in the Company and Chili Roost held 57,500,000 Shares in the Company. Assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares into Shares, immediately after completion of the [REDACTED], Investor Group, through Fort Minor and Chili Roost, will hold in aggregate [REDACTED] Shares, representing [REDACTED]% of the Company’s enlarged issued share capital immediately after completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme). Therefore, Investor Group will be our Controlling Shareholder upon [REDACTED]. Investor Group is a passive investor of our Group, mainly because it did not and will not participate in our Group’s day to day management and operation, which is the responsibility of our executive Directors and senior management.

See “History, Reorganization and Group Structure — Investor Group [REDACTED] Overview”.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Company Controlling Shareholders Group are entitled to exercise voting rights of approximately [REDACTED]% of the total issued share capital of our Company and the Investor Group are entitled to exercise voting rights of approximately [REDACTED]% of the total issued share capital of our Company.

Assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares into Shares, immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account of any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted or to be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme), the Company Controlling Shareholders Group acting in a consensual manner, will be entitled to exercise voting rights of approximately [REDACTED]% of the total issued share capital of our Company and the Investor Group will be entitled to exercise voting rights of approximately [REDACTED]% of the total issued share capital of our Company.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, save as disclosed above, there is no other person who, immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account of any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted or to be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme) and assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Share into Shares, will be directly or indirectly interested in 30% or more of the Shares then in issue.

− 270 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

INDEPENDENCE FROM OUR CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

Having considered the following factors, our Directors are satisfied that we are capable of carrying out our business independently of our Controlling Shareholders and their respective close associates after [REDACTED].

Management Independence

Our Board comprises four executive Directors, two non-executive Directors and three independent non-executive Directors. See “Directors and Senior Management”.

Each of our Directors is aware of his/her fiduciary duties as a Director which require, among other things, that he/she must act for the benefit of and in the best interests of our Company and no conflict between his/her duties as a Director and his/her personal interests shall exist. In the event that there is a potential conflict of interest arising out of any transaction to be entered into between our Company and our Directors or their respective close associates, the interested Director(s) shall abstain from voting on any Board resolutions approving any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which he/she or any of his/her close associates has a material interest and shall not be counted in the quorum present at the relevant Board meeting. In addition, we believe that our independent non-executive Directors can bring independent judgment to the decision-making process of our Board.

The daily operation of our Group is carried out by an independent experienced management team. Although Mr. Zhao is the executive Director of the Company and also a director of Zhao’s BVI Company, and Mr. Li Jianjun, one of our senior management members, is also a director of Shenglin BVI Company, given that Zhao’s BVI Company and Shenglin BVI Company were incorporated as part of the Reorganisation for investment holding purpose only, each of Mr. Zhao and Mr. Li Jianjun will be able, and has undertaken, to devote all of his time and attention to the development strategy and strategic planning and business of our Group. Save as disclosed above, there is no and will not be overlap of members of the directors and management team of the Company Controlling Shareholders Group (and their respective close associates) and the directors and management members of our Group (and their respective close associates).

In addition, our Group has adopted certain corporate governance measures for prevention of conflicts in order to safeguard the interests of our Shareholders as a whole. See “Corporate Governance Measures” in this section for details.

The Company has also established internal controls to ensure that shareholders or directors who have conflicting interests in the proposed transactions will abstain from voting on the relevant resolutions.

− 271 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

Having considered the above factors, our Directors are satisfied that the Board as a whole, together with our senior management team, is able to perform the managerial role in our Group independently.

Operational Independence

Our operations do not rely on our Controlling Shareholders. As disclosed in “Business — Research and Development”, “Business — Intellectual Properties” and “Business — Permits, Licences and Approvals” in this document, we hold all significant licenses necessary to conduct our business and own all related intellectual property rights and research and development facilities through our subsidiaries. We have sufficient funds, facilities, equipment and staff to operate our business independent of our Controlling Shareholders. We also have independent client acquisition channels and a resource base of qualified suppliers and subcontractors, and maintain an independent management team to operate our business.

Our Directors do not expect that there will be any transaction between our Group and our Controlling Shareholders or their respective associates upon or shortly after the [REDACTED]. In addition, none of our Controlling Shareholders and Directors or their respective close associates has been our major supplier, subcontractor or customer during the Track Record Period, which provides any critical services or materials for our business operation.

Having considered the above factors, our Directors believe that we are able to operate independently from our Controlling Shareholders and their respective close associates.

Financial Independence

We believe that we are financially independent from our Controlling Shareholders and their respective close associates due to the following:

• We have established our own finance department with a team of financial staff, who are responsible for financial control, accounting and reporting function of our Company, independent from our Controlling Shareholders.

• We can make financial decisions independently and our Controlling Shareholders do not intervene with our use of funds. We have also established an independent audit system, a standardised and complete financial management system and an advanced internal control system.

• We are capable of and have been obtaining financing from Independent Third Parties without relying on any guarantee or security provided by our Controlling Shareholders or their respective close associates.

• All personal guarantee provided by our Controlling Shareholders for our banking borrowings will be released upon [REDACTED] and, if necessary, be replaced by a corporate guarantee provided by our Company.

− 272 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

• We have sufficient capital, cash and cash equivalent and bank facilities and credit to operate our business independently and have sufficient internal resources to support our day-to-day operations.

• We have access to financial institutions and are not required to rely on any guarantees from our Controlling Shareholders or its close associates to obtain the relevant financing.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, certain amount due from certain members of our Company Controlling Shareholders Group were occurred during the process of our Reorganisation and will be fully settled by sale of Shares by the [REDACTED] upon the [REDACTED]. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — Reorganisation — Changes in the equity interests in Mengshu Group during the Reorganisation”.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we did not provide any guarantee or security in favour of our Controlling Shareholders and their respective close associates.

Save as disclosed above, as at the Latest Practicable Date, there were no other loans, advances or balances due to and/or from our Controlling Shareholders and their respective close associates which have not been fully settled.

Having considered the above factors, our Directors are satisfied that we are able to maintain financial independence from our Controlling Shareholders and their respective close associates.

Disclosures required under Rule 8.10 of the Listing Rules

As at the Latest Practicable Date and so far as our Directors are aware, (1) apart from the interest in our Group, none of our Controlling Shareholders was engaged or had any interest in any business which, directly or indirectly, competes or may compete with the business of our Group, which would require disclosure under Rule 8.10 of the Listing Rules; and (2) none of our Directors had any interest in any business which competes or is likely to compete, either directly or indirectly, with the business of our Group, which would require disclosure under Rule 8.10 of the Listing Rules.

NON-COMPETITION UNDERTAKINGS

To ensure that competition does not develop between us and other business activities and/or interests of our Company Controlling Shareholders Group, each of our Company Controlling Shareholders Group member (collectively, the “Covenantors” and each, a “Covenantor”) has entered into a Deed of Non-Competition in favour of our Company on [REDACTED], pursuant to which each of the Covenantors has, among other things, irrevocably and unconditionally undertaken, jointly and severally, with our Company that at any time during the Relevant Period (as defined below), the Covenantor shall not, and shall procure that its/his/her close associates (other than members of our Group) shall not, directly or indirectly, carry on, engage in, invest in, participate in, attempt to participate in, render any services to, provide any financial support to or otherwise be involved in or interested in, whether alone or jointly with another person and whether directly or indirectly or on behalf of or to assist or act in concert with any other person, any business or investment activities in the PRC which are the same as, similar to or in competition or likely to be in competition with the business carried on or contemplated to be carried on by any member of our Group from time to time (the “Restricted Business”).

− 273 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

The above restrictions do not prohibit any of the Covenantors and its, his or her close associates (excluding members of our Group) from:

(a) holding any securities of any companies which conducts or is engaged in any Restricted Business through their interests in our Group;

(b) undertaking project(s) or otherwise be involved in any of the Restricted Businesses provided that the project or business opportunity has been first offered to our Group and our group has not taken it up; and

(c) through acquiring or holding any investment or interest in units or shares of any company, investment trust, joint venture, partnership or other entity in whatever form which engages in any Restricted Business where such investment or interest does not exceed 10% of the issued shares of such entity provided that (1) such investment or interest does not grant the Covenantors or their respective close associates any right to control the composition of the board of directors or managers of such entity, (2) none of the Covenantors or their respective close associates control the board of directors or managers of such entity and (3) such investment or interest does not grant the Covenantors or their respective close associates any right to participate directly or indirectly in such entity.

Each of the Covenantors has also undertaken to refer, or to procure the referral of, any investment or commercial opportunities relating to any Restricted Business (“New Business Opportunities” and each, a “New Business Opportunity”) to us (for ourselves and as trustee for the benefit of each of our subsidiaries from time to time) in the following manner:

• As soon as it/he/she becoming aware of any New Business Opportunity, give written notice (the “Offer Notice”) to us identifying the target company (if relevant) and the nature of the New Opportunity, detailing all information available to it/him/her for us to consider whether to pursue such New Business Opportunity (including details of any investment or acquisition costs and the contact details of the third parties offering, proposing or presenting the New Business Opportunity to it).

• Our Company shall, as soon as practicable and in any case within 30 business days from the receipt of the Offer Notice (the “Offer Notice Period”) notify the relevant Covenantor in writing of any decision taken to pursue or decline the New Business Opportunity. During the Offer Notice Period, our Company may negotiate with the third party offering it/him/her, proposing or presenting the New Business Opportunity and the relevant Covenantor shall use its/his/her best endeavours to assist us in obtaining such New Business Opportunity on the same or more favourable terms.

• Our Company is required to seek approval from our independent non-executive Directors who do not have a material interest in the matter for consideration as to whether to pursue or decline the New Business Opportunity, and that the appointment of an independent financial advisor to advise on the terms of the transaction in the subject matter of such New Business Opportunity may be required.

− 274 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

• The relevant Covenantor may, at its/his/her absolute discretion, consider extending the Offer Notice Period as appropriate.

• The relevant Covenantor shall be entitled to but shall not be obliged to carry on, engage, invest, participate or be interested (economically or otherwise) in the New Business Opportunity (whether individually or jointly with another person and whether directly or indirectly or on behalf of or to assist any other person) on the same, or less favourable, terms and conditions in all material respects as set out in the Offer Notice if:

(i) it/he/she has received a written notice from us declining the New Business Opportunity; or

(ii) it/he/she has not received any written notice from us of our decision to pursue or decline the New Business Opportunity within 30 business days from our receipt of the Offer Notice, or if it/he/she has extended the Offer Notice Period, within such other period as agreed by it, in which case our Company shall be deemed to have declined the New Business Opportunity.

• If there is a change in the nature or proposal of the New Business Opportunity pursued by the relevant Covenantor, it/he/she shall refer the New Business Opportunity as revised and shall provide to us details of all available information for us to consider whether to pursue the New Business Opportunity as revised.

When considering whether or not to pursue any New Business Opportunities, our independent non-executive Directors will form their views based on a range of factors, including but not limited to, the estimated profitability, investment value and permits and approval requirements. The Covenantors, for themselves and on behalf of their close associates (except any members of our Group), have also acknowledged that our Company may be required by the relevant laws, regulations and rules and regulatory bodies to disclose, from time to time, information on the New Business Opportunities, including but not limited to disclosure in public announcements or annual reports of our Company our decisions to pursue or decline the New Business Opportunities, and have agreed to disclose to the extent necessary to comply with any such requirements.

Under the Deed of Non-competition, each of the Covenantors has further irrevocably and unconditionally undertaken jointly and severally, with us the following:

(i) the Covenantors shall provide, and shall procure their close associates (other than members of our Group) to provide, during the Relevant Period (as defined below), where necessary and at least on an annual basis, all information necessary for the review by our independent non-executive Directors, subject to any relevant laws, rules and regulations or any contractual obligations, to enable them to review the Covenantors’ and their close associates’ (other than members of our Group) compliance with the Deed of Non-competition, and to enable the independent non-executive Directors to enforce the Deed of Non-competition;

− 275 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

(ii) without prejudicing the generality of paragraph (i) above, the Covenantors shall provide to us with an annual declaration for inclusion in our annual report, in respect of their compliance with the terms of the Deed of Non-competition;

(iii) the Covenantors have agreed and authorised us to disclose decisions on matters reviewed by the independent non-executive Directors relating to the compliance and enforcement of the Deed of Non-competition, either through our annual reports or by way of public announcements; and

(iv) each of the Covenantors agrees to indemnify us from and against any and all losses, damages, claims, liabilities, costs and expenses (including legal costs and expenses) where we may suffer or incur as a result of any failure to comply with the terms of the Deed of Non-competition by the Covenantors or any of their respective close associates.

Our Company will disclose the decisions with basis on matters reviewed by our independent non-executive Directors relating to the compliance with and enforcement of the Deed of Non-competition either in the annual report of our Company or by way of announcement to the public.

For the purposes of the above, the “Relevant Period” means the period commencing from the [REDACTED] and shall expire on the earlier of (i) the date when the Covenantors and any of their close associates, cease to hold, or otherwise be interested in, beneficially in aggregate whether directly or indirectly, 30% or more (or such other percentage of shareholding as stipulated in the Listing Rules to constitute a controlling shareholder) of the issued share capital of our Company or (ii) the date on which our Shares cease to be [REDACTED] on the Stock Exchange (except for temporary suspension of trading of our Shares).

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MEASURES

Our Directors believe that there are adequate corporate governance measures in place to manage the potential conflict of interests between our Controlling Shareholders and our Group and to safeguard the interests of the Shareholders taken as a whole for the following reasons:

• the independent non-executive Directors will review, on an annual basis, the compliance with non-competition undertakings by our Company Controlling Shareholders Group under the Deed of Non-competition;

• our Controlling Shareholders shall provide all information requested by our Company which is necessary for the annual review by the independent non-executive Directors and the enforcement of the Deed of Non-competition;

• our Company will disclose decisions and related basis on matters reviewed by the independent non-executive Directors (including all rejections by our Company of New Business Opportunities that have been referred from our Controlling Shareholders) relating to the compliance with and enforcement of the non-competition undertakings by our Company Controlling Shareholders Group under the Deed of Non-competition in the annual reports of our Company or by way of public announcements;

− 276 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. RELATIONSHIP WITH CONTROLLING SHAREHOLDERS

• our Company Controlling Shareholders Group to make annual statements on compliance with the Deed of Non-competition in our annual reports, which is consistent with the principles of making disclosure in the corporate governance report of the annual report under the Listing Rules;

• as part of our preparation for the [REDACTED], we have amended our Articles of Association to comply with the Listing Rules. In particular, our Articles of Association provide that, unless otherwise provided, a Director shall not vote on any resolution approving any contract or arrangement or any other proposal in which such Director or any of his/her close associates has a material interest nor shall such Director be counted in the quorum present at the meeting;

• a Director with material interests shall make full disclosure in respect of matters that conflict or potentially conflict with our interest and absent himself/herself from the board meetings on matters in which such Director or any of his/her close associates have a material interest, unless the attendance or participation of such Director at such meeting of the Board is specifically requested by a majority of the independent non-executive Directors;

• we are committed that our Board should include a balanced composition of executive and non-executive Directors (including independent non-executive Directors). We have appointed three independent non-executive Directors and we believe our independent non-executive Directors possess sufficient experience and they are free of any business or other relationship which could interfere in any material manner with the exercise of their independent judgment and will be able to provide an impartial, external opinion to protect the interests of our public Shareholders. See “Directors and Senior Management — Directors — Independent non-executive Directors”;

• in the event that our independent non-executive Directors are requested to review any conflicts of interests circumstances between our Group on the one hand and our Controlling Shareholders and/or our Directors on the other, our Controlling Shareholders and/or our Directors shall provide our independent non-executive Directors with all necessary information and our Company shall disclose the decisions of our independent non-executive Directors either through its annual report or by way of announcements; and

• we have appointed Shenwan Hongyuan Capital (H.K.) Limited as our compliance adviser, which will provide advice and guidance to us in respect of compliance with the applicable laws and the Listing Rules, including various requirements relating to directors’ duties and corporate governance.

− 277 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

So far as our Directors are aware, immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options that may be granted under the Share Option Scheme), the following persons will have or be deemed or taken to have an interest and/or short position in the Shares or the underlying Shares which would fall to be disclosed to our Company and the Stock Exchange under the provisions of Division 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO, or will be, directly or indirectly, interested in 10% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital carrying rights to vote in all circumstances at general meetings of our Company:

Shares held immediately Shares held immediately following completion of following completion of the [REDACTED] the [REDACTED] (assuming the (assuming the Shares held as at the [REDACTED] is not [REDACTED] is fully Name of Shareholder Nature of interest Latest Practicable Date exercised) exercised) Number Percentage(10) Number Percentage Number Percentage

Zhao’s BVI Company Beneficial owner(2) 35,800,000 8.83% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mr. Zhao Interest of controlled 35,800,000 8.83% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% corporation(2)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Li’s BVI Company I Beneficial owner(3) 30,600,000 7.55% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Li’s BVI Company II Beneficial owner(3) 25,500,000 6.29% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mr. Li Interest of controlled 56,100,000 13.84% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% corporation(3)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Qiu’s BVI Company Beneficial owner(4) 66,898,880 16.51% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

− 278 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

Shares held immediately Shares held immediately following completion of following completion of the [REDACTED] the [REDACTED] (assuming the (assuming the Shares held as at the [REDACTED] is not [REDACTED] is fully Name of Shareholder Nature of interest Latest Practicable Date exercised) exercised) Number Percentage(10) Number Percentage Number Percentage

Mr. Qiu Interest of controlled 66,898,880 16.51% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% corporation(4)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Shenglin BVI Company Beneficial owner(5) 22,800,000 5.63% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mr. Li Jianjun Interest of controlled 22,800,000 5.63% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (栗建軍) corporation(5)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Ms. Guo Jinchun Interest of controlled 22,800,000 5.63% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (郭瑾春) corporation(5)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mr. Ma Liming Interest of controlled 22,800,000 5.63% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (馬黎明) corporation(5)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Ms. Tie Ying Interest of controlled 22,800,000 5.63% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (鐵英) corporation(5)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mengsheng BVI Beneficial owner(6) 25,000,000 6.17% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% Company

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mr. Gao Yubao Interest of controlled 25,000,000 6.17% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (高玉豹) corporation(6)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

− 279 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

Shares held immediately Shares held immediately following completion of following completion of the [REDACTED] the [REDACTED] (assuming the (assuming the Shares held as at the [REDACTED] is not [REDACTED] is fully Name of Shareholder Nature of interest Latest Practicable Date exercised) exercised) Number Percentage(10) Number Percentage Number Percentage

Ms. Li Binbin Interest of controlled 25,000,000 6.17% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (李彬彬) corporation(6)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mr. Li Guangjun Interest of controlled 25,000,000 6.17% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (李廣軍) corporation(6)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mr. Wang Shiwei Interest of controlled 25,000,000 6.17% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (王世偉) corporation(6)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Mr. Zhang Zhiguang Interest of controlled 25,000,000 6.17% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (張志光) corporation(6)

Interest held jointly 206,598,880 50.98% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% with another person(7)

Fort Minor Beneficial owner(8) 117,970,000(10) 29.11% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]%

Chili Roost Beneficial owner(9) 57,500,000 14.19% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]%

Valley Orchards Limited Interest of controlled 175,470,000 43.30% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (8) (9) corporation

DCP Capital Partners, Interest of controlled 175,470,000 43.30% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (8) (9) L.P. corporation

DCP General Partner, Interest of controlled 175,470,000 43.30% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% [REDACTED] [REDACTED]% (8) (9) Limited corporation

Notes:

(1) All interests stated are long positions.

(2) Zhao’s BVI Company is beneficially owned as to 100% by Mr. Zhao. Under the SFO, Mr. Zhao is deemed to be interested in all the Shares held by Zhao’s BVI Company.

(3) Each of Li’s BVI Company I and Li’s BVI Company II is beneficially owned as to 100% by Mr. Li. Under the SFO, Mr. Li is deemed to be interested in all the Shares held by each of Li’s BVI Company I and Li’s BVI Company II.

− 280 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

(4) Qiu’s BVI Company is beneficially owned as to 100% by Mr. Qiu. Under the SFO, Mr. Qiu is deemed to be interested in all the Shares held by Qiu’s BVI Company.

(5) Shenglin BVI Company is beneficially owned as to approximately 34%, 26%, 21% and 19% by Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Li Jianjun and Ms. Tie Ying, respectively. Under the SFO, each of Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Li Jianjun and Ms. Tie Ying is deemed to be interested in the Shares held by Shenglin BVI Company.

(6) Mengsheng BVI Company is beneficially owned as to approximately 27%, 23%, 22%, 21% and 7% by Mr. Wang Shiwei, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Li Guangjun and Ms. Li Binbin, respectively. Under the SFO, each of Mr. Wang Shiwei, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Li Guangjun and Ms. Li Binbin is deemed to be interested in the Shares held by Mengsheng BVI Company.

(7) Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Li Jianjun and Ms. Tie Ying, Mr. Wang Shiwei, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Li Guangjun and Ms. Li Binbin are parties acting in concert (having the meaning ascribed thereto in the Takeovers Code). As such, each of Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu , Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Li Jianjun and Ms. Tie Ying, Mr. Wang Shiwei, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Li Guangjun and Ms. Li Binbin together with their respective holding companies (being Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company and Mengsheng BVI Company, respectively) is deemed to be interested in all the Shares directly or indirectly held by each other.

(8) Fort Minor, a company incorporated in the BVI, holds 52,970,000 Shares and 65,000,000 Investor Class Shares of the Company. For the purpose of the SFO, Valley Orchards Limited (as the sole shareholder of Fort Minor), DCP Capital Partners, L.P., which controls the entire voting rights of Valley Orchards Limited and DCP General Partner, Limited (as the general partner of DCP Capital Partners, L.P.) are deemed to be interested in the interest held by Fort Minor.

(9) Chili Roost, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, holds 57,500,000 Shares of the Company. For the purpose of the SFO, Valley Orchards Limited (as the sole shareholder of Chili Roost), DCP Capital Partners, L.P., which controls the entire voting rights of Valley Orchards Limited and DCP General Partner, Limited (as the general partner of DCP Capital Partners, L.P.) are deemed to be interested in the interest held by Chili Roost.

(10) It is calculated based on the assumption that the [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares being fully converted into Shares on the basis of one Investor Class Share for one Share.

Save as disclosed above and in the section headed “Statutory and General Information — C. Further Information about our Directors and Substantial Shareholders — 2. Interests and short positions of Substantial Shareholders in the Shares, and underlying Shares of our Company” in Appendix IV to this document, our Directors are not aware of any person who will, immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] and assuming that the [REDACTED] is not exercised or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options that may be granted under the Share Option Scheme is not exercised, have an interest or short position in the Shares or underlying Shares which will be required to be disclosed to our Company and the Stock Exchange under the provisions of Division 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO or will be, directly or indirectly, interested in 10% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital carrying rights to vote in all circumstances at general meetings of any other member of our Group.

We are not aware of any arrangement which may result in any change of control in our Company at any subsequent date.

− 281 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

UNDERTAKINGS

Our Controlling Shareholders have given certain undertakings in respect of the Shares held by them to our Company, the Sole Sponsor, the [REDACTED], the [REDACTED], the [REDACTED] and the Stock Exchange, details of which are set out in the section headed “[REDACTED]” in this document. Our Controlling Shareholders and our Company have also given undertakings to the Stock Exchange as required by Rules 10.07(1) and 10.08 of the Listing Rules, respectively.

− 282 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SHARE CAPITAL

AUTHORISED AND ISSUED SHARE CAPITAL

The following is a description of the authorised and issued share capital of our Company immediately prior to and following completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking account of any Shares which may be issued pursuant to the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme):

Authorised Share Capital

Authorised share capital as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Shares Nominal value Total nominal value

500,000,000 Shares of par value HK$0.001 each HK$500,000 200,000,000 Investor Class Shares of par value HK$0.001 each HK$200,000

Total HK$700,000

Authorised share capital upon completion of the [REDACTED]:

Shares Nominal value Total nominal value

[REDACTED] Shares of par value HK$0.001 each HK$[REDACTED]

Shares in issue, fully paid or credited as fully paid

Shares in issue, fully paid or credited as fully paid as at the Latest Practicable Date:

Shares Description Total nominal value

340,270,000 Shares in issue HK$340,270 65,000,000 Investor Class Shares in issue HK$65,000

405,270,000 Total HK$405,270

Shares in issue, fully paid or credited as fully paid upon completion of the [REDACTED]:

Shares Description Total nominal value

[REDACTED] Shares in issue (including the [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] [REDACTED]) [REDACTED] Shares to be issued pursuant to the [REDACTED] HK$[REDACTED]

[REDACTED] Total HK$[REDACTED]

− 283 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SHARE CAPITAL

ASSUMPTIONS

The above table assumes that the [REDACTED] has become unconditional and the issue of Shares pursuant to the [REDACTED] are made. It takes no account of any Shares which may be allotted and issued pursuant to the exercise of the [REDACTED], the exercise of options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes, the exercise of any options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme or any Shares issued or repurchased by us pursuant to the general mandates granted to our Directors to issue or repurchase Shares as described below or otherwise.

MINIMUM PUBLIC FLOAT

Pursuant to Rule 8.08(1) of the Listing Rules, at the time of [REDACTED] and at all time thereafter, our Company must maintain the minimum prescribed percentage of 25% of our issued share capital in the hands of the public (as defined in the Listing Rules).

RANKING

The [REDACTED] are ordinary shares in the share capital of our Company and rank pari passu in all respects with all Shares currently in issue or to be issued and, in particular, will rank in full for all dividends or other distributions declared, made or paid on the Shares in respect of a record date which falls after the date of this document.

SHARE OPTION SCHEMES

We have adopted the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes and conditionally adopted the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme. See “Statutory and General Information — D. [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes” and “Statutory and General Information — E. Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme” in Appendix IV for the principal terms of each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes and the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme.

GENERAL MANDATE TO ISSUE NEW SHARES

Conditional on the conditions as stated in the section headed “Structure and Conditions of the [REDACTED]” in this document being fulfilled, our Directors have been granted a general unconditional mandate to allot, issue and deal with Shares and to make or grant [REDACTED], agreements or options which might require such Shares to be allotted and issued or dealt with subject to the requirement that the aggregate nominal value of the Shares so allotted and issued or agreed conditionally or unconditionally to be allotted and issued (otherwise than pursuant to a rights issue, or scrip dividend scheme or similar arrangements, or a specific authority granted by the Shareholders) shall not exceed:

(i) 20% of the aggregate number of issued Shares of our Company immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] (excluding Shares which may be allotted and issued pursuant to the exercise of the [REDACTED] and options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme); and

− 284 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SHARE CAPITAL

(ii) the aggregate nominal value of share capital of our Company repurchased pursuant to the authority granted to our Directors as referred to in the paragraph headed “General mandate to repurchase Shares” in this section.

This general mandate to issue Shares will remain in effect until the earliest of:

(i) the conclusion of our Company’s next annual general meeting unless renewed by an ordinary resolution of our Shareholders in a general meeting, either unconditionally or subject to conditions;

(ii) the expiration of the period within which our Company is required by law or the Articles of Association to hold its next annual general meeting; or

(iii) the time when such mandate is varied, revoked or renewed by an ordinary resolution of our Company’s Shareholders in a general meeting.

See “Statutory and General Information — A. Further information about our Company— 4. Written resolutions of our Shareholders” in Appendix IV for further details of this general mandate.

GENERAL MANDATE TO REPURCHASE SHARES

Our Directors have been granted a general unconditional mandate to exercise all the powers of our Company to repurchase Shares of not more than 10% of the aggregate number of issued Shares of our Company or to be issued immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] (excluding any Shares which may fall to be issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED]).

This mandate only relates to repurchases made on the Stock Exchange, or any other approved stock exchange(s) on which the Shares are [REDACTED] (and which is recognised by the SFC and the Stock Exchange for this purpose), and which are made in accordance with all applicable laws and/or requirements of the Listing Rules. See “Statutory and General Information — A. Further information about our Company — 7. Repurchase by our Company of our own securities” in Appendix IV for the summary of relevant Listing Rules.

This general mandate to repurchase Shares will remain in effect until the earliest of:

(i) the conclusion of our Company’s next annual general meeting unless renewed by an ordinary resolution of our Shareholders in a general meeting, either unconditionally or subject to conditions;

(ii) the expiration of the period within which our Company is required by law or the Articles of Association to hold its next annual general meeting; or

(iii) the time when such mandate is varied, revoked or renewed by an ordinary resolution of our Company’s Shareholders in a general meeting.

− 285 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. SHARE CAPITAL

See “Statutory and General Information — A. Further information about our Company — 4. Written resolutions of our Shareholders” in Appendix IV to this document for further details of this share repurchase mandate.

CIRCUMSTANCES WHERE GENERAL MEETING AND CLASS MEETING ARE REQUIRED

Pursuant to the Companies Act and the terms of the Articles of Association, our Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution of Shareholders (i) increase its share capital; (ii) consolidate or divide its share capital into shares of larger or smaller amount than its existing Shares; (iii) divide its unissued Shares into several classes; (iv) subdivide its Shares into shares of smaller amount; and (v) cancel any Shares which have not been taken or agreed to be taken. In addition, our Company may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, reduce the share capital or reserve by our Shareholders passing a special resolution. See “2. Articles of Association — (a) Shares — (iii) Alteration of capital” in Appendix III for further details.

Pursuant to the Companies Act and the terms of the Articles of Association, if at any time the share capital of our Company is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class may be varied or abrogated either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued Shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. See “2. Articles of Association — (a) Shares — (ii) Variation of rights of existing shares or classes of shares” in Appendix III for further details.

− 286 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

You should read this section in conjunction with our historical financial information, including the notes thereto, as set out in “Appendix I - Accountants’ Report” to this document. The historical financial information has been prepared in accordance with HKFRSs.

The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements are based on assumptions and analysis made by us in light of our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. However, our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements include those discussed in “Risk Factors”.

OVERVIEW

We are a well-established service provider for a variety of ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration, as well as urban and rural greening projects primarily in North China. We offer integrated services covering project design, construction, and maintenance as well as seedling supply to our project customers, most of which are public sector entities including bureaus of different local governments and state-invested enterprises. As at the Latest Practicable Date, we also operated 15 plantation bases in Inner Mongolia and Hebei Province.

The PRC government has targeted to achieve carbon neutrality by 2060 and also unveiled plans to increase the national forest coverage rate from 23.0% in 2020 to 26.0% by 2035, with the to-be-created forest area of approximately 297.6 million sq.m., equivalent to around 1.6 times of the size of Guangdong Province. Our Directors believe these favourable policies and initiatives from the PRC government will continue to benefit our business in the years to come.

For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our revenue was RMB361.9 million, RMB758.8 million and RMB812.5 million, respectively, representing a CAGR of 49.8% from FY2018 to FY2020. Our net loss decreased by RMB9.2 million or 19.0% from RMB48.4 million for FY2018 to RMB39.2 million for FY2019, and we recorded net profit of RMB93.7 million for FY2020.

We recorded adjusted net profit of RMB134.4 million and RMB96.8 million for FY2019 and FY2020, respectively, and adjusted net loss of RMB9.8 million for FY2018. The adjusted net (loss)/profit is presented as additional financial measure which is not required by, nor presented in accordance with HKFRS. See “- Non-HKFRS Measures” in this section for further details.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PREPARATION

Our Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on 14 August 2017 as an exempted company with limited liability under the Cayman Companies Act. Through a corporate reorganisation as further explained in “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — Reorganisation”, our Company became the holding company of the companies now comprising our Group on 26 June 2018. The Reorganisation only involved inserting new holding entities at the top of an existing company and

− 287 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION has not resulted in any change of economic substance before and after the Reorganisation. Accordingly, the financial information has been prepared on a consolidated basis by applying the principles of merger accounting as if the Reorganisation had been completed at the beginning of the Track Record Period.

Our financial information has been prepared in accordance with HKFRSs issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountant and accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong. All HKFRSs effective for the accounting period commencing from 1 January 2020, together with the relevant transitional provisions, have been early adopted by our Group in the preparation of the financial information throughout the Track Record Period.

The financial information has been prepared under the historical cost convention except for biological assets which have been measured at fair value less costs to sell and certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss which have been measured at fair value.

All intra-group transactions and balances have been eliminated on combination.

KEY FACTORS AFFECTING OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our results of operations have been and will continue to be affected by a number of factors, including those set out below:

Government policies which affect level of investment by the PRC government in ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening industry

During the Track Record Period, our results of operations benefited from the favourable environmental policies in the PRC. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, favourable policies include (i) “Master Plan for Major National Ecosystem Protection and Restoration Projects (2021-2035) (全國重要生態系統保護和修復重大工程總體規劃(2021-2035年))” published by National Development and Reform Commission and the Ministry of Natural Resources (國家發展與 改革委會和自然資源部); (ii) the “Three-North Shelter Belt Forest Program (三北防護林計劃)” implemented since 1978, which set out the PRC government’s target to construct 35.1 million hectare (equivalent to approximately 0.35 million sq.km.) of shelter belt forests by around 2050; and (iii) the “National Reserve Forest Construction Plan (2018-2035) (國家儲備林建設規劃(2018-2035年))” issued by the State Forestry and Grassland Administration (國家林業和草原局), which requires the construction of national reserve forests in the PRC occupying a total area of 20 million hectares (equivalent to approximately 0.2 million sq.km.) by 2035. Furthermore, President Xi Jinping made a commitment in a United Nations conference in September 2020 that China would achieve carbon neutrality by 2060. It is expected that a large number of carbon sink forests project will be launched in the next several decades. See “Industry Overview” for further details. These continuing market trends and related government policies are expected to bring substantial demands for ecological forest plantation, ecological restoration and urban and rural greening projects in the PRC.

− 288 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, a significant portion of our project revenue was generated from public sector projects, accounting for approximately 88.0%, 96.4% and 95.4% of our project revenue, respectively. Our business therefore depends largely on the level of investment by the PRC government in our industry. In the event that the expenditures are substantially reduced from our customers of public sector entities, our business, financial conditions and results of operation, as well as our profitability and future growth in revenue, may be adversely affected.

Competition and pricing

Our business performance mainly hinges on our ability to secure profitable projects which are typically awarded via competitive tender processes by our customers. During the Track Record Period, revenue generated from projects obtained through tender processes accounted for over 92% of our total revenue. With the large number of market players in our industry, we face intense competition during the tendering process. We compete with our competitors in various aspects during the tender process, including price quotation, qualification, track record, etc., in which price quotation is one of the key determining factors in the tender evaluation process. In determining the tender price, we conduct feasibility analysis and estimate the construction time and costs based on the information specified in the tender invitation documents, as well as determine the reasonable mark-up margin under our cost and time estimates. While it is our objective to charge a reasonable price to maintain our profit margin and maximise Shareholders’ value, offering an uncompetitive tender price higher than our competitors may render our tender unsuccessful. On the other hand, offering a relatively low tender price may increase our chance of success in the tender, while at the expense of reduced gross profit which affects our financial performance.

We believe that our in-depth knowledge and considerable experience in the ecological and environmental protection industry enable us to price our bidding competitively and maintain profitability at the same time. Our tender success rates were approximately 44.4%, 73.3% and 64.3% during FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively. However, failure to strike a balance between pricing our projects competitively and maintaining an adequate profit margin will affect our financial performance and results of operations. As such, market competition has had, and is expected to continue to have, a significant impact on our business and financial performance.

Accuracy in the estimation of project time and costs during tendering process

As mentioned above, when we compete for projects in tender process, we determine the tender price by considering the estimated construction time and costs based on the information specified in tender invitation documents together with the target gross profit margin. After the commencement of our project, we continuously review, analyse and compare the actual cost of the project with its budgeted cost on a monthly basis to ensure that our actual operating cost will not exceed our budget. If any discrepancy is identified upon our evaluation, we will assess the primary reason for the discrepancy and may issue a notice to the relevant department for rectification.

However, the actual time and costs incurred in our projects may be adversely affected by a series of factors, some of which may be beyond our control, including but are not limited to (i) unanticipated geographical conditions of the project sites; (ii) unfavourable weather conditions; (iii) unforeseen disputes with our customers, suppliers, subcontractors and other relevant parties; and (iv) receipt of variation orders from our customers altering the contract amount. In any event that there is a

− 289 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION significant deviation from the scheduled works to be done for our projects, there may be a substantial delay or increase in costs. There is no guarantee that the actual time and costs incurred will be consistent with our initial estimates, which in turn potentially reduces our profitability or even exposes us to claims from our customers in case of delays.

Fluctuation in costs of materials consumed and subcontracting

The major components of our cost of sales are cost of materials consumed and cost of subcontracting. Our cost of materials consumed mainly represented cost of seedlings and construction materials incurred for our projects. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our cost of materials consumed amounted to approximately RMB120.2 million, RMB142.0 million and RMB183.4 million, respectively, accounting for approximately 45.0%, 28.0% and 33.5% of our cost of sales for the corresponding years. We normally procure raw materials or services from certain suppliers with which we have stable business relationships with an aim to bargaining for lower prices. Depending on the purchase amounts, we may also procure certain raw materials or services through tendering and select our suppliers based on their resources, financial standing, and technical skills.

Our cost of subcontracting, including labour, machinery and professional subcontracting, amounted to approximately RMB128.1 million, RMB340.0 million and RMB317.3 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively, accounting for approximately 48.0%, 67.1% and 58.1% of our cost of sales for the corresponding periods. We implement stringent management procedures to control the work of our subcontractors. We also compare potential subcontractors based on their qualifications, price quote and historical performance.

Our ability to control and manage our cost of materials consumed and costs of subcontracting enhances our profitability. There is no assurance that the suppliers and subcontractors will continue to provide services or materials to our Group at fees acceptable to us or that our relationship with them could be maintained in the future.

For illustrative purpose only, the following sensitivity analysis illustrates the impact of hypothetical fluctuations of our cost of materials consumed included in our cost of sales on our profit before tax during the Track Record Period. Fluctuations in our cost of materials consumed are assumed to be 10% and 20% for the purpose of this sensitivity, with other variables remained constant:

Decrease/Increase in the cost of materials consumed +/-10% +/-20% Increase/decrease in profit before tax RMB’000 RMB’000

FY2018 +/-12,024 +/-24,047 FY2019 +/-14,200 +/-28,399 FY2020 +/-18,336 +/-36,672

− 290 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

For illustrative purpose only, the following sensitivity analysis illustrates the impact of hypothetical fluctuations of our costs of subcontracting, including labour, machinery and professional subcontracting, included in our cost of sales on our profit before tax during the Track Record Period. Fluctuations in our costs of subcontracting are assumed to be 10% and 20% for the purpose of this sensitivity, with other variables remained constant:

Decrease/Increase in the costs of subcontracting +/-10% +/-20% Increase/decrease in profit before tax RMB’000 RMB’000

FY2018 +/-12,813 +/-25,627 FY2019 +/-34,001 +/-68,002 FY2020 +/-31,732 +/-63,465

Prospective investors should note that the above analysis on the historical financials is based on assumptions and is for reference only and should not be viewed as actual effect.

Our access to capital to meet the funding needs for our PPP projects

During the Track Record Period, we have six PPP projects on hand which generated revenue of RMB54.9 million, RMB525.7 million and RMB471.3 million and accounted for 15.2%, 69.3% and 58.0% of our total revenue during FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively. Our PPP projects generally consist of construction phase (ranging from two to five years) and operation phase (ranging from eight to 25 years). During the constructions phase, we incur significant construction costs, which are funded by capital contribution from the public and private sector entities, and debt financing granted from financing institutions. As a result, our performance is affected by our access to capital, our ability to raise debt financing as well as the cost of financing. We actively seek to finance our PPP projects and other capital expenditures through our internal resources as supplemented by bank and other borrowings. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, our bank and other borrowings were RMB310.9 million, RMB283.7 million and RMB865.3 million, respectively. Our finance costs were RMB53.6 million, RMB57.1 million and RMB75.6 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively. During the Track Record Period, our bank and other borrowings bore effective interest at rates ranging from 4.15% to 8.52%.

Our ability to obtain loans from our banks largely depends on factors including but not limited to our creditworthiness, business prospects, liquidity, as well as government policies. We cannot assure that we are able to continue to obtain sufficient debt financing through bank loans, or such loans will be provided in a timely manner with favourable terms, or at all, for our business operation and future expansions. Any change in the interest rates of our bank and other borrowings or the amount of our bank and other borrowings will affect our interest payments and finance costs, which in turn could affect our cash flow, financial condition and results of operations.

− 291 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Changes in fair value of biological assets

Our results of operations are significantly affected by changes in fair values of our biological assets, which mainly are seedlings. We measure our biological assets at their fair value less costs to sell as at the balance sheet dates or when they are sold pursuant to HKAS 41 Agriculture. The fair values of our seedlings, except for sowing seedlings, as at the balance sheet dates are determined based on the local market prices according to their species, height, trunk diameter and crown width. The fair values of our seedlings at the end of each financial year were independently valued by the Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited. See “Description of Certain Items of Consolidated Statements of Financial Position — Biological Assets — Valuation of Biological Assets” in this section for more information about the valuation methods applied in valuing our biological assets.

The change in fair value of the biological assets over the course of cultivation is mainly due to the changes in their physical attributes and market prices. “Net change in fair value of biological assets” is included in profit or loss for the period in which they arise in accounting for the changes in fair value in accordance with HKAS 41 Agriculture. During the Track Record Period, we recorded net gain arising from change in fair value of biological assets of RMB6.8 million, RMB18.2 million and RMB5.6 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

The fair value of our biological assets is affected by, among other things, the local market selling prices and physical attributes of the biological assets. Fair value gains do not generate any cash inflow for our operations and, similarly, fair value losses do not result in any cash outflows for our operations. We expect that our results will continue to be affected by changes in the fair value of our biological assets.

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND CRITICAL ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

We set out below those accounting policies that we believe are of critical importance to us or involve the most significant estimates and judgements used in the preparation of our Group’s financial information. Our significant accounting policies, estimates and judgements, which are important for an understanding of our financial position and results of operations, are set out in detail in Notes 2.4 and 3 in the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue recognition

Revenue from contracts with customers

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of goods or services is transferred to the customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which our Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

− 292 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

When the consideration in a contract includes a variable amount, the amount of consideration is estimated to which our Group will be entitled in exchange for transferring the goods or services to the customer. The variable consideration is estimated at contract inception and constrained until it is highly probable that a significant revenue reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the associated uncertainty with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

When the contract contains a financing component which provides the customer with a significant benefit of financing the transfer of goods or services to the customer for more than one year, revenue is measured at the present value of the amount receivable, discounted using the discount rate that would be reflected in a separate financing transaction between our Group and the customer at contract inception. When the contract contains a financing component which provides our Group with a significant financial benefit for more than one year, revenue recognised under the contract includes the interest expense accreted on the contract liability under the effective interest method. For a contract where the period between the payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised goods or services is one year or less, the transaction price is not adjusted for the effects of a significant financing component, using the practical expedient in HKFRS 15.

(a) Construction services

Revenue from the provision of construction services is recognised over time, using an input method to measure progress towards complete satisfaction of the service, because our Group’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced. The input method recognises revenue based on the proportion of the actual costs incurred relative to the estimated total costs for satisfaction of the construction services.

Claims to customers are amounts that our Group seeks to collect from the customers as reimbursement of costs and margins for scope of works not included in the original construction contract. Claims are accounted for as variable consideration and constrained until it is highly probable that a significant revenue reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the associated uncertainty with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. Our Group uses the expected value method to estimate the amounts of claims because this method best predicts the amount of variable consideration to which our Group will be entitled.

(b) Provision of operating services

Revenue from the provision of operating services is recognised over time, using an input method to measure progress towards complete satisfaction of the service because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by our Group. The input method recognises revenue based on the proportion of the actual costs incurred relative to the estimated total costs for satisfaction of the construction services.

− 293 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(c) Sale of goods

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on delivery of the goods.

Other income

Interest income is recognised on an accrual basis using the effective interest method by applying the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter period, when appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

Dividend income is recognised when the shareholder’s right to receive payment has been established, it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to our Group and the amount of the dividend can be measured reliably.

Contract assets

A contract asset is the right to consideration in exchange for goods or services transferred to the customer. If our Group performs by transferring goods or services to a customer before the customer pays consideration or before payment is due, a contract asset is recognised for the earned consideration that is conditional. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment, details of which are included in the accounting policies for impairment of financial assets.

Biological assets

Our Group’s biological assets mainly consist of seedlings and are classified as current assets. Seedlings are measured on initial recognition and at the end of the reporting period at their fair value less costs to sell, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss for the year in which it arises.

The cultivation costs and other related costs including the depreciation charge, staff costs, utilities costs and consumables incurred for growing seedlings are capitalised, until such time the seedlings matured and are ready for use.

Summary of Significant Accounting Judgements and Estimates

Estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below:

Revenue recognition

Revenue from construction contracts and service contracts are recognised on the basis of the entity’s actual costs incurred relative to the estimated total costs expected to the satisfaction of that performance obligation. Actual inputs in terms of total cost may be higher or lower than estimated at the end of the reporting period, which would affect the revenue and profit recognised in future years as an adjustment to the amounts recorded to date.

− 294 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Impairment of goodwill

Our Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is allocated. Estimating the value in use requires our Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the cash-generating unit and also to choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows.

Provision for expected credit losses on trade and bill receivable and contract assets

Our Group uses a provision matrix to calculate expected credit losses (“ECLs”) for trade receivables and contract assets. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments that have similar loss patterns (i.e. by customer type and rating).

The provision matrix is initially based on our Group’s historical observed default rates. Our Group will calibrate the matrix to adjust the historical credit loss experience with forward-looking information. For instance, if forecast economic conditions (i.e., gross domestic product) are expected to deteriorate over the next year which can lead to an increased number of defaults, the historical default rates are adjusted. At each reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analysed.

The assessment of the correlation among historical observed default rates, forecast economic conditions and ECLs is a significant estimate. The amount of ECLs is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecast economic conditions. Our Group’s historical credit loss experience and forecast of economic conditions may also not be representative of a customer’s actual default in the future.

Impairment of non-financial assets (other than goodwill)

Our Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment for all non-financial assets (including the right-of-use assets) at the end of each reporting period. Indefinite life intangible assets are tested for impairment annually and at other times when such an indicator exits. Other non-financial assets are tested for impairment when there are indicators that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or a cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The calculation of the fair value less costs of disposal is based on available data from binding sales transactions in an arm’s length transaction of similar assets or observable market prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset. When value in use calculations are undertaken, management must estimate the expected future cash flows from the asset or cash-generating unit and choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows.

− 295 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences and all unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and the unused tax losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits, which affects the probability of utilisation and the tax rate to be used in the calculations.

Share-based payments

Our Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. Estimating fair value requires our Group to determine the most appropriate valuation model for a grant of equity instruments, which is dependent on the terms and conditions of the grant. This also requires our Group to determine the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected life of the option, volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them.

Fair value of biological assets

Our Group’s biological assets are valued at fair value less costs to sell. The fair value of biological assets is determined based on the market-determined prices as at the end of each of the reporting period adjusted with reference to the species, age, growing diameter, or costs incurred. Any change in the estimates may affect the fair value of the biological assets. The independent qualified professional valuer and management review the assumptions and estimates periodically to identify any significant change in the fair value of biological assets.

IMPACT OF ADOPTION OF HKFRS 16

We adopted HKFRS 16 on a consistent basis throughout the Track Record Period. HKFRS 16 will result in almost all leases being recognised on the consolidated statements of financial position by lessees, unless the leases are short-term and low-value. Upon adoption of HKFRS 16, an asset (the right to use the leased item) and a financial liability to pay rentals are recognised. Other than these changes, our Directors consider, and the reporting accountants concur, that the adoption of HKFRS 16 as compared to the requirements of HKAS 17, would increase the consolidated assets and consolidated liabilities of our Group, but would not have a significant impact on our financial position and results of operations during the Track Record Period due to the immateriality of the lease contract amount.

− 296 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets out the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income of our Group for the Track Record Period, details of which are set out in the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document.

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Revenue 361,923 758,826 812,456 Cost of sales (267,275) (506,602) (546,790)

Gross profit 94,648 252,224 265,666

Net change in fair value of biological assets 6,811 18,244 5,604 Other income and gains 5,357 5,254 42,212 Selling and distribution expenses (7,982) (16,613) (12,816) Administrative expenses (42,295) (53,679) (61,678) Impairment losses of financial and contract assets, net (30,980) (12,344) (30,182) Other expenses (13,094) (150,716) (10,069) Finance costs (53,565) (57,074) (75,581) Share of profits and losses of: a joint venture (1,258) (125) (113) associates 1,957 10,081 9,491

(Loss)/profit before tax (40,401) (4,748) 132,534 Income tax expense (7,971) (34,499) (38,826)

(Loss)/profit for the year (48,372) (39,247) 93,708

Attributable to: Owners of the parent (48,068) (40,328) 93,101 Non-controlling interests (304) 1,081 607

(48,372) (39,247) 93,708

− 297 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Non-HKFRS Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements which are presented in accordance with HKFRSs, we also use a non-HKFRS measure, adjusted net (loss)/profit for the year, as an additional financial measure, which is not required by, or presented in accordance with HKFRSs. We believe that such non-HKFRS measure facilitates comparisons of operating performance from period to period and company to company by eliminating potential impacts of the contingent finance expenses on the amount due to Fort Minor, foreign exchange gains/(losses), fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss and [REDACTED] expenses that our management do not consider to be indicative of our operating performance. We believe that such measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our consolidated results of operations in the same manner as they help our management.

The use of non-HKFRS measure has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered as measure comparable to, and should not be used as substitutes for, items in consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income as determined in accordance with the HKFRS.

The following table reconciles our adjusted net (loss)/profit and adjusted net (loss)/profit margin for the years indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

(Loss)/profit for the year (48,372) (39,247) 93,708 Add: Finance expenses contingent upon redemption of Fort Minor [REDACTED] (Note 1) 28,091 31,093 33,113 Foreign exchange loss/(gain) relating to Fort Minor [REDACTED] 10,530 8,408 (35,767) Fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (Note 2) — 133,650 — [REDACTED] expenses [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED]

Adjusted net (loss)/profit for the year (unaudited) (9,751) 134,354 96,816

Adjusted net (loss)/profit margin for the year (unaudited) (Note 3) (2.7)% 17.7% 11.9%

Notes:

(1) Pursuant to the relevant shareholders’ agreement, Fort Minor had been granted certain special rights, including, among others, a liquidity protection. The liquidity protection allowed Fort Minor to require the Company to repurchase or redeem Fort Minor’s [REDACTED] at the price that would yield a pre-agreed return to Fort Minor on its investment amount. Thus, Fort Minor’s [REDACTED] was recognised as an interest-bearing liability by the Group with the associated interest recognised as our finance costs.

− 298 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

All special rights including the liquidity protection granted to Fort Minor in relation to its [REDACTED] shall cease to be effective and be discontinued upon [REDACTED]. As a result, no cash repayment will be made by the Group to Fort Minor regarding the [REDACTED] and the liabilities in relation to the [REDACTED], including the accrued interests, will be reclassified to equity. We therefore consider these non-cash expense items relating to such liquidity protection are not indicative of our operating performance and are excluded from our net profit or loss for the year in above reconciliation. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — [REDACTED] — Rights of the [REDACTED] Investor” for details of rights of Fort Minor.

(2) Fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss represent the non-cash expense items in relation to the warrants issued to Fort Minor in December 2019 in substitution for the valuation adjustment payment payable by our Group to Fort Minor pursuant to the relevant shareholders’ agreement. We therefore consider these non-cash expense items are not indicative of our operating performance and are excluded from our net profit or loss for the year in above reconciliation. For details, see “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — [REDACTED] — Investor Group [REDACTED] Investment Overview — Fort Minor Warrant”

(3) Adjusted net (loss)/profit margin for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated on the adjusted net (loss)/profit for the year divided by revenue for the respective years.

The slowing of economic growth of the PRC which negatively impacted the finance of local governments, together with the measures promulgated by the MOF to tighten the regulation on the management of PPP projects, led the overall business environment to become very challenging to most market players in our industry in 2018. See “Regulatory overview — Laws and Regulations in Relation to Public-Private Partnership (PPP) Projects”. Our operating performance was not satisfactory in 2018 similar to our comparable industry participants and we recorded an adjusted loss for the year.

DESCRIPTION OF SELECTED ITEMS IN CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Revenue by segment

We generate our revenue primarily from (i) ecological forest plantation projects; (ii) ecological restoration projects; and (iii) urban and rural greening projects, which can be categorised into (i) traditional model; and (ii) PPP model. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our revenue was RMB361.9 million, RMB758.8 million and RMB812.5 million, respectively.

The following table sets out a breakdown of total revenue for the years indicated by business segment and project model:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

By business segment:

Ecological forest plantation 188,361 52.0 423,765 55.8 591,051 72.8 Ecological restoration 31,888 8.8 134,850 17.8 57,015 7.0 Urban and rural greening 135,174 37.4 186,942 24.7 128,387 15.8 Others (Note 1) 6,500 1.8 13,269 1.7 36,003 4.4

Total 361,923 100.0 758,826 100.0 812,456 100.0

− 299 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

By project model:

Traditional model 300,479 83.0 219,886 29.0 305,171 37.6 Construction services 272,204 75.2 191,616 25.3 285,436 35.1 Operating services (Note 2) 18,717 5.2 18,032 2.4 11,108 1.4 Finance income (Note 3) 9,558 2.6 10,238 1.3 8,627 1.1 PPP model 54,944 15.2 525,671 69.3 471,282 58.0 Construction services (Note 4) 51,511 14.3 513,036 67.6 428,255 52.7 Operating services(Note 5) —— —— —— Finance income (Note 3) 3,433 0.9 12,635 1.7 43,027 5.3

Others (Note 1) 6,500 1.8 13,269 1.7 36,003 4.4

Total 361,923 100.0 758,826 100.0 812,456 100.0

Notes:

(1) Others mainly include sales of seedlings to external customers and operation of hotel.

(2) During the Track Record Period, we were engaged to provide only maintenance services for two projects under traditional model. Maintenance services including, among others, irrigation, fertilising, plant maintenance, repairing facilities and replacement of dead plant.

(3) For our projects which payment terms last for more than one year, part of the income to be received by us is recognised as finance income, which represents the value of benefit provided to our customers in financing their payments for our services, in accordance with Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standard 15. The above finance income is recognised as revenue in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income using effective interest method based on the amount of outstanding contract assets.

(4) During the construction phase of our PPP projects, we recognise construction revenue in our consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income based on input method, measured by reference to the proportion of costs incurred to date to the estimated total cost of the relevant contract. We generally do not receive any payments or cash inflow during the construction phase of our PPP projects, but we still incur significant costs, which are generally funded through debt financing.

(5) No revenue was recognised for the operating services of our PPP projects as none of the PPP projects had yet entered into the operation phase during the Track Record Period.

Ecological forest plantation

Our ecological forest plantation projects aim at creating forests with long-term ecological and environmental sustainability through planned afforestation and maintenance work.

− 300 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

We recorded a significant increase in our revenue from ecological forest plantation by RMB235.4 million or 124.9% from RMB188.4 million for FY2018 to RMB423.8 million for FY2019, primarily attributable to the commencement of construction work of two PPP projects, namely Chifeng City Nanshan PPP Project and Anqing PPP Project, in FY2019. After various measures to tighten the regulations for commencing new PPP project during 2017 and 2018 by the PRC government, MOF published implementation opinion and notice in advocating the promotion of using the PPP model in the field of public services and requiring financial departments at all levels in the PRC government to accelerate the introduction of new PPP projects. We benefited from the above policy and were awarded four new PPP projects, which included three ecological forest planation projects and one ecological restoration project during FY2019. Our revenue generated from ecological forest plantation further increased by RMB167.3 million or 39.5% to RMB591.1 million for FY2020, mainly due to (i) the full year effect of construction of Xun County PPP Project; and (ii) the commencement of construction work of Chifeng agriculture and animal husbandry science and technology industrial park construction project (Xishan Breeding Base) and Liyang Project. See “Business — Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Projects Portfolio”.

Ecological Restoration

Our ecological restoration projects seek to recover areas with degraded, damaged, or destroyed ecosystems through the application of various scientific means to revive the original chemical, biological, and physical characteristics of the water or soil as well as the surrounding plant community.

We recorded a significant increase in our revenue from ecological restoration by RMB103.0 million or 322.9% from RMB31.9 million for FY2018 to RMB134.9 million for FY2019, primarily attributable to the commencement of construction work of Yu County PPP Project, which was awarded to our Group during FY2019 after the efforts to promote new PPP projects by the PRC government as aforementioned. Our revenue generated from ecological restoration then decreased by RMB77.9 million or 57.7% to RMB57.0 million for FY2020, mainly due to a slowdown in project progress of Yu County PPP Project resulted from the change in the project design plan as requested by the customer. See “Business — Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Projects Portfolio”.

Urban and Rural Greening

Urban and rural greening projects seek to improve the overall landscape of an area, normally as part of urbanisation, through green (trees and herb) planting, as well as earthworks construction, such as terrain modification, and ancillary facilities building.

We recorded an increase in our revenue from urban and rural greening by RMB51.7 million or 38.2% from RMB135.2 million for FY2018 to RMB186.9 million for FY2019, primarily attributable to (i) the commencement of construction work of Heze Project in FY2019; and (ii) the full year effect of construction of Hulun Bei’er PPP Project, which was commenced in late 2018. Our revenue

− 301 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION generated from urban and rural greening then decreased by RMB58.5 million or 31.3% to RMB128.4 million for FY2020, mainly due to the reduction in construction work of Hulun Bei’er PPP Project and Chifeng City Aohan Banner District PPP Project. See “Business — Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Projects Portfolio”.

Others

Others mainly include revenue generated from sales of seedlings to external customers and operation of hotel. We recorded insignificant revenue from the others segment of RMB6.5 million and RMB13.3 million for FY2018 and FY2019, respectively, representing 1.8% and 1.7% of our total revenue for the corresponding periods. Revenue from the others segment increased by RMB22.7 million or 170.7% to RMB36.0 million for FY2020, mainly due to (i) the sales of seedlings amounting to RMB22.9 million in two of our plantation bases of which the leases were discontinued in FY2020; and (ii) the revenue of RMB8.1 million generated from our hotel business which started operation during the year.

Revenue by project sector

The following table sets out a breakdown of our project revenue by customer type of our projects for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Public sector projects 312,739 88.0 718,716 96.4 740,937 95.4 Private sector projects 42,684 12.0 26,841 3.6 35,516 4.6

Total 355,423 100.0 745,557 100.0 776,453 100.0

During the Track Record Period, a majority of our revenue was recognised from public sector entities in the PRC. Revenue generated from public sector accounted for 88.0%, 96.4% and 95.4% of our project revenue for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively. Revenue generated from public sector increased from 88.0% for FY2018 to 96.4% for FY2019, mainly because we undertook certain large scale PPP projects from public sector entities.

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales primarily include (i) cost of materials; (ii) professional subcontracting fee; (iii) labour subcontracting cost; and (iv) others. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our cost of sales was RMB267.3 million, RMB506.6 million and RMB546.8 million, respectively.

− 302 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets out a breakdown of our cost of sales by nature for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Cost of materials 120,235 45.0 141,996 28.0 183,362 33.5 Professional subcontracting fee 34,714 13.0 208,407 41.1 169,054 30.9 Labour subcontracting cost 60,093 22.5 98,064 19.4 96,654 17.7 Machinery subcontracting cost 33,326 12.5 33,539 6.6 51,616 9.5 Other direct costs 1,088 0.4 1,967 0.4 2,726 0.5 Overheads and others 17,819 6.6 22,629 4.5 43,378 7.9

Total 267,275 100.0 506,602 100.0 546,790 100.0

Cost of materials

Our cost of materials mainly include costs of seedlings purchased from external suppliers, seedlings supplied from our plantation bases (including their cultivation costs), construction materials (such as steels, stones and sands). Although our revenue grew by approximately 109% for FY2019, the cost of materials only increased by 18.1% to RMB142.0 million whilst our professional subcontracting fee increased by five folds to RMB208 million for the year. These fluctuations were mainly attributable to the increase in the proportion of construction works taken up by professional subcontractors who customarily provided materials and labour in their works for FY2019. Our cost of materials consumed further increased by RMB41.4 million or 29.2% to RMB183.4 million for FY2020, mainly due to the increase in revenue.

Professional subcontracting fee

We may subcontract certain parts of ancillary works to qualified professional subcontractors as stipulated in our contracts of projects with project owners or as permitted by our project owners. Such ancillary works usually include building municipal infrastructure pavilions, corridors, garden bridges, and fountains. Our professional subcontracting fee increased by RMB173.7 million or 500.6% from RMB34.7 million for FY2018 to RMB208.4 million for FY2019, primarily attributable to the commencement of construction work for Chifeng City Nanshan PPP Project and Yu County PPP Project in 2019, which required large amounts of ancillary works like construction of bridges, water conservancy and earthwork for the greening area. Our professional subcontracting fee decreased by RMB39.3 million or 18.9% to RMB169.1 million for FY2020, mainly because the construction of the scheduled ancillary works for Yu County PPP project was substantially completed in FY2019. See “Business — Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Projects Portfolio”.

− 303 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Labour subcontracting cost

We engage labour subcontractors to conduct manual works for construction projects, which our Directors believe is relatively cost-effective and in line with industry practices. See “Business — Subcontracting — Labour Subcontractors”. Our labour subcontracting cost significantly increased by RMB38.0 million or 63.2% from RMB60.1 million for FY2018 to RMB98.1 million for FY2019, which was generally in line with the increase in revenue generated by our Group during the periods. Our labour subcontracting cost remained relatively stable at RMB96.7 million for FY2020.

Machinery subcontracting cost

We engage machinery subcontractors to provide us with the necessary machinery such as irrigation vehicles and other larger machinery such as excavator or crawler in order to provide maintenance service and maintain survival rates of our seedlings. Our machinery subcontracting cost remained relatively stable at RMB33.3 million and RMB33.5 million for FY2018 and FY2019, respectively. Our machinery subcontracting cost increased by RMB18.1 million or 54.0% to RMB51.6 million for FY2020, mainly due to the use of machineries including, among others, excavator and crane as a result of the commencement of construction work of several projects since late 2019.

Other direct costs

Other direct costs mainly include miscellaneous expenses, such as project set up fee. We have insignificant other direct costs amounting to RMB1.1 million, RMB2.0 million and RMB2.7 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively, representing 0.4%, 0.4% and 0.5% of our total cost of sales for the corresponding years.

Overheads and others

Overheads and others mainly include payroll for our project management and execution staff, depreciation charge, travelling expenses, fees paid for external industry personnel to provide project support services and project insurance. Our overheads and others increased by RMB4.8 million or 27.0% from RMB17.8 million for FY2018 to RMB22.6 million for FY2019, primarily attributable to the increase in rental expense as a result of lease of additional motor vehicles and offices due to expansion of business. Our overheads and others increased by RMB20.8 million or 92.0% to RMB43.4 million for FY2020, mainly due to the incurrence of depreciation charge for our hotel during FY2020.

− 304 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Gross profit and gross profit margin

Our gross profit amounted to RMB94.6 million, RMB252.2 million and RMB265.7 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively. The respective gross profit margin was 26.2%, 33.2% and 32.7%. The following table sets out a breakdown of our gross profit and gross profit margin by business segment and project model for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 Gross Gross Gross Gross profit Gross profit Gross profit profit margin profit margin profit margin RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

By business segment:

Ecological forest plantation 42,052 22.3 141,663 33.4 195,997 33.2 Ecological restoration 9,646 30.2 47,694 35.4 25,634 45.0 Urban and rural greening 40,792 30.2 61,371 32.8 46,987 36.6 Others 2,158 33.2 1,496 11.3 (2,952) (8.2)

Total/Overall 94,648 26.2 252,224 33.2 265,666 32.7

By project model:

Traditional model 70,323 23.4 58,577 26.6 79,079 25.9 Construction services 55,857 20.5 43,379 22.6 67,561 23.7 Operating services 4,908 26.2 4,960 27.5 2,891 26.0 Finance income 9,558 100.0 10,238 100.0 8,627 100.0

PPP model 22,167 40.3 192,151 36.6 189,539 40.2 Construction services 18,734 36.4 179,516 35.0 146,512 34.2 Operating services(Note) —————— Finance income 3,433 100.0 12,635 100.0 43,027 100.0

Others 2,158 33.2 1,496 11.3 (2,952) (8.2)

Total/Overall 94,648 26.2 252,224 33.2 265,666 32.7

Note: No gross profit was recognised for the operating services of our PPP projects as none of them had entered the operation phase during the Track Record Period.

− 305 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our gross profit generated from traditional model amounted to RMB70.3 million, RMB58.6 million and RMB79.1 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively, representing gross profit margins of 23.4%, 26.6% and 25.9% for the corresponding years. While our gross profit generated from PPP model amounted to RMB22.2 million, RMB192.2 million and RMB189.5 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively, representing gross profit margins of 40.3%, 36.6% and 40.2% for the corresponding years.

During the Track Record Period, the gross profit margin for construction services of our PPP projects was generally higher than the gross profit margin for construction services of our traditional projects, primarily due to (i) the longer contractual period; (ii) the higher capital contribution; and (iii) the high degree of complexity. The construction margin for projects under PPP model was determined based on the valuation conducted by the Valuer. In determining the valuation of the construction margin for projects under PPP model, the Valuer took into account the construction margins of comparable companies that (i) derived majority, if not all, of their revenue from the similar industry of our Group; (ii) provided service in China; (iii) were publicly [REDACTED]; and (iv) had sufficient available public data such as the construction margin for each valuation date.

Our overall gross profit margin increased from 26.2% for FY2018 to 33.2% for FY2019 mainly because of the rise in the proportion of revenue contribution of our PPP projects from 15.2% of our total revenue in FY2018 to 69.3% in FY2019. As our PPP projects had a higher average gross profit margin of 36.6% compared to 26.6% for our traditional projects during FY2019, our overall gross profit margin increased together with the growth of weight of the PPP projects in our project mix. The drop in our overall gross profit margin from 33.2% for FY2019 to 32.7% for FY2020 was mainly attributable to the reduction in percentage of revenue contribution of PPP projects from 69.3% in FY2019 to 58.0% in FY2020.

Traditional model

The gross profit margin for construction services of our projects under the traditional model was generally lower in FY2018 compared to FY2019 and FY2020. Our Directors believe that the lower gross profit margin for FY2018 was primarily due to the supply of fewer new traditional projects in the market during the year because the PRC government tightened its regulation on the entire industry. The construction margin for projects under traditional model remained relatively stable at 22.6% and 23.7% for FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

The gross profit margin for operating services of projects under traditional model remained relatively stable at 26.2%, 27.5% and 26.0% for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

PPP model

The gross profit margin for construction services of our projects under PPP model remained relatively stable at 36.4%, 35.0% and 34.2% for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

The overall gross profit margin of our PPP projects dropped from 40.3% for FY2018 to 36.6% for FY2019 as gross profit for finance income recognised was relatively less compared with that for the construction services. Relatively more gross profit are recognised for construction services in FY2019 because the construction phase of all the four new PPP projects were commenced

− 306 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION in second half of 2019, two of which with significant progress, while finance income was accrued for a short period of time during FY2019. The overall gross profit margin of our PPP projects increased from 36.6% for FY2019 to 40.2% for FY2020 as more finance income was recognised as the outstanding contract assets related to PPP projects, which formed the base for accrued of finance income under effective interest method, accumulated to a larger amount in FY2020.

Others

We recorded insignificant gross profit from the others segment of RMB2.2 million and RMB1.5 million for FY2018 and FY2019, respectively, representing gross profit margin of 33.2% and 11.3% for the corresponding periods. The decrease in gross profit margin for FY2019 was mainly due to the increase in sales of seedlings which generated nil gross profit. We recorded gross loss from the others segment of RMB3.0 million for FY2020, representing gross loss margin of 8.2% for the year, which was mainly caused by the depreciation expense of the hotel.

Net change in fair value of biological assets

Net changes in fair value of biological assets comprise (i) realised fair value gain or loss, which represents the difference between (a) the fair values of our seedlings at the point of being supplied for our own projects or sold during the period; and (b) the fair value at the beginning of each year plus cultivation costs up to the point of being applied in our own projects or sold; and (ii) the unrealised fair value changes of our seedlings in the stock at each of the reporting date, which is the difference of the following two items: (a) the fair value of our seedlings in the stock at the end of each year; and (b) the fair value of our seedlings in the stock at the beginning of each year, less cultivation costs. At the point of supply of the seedlings for our own projects, we recognised our cost of seedlings at fair value in cost of sales. During the Track Record Period, our biological assets were revalued at each reporting date by the Valuer, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss for the year in which it arose. See “Description of Certain Items of Consolidated Statements of Financial Position — Biological Assets — Valuation of Biological Assets” in this section for more information about the valuation method adopted by the Valuer.

The following table sets out a breakdown of our net change in fair value of biological assets for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Realised fair value gain/(loss) 2,050 30.1 5,505 30.2 (8,515) (151.9) Unrealised fair value gain 4,761 69.9 12,739 69.8 14,119 251.9

Net change in fair value of biological assets 6,811 100.0 18,244 100.0 5,604 100.0

− 307 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our realised fair value gain increased by RMB3.4 million or 161.9% from RMB2.1 million for FY2018 to RMB5.5 million for FY2019 and our unrealised fair value gain increased by RMB7.9 million or 164.6% from RMB4.8 million for FY2018 to RMB12.7 million for FY2019, and further increased to RMB14.1 million for FY2020, primarily attributable to the increase in market price of seedlings as a result of growth in physical attributes. We recorded realised fair value loss of RMB8.5 million for FY2020, mainly because of the death of seedlings caused by the extreme weather in spring of 2020 in one of our plantation bases. For further information about the movements in fair value of biological assets, see Note 22 to the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document.

Other income and gains

Other income and gains mainly represents government grants and interest income on bank deposits and investment deposits. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our other income and gains amounted to RMB5.4 million, RMB5.3 million and RMB42.2 million, respectively. The following table sets out a breakdown of our other income and gains for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Interest income 2,475 46.2 3,134 59.7 3,989 9.5 Government grants related to - Recognition of deferred income 1,196 22.3 378 7.2 1,091 2.6 - Income 1,500 28.0 1,666 31.7 348 0.8 Foreign exchange differences, net ————35,767 84.7 Others 186 3.5 76 1.4 1,017 2.4

Total 5,357 100.0 5,254 100.0 42,212 100.0

Interest income mainly generated from bank deposits and short-term investment deposits. Interest income remained relatively stable at RMB2.5 million, RMB3.1 million and RMB4.0 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

We enjoy a number of government grants in China, including (i) government grants for awards our Group received, including the 2017 Autonomous Region Chairman Quality Award and Key Leading Enterprise in Industrialisations of Agriculture and Animal Husbandry of Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region; and (ii) subsidies to support our research and development projects on the improvement and innovation in seedling species as well as plantation and ecological restoration technologies. There were no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies relating to these grants that are included in the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Government grants received for which related expenditure have not yet been undertaken are included in deferred income in the consolidated statements of financial position. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, total government grants we recognised in consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income amounted to RMB2.7 million, RMB2.0 million and RMB1.4 million, respectively.

− 308 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Foreign exchange differences represent unrealised exchange gain arising from the amount due to Fort Minor denominated in U.S. dollars. For FY2020, we recorded foreign exchange gains amounted to RMB35.8 million, primarily due to appreciation of RMB against U.S. dollars.

Selling and distribution expenses

Selling and distribution expenses primarily include employee benefit expenses, promotion expenses, travelling and entertainment expenses and others. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our selling and distribution expenses was RMB8.0 million, RMB16.6 million and RMB12.8 million, respectively.

The following table sets out a breakdown of our selling and distribution expenses for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Employee benefit expenses 4,072 51.0 9,848 59.3 8,291 64.7 Promotion expenses 1,357 17.0 492 3.0 298 2.3 Travelling and entertainment expenses 1,221 15.3 4,677 28.1 2,019 15.8 Depreciation and amortisation expenses 359 4.5 406 2.4 444 3.4 Others 973 12.2 1,190 7.2 1,764 13.8

Total 7,982 100.0 16,613 100.0 12,816 100.0

Employee benefit expenses mainly include wages, salaries and retirement benefit contributions of our sales staff. Our employee benefit expenses increased by RMB5.7 million or 139.0% from RMB4.1 million for FY2018 to RMB9.8 million for FY2019, primarily attributable to the increase in bonus paid or payable to our staff as a result of the increase in revenue. Our employee benefit expenses decreased by RMB1.5 million or 15.3% to RMB8.3 million for FY2020, mainly due to (i) the partial exemption of social insurance in accordance with the government policy amid the outbreak of COVID-19; and (ii) the decrease in bonus paid or payable to our staff as a result of decrease in the aggregate estimated revenue of new projects awarded.

Promotion expenses mainly represent fees incurred in advertising our brands on roadside billboards. Our promotion expenses decreased by RMB0.9 million from RMB1.4 million for FY2018 to RMB0.5 million for FY2019, and further reduced to RMB0.3 million for FY2020. Our management decided to spend less on promotion, as our brand has become more established in the industry after years of operation.

Travelling and entertainment expenses represent the expenditure incurred by our sales and marketing personnel in pursuing new project opportunities in various provinces. Such expenses went up from RMB1.2 million for FY2018 to RMB4.7 million for FY2019 as we secured four PPP projects in FY2019, and decreased to RMB2.0 million for FY2020 since fewer business trips were undertaken as a result of the outbreak of COVID-19.

− 309 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Administrative expenses

Administrative expenses primarily include employee benefit expenses, share option scheme expense, research and development expenses and others. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our administrative expenses were RMB42.3 million, RMB53.7 million and RMB61.7 million, respectively.

The following table sets out a breakdown of our administrative expenses for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Employee benefit expenses 23,700 56.0 23,585 43.9 24,833 40.3 Share option scheme expenses — — 1,663 3.1 6,787 11.0 Research and development expenses 3,861 9.1 6,934 12.9 8,164 13.2 Travelling expenses 3,304 7.9 4,044 7.5 4,272 6.9 Professional fees 4,568 10.8 6,490 12.1 7,987 13.0 Subcontracting fees 1,667 3.9 5,153 9.6 622 1.0 Depreciation and amortisation 1,956 4.6 2,810 5.2 1,928 3.1 [REDACTED] expenses [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED] Others 3,239 7.7 2,550 4.8 1,323 2.2

Total 42,295 100.0 53,679 100.0 61,678 100.0

Employee benefit expenses mainly include wages, salaries and retirement benefit contributions of our administrative staff. Our employee benefit expenses remained relatively stable at RMB23.7 million, RMB23.6 million and RMB24.8 million for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

We have adopted a [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and a [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II during FY2019. Our share option scheme expense increased by RMB5.1 million or 300.0% from RMB1.7 million for FY2019 to RMB6.8 million for FY2020, primarily attributable to the full year effect after the adoption of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes in July 2019.

We have been devoted to research and development to drive the improvement and innovation in seedling species as well as plantation and ecological restoration technologies. Our research and development expenses increased by RMB3.0 million or 76.9% from RMB3.9 million for FY2018 to RMB6.9 million for FY2019, and further increased by RMB1.3 million or 18.8% to RMB8.2 million for FY2020, primarily because of the increase in number of active research and development projects.

Travelling expenses mainly represent the expenditure incurred by our project execution personnel in travelling to respective project sites to carry out their supervisory work and our procurement team in visiting seedling suppliers’ sites to perform quality control work on the seedlings we ordered.

− 310 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Professional fees mainly represents audit fee, legal fee and fees paid to project technical and costing consultants. Our professional fees increased by RMB1.9 million or 41.3% from RMB4.6 million for FY2018 to RMB6.5 million for FY2019, primarily attributable to the incurrence of legal fees in relation to a litigation regarding an overdue and fully-impaired contract asset due from one of our customers as well as legal assistance in reviewing PPP contract documentation. Our professional fees further increased by RMB1.5 million or 23.1% to RMB8.0 million for FY2020, primarily attributable to the increase in fees paid to the project costing consultants to conduct Settlement Audit on behalf of our Group as a result of the increase in the number of completed projects.

Subcontracting fees represent the costs we incurred in procuring experienced industry personnel to assist us in project budgeting, costing control, technical design, settlement audit as well as project data management. The subcontracting fees increased from RMB1.7 million for FY2018 to RMB5.2 million for FY2019, since, on top of the two PPP projects started in 2018, we kicked off additional four PPP projects in 2019, which required us to hire additional external industry personnel to work in those projects. From early 2020 onwards, to properly account for the performance of our project management term, we reclassified and booked such subcontracting fees, which amounted to RMB3.4 million, as overheads under the cost of sales, which led to the decrease in subcontracting fees to RMB0.6 million for FY2020.

Impairment losses of financial and contract assets, net

During the Track Record Period, we recognised net impairment losses for our trade receivables, contract assets and other receivables as follows:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of: trade receivables, net 1,969 (581) 4,330 contract assets, net 28,281 12,303 24,484 other receivables, net 730 622 1,368

30,980 12,344 30,182

For trade receivables, an impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure expected credit losses. Listed below are the expected credit loss rates derived from the provision matrix and applied on our trade receivables during the Track Record Period:

Expected credit loss rate Less than More than 1 year 1 year Total

As at: 31 December 2018 2.21% 20.51% 13.16% 31 December 2019 3.12% 18.54% 7.49% 31 December 2020 4.96% 31.42% 12.28%

−311− THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

For our contract assets, the provision rates are based on flow rate analysis of past contract assets. Listed below are the expected credit loss rates derived from the aforesaid analysis and applied on our contract assets during the Track Record Period:

Expected credit loss rate

As at: 31 December 2018 10% 31 December 2019 7% 31 December 2020 7%

For further information about impairment losses of financial and contract assets, net, see Notes 24 and 25 in the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document.

Other expenses

Our other expenses mainly represents (i) fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss; (ii) tax and surcharges other than income tax; and (iii) others. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, we recorded other expenses of RMB13.1 million, RMB150.7 million and RMB10.1 million, respectively.

The following table sets out a breakdown of our other expenses for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss — — 133,650 88.7 — — Tax and surcharges other than income tax 833 6.4 1,847 1.2 6,684 66.4 Impairment loss for non-financial assets (2) (0.0) 6,670 4.4 2,493 24.8 Net foreign exchange differences 10,530 80.4 8,408 5.6 — — Others 1,733 13.2 141 0.1 892 8.8

Total 13,094 100.0 150,716 100.0 10,069 100.0

− 312 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss mainly represent the non-cash expense item in relation to the warrants issued to Fort Minor in December 2019 in substitution for the valuation adjustment payment payable by our Group to Fort Minor pursuant to the relevant shareholders’ agreement for the [REDACTED]. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — [REDACTED] — Investor Group [REDACTED] Overview — Fort Minor Warrant”. For FY2019, fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss amounted to RMB133.7 million.

Tax and surcharges other than income tax mainly include other surtaxes such as urban maintenance and construction tax and educational surcharges which were calculated at fixed percentages of Value-Added Tax (the “VAT”) incurred during the year. Our tax and surcharges other than income tax increased by RMB1.0 million or 125.0% from RMB0.8 million for FY2018 to RMB1.8 million for FY2019, and further increased to RMB6.7 million for FY2020, primarily attributable to the increase in VAT paid mainly as a result of increase in revenue.

Impairment loss for non-financial assets mainly represent impairment of purchase deposits for certain property units in Inner Mongolia. See “Description of Certain Items of Consolidated Statements of Financial Position — Prepayments, Other Receivables and Other Assets — Prepayment” in this section for further details.

Net foreign exchange differences represent unrealised exchange differences arising from the amount due to Fort Minor denominated in U.S. dollars. For FY2018 and FY2019, we recorded net foreign exchange loss amounted to RMB10.5 million and RMB8.4 million, respectively, mainly attributable to depreciation of RMB against U.S. dollars.

Finance costs

The following table sets out a breakdown of our finance costs for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 % RMB’000 % RMB’000 %

Interest on bank and other borrowings 22,791 42.5 16,785 29.4 30,236 40.0 Interest on other financial liabilities 28,541 53.3 34,957 61.3 39,265 52.0 Financial charges for other financial liabilities — — 2,012 3.5 2,720 3.6 Interest on lease liabilities 2,233 4.2 3,320 5.8 3,360 4.4

Total 53,565 100.0 57,074 100.0 75,581 100.0

− 313 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Finance costs include interest expenses on bank and other borrowings and other financial liabilities, financial charges for other financial liabilities, and interest on lease liabilities. Finance costs on other financial liabilities mainly represented (i) the contingent interest expenses on the amount due to Fort Minor arising from the liquidity protection of Fort Minor on its [REDACTED] as agreed in the relevant shareholders’ agreement; and (ii) interest expenses incurred on debt financing obtained from Hohhot Chengchi Industrial Development Fund Investment Center (Limited Partnership). See “Indebtedness — Other financial liabilities” in this section for details. Financial charges for other financial liabilities mainly represented management fee paid to fund manager of Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund for its investment in Inner Mongolia Mengshu.

Share of profits and losses of a joint venture

Our share of profits and losses of a joint venture represents losses shared from our jointly controlled company which was principally engaged in the operation of an online platform which sells seedlings for charity purpose. Our Group has 49% equity interest since its incorporation and it was accounted as our joint venture given that the power to control its financial and operating policies was jointly held by our Group and another shareholder. For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our share of losses of the joint venture was RMB1.3 million, RMB0.1 million and RMB0.1 million, respectively. The fluctuation was generally in line with the trend of loss for the year for the joint venture during the Track Record Period.

Share of profits and losses of associates

Our share of profits and losses of associates represents profits shared from our associates, namely (i) Zhong Sheng Li De, which was incorporated in Inner Mongolia, the PRC, in 2002 and principally engages in the provision of landscaping and ecological forest plantation services as well as certain municipal engineering works in the PRC; (ii) Inner Mongolia Huameng Kechuang Environmental Technology Engineering Co., Ltd., which was incorporated in Inner Mongolia, the PRC, in 2015 and principally engages in biomass energy development; and (iii) Inner Mongolia Frost and Grassland Ecology Construction Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古林草生態建設有限責任公司), which was established in Inner Mongolia, the PRC, in 2020 with an aim to participate in the development of ecological and environmental protection industry in Inner Mongolia. Our Group held 44%, 49% and 20% equity interest in Zhong Sheng Li De, Inner Mongolia Huameng Kechuang Environmental Technology Engineering Co., Ltd. and Inner Mongolia Frost and Grassland Ecology Construction Co., Ltd., respectively as at 31 December 2020 and they were accounted as our associates given that our Group did not have the power to control its financial and operating strategies.

For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our share of profits of associates were RMB2.0 million, RMB10.1 million and RMB9.5 million, respectively. The fluctuation was generally in line with the trend of profit and total comprehensive income for the year for Zhong Sheng Li De, Inner Mongolia Huameng Kechuang Environmental Technology Engineering Co., Ltd. and Inner Mongolia Frost and Grassland Ecology Construction Co., Ltd. during the Track Record Period.

− 314 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Income tax expense

Our Group is subject to income tax on an individual legal entity basis on profits arising in or derived from the tax jurisdictions in which companies comprising our Group domicile or operate.

(i) Cayman Island or BVI profits tax

Our Group has not been subject to any taxation in the Cayman Island or BVI.

(ii) Hong Kong profits tax

No provision for Hong Kong profits tax has been made as our Group did not generate any assessable profits arising in Hong Kong during the Track Record Period.

(iii) PRC corporate income tax

PRC corporate income tax has been generally provided at the applicable corporate income tax rate of 25% on the taxable income as reported in statutory accounts of the companies in our Group during the Track Record Period, except for certain preferential tax treatment available to certain subsidiaries of our Group. In accordance with the Notice of Preferential Tax Policy for Preliminary Processing of Forestry Products (關於實施農、林、牧、漁業項目企業所得稅優惠問題的公告) issued by the SAT, Mengshu Group, Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng Agricultural Technology, Hesheng Ecological Dengkou and Chifeng Mengshu Landscape were granted tax exemptions during FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020. Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological and Guizhou Mengshu Ecology were granted lower tax rates in accordance with the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Corporate Income Tax and the Notice of Tax Policies relating to the Implementation of the Western China Development Strategy (關於深入實施西部大開發戰略有關稅收政策問題的通知).

For FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, our income tax expense was RMB8.0 million, RMB34.5 million and RMB38.8 million, respectively. Although our Group recorded loss before tax for FY2018, we recognised income tax expense, primarily due to the interests expense accrued for other financial liabilities, which was not tax deductible. The effective tax rate for FY2020 was 29.3%.

During the Track Record Period and up to the Latest Practicable Date, to the best knowledge of our Directors, we had fulfilled all our income tax obligations and have not had any unresolved income tax issues or disputes with the relevant tax authorities.

− 315 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(Loss)/profit for the year

We recorded loss for the year of RMB48.4 million and RMB39.2 million for FY2018 and FY2019, respectively, and profit for the year of RMB93.7 million for FY2020. Our loss for the year, excluding unrealised fair value gains on biological assets, was RMB53.1 million and RMB52.0 million for FY2018 and FY2019, respectively, and profit for the year, excluding unrealised fair value gains on biological assets, was RMB79.6 million for FY2020.

REVIEW OF HISTORICAL RESULTS OF OPERATION

FY2020 compared to FY2019

Revenue

Our revenue increased by RMB53.7 million or 7.1% from RMB758.8 million for FY2019 to RMB812.5 million for FY2020. The increase was mainly due to the increase in revenue derived from ecological forest plantation projects as a result of (i) the full year effect of the construction work of Xun County PPP Project; and (ii) the commencement of construction work of Chifeng agriculture and animal husbandry science and technology industrial park construction project (Xishan Breeding Base) and Liyang Project. Such increase was partially offset by (i) the decrease in revenue derived from ecological restoration projects mainly due to a slowdown in project progress of Yu County PPP Project resulted from the change in the project design plan as requested by the customer; and (ii) the decrease in revenue derived from urban and rural greening projects as a result of the reduction in construction works of Hulun Bei’er PPP Project and Chifeng City Aohan Banner District PPP Project. See “Business — Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Projects Portfolio”.

Cost of sales

Our cost of sales increased by RMB40.2 million or 7.9% from RMB506.6 million for FY2019 to RMB546.8 million for FY2020 which was generally in line with our growth in revenue.

Gross profit and gross profit margin

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit rose by RMB13.5 million or 5.4% from RMB252.2 million for FY2019 to RMB265.7 million for FY2020. Our gross profit margin remained relatively stable at 33.2% and 32.7% for FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

− 316 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Net changes in fair value of biological assets

Our net changes in fair value of biological assets decreased by RMB12.6 million or 69.2% from RMB18.2 million for FY2019 to RMB5.6 million for FY2020, mainly because of the losses arising from death of seedlings caused by the extreme weather in spring of 2020 in one of our plantation bases.

Other income and gains

Our other income and gains increased from RMB5.3 million for FY2019 to RMB42.2 million for FY2020 mainly due to the foreign exchange gain arising from amount due to Fort Minor which was denominated in U.S. dollars.

Selling and distribution expenses

Our selling and distribution expenses decreased by RMB3.8 million or 22.9% from RMB16.6 million for FY2019 to RMB12.8 million for FY2020, mainly due to (i) the decrease in travelling and entertainment expenses caused by fewer travelling amid the outbreak of COVID-19; and (ii) the decrease in employee benefit expenses as a result of (a) the partial exemption of social insurance in accordance with the government policy amid the outbreak of COVID-19; and (b) the decrease in bonus paid or payable to our staff as a result of the decrease in aggregate estimated revenue of new projects awarded.

Administrative expenses

Our administrative expenses increased by RMB8.0 million or 14.9% from RMB53.7 million for FY2019 to RMB61.7 million for FY2020, primarily due to (i) the increase in share option scheme expenses as a result of the full year effect after the adoption of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes in July 2019; and (ii) the increase in [REDACTED] expenses.

Impairment losses of financial and contract assets, net

Our net impairment losses of financial and contract assets increased by RMB17.9 million or 145.5% from RMB12.3 million for FY2019 to RMB30.2 million for FY2020, primarily due to the increase in the amount of overdue contract assets.

Other expenses

Our other expenses decreased from RMB150.7 million for FY2019 to RMB10.1 million for FY2020 mainly attributable to the absence of one-off fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss amounting to RMB133.6 million in FY2019 in relation to the warrants issued to Fort Minor in December 2019 in substitution for the valuation adjustment payment payable by our Group to Fort Minor pursuant to the relevant shareholders’ agreement for the [REDACTED].

− 317 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Finance costs

Our finance costs increased by RMB18.5 million or 32.4% from RMB57.1 million for FY2019 to RMB75.6 million for FY2020, mainly due to the increase in interest on bank and other borrowings of RMB13.5 million as a result of the increase in the average balance of our interest-bearing bank and other borrowings from RMB297.3 million for FY2019 to RMB574.5 million for FY2020 in coping with our expansion of business.

Share of profits and losses of a joint venture

Our share of profits and losses of a joint venture remained relatively stable at RMB0.1 million for FY2019 and FY2020, respectively.

Share of profits and losses of associates

Our share of profits and losses of associates slightly decreased by RMB0.6 million or 5.9% from RMB10.1 million for FY2019 to RMB9.5 million for FY2020, which was generally in line with the decrease in profit and total comprehensive income of Zhong Sheng Li De and Inner Mongolia Huameng Kechuang Environmental Technology Engineering Co., Ltd..

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense increased by RMB4.3 million or 12.5% from RMB34.5 million for FY2019 to RMB38.8 million for FY2020, the increase in profit before tax. Our effective tax rate was 29.3% for FY2020.

Profit for the year

As a result of the foregoing, we recorded profit for the year of RMB93.7 million for FY2020 as compared to loss for the year of RMB39.2 million for FY2019. Our net profit margin was 11.5% for FY2020.

Adjusted net profit and adjusted net profit margin

Our adjusted net profit decreased by RMB37.6 million or 28.0% from RMB134.4 million for FY2019 to RMB96.8 million for FY2020, primarily due to (i) the increase in finance costs as a result of the increase in borrowings for the expansion of our business; (ii) the decrease in net change in fair value of biological assets because of realised fair value loss incurred during the year as a result of the losses arising from death of seedlings caused by the extreme weather in spring of 2020 in one of our plantation bases; and (iii) the increase in impairment loss of financial and contract assets as a result of the increase in amount of overdue contract assets. As a result of the foregoing, adjusted net profit margin decreased from 17.7% for FY2019 to 11.9% for FY2020.

− 318 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FY2019 compared to FY2018

Revenue

Our revenue increased by RMB396.9 million or 109.7% from RMB361.9 million for FY2018 to RMB758.8 million for FY2019. We recognise revenue on a project by project basis. The increase was mainly due to (i) the increase in revenue derived from ecological forest plantation projects mainly as a result of commencement of two PPP projects, namely Chifeng City Nanshan PPP Project and Anqing PPP Project in FY2019; (ii) the increase in revenue derived from ecological restoration projects mainly as a result of the commencement of construction work of Yu County PPP Project in FY2019; (iii) the increase in revenue derived from urban and rural greening projects mainly as a result of the increase in revenue generated from the two projects, namely Hulun Bei’er PPP Project and Heze Project, which were commenced in FY2018 and FY2019, respectively. See “Business — Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — Projects Portfolio”.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales increased by RMB239.3 million or 89.5% from RMB267.3 million for FY2018 to RMB506.6 million for FY2019, mainly due to increase in our revenue.

Gross profit and gross profit margin

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit rose by RMB157.6 million or 166.6% from RMB94.6 million for FY2018 to RMB252.2 million for FY2019. Our gross profit margin increased from 26.2% for FY2018 to 33.2% for FY2019. Our Directors believe that the low gross profit margin for FY2018 was primarily because (i) the number of new projects available in the market was much fewer because the PRC government was tightening the regulations for commencing new projects; and (ii) we undertook only two PPP projects in FY2018 as compared to six PPP projects in FY2019 which generally have higher gross profit margin.

Net change in fair value of biological assets

Our net change in fair value of biological assets increased by RMB11.4 million or 167.6% from RMB6.8 million for FY2018 to RMB18.2 million for FY2019, mainly due to the increase in market price of seedlings mainly as a result of the growth in their physical attributes.

Other income and gains

Our other income and gains remained relatively stable at RMB5.4 million and RMB5.3 million for FY2018 and FY2019, respectively.

Selling and distribution expenses

Our selling and distribution expenses increased by RMB8.6 million or 107.5% from RMB8.0 million for FY2018 to RMB16.6 million for FY2019, mainly due to (i) the increase in employee benefit expenses as a result of the increase in bonus paid or payable to our staff for the increase in our revenue; and (ii) the increase in travelling and entertainment expenses mainly as we secured four PPP projects in FY2019.

− 319 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Administrative expenses

Our administrative expenses increased by RMB11.4 million or 27.0% from RMB42.3 million for FY2018 to RMB53.7 million for FY2019, primarily due to (i) the increase in subcontracting fees because we kicked off additional four PPP projects in 2019; (ii) the increase in research and development expenses as a result of the increase in the number of active research and development projects; (iii) the increase in share option scheme expense in connection with [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes granted to employees and management in FY2019; and (iv) the increase in professional fee as a result of legal fee in relation to a litigation regarding an overdue contract asset due from one of our customers.

Impairment losses of financial and contract assets, net

Our net impairment losses of financial and contract assets decreased by RMB18.7 million or 60.3% from RMB31.0 million for FY2018 to RMB12.3 million for FY2019, primarily due to less overdue contract assets recorded at the year end.

Other expenses

Our other expenses increased by RMB137.6 million or 1,050.4% from RMB13.1 million for FY2018 to RMB150.7 million for FY2019, mainly due to the issuance of warrants to Fort Minor in December 2019 in substitution for the valuation adjustment payment payable by our Group to Fort Minor pursuant to the relevant shareholders’ agreement for the [REDACTED]. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — [REDACTED] — Investor Group [REDACTED] Overview — Fort Minor Warrant”.

Finance costs

Our finance costs remained relatively stable at RMB53.6 million and RMB57.1 million for FY2018 and FY2019, respectively.

Share of profits and losses of a joint venture

Our share of losses of a joint venture decreased by RMB1.2 million or 92.3% from RMB1.3 million for FY2018 to RMB0.1 million for FY2019, which was generally in line with the decrease in loss for the year of the joint venture.

Share of profits and losses of associates

Our share of profits of associates increased by RMB8.1 million or 405.0% from RMB2.0 million for FY2018 to RMB10.1 million for FY2019, which was generally in line with the increase in profit of Zhong Sheng Li De and Inner Mongolia Huameng Kechuang Environmental Technology Engineering Co., Ltd..

− 320 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Income tax expense

Our income tax expense increased by RMB26.5 million or 331.3% from RMB8.0 million for FY2018 to RMB34.5 million for FY2019, mainly due to the increase in profit before tax. Although our Group recorded loss before tax for FY2018, we recognised income tax expense, primarily due to the non tax deductible interest expenses accrued for other financial liabilities.

Loss for the year

As a result of the foregoing, loss for the year decreased by RMB9.2 million or 19.0% from RMB48.4 million for FY2018 to RMB39.2 million for FY2019.

Adjusted net profit/(loss) and adjusted net profit/(loss) margin

We recorded adjusted net profit of RMB134.4 million for FY2019 as compared to adjusted net loss of RMB9.8 million for FY2018, primarily due to the increase in revenue. We recorded net loss margin of 2.7% for FY2018 and net profit margin of 17.7% for FY2019.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash Flow

During the Track Record Period, our cash inflow was primarily supported by [REDACTED] from bank and other borrowings and revenue generated from operations. Our primary liquidity requirements are to finance working capital, and repay interests and principal due on our indebtedness. Upon completion of the [REDACTED], we currently expect that there will not be any material change in the sources and uses of cash of our Group in the future, except that we would have additional funds from [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] for implementing our future plans as detailed under the section headed “Future Plans and Use of [REDACTED]”.

− 321 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table summarises, for the periods indicated, our consolidated statements of cash flows:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Cash generated from operation before changes in working capital 54,315 196,498 215,215 Changes in working capital (284,760) (358,989) (422,285) Income taxes paid (24,891) (12,419) (28,607)

Net cash flows used in operating activities (255,336) (174,910) (235,677) Net cash flows used in investing activities (17,334) (87,491) (98,736) Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities (58,998) 198,857 559,395

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents (331,668) (63,544) 224,982 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 481,483 162,926 99,566 Effect of foreign exchange rate changes, net 13,111 184 (980)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 162,926 99,566 323,568

Operating activities

During the Track Record Period, our cash inflows from operating activities were principally from the receipt of settlement payments from customers for our project work. Our cash outflows used in operating activities were principally for subcontracting fees, purchases of raw materials and administrative expenses.

For FY2020, our Group had net cash flows used in operating activities of RMB235.7 million, which was mainly due to (i) the increase in contract assets of RMB424.2 million; and (ii) the increase in prepayments, other receivables and other assets of RMB170.5 million, which was partially offset by (i) cash generated from operations before changes in working capital of RMB215.2 million; (ii) the increase in trade and bills payables of RMB141.0 million; and (iii) the increase in contract liabilities of RMB67.2 million.

For FY2019, our Group had net cash flows used in operating activities of RMB174.9 million, which was mainly due to (i) the increase in contract assets of RMB550.5 million; (ii) the increase in prepayments, other receivables and other assets of RMB31.8 million; and (iii) the increase in biological assets of RMB33.4 million, which was partially offset by (i) the increase in trade and bills payables of RMB207.6 million; (ii) cash generated from operations before changes in working capital of RMB196.5 million; and (iii) the decrease in pledged deposits of RMB38.3 million.

For FY2018, our Group had net cash flows used in operating activities of RMB255.3 million, which was mainly due to (i) the increase in contract assets of RMB285.3 million; (ii) the increase in biological assets of RMB53.5 million; and (iii) the increase in prepayments, other receivables and other assets of RMB55.4 million, which was partially offset by (i) the increase in trade and bills payables of RMB104.9 million; and (ii) cash generated from operations before changes in working capital of RMB54.3 million.

− 322 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Investing activities

During the Track Record Period, our cash inflows from investing activities were principally [REDACTED] from withdrawal of investment deposits. Our cash outflows used in investing activities were principally for purchases of investment deposits and property, plant and equipment.

For FY2020, our Group had net cash flows used in investing activities of RMB98.7 million, primarily attributable to (i) purchases of items of property plant and equipment of RMB94.8 million; and (ii) loans to a non-controlling shareholder of RMB14.0 million, which was partially offset by net withdrawal of investment deposits of RMB5.8 million.

For FY2019, our Group had net cash flows used in investing activities of RMB87.5 million, primarily attributable to purchases of items of property, plant and equipment of RMB81.4 million.

For FY2018, our Group had net cash flows used in investing activities of RMB17.3 million, primarily attributable to (i) purchases of other intangible assets of RMB3.4 million; and (ii) net purchase of investment deposits of RMB3.0 million; and (ii) purchases of items of property, plant and equipment of RMB9.6 million.

Financing activities

During the Track Record Period, our cash inflow from financing activities were principally [REDACTED] from interest-bearing bank and other borrowings, [REDACTED] from other financial liabilities and capital contribution from the then shareholders of the subsidiaries. Our cash outflow used in financing activities was principally for repayment of interest-bearing bank and other borrowings and acquisition of subsidiaries from the then shareholders of subsidiaries.

For FY2020, our Group had net cash flows from financing activities of RMB559.4 million, primarily attributable to net [REDACTED] from interest-bearing bank and other borrowings of RMB581.6 million.

For FY2019, our Group had net cash flows from financing activities of RMB198.9 million, primarily attributable to (i) [REDACTED] from other financial liabilities of RMB130.0 million; and (ii) capital contribution from the then shareholders of the subsidiaries of RMB105.6 million, which was partially offset by the net repayment of interest-bearing bank and other borrowings of RMB27.2 million.

For FY2018, our Group had net cash flows used in financing activities of RMB59.0 million, primarily attributable to acquisition of subsidiaries from the then shareholders of subsidiaries of RMB588.4 million, which was partially offset by (i) net [REDACTED] from interest-bearing bank and other borrowings of RMB135.3 million; and (ii) capital contribution from the then shareholders of the subsidiaries of RMB370.0 million.

− 323 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Net Current Assets

We recorded net current assets of RMB559.6 million, RMB195.0 million, RMB387.1 million and RMB392.5 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 and 30 April 2021, respectively. The table below sets out selected information for our current assets and current liabilities as at the dates indicated:

As at 30 As at 31 December April 2018 2019 2020 2021 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 (unaudited)

Current Assets Biological assets 285,460 337,057 349,826 358,337 Inventories and other contract costs 1,577 1,557 2,928 3,961 Contract assets 368,879 437,974 711,280 653,280 Trade and bills receivables 24,549 38,772 42,307 38,717 Prepayments, other receivables and other assets 286,202 207,513 265,184 298,895 Other financial assets 13,522 21,816 10,990 10,590 Pledged deposits 45,839 7,547 33,495 29,942 Cash and cash equivalents 162,926 99,566 323,568 90,290

1,188,954 1,151,802 1,739,578 1,484,012

Current Liabilities Trade and bills payables 436,372 643,982 784,952 667,486 Contract liabilities 4,656 7,256 74,407 89,233 Other payables and accruals 39,050 183,049 108,859 108,854 Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 143,350 97,150 354,871 174,311 Lease liabilities 5,716 8,963 15,358 27,794 Other financial liabilities — 10,000 10,000 10,000 Income tax payable 232 6,374 4,081 13,810

629,376 956,774 1,352,528 1,091,488

Net current assets 559,578 195,028 387,050 392,524

− 324 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our Group’s net current assets decreased by RMB364.6 million or 65.1% from RMB559.6 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB195.0 million as at 31 December 2019, principally owing to (i) the increase in trade and bills payables of RMB207.6 million; (ii) the increase in other payables and accruals of RMB144.0 million; (iii) the decrease in prepayments, other receivables and other assets of RMB78.7 million; (iv) the decrease in cash and cash equivalents of RMB63.4 million; and (v) the decrease in pledged deposits of RMB38.3 million. The decrease was partially offset by (i) the increase in biological assets of RMB51.6 million; and (ii) the decrease in interest-bearing bank and other borrowings of RMB46.2 million.

Our Group’s net current assets increase to RMB387.1 million as at 31 December 2020, primarily due to (i) the increase in cash and cash equivalents of RMB224.0 million; (ii) the increase in prepayments, other receivables and other assets of RMB57.7 million; and (iii) the decrease in other payables and accruals of RMB74.2 million. The decrease was partially offset by (i) the increase in interest-bearing bank and other borrowings of RMB257.7 million; (ii) the increase in trade and bills payables of RMB141.0 million; and (iii) the increase in contract liabilities of RMB67.2 million.

Our Group’s net current assets increased to RMB392.5 million as at 30 April 2021. The increase was primarily due to (i) the decrease in interest-bearing bank and other borrowings of RMB180.6 million; (ii) the decrease in trade and bills payables of RMB117.5 million; and (iii) the increase in prepayments, other receivables and other assets of RMB33.7 million. The decrease was partially offset by (i) the decrease in cash and cash equivalents of RMB233.3 million; and (ii) the decrease in contract assets of RMB58.0 million.

Working Capital

Our Directors confirm that, taking into consideration the financial resources presently available to us, including banking facilities and other internal resources, and the estimated net [REDACTED] from the [REDACTED], we have sufficient working capital for our present requirements and for at least the next 12 months commencing from the date of this document.

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN ITEMS OF CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Property, plant and equipment

Our property, plant and equipment mainly includes a building used as our research and development centre and office, cultivation facilities such as greenhouses, and a hotel. Our property, plant and equipment increased by RMB164.7 million or 201.1% from RMB81.9 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB246.6 million as at 31 December 2019, primarily due to the acquisition of a hotel located in Hohhot, Inner Mongolia as we intended to render support to and benefit from the development of ecological tourism in Inner Mongolia. Our property, plant and equipment then decreased by RMB15.2 million or 6.2% to RMB231.4 million as at 31 December 2020, mainly attributable to depreciation during the year.

− 325 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Investments in associates

Our investments in associates represented investment cost and respective share of result. Our investments in associates amounted to approximately RMB33.9 million, RMB44.0 million and RMB55.4 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Our investments in associates increased from RMB33.9 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB44.0 million as at 31 December 2019, mainly due to the increase in net assets of the associates. Our investments in associates further increased to RMB55.4 million as at 31 December 2020, primarily attributable to (i) the increase in net assets of the associates; and (ii) the establishment of Inner Mongolia Forest and Grassland Ecology Construction Co., Ltd.. For details of our investments in associates, see Note 18 in the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document.

Other non-current assets

Our other non-current assets represented commercial and residential properties situated in Inner Mongolia acquired from one of our customers for settling its outstanding receivable with us. Due to the cashflow difficulty faced by the customer, it settled the receivable by transferring a set of commercial and residential properties to us. Our Directors are of the view that the arrangement is in the best interest of our Group as we can use such real estate properties to settle the payables with our suppliers. The properties were recorded as our other non-current assets under the cost method less impairment.

Biological Assets

Our biological assets mainly include seedlings held for use in our projects or for sale to customers. Our seedlings consist of Evergreens, Deciduous, Flowering Shrubs and sowing seedlings. Seedlings are measured on initial recognition and at the end of each reporting period at fair value less costs to sell, with any gain or loss recognised in profit or loss for the year in which it arises.

The following table sets out the movement (namely purchase cost, cultivation costs, decrease due to sales and utilisation in our projects, and changes in fair value) of our biological assets during the Track Record Period:

2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Balances at beginning of the year 225,199 285,460 337,057 Purchase cost 12,521 21,617 10,814 Cultivation cost 57,290 46,491 42,150 Decrease due to sales and utilisation (16,361) (34,755) (45,799) Changes in fair value 6,811 18,244 5,604

Balances at end of the year 285,460 337,057 349,826

− 326 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets out the fair value of our biological assets as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Seedlings excluding sowing seedlings 282,127 336,246 349,609 Sowing seedlings 3,138 600 217 Others (Note) 195 211 —

Total 285,460 337,057 349,826

Note: Others include deers which were held for expanding the income stream of our plantation base. They were sold in FY2020 due to abandonment of such business plan.

Valuation of Biological Assets

Information about the independent valuer of our biological assets

We have engaged Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited, an independent valuer, to determine the fair values of our biological assets as at 1 January 2018, 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 (the “Valuation Date(s)”), respectively. The team is led by Mr. Simon M.K. Chan.

Mr. Simon M.K. Chan, regional director at Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited, is a Fellow of the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (HKICPA) and a Fellow of CPA Australia. He is also a Chartered Surveyor of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors (RICS), a Certified Valuation Analyst (CVA), a member of The International Association of Consultants, Valuers and Analysts (IACVA), a member of Canadian Institute of Mining, Metallurgy and Petroleum (CIM), and a member of The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy (AusIMM). Mr. Simon M.K. Chan oversees the business valuation services of Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited and has over 20 years of accounting, auditing, corporate advisory and valuation experiences. He has provided a wide range of valuation services to numerous [REDACTED] and [REDACTED] companies of different industries in the PRC, Hong Kong, Singapore and the United States. Simon has also participated in certain large scale [REDACTED] of state-owned and privately-owned enterprises in China. He has led the valuation of biological assets, such as trees, rabbits, chicken and cows, for Hong Kong listed companies including China Modern Dairy Holdings Ltd. (1117.HK), WH Group Limited (288.HK), Shandong Chenming Paper Holdings Limited (1812.HK), China Kangda Food Company Limited (834.HK) and China Greenfresh Group Co., Ltd. (6183.HK), as well as numerous private companies for their accounting purposes.

Based on its market reputation and relevant background search, our Directors and the Sole Sponsor are satisfied that Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited is independent from our Group and is competent in conducting a valuation on our biological assets.

− 327 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Appointment of Expert

The Valuer appointed an expert consultant, Professor Zhao Xinghua, (the “Expert Consultant”), from Inner Mongolia Agricultural University to assist in the valuation. Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited has considered and relied to a considerable extent on the expertise and opinions of the Expert Consultant with respect to the physical and biological attributes of the biological assets in the preparation of the valuation report.

Valuation methodology

In arriving at the assessed value, three generally accepted approaches have been considered, namely, the market approach, cost approach and income approach.

Market approach considers prices recently paid for similar assets, with adjustments made to market prices to reflect the condition and utility of the appraised assets relative to the market comparatives. Assets for which there is an established active market may be valued by this approach.

Cost approach considers the cost to reproduce or replace in new condition the assets appraised in accordance with current market prices for similar assets, with allowance for accrued depreciation or obsolescence present, whether arising from physical, functional or economic causes. The cost approach generally furnishes the most reliable indication of value for assets without a known active market.

Income approach is the conversion of expected periodic benefits of ownership into an indication of value. It is based on the principle that an informed buyer would pay no more for the project than an amount equal to the present worth of anticipated future benefits (income) from the same or a substantially similar project with a similar risk profile.

The Sole Sponsor and our reporting accountants held various discussions with the Valuer in relation to its valuation procedures, valuation techniques and the information required to prepare its valuation report.

The following valuation methods were adopted:

Evergreens, Deciduous and Flowering Shrubs

The market approach was adopted for valuing Evergreens, Deciduous and Flowering Shrubs. Fair values were determined by evaluating the market prices of each of the seedlings species, based on their specifications (such as height, trunk diameter and crown width), which were gathered by the Expert Consultant through market price quotes obtained from several online seedlings trading platforms and enquiries with several market participants with business presence in proximate geographical locations.

− 328 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Sowing seedling

The cost approach was adopted for valuing sowing seedlings as there was no active market for sowing seedlings. Fair values were arrived at using the replacement cost of sowing seedlings by taking into account for the costs of direct raw materials and other cultivation costs such as labour services used during the growing period.

Key assumptions and inputs

The key inputs and assumptions include the following:

Classification of seedlings

The valuation has relied on the classification provided by our Group. The biological assets have been classified into four different groups based on the data information provided by our Group, which are Evergreens, Deciduous, Flowering Shrubs and sowing seedlings.

Quantity

The valuation has relied on the quantity of biological assets provided by our Group as at the Valuation Dates.

Markets prices

The market prices for biological assets have been provided by the Expert Consultant after evaluating the market prices of each of the seedlings species, based on their specifications (such as height, trunk diameter and crown width), which were gathered by the Expert Consultant through market price quotes obtained from several online seedlings trading platforms and enquiries with several market participants with business presence in proximate geographical locations.

Other assumptions

The Valuer assumed that all proposed facilities and systems including but not limited to planting, machinery, transportation vehicles, watering system and other systems related to the business will be operated efficiently and have sufficient capacity for future expansion. The Valuer also assumed that the historical trend will be maintained and there will be no material change in the existing political, legal, technological, fiscal or economic condition that may adversely affect the business of our Group.

The Valuer confirmed that they have conducted their valuation in accordance with HKAS 41 issued by the Hong Kong Accounting Standards Board and International Valuation Standards issued by the International Valuation Standards Council. The Valuer planned and performed their valuation so as to obtain all the information and explanations that they considered necessary in order to provide themselves with sufficient evidence to express their opinion on the subject asset. The Valuer is of the opinion that the valuation procedures employed provide a reasonable basis for their opinion.

− 329 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The reporting accountants have performed their work on the Historical Financial Information in accordance with Hong Kong Standard on Investment Circular Reporting Engagements 200, Accountants’ Report on Historical Financial Information in Investment Circular (“HKSIR 200”). As part of their work on the Historical Financial Information, the reporting accountants have considered the results of audit procedures performed in connection with the valuation techniques and key inputs used in valuation of the biological assets. They have satisfied themselves in respect of the valuation technique chosen and the key inputs used in the valuation for the purpose of forming an opinion on the Historical Financial Information as a whole.

The Sole Sponsor performed the following steps to arrive at the conclusion that the valuation techniques chosen and the inputs used in the valuation techniques are appropriate and reasonable:

1. held various discussions with the Valuer and the Expert Consultant in relation to the valuation procedures, valuation bases and assumptions, valuation technique and sources of seedling market information required to prepare the valuation report on the biological assets;

2. reviewed the qualification and relevant valuation experience of the Valuer and the Expert Consultant;

3. performed roll-forward procedures on the results of stock-take performed over our biological assets balances as at 30 September 2020 to 31 December 2020 and cross checked the quantity of seedlings stated in the valuation report to the results of the roll-forward procedures; and

4. discussed with the reporting accountants and was given to understand that they were satisfied with the valuation technique and the key inputs used in the valuation for the purpose of forming an opinion on the Accountants’ Report.

Sensitivity Analysis

The fair value measurement of the biological assets is categorised as Level 2 fair value measurement within the three-level fair value hierarchy as defined in Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards 13, Fair Value Measurement. Significant observable input are mainly local market selling price per seedlings. An increase in the estimated local market selling price would result in an increase in the fair value of the seedlings, and vice versa.

Stock-take and Internal Control

We have maintained a comprehensive policy for seedlings management. Our seedlings management policy includes, among other things, (i) quality and quantity checks on newly-procured seedlings prior to acceptance of the same; (ii) regular checks of seedlings condition; (iii) routine review of our internal records of seedlings, and conduct annual comprehensive stock-take of our seedlings; and (iv) fire safety measures in strengthening the fire management of our plantation bases.

− 330 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

We perform a comprehensive stock-take of our seedlings once a year to ensure physical existence and update physical attributes of our seedlings. Stock-take teams, which mainly consists of staffs from the plantation base management department and finance department, are established to perform the stock-take. The result of stock-take is documented on seedlings count sheet by the stock-take team, which is passed to the manager of each plantation base for consolidation. The manager will produce a seedlings count ledger which will be confirmed by the stock-take team. The result of the stock-take will then be delivered to plantation base management department and finance department for checking to and updating the financial records.

Inventories and other contract costs

Our inventories mainly consist of raw materials including low-value consumables and packaging materials. Other contract costs include costs that our Group incurs in relation to fulfilling a contract or an identifiable anticipated contract. Such costs may include material costs and subcontracting fees. The following table sets out our inventories and other contract costs as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Raw materials 2,084 2,040 3,161 Other contract costs — 44 215 2,084 2,084 3,376 Less: Impairment (507) (527) (448)

Total 1,577 1,557 2,928

Our inventories and other contract costs remained relatively stable at RMB1.6 million as at 31 December 2018 and 2019, respectively. Our inventories and other contract costs increased by RMB1.3 million or 81.3% to RMB2.9 million as at 31 December 2020, mainly attributable to expansion of our business.

We regularly review our inventory levels for slow moving inventory, obsolescence or declines in market value. Allowance is made against when (i) the net realisable value, which is based primarily on the latest market price estimated by the management, of inventories falls below the cost; or (ii) any of the inventories is identified obsolete. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, our impairment of inventories and other contract costs was RMB0.5 million, RMB0.5 million and RMB0.4 million, respectively.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, RMB0.3 million or 9.3% of our inventories and other contract costs outstanding as at 31 December 2020 was sold or utilised.

− 331 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The table below sets out a summary of average turnover days of inventories for the periods indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

Average turnover days of inventories and other contract costs (Note) 13.6 1.1 1.5

Note: Average turnover days of inventories and other contract costs for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 is derived by dividing the arithmetic mean of opening and closing balances of inventories and other contract costs for the relevant year by cost of sales and multiplying by the number of calendar days in the relevant year.

Our average turnover days of inventories and other contract costs are relatively short mainly because we did not keep excess inventories as these is sufficient supply of our major raw materials in the market.

Trade and bills receivables

Our trade and bills receivables primarily consist of receivables from customers for construction work that are completed and accepted by them. Contract assets will be reclassified to trade receivables upon completion of construction and once being billed.

The following table sets out our trade and bills receivables as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Trade receivables 26,780 40,597 46,916 Bills receivables 1,488 1,313 1,313 Less: Impairment (3,719) (3,138) (5,922)

Trade and bills receivables - net 24,549 38,772 42,307

Our trade and bills receivables increased from RMB24.5 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB38.8 million as at 31 December 2019, and further increased to RMB42.3 million as at 31 December 2020, which was in line with the increase in revenue.

Our Group’s trade receivables are primarily due from public sector entities which are under the supervision of government authorities. Customers’ project payment are usually made to us in accordance with the terms specified in the contracts governing the relevant transactions but we experienced, in some cases, delays in payment due to the customers’ complex internal settlement procedures.

− 332 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our policy for impairment on trade and bills receivables is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure expected credit losses. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments with similar loss patterns (i.e., by customer type and rating). The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. Our Group closely monitors overdue balances. In view of the aforementioned and the fact that our Group’s trade receivables relate to a large number of diversified customers, there is no significant concentration of credit risk. Our Group does not hold any collateral or other credit enhancements over our trade receivables. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, impairment of trade and bills receivables were RMB3.7 million, RMB3.1 million and RMB5.9 million, respectively.

The following table sets out the ageing analysis of our trade and bills receivables as at the dates indicated and the respective amount of subsequent settlement as at the Latest Practicable Date:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Subsequent settlement up to the Gross Net Gross Net Gross Net Latest carrying carrying carrying carrying carrying carrying Practicable amount Impairment amount amount Impairment amount amount Impairment amount Date RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Within one year 11,362 (251) 11,111 31,360 938 30,422 36,201 1,729 34,472 4,709 One to two years 7,652 (487) 7,165 7,706 436 7,270 2,489 160 2,329 399 Two to three years 7,655 (1,929) 5,726 891 223 668 6,935 1,808 5,127 4,000 Over three years 1,599 (1,052) 547 1,953 1,541 412 2,604 2,225 379 —

Total 28,268 (3,719) 24,549 41,910 3,138 38,772 48,229 5,922 42,307 9,108

As at the Latest Practicable Date, RMB9.1 million or 21.5% of our trade and bills receivables outstanding as at 31 December 2020 were settled.

The table below sets out a summary of average turnover days of trade and bills receivables for the years indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

Average turnover days of trade and bills receivables (Note) 25.1 15.2 18.3

Note: Average turnover days of trade and bills receivables for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 is derived by dividing the arithmetic mean of the opening and closing balances of trade and bills receivables for the relevant year by revenue and multiplying by the number of calendar days in the relevant year.

− 333 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our average turnover days of trade and bills receivables decreased from 25.1 days for FY2018 to 15.2 days for FY2019, mainly due to the increase in revenue. Our average turnover days of trade and bills receivables remained relatively stable at 18.3 days for FY2020.

Contract assets

A contract asset is the right to consideration in exchange for goods or services transferred to the customer. If our Group performs by transferring goods or services to a customer before the customer pays consideration or before payment is due, a contract asset is recognised for the earned consideration that is conditional.

Our policy for impairment on contract assets is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure expected credit losses. The provision rates of contract assets are based on flow rate analysis of past contract assets. The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions. In addition to the provision matrix, our Group has made individual loss allowance for certain customers with credit risk increased significantly. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the accumulated individual loss allowance in relation to a project completed before Track Record Period was RMB40.2 million with a carrying amount before loss allowance of RMB40.2 million. Our Directors are of the view that sufficient and appropriate loss allowance has been made for the expected credit loss on contract assets during the Track Record Period based on that the estimation of expected loss rates were made in accordance with our historical credit loss experience.

The following table sets out the breakdown of our current and non-current contract assets as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Non-current 369,648 803,813 960,989 Current 368,879 437,974 711,280

Total 738,527 1,241,787 1,672,269

Contract assets increased from RMB738.5 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB1,241.8 million as at 31 December 2019, primarily due to the commencement of construction work of four PPP projects. Contract assets further increased to RMB1,672.3 million as at 31 December 2020, mainly attributable to the increase in the ongoing provision of construction services which had yet to be certified by customers.

− 334 − The following table sets out the ageing analysis of our contract assets as at the dates indicated: SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Amount converted to trade Subsequent receivables settlement up to the up to the Gross Net Gross Net Gross Net Latest Latest carrying carrying carrying carrying carrying carrying Practicable Practicable

amount Impairment amount amount Impairment amount amount Impairment amount Date Date INFORMATION FINANCIAL RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Not overdue 425,943 (6,154) 419,789 1,007,515 (12,376) 995,139 1,367,425 (15,149) 1,352,276 17,234 15,817 Within one year 221,399 (10,456) 210,943 121,139 (6,780) 114,359 232,271 (10,896) 221,375 44,021 43,859

3 − 335 − One to two years 101,869 (11,538) 90,331 115,058 (13,985) 101,073 61,640 (6,772) 54,868 30,373 30,373 Two to three years 26,302 (8,838) 17,464 46,900 (15,758) 31,142 59,983 (20,154) 39,829 15,835 15,835 Over three years 40,159 (40,159) — 40,623 (40,549) 74 64,882 (60,961) 3,921 11,044 11,044

Total 815,672 (77,145) 738,527 1,331,235 (89,448) 1,241,787 1,786,200 (113,932) 1,672,269 118,507 116,928 THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The table below sets out a summary of average turnover days of contract assets for the years indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

Average turnover days of contract assets (Note) 615.2 476.3 656.4

Note: Average turnover days of contract assets for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 is derived by dividing the arithmetic mean of the opening and closing balances of contract assets for the relevant year by revenue and multiplying by the number of calendar days in the relevant year.

Our average turnover days of contract assets decreased from 615.2 days for FY2018 to 476.3 days for FY2019, mainly because our revenue for FY2019 increased by a greater extent of 109.7% compared to the 62.3% increase in our average contract assets due to the substantial growth in revenue contributed from our PPP projects in FY2019. Our average turnover days of contract assets then increased to 656.4 days for FY2020, mainly attribute to the further increase in average contract assets of 47.2%, while our revenue only grew by 7.1%, as our PPP projects were still in the construction phase.

Prepayments, other receivables and other assets

The following table sets out the breakdown of our prepayments, other receivables and other assets as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Prepayments 6,598 11,867 20,712 Prepayments for other non-current assets — 34,949 52,580 Refundable deposits 29,407 33,024 32,201 Due from the controlling shareholders 167,180 61,556 61,556 Loans to related parties 2,323 5,511 4,696 Loans to a non-controlling shareholder — — 14,686 Prepaid income tax 31,125 12,123 17,278 Amounts due from local government authorities 14,226 16,387 93,351 Others 78,881 131,352 170,731

329,740 306,769 467,791 Less: Impairment allowance (16,256) (23,528) (24,360)

Total 313,484 283,241 443,431

Current portion 286,202 207,513 265,184 Non-current portion 27,282 75,728 178,247

− 336 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Prepayment and prepayments for other non-current assets

Major items included in our prepayments and prepayments for other non-current assets are purchase deposits for property units in Inner Mongolia, purchase deposits made to seedling (mainly deciduous arbors) suppliers and prepaid legal and professional fees.

During FY2019 and FY2020, we entered into offset arrangements with four of our customers, which experienced cashflow difficulty in settling project payments with us for the construction work we performed, whereby they used properties of their affiliated entities such as local government bureaus or investment companies to offset the outstanding project payments with us. The reason that we accept such arrangement is that our Group may use such properties for the settlement of some of the payables due to our suppliers. Against such backdrop and in order to avoid incurring unnecessary property transfer taxes, the parties concerned in general do not complete the transfer of legal title procedures, but only enter into agreements for the transfer of such properties.

As at 31 December 2019 and 2020, we recorded RMB28.3 million and RMB46.0 million, respectively as prepayments for such properties acquired without legal titles (note). In early 2021, we used such properties to settle the amounts due to certain suppliers by requesting the relevant entities to transfer the legal title of certain portion of the abovementioned properties with an aggregate value of RMB21.2 million to such suppliers.

Note: The carrying values of the prepayment were arrived at after making impairment losses of RMB6.7 million and RMB 2.6 million for FY2019 and FY2020 respectively as determined by our Directors with reference to the market prices of similar properties taking into account the locations and characteristics of the properties.

Refundable deposits

Our refundable deposits mainly represent performance deposits due from our customers. The amount of refundable deposits depends on the contract terms and contract sum, which normally not more than 10% of the total contract sum. Our refundable deposits amounted to approximately RMB29.4 million, RMB33.0 million and RMB32.2 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Due from the controlling shareholders

Our amount due from the controlling shareholders mainly represent balance due from Huirong Datong, the non-controlling shareholder, which originated from the subscribed capital contribution. The balance decreased from RMB167.2 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB61.6 million as at 31 December 2019, mainly due to repayment from the controlling shareholders. The balance remained relatively stable at RMB61.6 million as at 31 December 2020, which will be settled by our [REDACTED] through the sale of [REDACTED] upon [REDACTED].

Loans to related parties

As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, we recorded loans to related parties of RMB2.3 million, RMB5.5 million and RMB4.7 million, respectively, which was subsequently settled as at the Latest Practicable Date.

− 337 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Loans to a non-controlling shareholder

As at 31 December 2020, we recorded loans to a non-controlling shareholder amounting to RMB14.7 million which was subsequently settled as at the Latest Practicable Date.

Prepaid income tax

Our prepaid income tax arises when subsidiaries of our Group undertake projects in regions other than the tax jurisdictions where our subsidiaries operate. Such amount is calculated at a fixed percentage of VAT invoice issued and can be offset against corporate income tax payable in tax jurisdictions where our subsidiaries operate. The balance decreased from RMB31.1 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB12.1 million as at 31 December 2019, mainly due to offsetting of the prepaid income tax as a result of the increase in profit before tax. The balance then increased to RMB17.3 million as at 31 December 2020, primarily attributable to the increase in revenue generated from regions other than the tax jurisdictions where our subsidiaries operate.

Amounts due from local government authorities

Our amounts due from local government authorities mainly represents land requisition and demolition expenses repayable from the government. Amounts due from local government authorities remained relatively stable at RMB14.2 million and RMB16.4 million as at 31 December 2018 and 2019, respectively. Amounts due from local government authorities increased to RMB93.4 million as at 31 December 2020, primarily attributable to incurrence of the land requisition related expenses for Xun County PPP Project.

Others

Others mainly represent output VAT to be recognised, advance to staff for work related purpose and prepaid insurance. Our output VAT to be recognised amounted to RMB57.0 million, RMB120.9 million and RMB158.9 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Output VAT to be recognised arises when the recognition of revenue is earlier than the recognition of VAT. The continuous increase in the balance of our output VAT to be recognised during the Track Record Period was mainly due to the increase in our revenue.

Other financial assets

Our other financial assets comprise (i) [REDACTED] equity investments which we acted as a passive investor to expand our business network and (ii) short-term investment products.

Our other financial assets increased from RMB16.6 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB21.8 million as at 31 December 2019, mainly because our Group increase the investment in a partnership with companies in the ecological and environmental protection industry. Our other financial assets decreased to RMB11.0 million as at 31 December 2020, mainly attributable to (i) the withdrawal of one of our investments; and (ii) the decrease in short-term investment products purchased.

− 338 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Trade and bills payables

Our trade and bills payables are derived primarily from payables relating to seedlings and labour and professional subcontracting. Trade and bills payables as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 were RMB436.4 million, RMB644.0 million and RMB785.0 million, respectively, of which a breakdown is set out below:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Trade payables 385,470 633,754 758,784 Bills payables 50,902 10,228 26,168

Total 436,372 643,982 784,952

Our trade and bills payables increased from RMB436.4 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB644.0 million as at 31 December 2019, and further increased to RMB785.0 million as at 31 December 2020, primarily due to expansion of our business.

Bills payable with an aggregate balance of RMB50.9 million, RMB10.2 million and RMB26.2 million were secured by the pledge of our Group’s deposits with an aggregate amount of RMB45.8 million, RMB7.5 million and RMB33.5 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Our bills payable are normally settled on terms ranging from three to six months. We normally pay our suppliers based on the payment schedule which will typically be stated in the relevant contract. The table below sets out, as at the end of reporting periods indicated, the ageing analysis of our trade and bills payables based on invoice date:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Within one year 392,222 556,055 565,521 One to two years 37,142 66,423 153,467 Two to three years 6,815 20,972 48,572 Over three years 193 532 17,392

Total 436,372 643,982 784,952

− 339 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets out the average trade and bills payables turnover days for the Track Record Period:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

Average turnover days of trade and bills payables (Note) 524.3 389.2 478.2

Note Average turnover days of trade and bills payables for each of FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 is derived by dividing the arithmetic mean of the opening and closing balances of trade payables for the relevant year by cost of sales and multiplying the resulting value by the number of calendar days in the relevant year.

Average turnover days of trade and bills payables decreased from 524.3 days for FY2018 to 389.2 days for FY2019, which was because of the relatively higher increase in cost of sales compared to the increase in average trade and bill payables balance, which were 89.5% and 40.7%, respectively. Average turnover days of trade and bills payables increased to 478.2 days for FY2020, which was mainly due to (i) expansion of our business; and (ii) extension of payment terms from settlement of payment within two years to settlement of payment within three years.

As at the Latest Practicable Date, RMB155.8 million or 19.8% of trade and bills payables outstanding as at 31 December 2020 had been settled.

Other payables and accruals

The following table sets out the breakdown of our other payables and accruals as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Salaries and welfare payable 7,470 11,142 13,059 Other tax payables 19,612 66,993 78,513 Deposits from sub-contractors 5,093 6,504 12,435 Consideration payables for acquisition of a subsidiary 1,793 1,793 1,793 Payable for purchase of property, plant and equipment 539 91,850 — Others 6,081 7,684 14,957

Total 40,588 185,966 120,757

Current portion 39,050 183,049 108,859 Non-current portion 1,538 2,917 11,898

− 340 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Our other payables and accruals mainly include salary and welfare payable, other tax payables, deposits from subcontractors in relation to works subcontracted to subcontractors and payable for purchase of property, plant and equipment. Other tax payables mainly represent output VAT and other surtaxes such as urban maintenance and construction tax and educational surcharges. Other payables and accruals increased by RMB145.4 million from RMB40.6 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB186.0 million as at 31 December 2019, mainly attributable to (i) the purchase of a hotel in late 2019; (ii) the increase in other tax payables as a result of the increase in revenue; and (iii) the increase in salary and welfare payable as a result of the increase in headcount and performance bonus payable to staff. Other payables and accruals then decreased by RMB65.2 million to RMB120.8 million as at 31 December 2020, which was mainly attributable to settlement for purchase of property, plant and equipment. Such increase was partially offset by (i) the increase in other tax payables as a result of the increase in revenue; and (ii) the increase in others mainly as a result of the increase in accrued [REDACTED] expense payables and office expense payables.

Contract liabilities

A contract liability is recognised when a payment is received or a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer before our Group transfers the related goods or services. Contract liabilities increased from RMB4.7 million as at 31 December 2018 to RMB7.3 million as at 31 December 2019, primarily due to the increase in short-term advances received from customers in relation to the provision of construction services. Contract liabilities further increased by RMB67.1 million to RMB74.4 million as at 31 December 2020, primarily due to advance payment received from two customers for construction services in accordance with contract terms.

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Our Group’s capital expenditures principally consisted of expenditures on acquisitions of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets in our operations. During the Track Record Period, our Group incurred capital expenditures of RMB13.5 million, RMB173.3 million and RMB3.0 million, respectively, the majority of which came from acquisition of buildings and structures primarily used in our operations. Between 31 December 2020 and the Latest Practicable Date, we incurred capital expenditures of RMB6.3 million.

Our Group’s projected capital expenditures are subject to revision based upon any future changes in our business plan, market conditions, and economic and regulatory environment.

We expect to fund our contractual commitments and capital expenditures principally through the net [REDACTED] we receive from the [REDACTED], cash generated from our operating activities and [REDACTED] from borrowings and notes. We believe that these sources of funding will be sufficient to finance our contractual commitments and capital expenditure needs for the next 12 months.

PROPERTY INTERESTS

See “Business — Properties” for further details of our property interests.

− 341 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

CONTRACTUAL AND CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

Capital commitments

We had the following capital commitments, which were not provided for in our consolidated financial statements:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Contracted, but not provided for: Land and buildings 1,085 9,582 —

Total 1,085 9,582 —

INDEBTEDNESS

Borrowings

The following table sets out our total debts as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 and 30 April 2021:

As at 30 As at 31 December April 2018 2019 2020 2021 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 (unaudited)

Current Bank loans - secured 57,200 69,700 239,150 115,000 Bank loans - unsecured 84,500 25,600 30,000 18,000 Other loans - unsecured 1,650 1,850 85,721 41,311

143,350 97,150 354,871 174,311

Non-current Bank loans - secured 137,500 107,500 431,390 468,874 Bank loans - unsecured — 49,000 49,000 66,000 Other loans - secured 30,000 30,000 30,000 30,000

167,500 186,500 510,390 564,874

Total 310,850 283,650 865,261 739,185

− 342 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table sets out the repayment schedule of our borrowings as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 and 30 April 2021:

As at 30 As at 31 December April 2018 2019 2020 2021 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 (unaudited)

Within one year 143,350 97,150 354,871 174,311 One to two years 25,000 80,000 127,000 50,000 Two to five years 112,500 76,500 131,240 66,000 More than five years 30,000 30,000 252,150 448,874

Total 310,850 283,650 865,261 739,185

The following table sets out the range of interest rates for our borrowings as at the end of each reporting period during the Track Record Period:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Effective Effective Effective interest interest interest rate (%) rate (%) rate (%)

Bank loans - secured 5.70-6.65 5.66-6.65 4.15-7.83 Bank loans - unsecured 5.66-6.53 6.09-7.50 5.83-7.50 Other loans - unsecured 4.80-7.00 5.66-7.50 4.75-8.52 Other loans - secured 7.00 7.00 7.0

The following table sets out the carrying amount of pledged assets for securing certain of our Group’s bank and other borrowings as at the end of each reporting period during the Track Record Period:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Contract assets 64,994 104,868 465,453 Right-of-use assets 9,247 8,996 8,631 Biological assets 75,809 50,941 97,660 Cash and bank balances 45,839 7,547 33,495

195,889 172,352 605,239

− 343 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The bank borrowings of our Group were pledged by the entire equity interest of one of our subsidiaries and certain assets of our Group. At the close of business on 30 April 2021, being the latest practicable date for the purpose of this indebtedness statement, we had outstanding bank borrowings of RMB583.9 million which was secured by the entire equity interest of one of our subsidiaries and certain assets of our Group.

As at 30 April 2021, being the latest practicable date for the purpose of indebtedness statement, we had aggregate banking facilities of RMB1,227.7 million, of which RMB451.7 million was unutilised. We are not committed to draw down the unutilised amount.

Some of our loan agreements contain cross-default clauses, which could enable creditors under our loan agreements to declare an event of default should there be an event of default on our other loan agreements or those of our subsidiaries. Our Directors confirm that we complied with all material covenants under our loan agreements during the Track Record Period.

Our Directors confirm that we did not experience any delay or default in repayment of bank borrowings nor experience any difficulty in obtaining banking facilities with terms that are commercially acceptable to us during the Track Record Period.

Lease liabilities

The following table sets out the breakdown of our current and non-current lease liabilities as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December As at 30 2018 2019 2020 April 2021 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 (unaudited)

Non-current 36,275 49,525 42,609 31,604 Current 5,716 8,963 15,358 27,794

Total 41,991 58,488 57,967 59,398

During the Track Record Period, we has lease contracts for various items of land parcels and buildings, motor vehicles and other equipment used in our operations. As required by HKFRS 16, at the commencement of a lease, a lessee will recognise a liability to make lease payments (namely, lease liabilities) and an asset representing the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term (namely, the right-of-use asset) except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. In accordance with the adoption of HKFRS 16 throughout the Track Record Period, we recorded lease liabilities in the amount of RMB42.0 million, RMB58.5 million and RMB58.0 million as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

As at 30 April 2021, we had lease liabilities in the amount of RMB57.5 million.

− 344 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Other financial liabilities

The following table sets out the breakdown of our other financial liabilities as at the dates indicated:

As at 31 December As at 30 2018 2019 2020 April 2021 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 (unaudited)

Due to Fort Minor(1) 500,547 540,231 536,598 542,442 Due to Hohhot Chengchi Industrial Development Fund Investment Center (Limited Partnership)(2) — 120,000 120,000 120,433 Due to Zhongnong Science and Technology Union(3) — 10,000 10,000 10,000

Total 500,547 670,231 666,598 672,875

The following table sets out the breakdown of our current and non-current other financial liabilities as at the dates indicated:

As at 30 As at 31 December April 2018 2019 2020 2021 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 (unaudited)

Non-current 500,547 660,231 656,598 662,875 Current — 10,000 10,000 10,000

Total 500,547 670,231 666,598 672,875

Notes:

(1) On 9 September 2017, Fort Minor entered into a subscription agreement with our Company and certain then shareholders (the “then shareholders”) of our Company (the “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which, among others, Fort Minor agreed to subscribe for 65,000,000 investor class shares of our Company (the “Investor Class Share”) at a total consideration of US$68,966,047.48 (equivalent to RMB456.0 million, the “Investment Amount”).

− 345 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

On 5 December 2017, Fort Minor, our Company and the then shareholders of our Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”), pursuant to which, under the liquidity protection clause, Fort Minor shall have the right at any time after the fifth anniversary of the date of settlement of the Subscription Agreement to require all or a portion of Fort Minor’s [REDACTED] to be repurchased or redeemed by us or purchased by the then shareholders at the price that would yield a pre-agreed return to Fort Minor.

(2) To the best knowledge of our Directors, Hohhot Chengchi Industrial Development Fund Investment Center (Limited Partnership)* 呼和浩特市城池產業發展基金投資中心(有限合夥) (the “Fund”) intended to make a debt investment of RMB 120 million in one of our subsidiaries, Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological. In order to structure as a debt investment as intended whilst the investment requirements of the Fund could be fulfilled, each of (i) our Group, through a partnership which our Group holds 94.95% partnership interests, namely Shenzhen Kunxing No. 3, and (ii) the Fund contributed RMB180 million and RMB120 million, respectively to an investment vehicle, namely Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund (the “SPV”), which then invested RMB300 million in Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological in return for 22.98% equity interests in Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological in March 2019, with a condition that at the fifth anniversary of the date on which the first instalment of the investment amount to Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological was paid by the SPV, if at such time the Fund still holds its partnership contribution in the SPV, Mengshu Group will irrevocably purchase from the Fund the latter’s entire partnership contribution in the SPV at the original cost together with an interest of 4.25% per annum.

For the purpose of accounts consolidation, we treat the Fund’s investment in the amount of RMB120 million, through the SPV, in Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological as a debt, and thus, the percentage of Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological’s equity attributable to our Company is 100%.

Pursuant to the partnership agreement of the SPV, our Group is obliged to pay a fund management fee to the general partner of the SPV, who is designated as the investment manager, at a fee rate of 1.50% per annum on the amount contributed by us (i.e. RMB180 million). As the fund management fee is a part of the recurring costs incurred by our Group in obtaining the debt financing from the Fund, such fee, together with the interests aforementioned, were recognised as finance costs in the consolidated statements of profit or loss.

(3) On 5 September 2019, Zhongnong Science and Technology Union Investment Fund (Limited Partnership) invested RMB10 million in Shenzhen Kunxing No. 3 Partnership (Kunxing No. 3). The amount received is classified as a financial liability at amortised cost.

− 346 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Contingent liabilities

As at 31 December 2020 and 30 April 2021, our Group granted guarantees of RMB83.0 million and RMB157.0 million to banks for our suppliers and subcontractors, of which, RMB59.1 million and RMB120.0 million was utilised, respectively. Under these guarantee agreements, the banks grants loans to these suppliers and subcontractors provided that our Group provides guarantees to the corresponding banks that any outstanding loans due for repayment can be settled by using the cash payment made by us to these suppliers and subcontractors for our purchase of products and services from them. As at 31 December 2020 and 30 April, 2020, the trade payables balances with these relevant supplies and subcontractors were greater than the guarantee amount utilised by them, respectively.

As at 30 April 2021, being the latest practicable date for the purpose of the indebtedness statement, we did not have any material contingent liabilities not provided for in the consolidated financial statements.

Save as aforesaid or as otherwise disclosed herein, and apart from intra-group liabilities, our Group did not have outstanding at the 30 April 2021, being the latest practicable date for the purpose of the indebtedness statement, any loan capital issued and outstanding or agreed to be issued, bank overdrafts, loans or other similar indebtedness, liabilities under acceptances (other than normal trade bills) or acceptable credits, debentures, mortgages, charges, finance leases or hire purchases commitments, guarantees, material covenants, or other material contingent liabilities.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENT

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we had not entered into any off-balance sheet transaction.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

With respect to the related party transactions set out in the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document, our Directors confirm that these transactions were conducted on normal commercial terms or such terms that were no less favourable to our Group than those available to Independent Third Parties and were fair and reasonable and in the interest of our Shareholders as a whole.

− 347 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS

The following table sets out our key financial ratios as at each of the dates indicated:

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

Gross profit margin (%) (1) 26.2 33.2 32.7 Net profit margin (%) (2) N/A(10) N/A(10) 11.5 Return on equity (%) (3) N/A(10) N/A(10) 7.8 Return on total assets (%) (4) N/A(10) N/A(10) 2.8 Interest coverage (times) (5) 0.5 2.0 4.9

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020

Current ratio (times) (6) 1.9 1.2 1.3 Quick ratio (times) (7) 1.9 1.2 1.3 Gearing ratio (%) (8) 36.5 42.2 85.9 Net debt to equity ratio (%) (9) 19.6 33.3 59.5

FY2018 FY2019 FY2020

For illustrative purpose: Non-HKFRS adjusted net profit margin (%) (11) N/A(10) 17.7 11.9 Non-HKFRS adjusted return on equity (%) (12) N/A(10) 12.2 8.1 Non-HKFRS adjusted return on total assets (%) (13) N/A(10) 5.5 2.9

Notes:

(1) Gross profit margin for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated on gross profit divided by revenue for the respective years. See “Review of Historical Results of Operation” in this section for more details on our gross profit margins.

(2) Net profit margin for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated on profit for the year divided by revenue for the respective years. See “Review of Historical Results of Operation” in this section for more details on our net profit margins.

(3) Return on equity for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated based on the net profit for the respective years divided by sum of total equity attributable to the Shareholders and amount due to Fort Minor as the balance will be reclassified to equity upon [REDACTED] as at the end of the respective years and multiplied by 100%.

(4) Return on total assets for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated based on the net profit for the respective years divided by total assets as at the end of the respective years and multiplied by 100%.

(5) Interest coverage for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated based on profit before finance costs and tax divided by finance cost excluding interest on amount due to Fort Minor of the respective years.

− 348 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(6) Current ratio as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 were calculated based on the total current assets as at the respective dates divided by the total current liabilities as at the respective dates.

(7) Quick ratio as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 were calculated based on the total currents assets less inventories as at the respective dates divided by the total current liabilities as at the respective dates.

(8) Gearing ratio as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 were calculated based on the total debt (including interest-bearing bank and other borrowings, lease liabilities and other financial liabilities, excluding amount due to Fort Minor as the balance will be reclassified to equity upon [REDACTED]) as at the respective dates divided by sum of total equity and amount due to Fort Minor as at the respective years and multiplied by 100%.

(9) Net debt to equity ratio as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 was calculated based on net debts (being total debt as calculated in note 8 above, net of cash and cash equivalents) as at the respective dates divided by sum of total equity and amount due to Fort Minor as at the respective years.

(10) Not applicable because we recorded net loss or net adjusted loss.

(11) Non-HKFRS adjusted net profit margin for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated on non-HKFRS adjusted net profit for the year divided by revenue for the respective years.

(12) Non-HKFRS adjusted return on equity for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated based on the non-HKFRS adjusted net profit for the year for the respective years divided by sum of total equity attributable to the Shareholders and amount due to Fort Minor as at the end of the respective years and multiplied by 100%.

(13) Non-HKFRS adjusted return on total assets for FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020 was calculated based on the non-HKFRS profit for the respective years divided by the total assets as at the end of the respective years and multiplied by 100%.

Return on equity and adjusted return on equity

We recorded net loss for FY2018 and FY2019, therefore, return on equity was not applicable for the corresponding years. Our return on equity was 7.8% for FY2020, mainly because we recorded net profit of RMB93.7 million for FY2020 as compared to net loss of RMB39.2 million for FY2019.

Our adjusted return on equity decreased from 12.2% for FY2019 to 8.1% for FY2020 mainly because of the decrease in our profitability due to (i) the increase in finance costs as a result of the increase in our bank and borrowings; (ii) the decrease in net change in fair value of biological assets; and (iii) the increase in impairment loss of financial and contract assets as a result of the increase in amount of overdue contract assets.

Return on total assets and adjusted return on total assets

We recorded net loss for FY2018 and FY2019, therefore, return on total assets was not applicable for the corresponding years. Our return on total assets was 2.8% for FY2020, mainly because we recorded net profit of RMB93.7 million for FY2020 as compared to net loss of RMB39.2 million for FY2019.

Our adjusted return on total assets decreased from 5.5% for FY2019 to 2.9% for FY2020 mainly because of the decrease in our profitability as mentioned in reasons for the decrease in adjusted return on equity above.

− 349 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Interest coverage

Our interest coverage increased from 0.5 times for FY2018 to 2.0 times for FY2019, and further increased to 4.9 times for FY2020, primarily attributable to the continuous increase in profit before finance costs and tax.

Current ratio and quick ratio

Our current ratio and quick ratio decreased from 1.9 times and 1.9 times as at 31 December 2018, respectively, to 1.2 times and 1.2 times as at 31 December 2019, respectively, mainly due to the increase in trade and bills payables and other payables and accruals. Our current ratio and quick ratio remained relatively stable at 1.3 times as at 31 December 2020, respectively.

Gearing ratio

Our gearing ratio increased from 36.5% as at 31 December 2018 to 42.2% as at 31 December 2019, mainly due to the increase in other financial liabilities of RMB168.9 million as we received financing from Hohhot Chengchi Industrial Development Fund Investment Center (Limited Partnership) amounted to RMB120.0 million. Our gearing ratio further increased to 85.9% as at 31 December 2020, mainly due to the increase in interest-bearing bank and other borrowings to cope with the increase in scale of our business.

Net debt to equity ratio

Our net debt to equity ratio increased from 19.6% to 33.3% as at 31 December 2018 and 2019, respectively, mainly due to the financing received from Hohhot Chengchi Industrial Development Fund Investment Center (Limited Partnership) amounted to RMB120.0 million. Our net debt to equity ratio further increased to 59.5% as at 31 December 2020, primarily attributable to the increase in interest-bearing bank and other borrowings.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS

We are exposed to market risks from changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, credit and liquidity. See Note 45 to the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document for further details.

DISCLOSURE REQUIRED UNDER THE LISTING RULES

Our Directors confirm that as at the Latest Practicable Date, there were no circumstances that would give rise to the disclosure requirements under Rules 13.13 to 13.19 of the Hong Kong Listing Rules.

[REDACTED] EXPENSES

[REDACTED] expenses in connection with the [REDACTED] consist primarily of [REDACTED] commissions and professional fees. We estimate that total expenses in relation to the [REDACTED] (assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per [REDACTED] (being the

− 350 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FINANCIAL INFORMATION mid-point of the [REDACTED]) and no exercise of the [REDACTED]) will be RMB[REDACTED] million (equivalent to HK$[REDACTED] million), representing approximately [REDACTED]% of the gross [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] (assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per [REDACTED], being the mid-point of the [REDACTED] and no exercise of the [REDACTED]). During the Track Record Period, we incurred [REDACTED] expenses of RMB[REDACTED] million of which RMB[REDACTED] million was charged to our administrative expenses and RMB[REDACTED] million was capitalised. We expect to incur additional [REDACTED] expenses of RMB[REDACTED] million. RMB[REDACTED] million is expected to be recognised as administrative expenses and RMB[REDACTED] million (together with the previously incurred [REDACTED] expenses recorded as prepayment) is expected to be recognised as a deduction in equity for the year ending 31 December 2021. The total [REDACTED] expenses above are the latest practicable estimate and for reference only. The actual amount may differ from this estimate.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have neither a pre-determined dividend payout ratio nor any dividend policy. The payment and amount of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors, and subject to the applicable laws and regulations, and will also depend on factors such as our results of operations, cash flow, capital requirements, general financial condition, future prospects and other factors that our Board of Directors deem relevant. Up to the Latest Practicable Date, we have not declared or paid any dividends on our Shares.

Any distributable profits that are not distributed in any given year will be retained and available for distribution in subsequent years. To the extent profits are distributed as dividends, such portion of profits will not be available to be reinvested in our operations.

DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES

Our Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on 14 August 2017 as an investment holding company and had no reserves available for distribution to the Shareholders as at the Latest Practicable Date.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA ADJUSTED CONSOLIDATED NET TANGIBLE ASSETS

See “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” in Appendix II to this document for our unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets.

NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE

Our Directors confirm that, up to the date of this document, there has been no material adverse change in our financial or trading position or prospect of our Company or its subsidiaries since 31 December 2020, being the end of the reporting period in Appendix I to this document, and there has been no event since 31 December 2020 which would materially affect the information shown in Appendix I to this document.

− 351 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FUTURE PLANS AND USE OF [REDACTED]

FUTURE PLANS

See “Business — Our Business Strategies” for further details of our future plans.

[REDACTED]

Our [REDACTED] are expected to sell [REDACTED] [REDACTED] under the [REDACTED]. We estimate the net [REDACTED] to the [REDACTED] from the sale of [REDACTED] pursuant to the [REDACTED] to be approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per Share, being the mid-point of the [REDACTED]). The [REDACTED] will repay the amount due to our Group of approximately HK$[REDACTED] million through the sale of the [REDACTED] upon [REDACTED]. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — Acquisition of PRC Subsidiaries - (iv) Acquisition of 1% equity interest in Mengshu Group by He Yu Sheng” for a detailed description of such shareholder indebtedness.

USE OF [REDACTED]

We estimate that the aggregate net [REDACTED] to us from the [REDACTED] (comprising [REDACTED] New Shares and [REDACTED] [REDACTED]) (after deducting [REDACTED] fees and estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the [REDACTED]), assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED], being the mid-point of the [REDACTED], will be approximately HK$[REDACTED] million of which (i) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million will be received from the issue of New Shares; and (ii) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million will be received from the [REDACTED] through the sale of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any Shares which may be allotted or issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED] or the options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under the Post [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme). We currently intend to apply the net [REDACTED] from the [REDACTED] in the following manner:

(1) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million, or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used to fund our construction costs during the construction phase of our Yu County PPP Project.

We commenced construction of our Yu County PPP Project in 2019 and recognised a revenue of approximately RMB122.8 million for FY2019. For FY2020, we only recognised a revenue of approximately RMB35.3 million, mainly due to a slowdown in project progress resulted from the change in the project design plan as requested by our customer. During the Track Record Period, the total construction costs incurred for this project amounted to approximately RMB95.7 million which mainly included fees to suppliers and subcontractors, and were funded by the capital contribution to our project company and debt financing. We expect to incur further construction costs mainly including fees to our suppliers and subcontractors of approximately RMB[REDACTED] million during the construction phase of the project. See “Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — project models — the PPP model — our PPP projects” for details.

While we have been historically relying on debt financing as supplemented by capital contribution to fund the construction costs of our PPP projects during construction phase, our Group intends to fund the Yu County PPP Project through equity financing, primarily on the basis that debt financing would further raise the indebtedness level and gearing ratio of our Group, which may adversely affect our financial credibility and financial conditions and limit our future ability to obtain

− 352 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FUTURE PLANS AND USE OF [REDACTED] further financing from financial institutions to support our daily operations. Our gearing ratio increased from 42.2% as at 31 December 2019 to 85.9% as at 31 December 2020, mainly due to the increase in interest-bearing bank and other borrowings to cope with the increase in scale of our business. Pursuing further debt financing will further increase our indebtedness and gearing ratio.

(2) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of [REDACTED] used for investment into our Xun County PPP Project for initial registered capital of project company.

As part of our main responsibilities under the Xun County PPP project, we are required under the articles of association of our project company to inject capital as registered capital by August 2022. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the outstanding registered capital of our project company to be paid by our Group was approximately RMB[REDACTED] million, we intend to fund such registered capital from net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED]. See “Our Project Models and Project Portfolio — project models — the PPP model — our PPP projects” for details.

(3) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED]) will be used to fund our two research and development projects for breeding of stress-resistant seedlings.

We intend to further strengthen our research and development capabilities through funding the following projects:

Net [REDACTED] Expected key Status as at the from the Research and development research Latest Practicable Expected time for [REDACTED] to project achievements Date completion be used (RMB’ million)

(i) Project on cultivation of — Obtain rights in — Over 166 related December 2024 [REDACTED] improved seedling species new varieties of species of seeds (蒙樹新品種選育項目): plants (植物新品種 were collected for 權) and construct a our ongoing The research and demonstration site research and development of cultivating of approximately 5 preparation for and mass breeding of mu for poplar subsequent improved species for poplar (楊樹), euonymus breeding of the (楊樹), euonymus pubescens pubescens (衛矛) new seedlings (衛矛), syringe (丁香), and syringe (丁香) species quercus (櫟), linden (椴), catalpa (楸) and maple (槭) — Develop and apply a set of asexual reproduction technology for breeding not less than 500 units for each of quercus (櫟), linden (椴), catalpa (楸) and maple (槭)

− 353 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FUTURE PLANS AND USE OF [REDACTED]

Net [REDACTED] Expected key Status as at the from the Research and development research Latest Practicable Expected time for [REDACTED] to project achievements Date completion be used (RMB’ million)

(ii) Project on the construction — Obtain additional — Over 275 species December 2024 [REDACTED] of germplasm of trees: 50 species of seeds of seeds were for breeding preserved and The collection and seedlings with collected as preservation of germplasm better resistance to germplasm for of trees drought, cold, pests subsequent and diseases breeding of new seedling species — Construct a smart platform for sharing of data of seedling species

(4) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or approximately [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used for recruitment of project execution personnel, sales and marketing personnel and research and development managers to expand our workforce to cope with new business opportunities and enhance our competitiveness.

We experienced growth in our overall revenue from RMB361.9 million for FY2018 to RMB758.8 million for FY2019, and further increased to RMB812.5 million for FY2020 at a CAGR of approximately 28.0%. Our Directors believe that the collective expertise and industry knowledge of our employees are essential to our success and enable us to enhance our competitiveness. As such, we intend to recruit project management and execution personnel with experiences that relate to our existing and future projects. Our Directors are of the view that an experienced workforce allows us to (i) better monitor the overall project progress; (ii) ensuring the consistency of overall project quality; and (iii) providing prompt response to our customers’ requests and enquiries during various stages in a project. We will also recruit additional (i) sales and marketing personnel to further expand our market shares and acquire more business opportunities; and (ii) research and development personnel to strengthen our research and development capabilities.

− 354 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FUTURE PLANS AND USE OF [REDACTED]

The details of our intended recruitments are as follows:

Department Function Field of experience Qualification Number of recruits FY2022 FY2023

Project management Project management: Project management: University degree or 99 and execution Monitor and oversee the At least eight years of related discipline, overall project progress working experience in preferably with and coordinate with ecological and qualifications of different department environmental registered constructor, protection industry professional engineer, Project execution: registered architect, Execute the overall Project execution: registered engineer or project works At least three years of certified cost engineer working experience in ecological and environmental protection industry

Sales and marketing - Identify potential Sales and marketing University degree or 57 business opportunities management: related discipline and follow up with At least eight years of such potential working experience in customers sales and marketing, preferably in ecological - Gather project and environmental information for our protection industry tender assessment. Sales and marketing - Build and maintain execution: customer relationship At least three years of working experience in sales and marketing preferably in ecological and environmental protection industry

Research and Participate in our At least three to five Post-graduate degree in 12 development ongoing and future years of research and ecology or forestry or research and development experience related discipline development in ecological and environmental protection industry

− 355 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FUTURE PLANS AND USE OF [REDACTED]

(5) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used to repay our bank loans and improve our gearing ratio.

As at 31 December 2020, we had bank and other borrowings of RMB865.3 million. We intend to use net [REDACTED] to repay the following bank loans number one to three upon their respective due date and early repay the following bank loan number four, which were used for our working capital requirements:

Effective interest rate per No. Lending bank Amount Term annum Due date RMB(’000) (%)

1. Bank of Inner Mongolia 20,000 One year 6.70 7 January 2022 Company Limited

2. Inner Mongolia Huhhot Jingu 10,000 One year 7.05 10 January 2022 Rural Commercial Bank

3. Bank of Inner Mongolia 40,000 One year 6.70 7 January 2022 Company Limited

4. Inner Mongolia Huhhot Jingu 24,000 Two years 7.51 15 May 2023 Rural Commercial Bank

(6) approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or approximately [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] will be used to upgrade our information technology system.

We plan to continue to upgrade and improve our information technology systems to support the growth and expansion of our business and operations. Currently, our operational system and accounting system are separate and it involves repetitive manual work in transposing business operation data into financial data. In this regard, we intend to purchase a new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system to help digitalise our business operations. With this ERP system, we can fully integrate business operation and financial functions to enhance business efficiency and provide better visibility for management to oversee our business operations, in particular project management and plantation base management. The new ERP system is expected to enhance our Group in the following aspects:

i. facilitates our project management process by integrating various stages of projects such as tendering, procurement, subcontracting management, and completion into a single system;

ii. facilitates the efficiency of overall project management by reducing errors and duplication of purchase orders by storing all purchase requests in a central database;

− 356 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FUTURE PLANS AND USE OF [REDACTED]

iii. facilitates the management of purchase orders by matching ordered materials to the relevant project and allowing our procurement team to retrieve and trace any purchase orders placed on a real time basis; and

iv. facilitates the management of our plantation bases by integrating the supply chain functions and financial functions thereby enhancing the overall management of our seedlings.

Our Directors believe that the new ERP system can facilitate better decision making process amongst the management (financial analysis can be conducted more efficiently as business operation data can be transposed into financial data in real time under the new ERP system) and help supervisors provide timely feedback to its subordinates. The new ERP system will also complement our plantation base management functions by integrating with our Group’s financial and operational system. With the integration, the financial and operational data of our plantation bases will be linked to the ERP system, helping us in planning ahead for plantation planning and resources allocation in a more efficient manner, which is vital to our business growth.

(7) the remaining balance of approximately HK$[REDACTED] million (equivalent to approximately RMB[REDACTED] million), or approximately [REDACTED]% of the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED]) will be used as working capital and other general corporate purposes.

If the [REDACTED] is set at the highest or lowest point of the [REDACTED], the net [REDACTED], assuming that the [REDACTED] is not exercised, will increase to approximately HK$[REDACTED] million or decrease to approximately HK$[REDACTED] million, respectively; and in such event, we intend to increase or decrease, respectively, the net [REDACTED] to be used for the above purposes on a pro-rata basis.

If the [REDACTED] is exercised in full, the net [REDACTED] will increase to approximately HK$[REDACTED] million, assuming an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED], being the mid-point of the [REDACTED]. If the [REDACTED] is set at the high-end or low-end of the [REDACTED], the net [REDACTED] including the [REDACTED] from the exercise of the [REDACTED] will increase to approximately HK$[REDACTED] million or decrease to approximately HK$[REDACTED] million, respectively; and in such event, we intend to increase or decrease, respectively, the allocation of the net [REDACTED] to the above purposes on a pro-rata basis.

To the extent that the net [REDACTED] are not sufficient to fund the purposes as set out above, we intend to fund the balance through a variety of means, including cash generated from operations, bank loans and other borrowings, as appropriate. Should our Directors decide to re-allocate the intended use of [REDACTED] to other business plans and/or new projects of our Group to a material extent and/or there is to be any material modification to the use of [REDACTED] as described above, we will make appropriate announcement(s) in due course.

To the extent that the net [REDACTED] of the [REDACTED] are not immediately required for the above purposes and to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, if we are unable to effect any part of our future plans as intended, we may hold such funds in short term demand deposits with banks in Hong Kong or the PRC and/or through money market instruments.

− 357 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. FUTURE PLANS AND USE OF [REDACTED]

REASONS FOR THE [REDACTED]

The followings are our main purposes for the [REDACTED]:

• the additional access of equity funding by means of issuance of new Shares will enable us to pursue potential business opportunities pursuant to our expansion plans. In addition, the [REDACTED] provides a platform for our Group to access the capital markets for future secondary fund-raising through either (i) the issuance of shares or (ii) for debt securities, depending on the prevailing market condition at the time of capital needs. It can also provide additional funding sources to cater for our Group’s further expansion plans (other than those future plans stated in this document) and when opportunities arise;

• the [REDACTED] broadens our shareholder base and enhance the liquidity of the Shares, as compared to the limited liquidity of the Shares that are privately held before the [REDACTED];

• the [REDACTED] can elevate our corporate image and status and provide reassurance and confidence to our customers, suppliers and subcontractors, which in turn provides a stronger bargaining position when exploring new business opportunities with our customers and suppliers. Furthermore, with a more established corporate image, it can further assist us to obtain additional projects, as disclosed in “Business — Our Business Strategies”; and

• the [REDACTED] can enhance employee incentive and commitment. As experienced and quality employees are vital to our business operations and future development, being a [REDACTED] company can help us to attract, recruit and retain our valued management personnel, employees and skilled professionals. To this end, we have also put in place the Share Option Schemes for our employees in order to attract and retain talents. See “Statutory and General Information — D. [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, E. [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II and F. Post [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme” in Appendix IV to this document for details.

− 358 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 359 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 360 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 361 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 362 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 363 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 364 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 365 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 366 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 367 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 368 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 369 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 370 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 371 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 372 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 373 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 374 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 375 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 376 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 377 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 378 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 379 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. STRUCTURE AND CONDITIONS OF THE [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 380 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 381 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 382 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 383 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 384 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 385 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 386 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 387 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 388 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 389 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 390 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 391 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 392 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 393 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 394 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 395 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 396 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 397 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 398 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. HOW TO APPLY FOR [REDACTED]

[REDACTED]

− 399 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

[To insert the firm’s letterhead]

ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT ON HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION TO THE DIRECTORS OF CHINA MENGSHU ECOLOGICAL GROUP COMPANY LIMITED AND SHENWAN HONGYUAN CAPITAL (H.K.) LIMITED

Introduction

We report on the historical financial information of China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, the “Group”) set out on pages [●]to[●], which comprises the consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, statements of changes in equity and statements of cash flows of the Group for each of the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 (the “Relevant Periods”), and the consolidated statements of financial position of the Group as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 and the statements of financial position of the Company as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information (together, the “Historical Financial Information”). The Historical Financial Information set out on pages [●]to[●] forms an integral part of this report, which has been prepared for inclusion in the document of the Company dated [●] (the “Document”) in connection with the initial [REDACTED] of the shares of the Company on the Main Board of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”).

Directors’ responsibility for the Historical Financial Information

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the Historical Financial Information that gives a true and fair view in accordance with the basis of presentation and the basis of preparation set out in notes 2.1 and 2.2 to the Historical Financial Information, respectively, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the Historical Financial Information that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Reporting accountants’ responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Historical Financial Information and to report our opinion to you. We conducted our work in accordance with Hong Kong Standard on Investment Circular Reporting Engagements 200 Accountants’ Reports on Historical Financial Information in Investment Circulars issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”). This standard requires that we comply with ethical standards and plan and perform our work to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Historical Financial Information is free from material misstatement.

Our work involved performing procedures to obtain evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the Historical Financial Information. The procedures selected depend on the reporting accountants’ judgement, including the assessment of risks of material misstatement of the Historical Financial Information, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the reporting accountants consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation of the Historical Financial Information that gives a true and fair view in accordance with the basis of presentation and the basis of preparation set out in notes 2.1 and 2.2 to the Historical Financial Information, respectively, in order to design procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of

− I-1 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Our work also included evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Historical Financial Information.

We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the Historical Financial Information gives, for the purposes of the accountants’ report, a true and fair view of the financial position of the Group and the Company as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 and of the financial performance and cash flows of the Group for each of the Relevant Periods in accordance with the basis of presentation and the basis of preparation set out in notes 2.1 and 2.2 to the Historical Financial Information, respectively.

Report on matters under the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange and the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance

Adjustments

In preparing the Historical Financial Information, no adjustments to the Underlying Financial Statements as defined on page [●] have been made.

Dividends

We refer to note 12 to the Historical Financial Information which states that no dividends have been paid by the Company in respect of the Relevant Periods.

No historical financial statements for the Company

As at the date of this report, no statutory financial statements have been prepared for the Company since its date of incorporation.

Certified Public Accountants Hong Kong [Date]

− I-2 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

I. HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Preparation of Historical Financial Information

Set out below is the Historical Financial Information which forms an integral part of this accountants’ report.

The financial statements of the Group for the Relevant Periods, on which the Historical Financial Information is based, were audited by Ernst & Young in accordance with Hong Kong Standards on Auditing (“HKSAs”) issued by the HKICPA (the “Underlying Financial Statements”).

The Historical Financial Information is presented in Renminbi (“RMB”) and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (RMB’000) except when otherwise indicated.

− I-3 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PROFIT OR LOSS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

REVENUE 5 361,923 758,826 812,456 Cost of sales (267,275) (506,602) (546,790)

Gross profit 94,648 252,224 265,666

Net change in fair value of biological assets 22 6,811 18,244 5,604 Other income and gains 5 5,357 5,254 42,212 Selling and distribution expenses (7,982) (16,613) (12,816) Administrative expenses (42,295) (53,679) (61,678) Impairment losses of financial and contract assets, net (30,980) (12,344) (30,182) Other expenses 6 (13,094) (150,716) (10,069) Finance costs 8 (53,565) (57,074) (75,581) Share of profits and losses of: a joint venture (1,258) (125) (113) associates 18 1,957 10,081 9,491

PROFIT /(LOSS) BEFORE TAX 7 (40,401) (4,748) 132,534 Income tax expense 11 (7,971) (34,499) (38,826)

PROFIT /(LOSS) AND TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) FOR THE YEAR (48,372) (39,247) 93,708

Attributable to: Owners of the parent (48,068) (40,328) 93,101 Non-controlling interests (304) 1,081 607

(48,372) (39,247) 93,708

EARNINGS PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT Basic 13 (0.21) (0.18) 0.33

Diluted 13 (0.21) (0.18) 0.33

− I-4 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

NON-CURRENT ASSETS Property, plant and equipment 14 81,856 246,558 231,420 Right-of-use assets 15 64,547 79,828 70,138 Goodwill 16 20,685 20,685 20,685 Other intangible assets 17 3,875 3,803 3,768 Investment in a joint venture — 364 252 Investments in associates 18 33,943 44,023 55,416 Other financial assets 19 3,090 — — Contract assets 24 369,648 803,813 960,989 Prepayments, other receivables and other assets 26 27,282 75,728 178,247 Deferred tax assets 20 16,555 22,488 27,081 Other non-current assets 21 — — 10,156

Total non-current assets 621,481 1,297,290 1,558,152

CURRENT ASSETS Biological assets 22 285,460 337,057 349,826 Inventories and other contract costs 23 1,577 1,557 2,928 Contract assets 24 368,879 437,974 711,280 Trade and bills receivables 25 24,549 38,772 42,307 Prepayments, other receivables and other assets 26 286,202 207,513 265,184 Other financial assets 19 13,522 21,816 10,990 Pledged deposits 27 45,839 7,547 33,495 Cash and cash equivalents 27 162,926 99,566 323,568

Total current assets 1,188,954 1,151,802 1,739,578

− I-5 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

CURRENT LIABILITIES Trade and bills payables 28 436,372 643,982 784,952 Contract liabilities 29 4,656 7,256 74,407 Other payables and accruals 30 39,050 183,049 108,859 Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 31 143,350 97,150 354,871 Lease liabilities 15 5,716 8,963 15,358 Other financial liabilities 32 — 10,000 10,000 Income tax payable 232 6,374 4,081

Total current liabilities 629,376 956,774 1,352,528

NET CURRENT ASSETS 559,578 195,028 387,050

TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES 1,181,059 1,492,318 1,945,202

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES Other payables and accruals 30 1,538 2,917 11,898 Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 31 167,500 186,500 510,390 Lease liabilities 15 36,275 49,525 42,609 Other financial liabilities 32 500,547 660,231 656,598 Deferred tax liability 20 3,794 6,661 28,922 Deferred income 33 4,410 7,704 5,496

Total non-current liabilities 714,064 913,538 1,255,913

NET ASSETS 466,995 578,780 689,289

EQUITY Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 34 246 246 291 Reserves 35 463,212 558,189 658,057

463,458 558,435 658,348 Non-controlling interests 3,537 20,345 30,941

TOTAL EQUITY 466,995 578,780 689,289

− I-6 − HTTEIFRAINMS ERA NCNUCINWT H SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY REPORT ACCOUNTANTS’ I APPENDIX

Attributable to owners of the parent

Reclassification of Investor Class Shares to Statutory Share Warrant Non- Share Share financial Merger surplus option arrangement Retained controlling capital premium liabilities reserve reserve reserve reserve profits Total interests Total equity RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 note 35 note 35 note 36 note 37

At 1 January 2018 54 455,901 (452,176) 324,345 53,846 — — 127,733 509,703 3,340 513,043 Loss for the year ———————(48,068) (48,068) (304) (48,372)

Total comprehensive income for the year ———————(48,068) (48,068) (304) (48,372) Issue of ordinary shares 192 52,841 ——————53,033 — 53,033 Acquisition of subsidiaries from the controlling shareholders of subsidiaries — — — (51,210) ————(51,210) — (51,210) Capital injection from non-controlling

- − I-7 − shareholders —————————501501 Transfer to statutory reserves ————3,564——(3,564) — — —

At 31 December 2018 and 1 January 2019 246 508,742* (452,176)* 273,135* 57,410* —* —* 76,101* 463,458 3,537 466,995

Profit/(loss) for the year ———————(40,328) (40,328) 1,081 (39,247)

Total comprehensive income for the year ———————(40,328) (40,328) 1,081 (39,247) Capital injection form non-controlling shareholders —————————15,71915,719 Equity-settled share option arrangement —————1,655 — — 1,655 8 1,663 Warrant arrangement ——————133,650 — 133,650 — 133,650 Transfer to statutory reserves ————23,046——(23,046) — — —

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 246 508,742 (452,176)* 273,135* 80,456* 1,655* 133,650* 12,727* 558,435 20,345 578,780 HTTEIFRAINMS ERA NCNUCINWT H SECTION THE WITH DOCUMENT. CONJUNCTION THIS OF IN COVER AND READ THE CHANGE ON BE TO “WARNING” SUBJECT MUST HEADED AND INFORMATION INCOMPLETE FORM, THE DRAFT THAT IN IS DOCUMENT THIS Attributable to owners of the parent REPORT ACCOUNTANTS’ I APPENDIX

Reclassification of Investor Class Shares to Equity Statutory Share Warrant Non- Share Share financial transaction reserve option arrangement Retained controlling Capital premium liabilities reserve fund reserve reserve profits Total interests Total equity RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 note 35 note 36 note 37

Profit for the year ———————93,101 93,101 607 93,708

Total comprehensive income for the year ———————93,101 93,101 607 93,708 Equity-settled share option arrangement —————6,767 — — 6,767 20 6,787 Capital injection from non-controlling shareholders —————————9,9699,969 Transfer from warrant arrangement reserve upon exercise of warrants 45 133,650 ————(133,650) — 45 — 45 Transfer to statutory reserves ————11,207——(11,207) — — —

- − I-8 At− 31 December 2020 291 642,392* (452,176)* 273,135* 91,663* 8,422* —* 94,621* 658,348 30,941 689,289

* These reserve accounts comprise the consolidated reserves of RMB463,212,000, RMB558,189,000 and RMB658,057,000 as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial position. THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Profit/(loss) before tax: (40,401) (4,748) 132,534 Adjustments for: Interest income 5 (2,475) (3,134) (3,989) Share of losses of a joint venture 1,258 125 113 Share of profits of associates (1,957) (10,081) (9,491) Finance costs 8 53,565 57,074 75,581 Depreciation of items of property, plant and equipment 14 8,274 8,459 18,027 Amortisation of right-of-use assets 15 4,801 6,393 6,604 Amortisation of other intangible assets 17 61 101 97 Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 7 16 114 19 Loss on early termination of lease — — 1,199 Net change in fair value of biological assets 22 (6,811) (18,244) (5,604) Net fair value gain on financial assets (17) (4) — Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of trade and bills receivable, net 7 1,969 (581) 4,330 Impairment of contract assets 7 28,281 12,303 24,484 Impairment of other receivables, net 7 730 622 1,368 Impairment of prepayments — 6,650 2,572 Amortisation of deferred income 33 (3,507) (2,292) (3,570) (Reversal of provision)/write-down of inventories to net realisable value 7 (2) 20 (79) Equity-settled share option arrangements 36 — 1,663 6,787 Fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss 6 — 133,650 — Foreign exchange losses/(gains), net 6 10,530 8,408 (35,767)

54,315 196,498 215,215 Increase in biological assets (53,450) (33,353) (7,165) Decrease/(increase) in inventories 16,830 — (1,292) (Increase)/decrease in trade and bills receivables (1,373) (13,642) (7,865) (Increase)/decrease in pledged deposits (23,751) 38,292 (25,948) Increase in prepayments, other receivables and other assets (55,437) (31,839) (170,540) Increase in contract assets (285,290) (550,521) (424,235) Increase in trade and bills payables 104,906 207,610 140,970 Increase/(decrease) in accruals and other payables 16,721 21,864 6,639 (Decrease)/increase in contract liabilities (3,916) 2,600 67,151

Cash used for operations (230,445) (162,491) (207,070)

Income taxes paid (24,891) (12,419) (28,607)

Net cash flows used in operating activities (255,336) (174,910) (235,677)

− I-9 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Interest received 2,453 2,541 1,241 Purchases of items of property, plant and equipment (9,573) (81,425) (94,758) Purchases of other intangible assets 17 (3,436) (29) (62) Increase in other financial assets 19(a) — (7,000) — Disposal of other financial assets — — 5,026 Repayment of loans from related parties 2,600 2,900 1,017 Loans to related parties (4,900) (5,863) — Loans to a non-controlling shareholder — — (14,000) Purchase of investment deposits (153,500) (637,050) (4,910) Withdrawal of investment deposits 150,490 638,850 10,710 Capital injection to a joint venture (828) (489) — Capital injection to an associate — — (3,000) Acquisition of a subsidiary (640) — — Government grant — 74 —

Net cash flows used in investing activities (17,334) (87,491) (98,736)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES [REDACTED] from issuance of shares 53,033 — 45 Increase in other financial liabilities 38 — 130,000 — New interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 38 465,550 159,500 688,221 Repayment of interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 38 (330,240) (186,700) (106,610) Interest paid (23,242) (16,785) (30,236) Repayment of lease liabilities 15/38 (6,210) (8,497) (1,994) Capital injection from non-controlling shareholders 501 15,719 9,969 Acquisition of subsidiaries from the then shareholders of subsidiaries (588,390) — — Capital contribution from the then shareholders of the subsidiaries 370,000 105,620 —

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities (58,998) 198,857 559,395

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (331,668) (63,544) 224,982 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 481,483 162,926 99,566 Effect of foreign exchange rate changes, net 13,111 184 (980)

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 27 162,926 99,566 323,568

− I-10 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMPANY

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

NON-CURRENT ASSETS Investments in subsidiaries 1 502,595 504,258 511,045

CURRENT ASSETS Prepayments, other receivables and other assets 26 537,204 537,206 538,431 Cash and cash equivalents 2,545 2,501 464

Total current assets 539,749 539,707 538,895

CURRENT LIABILITIES Other payables and accruals — 2 2,738

NET CURRENT ASSETS 539,749 539,705 536,157

TOTAL ASSETS LESS CURRENT LIABILITIES 1,042,344 1,043,963 1,047,202

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES Other financial liabilities 32 500,547 540,231 536,598

NET ASSETS 541,797 503,732 510,604

EQUITY Equity attributable to owners of the parent Share capital 34 246 246 291 Reserves 35 541,551 503,486 510,313

TOTAL EQUITY 541,797 503,732 510,604

− I-11 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF THE COMPANY

Reclassification of Investor Class Shares to Share Warrant Share Share financial option arrangement Retained capital premium liabilities reserve reserve profits Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 note 36 note 37

At 1 January 2018 54 455,901 (452,176) — — (100) 3,679 Loss for the year —————(52,095) (52,095)

Total comprehensive income for the year —————(52,095) (52,095) Issue of ordinary shares 192 52,841 ————53,033 Capital contribution from the then shareholders of subsidiaries — 537,180 ————537,180

At 31 December 2018 and 1 January 2019 246 1,045,922* (452,176)* —* —* (52,195)* 541,797

Loss for the year —————(173,378) (173,378)

Total comprehensive income for the year —————(173,378) (173,378) Equity-settled share option arrangement — — — 1,663 — — 1,663 Equity-settled warrant arrangement ————133,650 — 133,650

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 246 1,045,922* (452,176)* 1,663* 133,650* (225,573)* 503,732

Loss for the year —————(5,581) (5,581)

Total comprehensive income for the year —————4040 Equity-settled share option arrangement — — — 6,787 — — 6,787 Transfer from warrant arrangement reserve upon exercise of warrants 45 133,650 — — (133,650) — 45

At 31 December 2020 291 1,179,572* (452,176)* 8,450* —* (225,533)* 510,604

* These reserve accounts comprise the Company’s reserves of RMB541,551,000, RMB503,486,000 and RMB510,313,000 as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, in the statements of financial position of the Company.

− I-12 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

II. NOTES TO THE HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

The Company is a limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. The registered office address of the Company is Windward 3, Regatta Office Park, P.O. Box 1350, 75Fort Street, Grand Cayman KY1-1108, Cayman Islands.

The Company is an investment holding company. During the Relevant Periods, the Company’s subsidiaries were involved in the following principal activities in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”):

- Ecological forest plantation business; - Urban and rural greening business; - Ecological restoration business; and - Others, mainly seedling and hotel business

The Company and its subsidiaries now comprising the Group underwent the Reorganisation as set out in the paragraph headed “Reorganisation” in the section headed “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure” in the Document. Apart from the Reorganisation, the Company has not commenced any business or operation since its incorporation.

As at the end of the Relevant Period, the Company had direct and indirect interests in its subsidiaries, all of which are private limited liability companies (or, if incorporated outside Hong Kong, have substantially similar characteristics to a private company incorporated in Hong Kong), the particulars of which are set out below:

Nominal value Place and date of of issued Percentage of incorporation/ ordinary/ equity attributable registration and registered share to the Company Principal Name place of operations capital Direct Indirect activities

China Hesheng Mengshu Ecological British Virgin Islands US$3 100.00% — Investment Company Limited 5 September 2017 holding (中國和盛蒙樹生態有限公司) (note (a))

Hesheng Mengshu Ecological (China) Hong Kong HK$102 — 100.00% Investment Company Limited 19 September 2016 holding (和盛蒙樹生態(中國)有限公司) (note (b))

Inner Mongolia He Yu Sheng Business PRC RMB1,000,000 — 100.00% Investment Consulting Co., Ltd 12 November 2018 holding (內蒙古和瑜盛商務諮詢有限公司) (note (a))

Mengshu Ecological Construction Group PRC RMB232,121,212 — 100.00% Seedling Co., Ltd.# (notes (c)(d)(e)) 29 October 2008 plantation and (蒙樹生態建設集團有限公司) sales

− I-13 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Nominal value Place and date of of issued Percentage of incorporation/ ordinary/ equity attributable registration and registered share to the Company Principal Name place of operations capital Direct Indirect activities

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological PRC RMB259,686,000 — 77.02% Ecological and Environment Co., Ltd.# (notes 12 December 2011 environmental (c)(d)(e)) protection and (內蒙古蒙樹生態環境有限公司) construction

Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng PRC RMB10,000,000 — 100.00% Agricultural Agricultural Technology Co., Ltd.# 21 June 2013 technology (note (a)) development (內蒙古和源谷盛農業科技有限公司)

Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological PRC RMB23,000,000 — 100.00% Research and Technology Research Institute Co., 21 January 2014 development Ltd.# (內蒙古和盛生態科技研究院有限公司) (notes (c)(d)(e))

Hesheng Ecological Dengkou Co., Ltd.# PRC RMB20,000,000 — 100.00% Seedling (notes (c)(d)(e)) 20 May 2015 plantation and (和盛生態磴口有限公司) sales

Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design Co., PRC RMB2,000,000 — 75.00% Landscape Ltd.# (note (a)) 17 August 2016 design (北京蒙樹景觀設計有限公司)

Beijing Mengshu Ecological PRC RMB200,000,000 — 100.00% Landscape Environmental Engineering Co., Ltd.# 16 October 2002 architecture (notes (c)(d)(e)) (北京蒙樹生態環境工程有限公司)

Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu PRC RMB60,601,300 — 95.00% Landscape Greenery Engineering Co., Ltd.# 24 March 2017 architecture (notes (c)(d)(e)) (內蒙古和盛蒙樹綠化工程有限公司)

Beijing Mengshu Investment Management PRC RMB30,000,000 — 100.00% Investment Co., Ltd.# (note (a)) 28 January 2016 management (北京蒙樹投資管理有限公司)

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Greenery PRC RMB2,000,000 — 100.00% Greenery Maintenance Service Co., Ltd.# 23 February 2017 maintenance (note (a)) (內蒙古蒙樹綠化養護服務有限公司)

Hulun Bei’er City Shengxin City PRC RMB31,062,557 — 98.01% Landscape Engineering Co., Ltd.# (notes (d)(e)) 14 December 2018 architecture (呼倫貝爾市盛新市政工程有限公司)

Chifeng Mengshu Landscape Co., Ltd.# PRC RMB5,000,000 — 100.00% Seedling (notes (d)(e)) 17 September 2018 plantation and (赤峰蒙樹景觀有限公司) sales

Mengshu Ecology (Guizhou) Co., Ltd.# PRC RMB100,000,000 — 90.00% Ecological and (notes (c) (d)(e)) 3 January 2018 environmental (蒙樹生態(貴州)有限公司) protection construction

− I-14 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Nominal value Place and date of of issued Percentage of incorporation/ ordinary/ equity attributable registration and registered share to the Company Principal Name place of operations capital Direct Indirect activities

Hulun Bei’er City Haisheng Greenery PRC RMB10,000,000 — 95.00% Greenery Management Ltd. # 23 March 2018 maintenance (notes (c)(d)(e)) (呼倫貝爾市海盛綠化管理有限公司)

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape PRC RMB5,000,000 — 75.00% Landscape Planning and Design Art Co., Ltd.# 13 April 2006 design (notes (c)(d)(e)) (內蒙古蒙樹景觀規劃設計藝術有限公 司)

Chifeng City Mengzhishu Greenery PRC RMB120,000,000 — 99.90% Landscape Engineering Ltd. # (notes (d)(e)) 31 July 2019 architecture (赤峰市蒙之樹綠化工程有限責任公司)

Xun County Mengshu Forestry Co., Ltd. # PRC RMB109,587,800 — 94.90% Seedling (notes (d)(e)) 26 July 2019 cultivation (浚縣蒙樹林業有限公司)

Yu County Mengshu Landscaping PRC RMB136,008,900 — 89.90% Landscape Engineering Co., Ltd. # (notes (d)(e)) 13 June 2019 project (盂縣蒙樹景觀工程有限公司) maintenance

Shenzhen Kunxing No. 3 Partnership PRC RMB198,110,000 — 94.95% Investment (Limited Partnership)# (note (a)) 13 November 2018 and business (深圳坤行三號投資合夥企業(有限合 management 夥)) consultancy

Zhenning Autonomous County Mengshu PRC RMB117,000,000 — 89.90% Landscape Landscaping Construction Co., Ltd.# 6 December 2019 architecture (note (a)) (鎮甯自治縣蒙樹景觀建設有限公司)

Anqing City Mengshu Greenery PRC RMB37,319,932 — 79.00% Landscape Management Co., Ltd.# (note (e)) 13 December 2019 architecture (安慶市蒙樹綠化管理有限責任公司)

Inner Mongolia Yuanyuan Zhihui Cultural PRC RMB1,000,000 — 100.00% Property Tourism Development Ltd.# 20 December 2019 management (note (e)) (內蒙古園緣智匯文化旅遊開發有限責 任公司)

Hohhot Chengchi Phase I Industrial PRC RMB300,050,000 — 94.95% Investment Development Fund Investment Center 6 July 2018 management (Limited Partnership).# (note (a)) (呼和浩特市城池一期產業發展基金投 資中心(有限合夥))

# The English names of these companies represent the best effort made by management of the Company to directly translate the Chinese names as they did not register any official English names.

− I-15 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Notes:

(a) No audited financial statements have been prepared for these entities for the years ended 31 December 2018,2019 and 2020 as the entities were not subject to any statutory audit requirements under the relevant rules and regulations in their jurisdiction of incorporation.

(b) The statutory financial statements for the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 prepared under Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRSs”) were audited by Hengsheng Certified Public Accountants Co., Ltd. (恒晟會計師事務所有限公司), certified public accountants registered in Hong Kong.

(c) The statutory financial statements of these companies for the year ended 31 December 2018 prepared under PRC Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“PRC GAAP”) were audited by Morison (Beijing) Certified Public Accountants Co., Ltd., (華利信(北京)會計師事務所有限責任公司), certified public accountants registered in the PRC.

(d) The statutory financial statements of these companies for the year ended 31 December 2019 prepared under PRC GAAP were audited by Inner Mongolia Junye Accounting Firm (內蒙古君曄會計師事務所), certified public accountants registered in the PRC.

(e) The statutory financial statements of these companies for the year ended 31 December 2020 prepared under PRC GAAP were audited by Inner Mongolia Junye Accounting Firm (內蒙古君曄會計師事務所), certified public accountants registered in the PRC.

2.1 BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Pursuant to the Reorganisation as more fully explained in the paragraph headed “Reorganisation” in the section headed “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure” in the Document, the Company became the holding company of the companies now comprising the Group on 26 June 2018. The Reorganisation only involved inserting new holding entities at the top of an existing company and has not resulted in any change of economic substance before and after the Reorganisation.

Accordingly, the Historical Financial Information is prepared as if the current group structure had been in existence throughout the Relevant Periods. The consolidated statements of financial position as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 have been prepared to present the assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries using the existing book values from the controlling shareholders’ perspective. No adjustments are made to reflect fair values, or to recognise any new assets or liabilities as a result of the Reorganisation.

Equity interests in subsidiaries and/or businesses held by parties other than the controlling shareholders prior to the Reorganisation are presented as non-controlling interests in equity.

All intra-group transactions and balances have been eliminated on combination.

− I-16 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

2.2 BASIS OF PREPARATION

The Historical Financial Information has been prepared in accordance with HKFRSs (which include all Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards, Hong Kong Accounting Standards (“HKASs”) and Interpretations) issued by the HKICPA and accounting principles generally accepted in Hong Kong. All HKFRSs effective for the accounting period commencing from 1 January 2020, together with the relevant transitional provisions, have been early adopted by the Group in the preparation of the Historical Financial Information throughout the Relevant Periods.

The Historical Financial Information has been prepared under the historical cost convention except for biological assets which have been measured at fair value less costs to sell and certain financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss which have been measured at fair value.

2.3 ISSUED BUT NOT YET EFFECTIVE HONG KONG FINANCIAL REPORTINGS STANDARDS

The Group has not applied the following new and revised HKFRSs, that have been issued but are not yet effective, in this Historical Financial Information.

Amendments to HKFRS 9, Interest Rate Benchmark Reform — Phase 21 HKAS 39 HKFRS 7, HKFRS 4 and HKFRS 16 Amendment to HKFRS 16 Covid-19-Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 20212 Amendments to HKFRS 3 Reference to the Conceptual Framework3 Amendments to HKAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use3 Amendments to HKAS 37 Onerous Contracts - Cost of Fulfilling a Contract3 Amendments to HKFRS 10 Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its and HKAS 28 (2011) Associate or Joint Venture4 Amendments to HKAS 1 Disclosure of Accounting Policies5 Amendments to HKAS 8 Definition of Accounting Estimates5 HKFRS 17 Insurance Contracts5 Amendments to HKAS 12 Deferred tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a single Transaction5 Amendments to HKFRS 17 Insurance Contracts5,6 Amendments to HKAS 1 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current5,7 Annual Improvements to Amendments to HKFRS 1, HKFRS 9, Illustrative Examples HKFRSs 2018-2020 accompanying HKFRS 16, and HKAS 413 Amendments to IFRS 4 Extension of the Temporary Exemption from Applying IFRS 95

− I-17 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

1 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021 2 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 April 2021 3 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022 4 No mandatory effective date yet determined but available for adoption 5 Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023 6 As a consequence of the amendments to HKFRS 17 issued in October 2020, HKFRS 4 was amended to extend the temporary exemption that permits insurers to apply HKAS 39 rather than HKFRS 9 for annual periods beginning before 1 January 2023 7 As a consequence of the amendments to HKAS 1, Hong Kong Interpretation 5 Presentation of Financial Statements — Classification by the Borrower of a Term Loan that Contains a Repayment on Demand Clause was revised in October 2020 to align the corresponding wordings with no change in conclusion

The Group is in the process of making an assessment of the impact of these new and revised HKFRSs upon initial application. So far, it has concluded that the adoption of them will not have a material impact on the Group’s financial position and financial performance.

2.4 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Investments in associates and joint ventures

An associate is an entity in which the Group has a long-term interest of generally not less than 20% of the equity voting rights and over which it is in a position to exercise significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint control over those policies.

A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint venture. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

The Group’s investments in associates and joint ventures are stated in the consolidated statement of financial position at the Group’s share of net assets under the equity method of accounting, less any impairment losses. Adjustments are made to bring into line any dissimilar accounting policies that may exist.

The Group’s share of the post-acquisition results and other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures is included in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. In addition, when there has been a change recognised directly in the equity of the associate or joint venture, the Group recognises its share of any changes, when applicable, in the consolidated statement of changes in equity. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and its associates or joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s investments in the associates or joint ventures, except where unrealised losses provide evidence of an impairment of the assets transferred. Goodwill arising from the acquisition of associates or joint ventures is included as part of the Group’s investments in associates or joint ventures.

− I-18 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

If an investment in an associate becomes an investment in a joint venture or vice versa, the retained interest is not remeasured. Instead, the investment continues to be accounted for under the equity method. In all other cases, upon loss of significant influence over the associate or joint control over the joint venture, the Group measures and recognises any retained investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the associate or joint venture upon loss of significant influence or joint control and the fair value of the retained investment and [REDACTED] from disposal is recognised in profit or loss.

When an investment in an associate or a joint venture is classified as held for sale, it is accounted for in accordance with HKFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations.

Business combinations and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred is measured at the acquisition date fair value which is the sum of the acquisition date fair values of assets transferred by the Group, liabilities assumed by the Group to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. For each business combination, the Group elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree that are present ownership interests and entitle their holders to a proportional share of net assets in the event of liquidation at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. All other components of non-controlling interests are measured at fair value. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.

The Group determines that it has acquired a business when the acquired set of activities and assets includes an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the financial assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts of the acquiree.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the previously held equity interest is remeasured at its acquisition date fair value and any resulting gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer is recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration classified as an asset or liability is measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not remeasured and subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity.

Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred, the amount recognised for non-controlling interests and any fair value of the Group’s previously held equity interests in the acquiree over the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If the sum of this consideration and other items is lower than the fair value of the net assets acquired, the difference is, after reassessment, recognised in profit or loss as a gain on bargain purchase.

− I-19 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. The Group performs its annual impairment test of goodwill as at 31 December. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units, or groups of cash- generating units, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the Group are assigned to those units or groups of units.

Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units) to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit (group of cash-generating units) is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. An impairment loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

Where goodwill has been allocated to a cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units) and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation when determining the gain or loss on the disposal. Goodwill disposed of in these circumstances is measured based on the relative value of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

Fair value measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either in the principal market for the asset or liability, or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible by the Group. The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

Level 1 — based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

− I-20 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Level 2 — based on valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is observable, either directly or indirectly

Level 3 — based on valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

Impairment of non-financial assets

Where an indication of impairment exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required (other than inventories, contract assets, financial assets and goodwill), the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s value in use and its fair value less costs of disposal, and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets, in which case the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs.

An impairment loss is recognised only if the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. An impairment loss is charged to profit or loss in the period in which it arises in those expense categories consistent with the function of the impaired asset.

An assessment is made at the end of each reporting period as to whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such an indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognised impairment loss of an asset other than goodwill is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount of that asset, but not to an amount higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined (net of any depreciation/amortisation) had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years. A reversal of such an impairment loss is credited to profit or loss in the period in which it arises.

Related parties

A party is considered to be related to the Group if:

(a) the party is a person or a close member of that person’s family and that person

(i) has control or joint control over the Group;

(ii) has significant influence over the Group; or

− I-21 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(iii) is a member of the key management personnel of the Group or of a parent of the Group;

or

(b) the party is an entity where any of the following conditions applies:

(i) the entity and the Group are members of the same group;

(ii) one entity is an associate or joint venture of the other entity (or of a parent, subsidiary or fellow subsidiary of the other entity);

(iii) the entity and the Group are joint ventures of the same third party;

(iv) one entity is a joint venture of a third entity and the other entity is an associate of the third entity;

(v) the entity is a post-employment benefit plan for the benefit of employees of either the Group or an entity related to the Group;

(vi) the entity is controlled or jointly controlled by a person identified in (a);

(vii) a person identified in (a)(i) has significant influence over the entity or is a member of the key management personnel of the entity (or of a parent of the entity); and

(viii) the entity, or any member of a group of which it is a part, provides key management personnel services to the Group or to the parent of the Group.

Property, plant and equipment and depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, other than construction in progress, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. When an item of property, plant and equipment is classified as held for sale or when it is part of a disposal group classified as held for sale, it is not depreciated and is accounted for in accordance with HKFRS 5. The cost of an item of property, plant and equipment comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition and location for its intended use.

Expenditure incurred after items of property, plant and equipment have been put into operation, such as repairs and maintenance, is normally charged to profit or loss in the period in which it is incurred. In situations where the recognition criteria are satisfied, the expenditure for a major inspection is capitalised in the carrying amount of the asset as a replacement. Where significant parts of property, plant and equipment are required to be replaced at intervals, the Group recognises such parts as individual assets with specific useful lives and depreciates them accordingly. Depreciation is

− I-22 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT calculated on the straight-line basis to write off the cost of each item of property, plant and equipment to its residual value over its estimated useful life. The depreciation rates of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

Buildings and structures 4.75% Plant and machinery 9.50% Office equipment 19.00% Motor vehicles 19.00%

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, the cost of that item is allocated on a reasonable basis among the parts and each part is depreciated separately. Residual values, useful lives and the depreciation method are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at least at each financial year end.

An item of property, plant and equipment including any significant part initially recognised is derecognised upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss on disposal or retirement recognised in profit or loss in the year the asset is derecognised is the difference between the net sales [REDACTED] and the carrying amount of the relevant asset.

Construction in progress represents plants and properties under construction, which are stated at cost less any impairment losses, and are not depreciated. Cost comprises the direct costs of construction and capitalised borrowing costs on related borrowed funds during the period of construction. Construction in progress is reclassified to the appropriate category of property, plant and equipment when completed and ready for use.

Intangible assets (other than goodwill)

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value at the date of acquisition. The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed to be either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with finite lives are subsequently amortised over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortisation period and the amortisation method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at each financial year end.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for impairment annually either individually or at the cash-generating unit level. Such intangible assets are not amortised. The useful life of an intangible asset with an indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life assessment continues to be supportable. If not, the change in the useful life assessment from indefinite to finite is accounted for on a prospective basis.

Computer software

Acquired computer software is capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are amortised on the straight-line basis over its estimated useful life of 10 years.

− I-23 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Licenses

Purchased licenses are stated at cost less any impairment losses and are not amortised as they have indefinite useful lives.

Research and development costs

All research costs are charged to profit or loss as incurred.

Expenditure incurred on projects to develop new products is capitalised and deferred only when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete the project and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure during the development. Product development expenditure which does not meet these criteria is expensed when incurred.

Deferred development costs are stated at cost less any impairment losses and are amortised using the straight-line basis over the commercial lives of the underlying products not exceeding five to seven years, commencing from the date when the products are put into commercial production.

Leases

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

Group as a lessee

The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short-term leases and leases of low-value assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities to make lease payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.

(a) Right-of-use assets

Right-of-use assets are recognised at the commencement date of the lease (that is the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Where applicable, the cost of a right-of-use asset also includes an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located. Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease terms and the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Buildings and structures 1 to 2 years Land use rights 2 to 50 years

− I-24 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the Group by the end of the lease term or the cost reflects the exercise of a purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset.

(b) Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are recognised at the commencement date of the lease at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Group and payments of penalties for termination of a lease, if the lease term reflects the Group exercising the option to terminate the lease. The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in lease payments (e.g., a change to future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate) or a change in assessment of an option to purchase the underlying asset.

(c) Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets

The Group applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of motor vehicles and other equipment (that is those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the recognition exemption for leases of low-value assets to leases of machinery, equipment, office equipment and laptop computers that are considered to be of low value.

Lease payments on short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised as an expense or cost of construction contracts on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Investments and other financial assets

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial assets are classified, at initial recognition, as subsequently measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income, and fair value through profit or loss.

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the Group’s business model for managing them. With the exception of trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has applied the practical expedient of not adjusting the effect of a significant financing component, the Group initially measures a financial asset at its fair value, plus in the case of a

− I-25 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Group has applied the practical expedient are measured at the transaction price determined under HKFRS 15 in accordance with the policies set out for “Revenue recognition” below.

In order for a financial asset to be classified and measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income, it needs to give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) on the principal amount outstanding. Financial assets with cash flows that are not SPPI are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss, irrespective of the business model.

The Group’s business model for managing financial assets refers to how it manages its financial assets in order to generate cash flows. The business model determines whether cash flows will result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling the financial assets, or both. Financial assets classified and measured at amortised cost are held within a business model with the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, while financial assets classified and measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are held within a business model with the objective of both holding to collect contractual cash flows and selling. Financial assets which are not held within the aforementioned business models are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss.

All regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on the trade date, that is, the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Regular way purchases or sales are purchases or sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within the period generally established by regulation or convention in the marketplace.

Subsequent measurement

The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification as follows:

Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments)

Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured using the effective interest method and are subject to impairment. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the asset is derecognised, modified or impaired.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are carried in the statement of financial position at fair value with net changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

This category includes derivative instruments and equity investments which the Group had not irrevocably elected to classify at fair value through other comprehensive income. Dividends on equity investments classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are also recognised as other income in profit or loss when the right of payment has been established, it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the Group and the amount of the dividend can be measured reliably.

− I-26 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

A derivative embedded in a hybrid contract, with a financial liability or non-financial host, is separated from the host and accounted for as a separate derivative if the economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to the host; a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative; and the hybrid contract is not measured at fair value through profit or loss. Embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss. Reassessment only occurs if there is either a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise be required or a reclassification of a financial asset out of the fair value through profit or loss category.

A derivative embedded within a hybrid contract containing a financial asset host is not accounted for separately. The financial asset host together with the embedded derivative is required to be classified in its entirety as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss.

Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is primarily derecognised (i.e., removed from the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position) when:

• the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired; or

• the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset or has assumed an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without material delay to a third party under a “pass-through” arrangement; and either (a) the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) the Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

When the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset or has entered into a pass-through arrangement, it evaluates if and to what extent it has retained the risk and rewards of ownership of the asset. When it has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset nor transferred control of the asset, the Group continues to recognise the transferred asset to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement. In that case, the Group also recognises an associated liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained.

Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.

Impairment of financial assets

The Group recognises an allowance for expected credit losses (“ECLs”) for all debt instruments not held at fair value through profit or loss. ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Group expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original effective interest rate. The expected cash flows will include cash flows from the sale of collateral held or other credit enhancements that are integral to the contractual terms.

− I-27 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

General approach

ECLs are recognised in two stages. For credit exposures for which there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses that result from default events that are possible within the next 12 months (a 12-month ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, a loss allowance is required for credit losses expected over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the default (a lifetime ECL).

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether the credit risk on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition. When making the assessment, the Group compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the reporting date with the risk of a default occurring on the financial instrument as at the date of initial recognition and considers reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort, including historical and forward-looking information.

The Group considers a financial asset in default when contractual payments are 90 days past due. However, in certain cases, the Group may also consider a financial asset to be in default when internal or external information indicates that the Group is unlikely to receive the outstanding contractual amounts in full before taking into account any credit enhancements held by the Group. A financial asset is written off when there is no reasonable expectation of recovering the contractual cash flows.

Debt investments at fair value through other comprehensive income and financial assets at amortised cost are subject to impairment under the general approach and they are classified within the following stages for measurement of ECLs except for trade receivables and contract assets which apply the simplified approach as detailed below.

Stage 1 — Financial instruments for which credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition and for which the loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to 12-month ECLs

Stage 2 — Financial instruments for which credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition but that are not credit- impaired financial assets and for which the loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs

Stage 3 — Financial assets that are credit-impaired at the reporting date (but that are not purchased or originated credit-impaired) and for which the loss allowance is measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs

Simplified approach

For trade receivables and contract assets that do not contain a significant financing component or when the Group applies the practical expedient of not adjusting the effect of a significant financing component, the Group applies the simplified approach in calculating ECLs. Under the simplified approach, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

− I-28 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Financial liabilities

Initial recognition and measurement

Financial liabilities are classified, at initial recognition, as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, or as derivatives designated as hedging instruments in an effective hedge, as appropriate.

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and, in the case of loans and borrowings, net of directly attributable transaction costs.

The Group’s financial liabilities include trade and bills payables, other payables, interest-bearing bank and other borrowings, amounts due to third parties and lease liabilities.

Subsequent measurement

The subsequent measurement of loans and borrowings as follows:

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit and loss.

Financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit and loss are designated at the initial date of recognition, and only if the criteria in HKFRS 9 are satisfied. Gains or losses on liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in the statement of profit or loss, except for the gains or losses arising from the Group’s own credit risk which are presented in other comprehensive income with no subsequent reclassification to the statement of profit or loss. The net fair value gain or loss recognised in the statement of profit or loss does not include any interest charged on these financial liabilities.

Financial liabilities at amortised cost (loans and borrowings)

After initial recognition, interest-bearing bank and other borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised cost, using the effective interest rate method unless the effect of discounting would be immaterial, in which case they are stated at cost. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognised as well as through the effective interest rate amortisation process.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the effective interest rate. The effective interest rate amortisation is included in finance costs in profit or loss.

− I-29 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Derecognition of financial liabilities

A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled, or expires.

When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and a recognition of a new liability, and the difference between the respective carrying amounts is recognised in profit or loss.

Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the statement of financial position if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

Biological assets

The Group’s biological assets mainly comprise seedlings and are classified as current assets. Seedlings are measured on initial recognition and at the end of each of the Relevant Periods at their fair value less costs to sell, with any resultant gain or loss recognised in profit or loss for the year in which it arises.

The cultivation costs and other related costs including the depreciation charge, staff costs, utilities costs and consumables incurred for growing seedlings are capitalised, until such time the seedlings mature and are ready for use.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined on the first-in, first-out basis and, in the case of work in progress and finished goods, comprises direct materials, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of overheads. Net realisable value is based on estimated selling prices less any estimated costs to be incurred to completion and disposal.

Cash and cash equivalents

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, and short term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash, are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and have a short maturity of generally within three months when acquired, less bank overdrafts which are repayable on demand and form an integral part of the Group’s cash management.

For the purpose of the consolidated statement of financial position, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and at banks, including term deposits, and assets similar in nature to cash, which are not restricted as to use.

− I-30 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Provisions

A provision is recognised when a present obligation (legal or constructive) has arisen as a result of a past event and it is probable that a future outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, provided that a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

When the effect of discounting is material, the amount recognised for a provision is the present value at the end of the reporting period of the future expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation. The increase in the discounted present value amount arising from the passage of time is included in finance costs in profit or loss.

Income tax

Income tax comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax relating to items recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss, either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

Current tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period, taking into consideration interpretations and practices prevailing in the countries in which the Group operates.

Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences at the end of the reporting period between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences, except:

• when the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

• in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, when the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

− I-31 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences, and the carryforward of unused tax credits and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carryforward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except:

• when the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and

• in respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each reporting period and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at the end of each reporting period and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if and only if the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax liabilities or assets are expected to be settled or recovered.

Government grants

Government grants are recognised at their fair value where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attaching conditions will be complied with. When the grant relates to an expense item, it is recognised as income on a systematic basis over the periods that the costs, for which it is intended to compensate, are expensed.

Where the grant relates to an asset, the fair value is credited to a deferred income account and is released to profit or loss over the expected useful life of the relevant asset by equal annual instalments or deducted from the carrying amount of the asset and released to profit or loss by way of a reduced depreciation charge.

− I-32 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Revenue recognition

Revenue from contracts with customers

Revenue from contracts with customers is recognised when control of goods or services is transferred to the customers at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

When the consideration in a contract includes a variable amount, the amount of consideration is estimated to which the Group will be entitled in exchange for transferring the goods or services to the customer. The variable consideration is estimated at contract inception and constrained until it is highly probable that a significant revenue reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the associated uncertainty with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved.

When the contract contains a financing component which provides the customer with a significant benefit of financing the transfer of goods or services to the customer for more than one year, revenue is measured at the present value of the amount receivable, discounted using the discount rate that would be reflected in a separate financing transaction between the Group and the customer at contract inception. When the contract contains a financing component which provides the Group with a significant financial benefit for more than one year, revenue recognised under the contract includes the interest expense accreted on the contract liability under the effective interest method. For a contract where the period between the payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised goods or services is one year or less, the transaction price is not adjusted for the effects of a significant financing component, using the practical expedient in HKFRS 15.

(a) Construction services

Revenue from the provision of construction services is recognised over time, using an input method to measure progress towards complete satisfaction of the service, because the Group’s performance creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the asset is created or enhanced. The input method recognises revenue based on the proportion of the actual costs incurred relative to the estimated total costs for satisfaction of the construction services.

Claims to customers are amounts that the Group seeks to collect from the customers as reimbursement of costs and margins for scope of works not included in the original construction contract. Claims are accounted for as variable consideration and constrained until it is highly probable that a significant revenue reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognised will not occur when the associated uncertainty with the variable consideration is subsequently resolved. The Group uses the expected value method to estimate the amounts of claims because this method best predicts the amount of variable consideration to which the Group will be entitled.

− I-33 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(b) Provision of operating services

Revenue from the provision of operating services is recognised over time, using input method to measure progress towards complete satisfaction of the service because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Group. The input method recognises revenue based on the proportion of the actual costs incurred relative to the estimated total costs for satisfaction of the operating services.

(c) Sale of goods

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised at the point in time when control of the asset is transferred to the customer, generally on delivery of the goods.

Some contracts for the sale of goods provide customers with rights of return. The rights of return give rise to variable consideration.

• Rights of return

For contracts which provide a customer with a right to return the goods within a specified period, the expected value method is used to estimate the goods that will not be returned because this method best predicts the amount of variable consideration to which the Group will be entitled. The requirements in HKFRS 15 on constraining estimates of variable consideration are applied in order to determine the amount of variable consideration that can be included in the transaction price. For goods that are expected to be returned, instead of revenue, a refund liability is recognised. A right-of-return asset (and the corresponding adjustment to cost of sales) is also recognised for the right to recover products from a customer.

Service concession arrangements

The Group manages concession arrangements which include the construction of certain environmental and/or infrastructural followed by a period in which the Group maintains and services the environmental and/or infrastructural (the “Public Private Partnership Arrangement”, or the “PPP”). These concession arrangements set out rights and obligations relative the environmental and/or infrastructural and the services to be provided.

For fulfilling those obligations, the Group is entitled to receive cash from the grantor or a contractual right to charge the users of the service. The consideration received or receivable is allocated by reference to the relative fair values of the services provided, typically a construction component and a service element for operating and maintenance service performed.

(a) Construction services

Revenue from the construction services under the concession agreements is estimated on a cost-plus basis with reference to the prevailing market rate of gross margin at the date of the agreement applicable to similar construction services rendered in similar locations, and is recognised

− I-34 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT using the input method, measured by reference to the proportion of costs incurred to date to the estimated total cost of the relevant construction services. Costs relating to construction comprise direct materials, the costs of subcontracting, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed construction overheads.

(b) Operating services

Revenue relating to operating services is accounted for in accordance with the policy for “Revenue recognition”. Costs for operating services are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

A financial asset (financial receivable) is recognised to the extent that the Group has an unconditional right to receive cash or another financial asset from or at the direction of the Grantors for the construction services rendered and/or the consideration paid and payable by the Group for the rights to operate the environmental and/or infrastructural, and the Grantors have little, if any, discretion to avoid payment, usually because the agreements are enforceable by law. The Group has an unconditional right to receive cash if the Grantors contractually guarantee to pay the Group specified or determinable amounts even if the payment is contingent on the Group ensuring that the environmental and/or infrastructural meets specified quality of efficiency requirements. The financial asset (financial receivable) is accounted for in accordance with the policy set out for Financial assets at amortised cost (debt instruments) under “Investments and other financial assets”

Other income

Interest income is recognised on an accrual basis using the effective interest method by applying the rate that exactly discounts the estimated future cash receipts over the expected life of the financial instrument or a shorter period, when appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

Dividend income is recognised when the shareholder’s right to receive payment has been established, it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the Group and the amount of the dividend can be measured reliably.

Contract assets

A contract asset is the right to consideration in exchange for goods or services transferred to the customer. If the Group performs by transferring goods or services to a customer before the customer pays consideration or before payment is due, a contract asset is recognised for the earned consideration that is conditional. Contract assets are subject to impairment assessment, details of which are included in the accounting policies for impairment of financial assets.

Contract liabilities

A contract liability is recognised when a payment is received or a payment is due (whichever is earlier) from a customer before the Group transfers the related goods or services. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue when the Group performs under the contract (i.e., transfers control of the related goods or services to the customer).

− I-35 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Contract costs

Other than the costs which are capitalised as inventories, property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, costs incurred to fulfil a contract with a customer are capitalised as an asset if all of the following criteria are met:

(a) The costs relate directly to a contract or to an anticipated contract that the entity can specifically identify.

(b) The costs generate or enhance resources of the entity that will be used in satisfying (or in continuing to satisfy) performance obligations in the future.

(c) The costs are expected to be recovered.

The capitalised contract costs are amortised and charged to profit or loss on a systematic basis that is consistent with the transfer to the customer of the goods or services to which the asset relates. Other contract costs are expensed as incurred.

Share-based payments

The Company operates a share option scheme for the purpose of providing incentives and rewards to eligible participants who contribute to the success of the Group’s operations. Employees (including directors) of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render services as consideration for equity instruments (“equity-settled transactions”).

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by an external valuer using a binomial model, further details of which are given in note 36 to the Historical Financial Information.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised in employee benefit expense, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at the end of each reporting period until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The charge or credit to profit or loss for a period represents the movement in the cumulative expense recognised as at the beginning and end of that period.

Service and non-market performance conditions are not taken into account when determining the grant date fair value of awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value. Any other conditions attached to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting conditions. Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and lead to an immediate expensing of an award unless there are also service and/or performance conditions.

− I-36 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

For awards that do not ultimately vest because non-market performance and/or service conditions have not been met, no expense is recognised. Where awards include a market or non-vesting condition, the transactions are treated as vesting irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the terms had not been modified, if the original terms of the award are met. In addition, an expense is recognised for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based payments, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised for the award is recognised immediately. This includes any award where non-vesting conditions within the control of either the Group or the employee are not met. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and is designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of earnings per share.

Other employee benefits

Pension scheme

The employees of the Group’s subsidiaries which operate in Mainland China are required to participate in a central pension scheme operated by the local municipal government. The subsidiaries are required to contribute a certain percentage of their payroll costs to the central pension scheme. The contributions are charged to profit or loss as they become payable in accordance with the rules of the central pension scheme.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, i.e., assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are capitalised as part of the cost of those assets. The capitalisation of such borrowing costs ceases when the assets are substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs capitalised. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

Dividends

Final dividends are recognised as a liability when they are approved by the shareholders in a general meeting.

− I-37 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Interim dividends are simultaneously proposed and declared, because the Company’s memorandum and articles of association grant the directors the authority to declare interim dividends. Consequently, interim dividends are recognised immediately as a liability when they are proposed and declared.

Foreign currencies

The Historical Financial Information is presented in RMB. Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency. Foreign currency transactions recorded by the entities in the Group are initially recorded using their respective functional currency rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency rates of exchange ruling at the end of each of the Relevant Periods. Differences arising on settlement or translation of monetary items are recognised in profit or loss.

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and their accompanying disclosures, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of the assets or liabilities affected in the future.

Judgements

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, apart from those involving estimations, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognised in the Historical Financial Information:

Accounting for service concession arrangements

The Group engages in certain service concession arrangements in which the Group carries out construction work of environmental and/or infrastructure assets for the local government authorities (the “Grantors”) and receives in return the rights to provide operating and/or maintenance services for the environmental and/or infrastructure assets concerned in accordance with the pre-established conditions set by the Grantors. In accordance with HKFRIC 12 Service Concession Arrangements, the environmental and/or infrastructure assets under the service concession arrangements may be classified as intangible assets or financial assets. The environmental and/or infrastructure assets are classified as intangible assets if the Group receives a right to charge the users of the public service or if the Grantors remunerate the Group on the basis of the extent of use of the environmental and/or infrastructure assets by users, but with no guarantees as to the amounts that will be paid to the Group. Whenever only part of the investment by the Group under these service concession arrangements is covered by a payment commitment from the Grantors, it is recognised as a financial receivable up to the amount guaranteed by the Grantors, and as an intangible asset for the balance. The Group recognises a financial receivable if it has an unconditional contractual right under the service concession arrangements to receive a determinable amount of payments during the concession period irrespective of the usage of the municipal infrastructure. Subsequent to initial recognition, the

− I-38 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT financial receivable is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Revenue from the construction service under the terms of service concession arrangements is estimated on a cost-plus basis with reference to a prevailing market rate of gross margin at the date of agreement applicable to similar construction services rendered in similar locations, and is recognised on the percentage of completion method, measured by reference to the proportion of costs incurred to date to the estimated total cost of the relevant construction services. The Group’s prevailing margins of gross construction margin were valued by Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited (“JLL”), an independent third-party valuer that has appropriate qualifications and recent experience in the valuation of gross construction margin. When the Group receives a payment during the concession period, it will apportion such payment among (i) a repayment of the financial receivables (if any), which will be used to reduce the carrying amount of the financial receivables on the statement of financial position, (ii) interest income, which will be recognised as revenue in profit or loss and (iii) revenue from operating and maintaining the environmental and/or infrastructure assets in profit or loss. Judgement and estimate is also exercised in determining the fair value of the financial receivables, discount rates, estimates of future cash flows used in the valuation process.

Estimation uncertainty

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the end of the reporting period, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year, are described below.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from construction contracts and service contracts are recognised on the basis of the entity’s actual costs incurred relative to the estimated total costs expected to the satisfaction of that performance obligation. Actual inputs in terms of total cost may be higher or lower than estimated at the end of the reporting period, which would affect the revenue and profit recognised in future years as an adjustment to the amounts recorded to date.

Impairment of goodwill

The Group determines whether goodwill is impaired at least on an annual basis. This requires an estimation of the value in use of the cash-generating units to which the goodwill is allocated. Estimating the value in use requires the Group to make an estimate of the expected future cash flows from the cash-generating unit and also to choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows. Details of goodwill are given in note 16 to the Historical Financial Information.

Provision for expected credit losses on trade and bill receivable and contract assets

The Group uses a provision matrix to calculate ECLs for trade receivables and contract assets. The provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments that have similar loss patterns (i.e. by customer type and rating).

− I-39 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The provision matrix is initially based on the Group’s historical observed default rates. The Group will calibrate the matrix to adjust the historical credit loss experience with forward-looking information. For instance, if forecast economic conditions (i.e., gross domestic product) are expected to deteriorate over the next year which can lead to an increased number of defaults, the historical default rates are adjusted. At each reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analysed.

The assessment of the correlation among historical observed default rates, forecast economic conditions and ECLs is a significant estimate. The amount of ECLs is sensitive to changes in circumstances and forecast economic conditions. The Group’s historical credit loss experience and forecast of economic conditions may also not be representative of a customer’s actual default in the future. The information about the ECLs on the Group’s contract assets and trade and bills receivable are disclosed in note 24 and 25 to the Historical Financial Information, respectively.

Impairment of non-financial assets (other than goodwill)

The Group assesses whether there are any indicators of impairment for all non-financial assets(including the right-of-use assets) at the end of each reporting period. Indefinite life intangible assets are tested for impairment annually and at other times when such an indicator exists. Other non-financial assets are tested for impairment when there are indicators that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment exists when the carrying value of an asset or a cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. The calculation of the fair value less costs of disposal is based on available data from binding sales transactions in an arm’s length transaction of similar assets or observable market prices less incremental costs for disposing of the asset. When value in use calculations are undertaken, management must estimate the expected future cash flows from the asset or cash-generating unit and choose a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present value of those cash flows.

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible temporary differences and all unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and the unused tax losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, based upon the likely timing and level of future taxable profits, which affects the probability of utilisation and the tax rate to be used in the calculations. Details of deferred tax assets are given in note 20 to the Historical Financial Information.

Share-based payments

The Group measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. Estimating fair value requires the Group to determine the most appropriate valuation model for a grant of equity instruments, which is dependent on the terms and conditions of the grant. This also requires the Group to determine the most appropriate inputs to the valuation model including the expected life of the option, volatility and dividend yield and making assumptions about them. Details of share-based payments are given in note 36 to the Historical Financial Information.

− I-40 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Fair value of biological assets

The Group’s biological assets are valued at fair value less costs to sell. The fair value of biological assets is determined based on either the market-determined prices as at the end of each of the Relevant Periods adjusted with reference to the age and growing diameter, or costs incurred. Any change in the estimates may affect the fair value of the biological assets. The independent qualified professional valuer and management review the assumptions and estimates periodically to identify any significant change in the fair value of biological assets. Details of assumptions used are disclosed in note 22 to the Historical Financial Information.

4. OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

For management purposes, the Group is organised into business units based on their products and services and has four reportable operating segments as follows:

• Ecological forest plantation business — Project-based ecological forest plantation service, including planning, construction and maintenance;

• Urban and rural greening business — Project-based urban and rural greening service, including design, construction and maintenance.

• Ecological restoration business — Project-based ecological restoration service, including planning, construction and maintenance; and

• Others — principally the Group’s seedling and hotel business.

Management monitors the results of the Group’s operating segments separately for the purpose of making decisions about resources allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on reportable segment profit/(loss), which is a measure of adjusted profit/(loss) for the year. The adjusted profit/(loss) for the year is measured consistently with the Group’s profit after tax except that interest income, finance costs, fair value adjustment of biological assets, and income tax expenses, as well as head office and corporate expenses are excluded from such measurement.

Intersegment sales and transfers are transacted with reference to the selling prices used for sales made to third parties at the then prevailing market prices.

− I-41 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Year ended 31 December 2018

Ecological Urban and forest rural Ecological plantation greening restoration business business business Others Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Segment revenue: Sales to external customers 188,361 135,174 31,888 6,500 361,923 Intersegment sales — — — 13,184 13,184

188,361 135,174 31,888 19,684 375,107 Reconciliation: Elimination of intersegment sales (13,184)

Revenue 361,923

Segment results 42,052 40,792 9,646 10,234 102,724 Reconciliation: Interest income 2,475 Finance costs (53,565) Share of loss of a joint venture (1,258) Share of profits of associates 1,957 Net change in fair value of biological assets 6,811 Corporate and other unallocated expenses (99,545)

Loss before tax (40,401) Income tax expense (7,971)

Loss for the year (48,372)

Other segment information: Depreciation and amortisation 3,262 2,341 552 6,981 13,136 Capital expenditure * 1,797 1,289 304 10,259 13,649

* Capital expenditure consists of cash paid for the purchase of property, plant and equipment, other intangible assets, and equity interests in subsidiaries.

− I-42 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Year ended 31 December 2019

Ecological Urban and forest rural Ecological plantation greening restoration business business business Others Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Segment revenue: Sales to external customers 423,765 186,942 134,850 13,269 758,826 Intersegment sales — — — 23,856 23,856

423,765 186,942 134,850 37,125 782,682 Reconciliation: Elimination of intersegment sales (23,856)

Revenue 758,826

Segment results 141,663 61,371 47,694 18,963 269,691 Reconciliation: Interest income 3,134 Finance costs (57,074) Share of loss of a joint venture (125) Share of profits of associates 10,081 Net change in fair value of biological assets 18,244 Corporate and other unallocated expenses (248,699)

Loss before tax (4,748) Income tax expense (34,499)

Loss for the year (39,247)

Other segment information: Depreciation and amortisation 1,250 551 398 12,754 14,953 Capital expenditure * 43,253 19,081 13,764 5,356 81,454

* Capital expenditure consists of cash paid for the purchase of property, plant and equipment, other intangible assets, principal portion of lease payments, and equity interests in associates.

− I-43 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Year ended 31 December 2020

Ecological Urban and forest rural Ecological plantation greening restoration business business business Others Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Segment revenue: Sales to external customers 591,051 128,387 57,015 36,003 812,456 Intersegment sales — — — 22,178 22,178

591,051 128,387 57,015 58,181 834,634 Reconciliation: Elimination of intersegment sales (22,178)

Revenue 812,456

Segment results 195,997 46,987 25,634 12,086 280,704 Reconciliation: Interest income 3,989 Finance costs (75,581) Share of loss of a joint venture (113) Share of profits of associates 9,491 Net change in fair value of biological assets 5,604 Corporate and other unallocated expenses (97,181)

Profit before tax 126,913 Income tax expense (38,826)

Profit for the year 88,087

Other segment information: Depreciation and amortisation 8,713 1,893 840 13,282 24,728 Capital expenditure * 72,480 15,744 6,992 2,604 97,820

* Capital expenditure consists of cash paid for the purchase of property, plant and equipment, other intangible assets, principal portion of lease payments, and equity interests in associates.

− I-44 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Geographical information a. Revenue from external customers

All the Group’s revenue is derived from customer based in the Mainland China. b. Non-current assets

All the Group’s non-current assets are located in the Mainland China.

Information about major customers

Revenue from customers individually contributing to over 10% of the Group’s total revenue during each of the Relevant Periods is as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Revenue from Ecological forest plantation business Customer A 66,715 Note Note Customer B 31,762 Note Note Customer C Note 266,722 216,400 Customer D Note Note 186,782

Revenue from Ecological restoration business Customer B 12,836 Note Note Customer E Note 122,823 Note

Note: The corresponding revenue did not contribute over 10% of the total revenue of the Group during the respective years. Accordingly, no disclosure is presented above.

5. REVENUE, OTHER INCOME AND GAINS

An analysis of revenue is as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Revenue from contracts with customers 348,932 735,953 760,802 Revenue from other sources Financial income 12,991 22,873 51,654

361,923 758,826 812,456

− I-45 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Revenue from contracts with customers

(i) Disaggregated revenue information

For the year ended 31 December 2018

Ecological Urban and forest rural Ecological plantation greening restoration Segments business business business Others Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Types of goods or services Construction services 179,360 112,938 31,417 — 323,715 Operating services 4,669 14,048 — — 18,717 Sales of seedlings — — — 3,248 3,248 Sales of other goods — — — 935 935 Other services — — — 2,317 2,317

Total revenue from contracts with customers 184,029 126,986 31,417 6,500 348,932

Timing of revenue recognition Goods transferred at a point in time — — — 6,500 6,500 Services transferred over time 184,029 126,986 31,417 — 342,432

Total revenue from contracts with customers 184,029 126,986 31,417 6,500 348,932

− I-46 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

For the year ended 31 December 2019

Ecological Urban and forest rural Ecological plantation greening restoration Segments business business business Others Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Types of goods or services Construction services 408,127 163,968 132,558 — 704,653 Operating services 5,679 12,352 — — 18,031 Sales of seedlings — — — 10,928 10,928 Sales of other goods — — — 621 621 Other services — — — 1,720 1,720

Total revenue from contracts with customers 413,806 176,320 132,558 13,269 735,953

Timing of revenue recognition Goods transferred at a point in time — — — 13,269 13,269 Services transferred over time 413,806 176,320 132,558 — 722,684

Total revenue from contracts with customers 413,806 176,320 132,558 13,269 735,953

− I-47 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

For the year ended 31 December 2020

Ecological Urban and forest rural Ecological plantation greening restoration Segments business business business Others Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Types of goods or services Construction services 558,631 107,077 47,983 — 713,691 Operating services 2,810 8,298 — — 11,108 Sales of seedlings — — — 23,410 23,410 Sales of other goods — — — 613 613 Other services — — — 11,980 11,980

Total revenue from contracts with customers 561,441 115,375 47,983 36,003 760,802

Timing of revenue recognition Goods transferred at a point in time — — — 28,125 28,125 Services transferred over time 561,441 115,375 47,983 7,878 732,677

Total revenue from contracts with customers 561,441 115,375 47,983 36,003 760,802

The following table shows the amounts of revenue recognised in each of the Relevant Periods that were included in the contract liabilities at each of the Relevant Periods:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Construction services 4,896 1,430 3,679

− I-48 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(ii) Performance obligations

Information about the Group’s performance obligations is summarised below:

Construction services

The performance obligation is satisfied over time as the Group creates or enhances an asset that the customer controls as the assets is created or enhanced. Revenue is recognised on the basis of the entity’s actual costs incurred of a performance obligation relative to the total expected costs to the satisfaction of that performance obligation.

Operating services

Revenue from the provision of operating services is recognised on the basis of the entity’s actual costs incurred of a performance obligation relative to the total expected costs to the satisfaction of that performance obligation because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits provided by the Group.

Sale of products

The performance obligation is satisfied upon delivery of the products.

Service concession arrangements

The Group has entered into a number of service concession arrangements with the Grantors in respect of environmental and/or infrastructure assets. These service concession arrangements generally involve the Group as an operator in (i) constructing environmental and/or infrastructure assets for those arrangements; and (ii) operating the environmental and/or infrastructure assets on behalf of the Grantors for periods ranging from 8 to 25 years (the “Service Concession Periods”), and the Group will be paid for its services over the Service Concession Periods at prices stipulated through a pricing mechanism. Under these service concession arrangements, revenue represents: (i) an appropriate proportion of contract revenue from construction services; (ii) an appropriate proportion of contract revenue from operation of environmental and/or infrastructure assets; and (iii) financial income.

The amounts of transaction prices allocated to the remaining performance obligations (unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied) as at the end of each of the Relevant Periods are as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Construction services 689,528 3,443,260 3,119,830 Operating services 184,244 166,213 155,105

873,772 3,609,473 3,274,935

− I-49 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The amounts of transaction prices allocated to the remaining performance obligations are expected to be recognised as revenue in the following 2 and 25 years which are relating to construction and operating services, respectively. The amounts disclosed above do not include variable consideration which is constrained.

Other income and gains

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest income 2,475 3,134 3,989 Government grants related to — Recognition of deferred income (note 33) 1,196 378 1,091 — Income 1,500 1,666 348 Foreign exchange differences, net — — 35,767 Others 186 76 1,017

5,357 5,254 42,212

6. OTHER EXPENSES

An analysis of other expenses is as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Fair value changes on financial liabilities (note 37) — 133,650 — Taxes and surcharges other than income tax 833 1,847 6,684 Impairment loss for non-financial assets (2) 6,670 2,493 Foreign exchange differences, net 10,530 8,408 — Others 1,733 141 892

13,094 150,716 10,069

− I-50 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

7. PROFIT/LOSS BEFORE TAX

The Group’s profit/loss before tax is arrived at after charging/(crediting):

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Cost of sales: Cost of seedlings 3,248 10,927 23,410 Cost of construction contracts 249,124 481,758 499,617 Cost of operating services 13,809 13,071 8,217 Cost of goods sold 582 365 1,422 Cost of other services 512 481 14,124

267,275 506,602 546,790

Employee benefit expense (including directors’ remuneration (note 9)): — Wages, salaries, housing benefits and other allowances 37,904 43,864 52,633 — Retirement benefit contributions 5,207 5,236 985 — Share option scheme expense (note 36) — 1,663 6,787

43,111 50,763 60,405

Depreciation of items of property, plant and equipment (note 14) 8,274 8,459 18,027 Depreciation of right-of-use assets (note 15) 4,801 6,393 6,604 Amortisation of other intangible assets (note 17) 61 101 97 Foreign exchange differences, net 10,530 8,408 (35,767) Impairment of financial and contract assets, net: Impairment/(reversal of impairment) of trade and bill receivables, net 1,969 (581) 4,330 Impairment of contract assets , net 28,281 12,303 24,484 Impairment of other receivables, net 730 622 1,368 30,980 12,344 30,182 Impairment of prepayments — 6,650 2,572 (Reversal of provision)/write-down of inventories to net realisable value (2) 20 (79) Fair value changes on financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (note 37) — 133,650 — Lease payments not included in the measurement of lease liabilities (note a) 650 1,447 3,253 Auditors’ remuneration 52 102 100 [REDACTED] expenses [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED] Loss on disposal of items of property, plant and equipment 16 114 19 Educational surcharges, city construction tax and other taxes 833 1,847 6,684 Research and development costs: 3,861 4,934 8,163 Current year expenditure 6,172 8,848 10,642 Less: Deferred income released (note b/note 33) (2,311) (1,914) (2,479)

− I-51 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Notes:

(a) The Group recognized rental expenses from short-term leases and leases of low-value assets of RMB650,000, RMB1,447,000 and RMB3,253,000 for the year ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively. Further details of which are given in note 15 to the Historical Financial Information.

(b) Various government grants have been received by the Group to encourage its activities relating to ecological restoration. The government grants received have been deducted from the research and development costs to which they relate. Government grants received for which related expenditure has not yet been undertaken are included in deferred income in the statement of financial position. There are no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies relating to these grants.

8. FINANCE COSTS

An analysis of finance costs is as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest on bank and other borrowings 22,791 16,785 30,236 Interest on other financial liabilities (note 32) 28,541 34,957 39,265 Financial charges for other financial liabilities — 2,012 2,720 Interest on lease liabilities (note 15) 2,233 3,320 3,360

53,565 57,074 75,581

9. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION

The remuneration of each of the Company’s directors is set out below:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Fees 40 160 160 Other emoluments — Basic salaries, housing benefits, other allowances and benefits in kind 1,317 4,047 4,225 — Retirement scheme contributions 19 52 12 — Equity-settled share option expense — 1,026 4,180

1,376 5,285 8,577

− I-52 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

During the Relevant Periods, certain directors were granted share options, in respect of their services to the Group, under the share option scheme of the Company, further details of which are set out in note 36 to the Historical Financial Information. The fair values of such options, which have been recognised in profit or loss over the vesting period, were determined as at the date of grant and the amountss included in the Historical Financial Information for the Relevant Periods are included in the above directors’ remunerations disclosures.

Basic salaries, housing benefits, other allowances Retirement Equity-settled and benefits scheme share option Total Fees in kind contributions expense remuneration Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

2018 Executive director — Mr. Zhao Quansheng (also chief executive) a 40 1,317 19 — 1,376

Basic salaries, housing benefits, other allowances Retirement Equity-settled and benefits scheme share option Total Fees in kind contributions expense remuneration Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

2019 Executive directors — Mr. Zhao Quansheng (also chief executive) a 20 1,735 13 731 2,499 — Mr. Ma Liming b 20 936 13 183 1,152 — Ms. Tie Ying b 20 716 13 62 811 — Ms. Guo Jinchun b 20 660 13 50 743 Non-executive directors — Ms. Cui Hanzhang d 20———20 — Mr. Cheng Chileung,Alebert b 20———20 — Mr. Li Feng b/e 20———20 — Mr. Julian Juul Wolhardt c ————— —Mr.LiuXinb/e20———20

160 4,047 52 1,026 5,285

− I-53 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Basic salaries, housing benefits, other allowances Retirement Equity-settled and benefits scheme share option Total Fees in kind contributions expense remuneration Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

2020 Executive directors — Mr. Zhao Quansheng (also chief executive) a 20 1,683 3 2,947 4,653 — Mr. Ma Liming b 20 1,019 3 834 1,876 — Ms. Guo Jinchun b 20 785 3 179 987 — Ms. Tie Ying b 20 738 3 220 981 Non-executive directors — Ms. Cui Hanzhang d 20———20 — Mr.Cheng Chileung,Alebert b 20———20 — Mr. Li Feng b/e 20———20 —Mr.LiuXinb/e20———20

160 4,225 12 4,180 8,577

Notes:

a. On 14 August 2017, Mr. Zhao Quansheng was appointed as a director of the Company.

b. On 24 July 2019, Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun and Ms. Tie Ying were appointed as directors, while Mr. Cheng Chileung,Alebert , Mr. Liu Xin and Mr. Li Feng were appointed as directors of the Company.

c. On 24 July 2019, Mr. Julian Juul Wolhardt was appointed as a director of the Company. Mr. Julian Juul Wolhardt resigned as a director on 27 September 2019.

d. On 27 September 2019, Ms. Cui Hanzhang was appointed as a director of the Company.

e. On 4 December 2020, Mr. Liu Xin and Mr. Li Feng resigned as directors of the Company.

There was no arrangement under which a director or the chief executive waived or agreed to waive any remuneration during the Relevant Periods.

− I-54 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

10. FIVE HIGHEST PAID EMPLOYEES

The five highest paid employees during the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 included one, three and three director(s) respectively, details of whose remuneration are set out in note 9 above. Details of the remuneration for the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 of the remaining employees who are neither a director nor chief executive of the Company are as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Basic salaries, housing benefits, other allowances and benefits in kind 2,639 1,894 1,881 Retirement scheme contributions 73 51 5 Equity-settled share option expense — 201 1,167

2,712 2,146 3,053

The number of non-director and non-chief executive highest paid employees whose remuneration fell within the following bands is as follows:

Number of employees Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020

Nil to HK$1,000,000 4 1 — HK$1,000,001 to HK$1,500,000 — 1 2 Above HK$1,500,000 — — —

422

During the Relevant Periods, share options were granted to 2 non-director and non-chief executive highest paid employee in respect of their services to the Group, further details of which are included in the disclosures in note 36 to the Historical Financial Information. The fair value of such options, which has been recognised in profit or loss over the vesting period, was determined as at the date of grant and the amount included in the Historical Financial Information for the Relevant Periods is included in the above non-director and non-chief executive highest paid employees’ remuneration disclosures.

− I-55 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

11. INCOME TAX EXPENSE

The Group is subject to income tax on an entity basis on profits arising in or derived from the tax jurisdictions in which members of the Group are domiciled and operate. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Cayman Islands and the British Virgin Islands, the entities within the Group incorporated in the Cayman Islands and the British Virgin Islands are not subject to any income tax. The Group’s subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong are not liable for income tax as they did not generate any assessable profits arising in Hong Kong during the Relevant Periods.

The income tax provision of the Group’s subsidiaries established in the PRC in respect of its operation in Mainland China was calculated at the tax rate of 25% on their assessable profits for the Relevant Periods, if applicable, based on the existing legislation, interpretations and practice in respect thereof.

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Current - Mainland China Charge for the year 10,297 37,565 21,158 Deferred (note 20) (2,326) (3,066) 17,668

7,971 34,499 38,826

A reconciliation of the tax expense applicable to profit/(loss) before tax at the statutory rates for the country in which the Company and the majority of its subsidiaries are domiciled to the tax expense at the effective tax rates, are as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Profit/(loss) before tax (40,401) (4,748) 132,534

Tax at the statutory tax rate (25%) (10,100) (1,187) 33,133 Non-deductible items 10,335 44,789 5,224 Biological assets fair value adjustments 257 (335) 1,680 Effect of lower tax rates (a) 501 (7,371) (2,430) Effect of tax exemptions (a) 6,575 1,544 1,485 Profits and losses attributable to a joint venture and associates (b) (175) (2,489) (2,070) Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses (1,612) (311) Tax losses not recognised 578 1,160 2,115

7,971 34,499 38,826

− I-56 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Notes:

(a) Under the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Corporate Income Tax (“PRC CIT law”), except for a certain preferential tax treatment available to certain subsidiaries of the Group, the entities within the Group are subject to CIT at a rate of 25% on the taxable income as reported in their statutory accounts which are prepared in accordance with the PRC accounting standards and financial regulations.

In accordance with “The Notice of Preferential Tax Policy for Preliminary Processing of Forestry Products (國 家稅務總局《關於實施農、林、牧、漁業項目企業所得稅優惠問題的公告》)”, the group entities which were granted tax exemptions during the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 are listed below:

- Mengshu Ecological Construction Group Co., Ltd. (蒙樹生態建設集團有限公司) - Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng Agricultural Technology Co., Ltd. (內蒙古和源谷盛農業科技有限公司) - Hesheng Ecological Dengkou Co., Ltd. (和盛生態磴口有限公司) - Chifeng Mengshu Landscape Co., Ltd (赤峰蒙樹景觀有限公司)

The following listed group entities were granted lower tax rates in accordance with the PRC CIT law and “The Notice of Tax Policies relating to the Implementation of the Western China Development Strategy (財政部、海 關總署、國家稅務總局《關於深入實施西部大開發戰略有關稅收政策問題的通知》).”

- Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological Environment Co., Ltd. (“Inner Mongolia Mengshu”) (內蒙古蒙樹生態環境有限公司) - Mengshu Ecology (Guizhou) Co., Ltd. (蒙樹生態(貴州)有限公司)

(b) The share of tax attributable to a joint venture and associates for the Relevant Periods is included in “Share of profits and losses of a joint venture” and “Share of profits and losses of associates” in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

− I-57 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

12. DIVIDENDS

No dividends have been declared and paid by the Company since the date of its incorporation.

13. EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY EQUITY HOLDERS OF THE PARENT

The calculation of the basic earnings per share amounts is based on the profit/(loss) for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent of loss of RMB48,068,000, loss of RMB40,328,000 and profit of RMB93,101,000 and the weighted average number of ordinary shares of 229,880,000, 229,945,000, and 282,897,000 in issue during the years of 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

The calculation of the diluted earnings per share amounts is based on the profit/(loss) for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent. The weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation is the number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, as used in the basic earnings per share calculation, and the weighted average number of ordinary shares assumed to have been issued at no consideration on the deemed exercise or conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

No adjustment has been made to the basic profit/(loss) per share amounts presented for the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 in respect of a dilution as the impact of the Investor Class Share, and share options outstanding had an anti-dilutive effect on the basic loss per share amounts presented.

− I-58 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

14. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Buildings and Plant and Office Motor Construction structures machinery equipment vehicles in progress Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

31 December 2018 At 1 January 2018: Cost 77,795 7,963 11,054 6,146 5,515 108,473 Accumulated depreciation and impairment (20,327) (2,035) (3,199) (2,878) — (28,439)

Net carrying amount 57,468 5,928 7,855 3,268 5,515 80,034

At 1 January 2018, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment 57,468 5,928 7,855 3,268 5,515 80,034 Additions 154 570 1,224 — 8,164 10,112 Disposals — (14) (2) — — (16) Depreciation provided during the year (note 7) (5,410) (840) (1,206) (818) — (8,274) Transfers 7,552 — — — (7,552) —

59,764 5,644 7,871 2,450 6,127 81,856

At 31 December 2018, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment At 31 December 2018: Cost 85,501 8,485 12,115 6,146 6,127 118,374 Accumulated depreciation and impairment (25,737) (2,841) (4,244) (3,696) — (36,518)

Net carrying amount 59,764 5,644 7,871 2,450 6,127 81,856

− I-59 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Buildings and Plant and Office Motor Construction structures machinery equipment vehicles in progress Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

31 December 2019 At 1 January 2019: Cost 85,501 8,485 12,115 6,146 6,127 118,374 Accumulated depreciation and impairment (25,737) (2,841) (4,244) (3,696) — (36,518)

Net carrying amount 59,764 5,644 7,871 2,450 6,127 81,856

At 1 January 2019, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment 59,764 5,644 7,871 2,450 6,127 81,856 Additions 156,703 322 13,189 40 3,021 173,275 Disposals — (80) (33) (1) — (114) Depreciation provided during the year (note 7) (6,181) (778) (1,046) (454) — (8,459) Transfers 8,972 — — — (8,972) —

219,258 5,108 19,981 2,035 176 246,558

At 31 December 2019, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment At 31 December 2019: Cost 251,176 8,721 25,219 6,173 176 291,465 Accumulated depreciation and impairment (31,918) (3,613) (5,238) (4,138) — (44,907)

Net carrying amount 219,258 5,108 19,981 2,035 176 246,558

− I-60 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Buildings and Plant and Office Motor Construction structures machinery equipment Vehicles in progress Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

31 December 2020 At 1 January 2020: Cost 251,176 8,721 25,219 6,173 176 291,465 Accumulated depreciation and impairment (31,918) (3,613) (5,238) (4,138) — (44,907)

Net carrying amount 219,258 5,108 19,981 2,035 176 246,558

At 1 January 2020, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment 219,258 5,108 19,981 2,035 176 246,558 Additions 295 550 829 — 1,234 2,908 Disposals — (1) (18) — — (19) Depreciation provided during the year (note 7) (13,382) (1,219) (2,781) (645) — (18,027)

206,171 4,438 18,011 1,390 1,410 231,420

At 31 December 2020, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment At 31 December 2020: Cost 251,471 9,262 25,954 6,173 1,410 294,270 Accumulated depreciation and impairment (45,300) (4,824) (7,943) (4,783) — (62,850)

Net carrying amount 206,171 4,438 18,011 1,390 1,410 231,420

As of 31 December 2020, the Group is still in the process of applying title certificates for the Group’s buildings and structures of RMB8,674,695.

In November 2019, the Group acquired a hotel located in Hohhot, Inner Mongolia from the District Management Committee of Shengle Economic Park of Helinger County (和林格爾縣盛樂經 濟園區管委會), as the Company intended to render support to and benefit from the development of ecological tourism in Inner Mongolia in the near future. The acquisition was made at a consideration of approximately RMB163.9 million with reference to the appraisal reports prepared by an independent valuer.

− I-61 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

15. LEASES

The Group as a lessee

The Group has lease contracts for various items of land parcels and buildings, motor vehicles and other equipment used in its operations. Leases of land parcels and buildings generally have lease terms between 1 and 50 years, while motor vehicles and other equipment generally have lease terms of 12 months or less and/or are individually of low value. Generally, the Group is restricted from assigning and subleasing the leased assets outside the Group.

(a) Right-of-use assets

The carrying amounts of the Group’s right-of-use assets and the movements during the Relevant Periods are as follows:

Land Buildings Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

As at 1 January 2018 35,443 — 35,443 Additions 33,905 — 33,905 Depreciation charge (note 7) (4,801) — (4,801)

As at 31 December 2018 and 1 January 2019 64,547 — 64,547

Additions 21,150 524 21,674 Depreciation charge (note 7) (6,175) (218) (6,393)

As at 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 79,522 306 79,828

Early termination (3,086) — (3,086) Depreciation charge (note 7) (6,343) (261) (6,604)

As at 31 December 2020 70,093 45 70,138

In 2020, the Group terminated its’ lease contracts in relation to Weichang seedling garden and seedling garden and derecognized the right-of-use assets.

− I-62 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(b) Lease liabilities

The carrying amount of lease liabilities and the movements during the Relevant Periods are as follows:

2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Carrying amount at 1 January 12,063 41,991 58,488 New leases 33,905 21,674 — Early termination — — (1,887) Accretion of interest recognised during the year (note 8) 2,233 3,320 3,360 Payments (6,210) (8,497) (1,994)

Carrying amount at 31 December 41,991 58,488 57,967

Analysed into: Current portion 5,716 8,963 15,358 Non-current portion 36,275 49,525 42,609

The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is disclosed in note 45 to the Historical Financial Information.

(c) The amounts recognised in profit or loss in relation to leases are as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest on lease liabilities (note 8) 2,233 3,320 3,360 Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets (note 7) 4,801 6,393 6,604 Expense relating to short-term leases and leases of low-value assets (included in administrative expenses)(note 7) 650 1,447 3,253

Total amount recognised in profit or loss 7,684 11,160 13,217

(d) The total cash outflow for leases is disclosed in note 38(b) to the Historical Financial Information.

− I-63 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

16. GOODWILL

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Cost and carrying amount at 1 January 20,045 20,685 20,685 Acquisition of a subsidiary 640 — —

Cost and carrying amount at 31 December 20,685 20,685 20,685

During 2018, the Group acquired a 100% equity interest in Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Planning and Design Art Co., Ltd. (“Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design”) at a cash consideration of RMB700,000. Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design is mainly engaged in landscape design businesses. The acquisition gave rise to goodwill of RMB640,000.

Impairment testing of goodwill

For the purpose of impairment testing, the Group’s goodwill acquired through business combinations were related to each of the subsidiaries identified as a separate cash-generating unit (“CGU”). The recoverable amounts of these CGUs have been determined based on a value-in-use calculation using cash flow projections based on financial budgets covering a five-year period prepared by management.

As at 31 December 2018

Annual revenue Terminal growth growth Discount CGU Goodwill rate rate rate RMB’000

Beijing Mengshu Ecological 20,045 4.67% 3.00% 15.00% Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design 640 12.86% 3.00% 15.00%

− I-64 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

As at 31 December 2019

Annual revenue Terminal growth growth Discount CGU Goodwill rate rate rate RMB’000

Beijing Mengshu Ecological 20,045 3.56% 3.00% 15.00% Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design 640 3.00% 3.00% 15.00%

As at 31 December 2020

Annual revenue Terminal growth growth Discount CGU Goodwill rate rate rate RMB’000

Beijing Mengshu Ecological 20,045 3.49% 3.00% 15.00% Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design 640 3.00% 3.00% 15.00%

Assumptions were used in the value-in-use calculations of the above-mentioned CGUs for the Relevant Periods. The following describes each key assumption on which management had based its cash flow projections of the CGUs to undertake impairment testing of goodwill:

(a) Annual revenue growth rate — The predicted revenue growth rate for the five years subsequent to the date of assessment is based on the historical data and management’s expectation on the future market.

(b) Terminal growth rate — The growth rate used to extrapolate the cash flows beyond the five-year period is estimated to be 3.0% which has taken into consideration the prevailing industry practice.

(c) Discount rates — The discount rates used are before tax and reflect specific risks relating to the relevant unit.

The values assigned to the key assumptions on market development, discount rates and raw materials price inflation are consistent with external information sources.

− I-65 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

17. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Movements of other intangible assets are as follows:

Computer Qualification software License Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

31 December 2018 Cost at 1 January 2018, net of accumulated amortisation 500 — 500 Additions 436 3,000 3,436 Amortisation provided during the year (note 7) (61) — (61)

At 31 December 2018 875 3,000 3,875

At 31 December 2018: Cost 1,048 3,000 4,048 Accumulated amortisation (173) — (173)

Net carrying amount 875 3,000 3,875

31 December 2019 Cost at 1 January 2019, net of accumulated amortisation 875 3,000 3,875 Additions 29 — 29 Amortisation provided during the year (note 7) (101) — (101)

At 31 December 2019 803 3,000 3,803

At 31 December 2019: Cost 1,077 3,000 4,077 Accumulated amortisation (274) — (274)

Net carrying amount 803 3,000 3,803

− I-66 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Computer Qualification software License Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

31 December 2020 Cost at 1 January 2020, net of accumulated amortisation 803 3,000 3,803 Additions 62 — 62 Amortisation provided during the year (note 7) (97) — (97)

At 31 December 2020 768 3,000 3,768

At 31 December 2020: Cost 1,139 3,000 4,139 Accumulated amortisation (371) — (371)

Net carrying amount 768 3,000 3,768

On 13 June 2018, the Group acquired a Construction Enterprise Qualification License at cash consideration of RMB3,000,000 from independent third parties. As the qualification license recognised as other intangible asset will generate net cash inflows for the Group for an indefinite period, the other intangible asset is carried at cost without amortisation, but is tested for impairment.

Impairment testing of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives

For the purpose of impairment testing, the other intangible asset acquired was related to the subsidiary that holds the qualification license, which was identified as a separate cash-generating unit (“CGU”). The recoverable amount of the CGU has been determined based on a value-in-use calculation using cash flow projections based on financial budgets covering a five-year period prepared by management.

Annual revenue Terminal growth Discount growth rate rate rate

31 December 2018 4.00% 3.00% 13.90% 31 December 2019 4.00% 3.00% 13.90% 31 December 2020 4.00% 3.00% 13.90%

− I-67 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Assumptions were used in the value-in-use calculations of the above-mentioned CGU for the Relevant Periods. The following describes each key assumption on which management had based its cash flow projections of the CGU to undertake impairment testing:

(a) Annual revenue growth rate — The predicted revenue growth rate for the five years subsequent to the date of assessment is based on the historical data and management’s expectation on the future market.

(b) Terminal growth rate — The growth rate used to extrapolate the cash flows beyond the five-year period is estimated to be 3.0% which has taken into consideration of the prevailing industry practice.

(c) Discount rates — The discount rates used are before tax and reflect specific risks relating to the relevant unit.

The values assigned to the key assumptions on market development, discount rates and raw materials price inflation are consistent with external information sources.

18. INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Share of net assets 27,874 37,954 49,347 Goodwill on acquisition 6,069 6,069 6,069

33,943 44,023 55,416

The Group’s trade receivable balances and trade payable balances with the associates are disclosed in note 42 to the Historical Financial Information.

− I-68 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Particulars of the material associates are as follows:

Percentage of Place of ownership Particulars of incorporation/ interest issued shares registration attributable Principal Name held and business to the Group activity

Inner Mongolia Zhong Sheng Li De Ordinary PRC 44% Landscape Environment Engineering Co., Ltd.* shares architecture (內蒙古中盛立德環境工程有限公司) (Alias name: Inner Mongolia Poplar Landscape Artistic Engineering Co., Ltd. (內蒙古白楊景觀藝術有限責任 公司))

Inner Mongolia Huameng Kechuang Ordinary PRC 49% Biomass Environmental Technology shares energy Engineering Co., Ltd.* development (內蒙古華蒙科創環保科技工程有限 公司)

Inner Mongolia Forest and Grassland Ordinary PRC 20% Forest Ecology Construction Co.Ltd. shares construction (內蒙古林草生態建設有限責任 and operation 公司)*#

* The statutory financial statements were not audited by Ernst & Young or another member firm of the Ernst & Young global network. The English translations of these company names are for reference only. The official names of these companies are in Chinese.

# In terms of paid share capital, as of 31 December 2020, the Company held only 2.65% equity interest of Forest and Grassland Ecology. Although the Group holds less than 20% of the voting power, the Group has a representation in the board of directors of Forest and Grassland Ecology Construction Co.,Ltd. (“Forest and Grassland Ecology”) and participates in decisions over the relevant activities of Forest and Grassland Ecology. Accordingly, The Group’s equity investment in Forest and Grassland Ecology is classified as investments in associates.

The Group’s shareholdings in the associates all comprise equity shares held by a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The financial years of the above associates are coterminous with that of the Group.

Investment in Zhong Sheng Li De

Inner Mongolia Zhong Sheng Li De Environment Engineering Co., Ltd. (“Zhong Sheng Li De”), which is considered a material associate of the Group, is a strategic partner of the Group engaged in landscape architecture and construction businesses and is accounted for using the equity method.

− I-69 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The following table illustrates the summarised financial information in respect of Zhong Sheng Li De extracted from its financial statements, and reconciled to the carrying amount in the Historical Financial Information:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Current assets 56,217 107,975 201,884 Non-current assets 1,343 1,434 2,892 Current liabilities (26,810) (62,504) (144,033)

Net assets 30,750 46,905 60,743

Reconciliation to the Group’s interest in the associate:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Proportion of the Group’s ownership 44% 44% 44% Group’s share of net assets of the associate, excluding goodwill 13,530 20,638 26,727 Goodwill on acquisition 2,742 2,742 2,742 Unrealized profit arising from intragroup transactions — — (1,092)

Carrying amount of the investment 16,272 23,380 28,377

Revenue 36,028 114,846 53,427 Profit for the year 4,127 16,157 13,839 Total comprehensive income for the year 4,127 16,157 13,839

Investment in Huameng Kechuang

Inner Mongolia Huameng Kechuang Environmental Technology Engineering Co., Ltd. (“Huameng Kechuang”), which is considered a material associate of the Group, is a strategic partner of the Group engaged in biomass energy development and is accounted for using the equity method.

− I-70 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The following table illustrates the summarised financial information in respect of Huameng Kechuang, reconciled to the carrying amount in the Historical Financial Information:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Current assets 21,473 40,045 53,859 Non-current assets 33,094 39,354 54,408 Current liabilities (11,756) (14,153) (29,831) Non-current liabilities — (15,000) (18,000)

Net assets 42,811 50,246 60,436 Less: Non-controlling interests (13,536) (14,907) (17,891)

Attributable to owners of the parent 29,275 35,339 42,545

Reconciliation to the Group’s interest in the associate:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Proportion of the Group’s ownership 49% 49% 49% Group’s share of net assets attributable to owners of the associate, excluding goodwill 14,344 17,316 20,847 Goodwill on acquisition 3,327 3,327 3,327

Carrying amount of the investment 17,671 20,643 24,174

Revenue 14,000 36,608 28,564 Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent 288 6,064 7,207 Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to owners of the parent 288 6,064 7,207

− I-71 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

19. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

At fair value through profit or loss: Unlisted equity investments - Zhongnong Science and Technology Union (a) 3,090 10,090 10,090 Unlisted equity investments - Inner Mongolia Zhongduo Real Estate (b) 5,022 5,026 — Short term investment deposits (c) 8,500 6,700 900

Total 16,612 21,816 10,990

Current 13,522 21,816 10,990 Non-current 3,090 — —

16,612 21,816 10,990

Notes:

(a) On 26 August 2014, the Group acquired a 0.97% equity interest in an [REDACTED] company, Beijing Zhongnong Science and Technology Union Investment Fund (Limited Partnership) (“Zhongnong Science and Technology Union”) with an amount of RMB 3,000,000. On 4 September 2019, the Group acquired an additional 1.98% equity interest in the above company with RMB7,000,000. Management designated the equity investment as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss.

(b) On 22 September 2017, the Group acquired a 5.00% equity interest in an [REDACTED] company, Inner Mongolia Zhongduo Real Estate Co., Ltd. with RMB5,000,000. Management designated the equity investment as a financial asset at fair value through profit or loss. During the year of 2020, the Group withdrew the investment and recollected an amount of RMB 5,000,000.

(c) The Group from time to time purchases various investment deposits from commercial banks for treasury management purposes. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group held investment deposits of approximately RMB8,500,000, RMB6,700,000 and RMB900,000, respectively, with no guaranteed return. The fair values of the wealth management financial products have been calculated by discounting the excepted future cash flows using rates currently available for instruments with similar terms, credit risk and remaining maturities.

− I-72 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

20. DEFERRED TAX

The movements in deferred tax liabilities and assets during the Relevant Periods are as follows:

Deferred tax liabilities

Service concession arrangements RMB’000

Deferred tax arising from:

At 1 January 2018 1,160 Credited/(charged) to profit or loss (note 11) 2,634

At 31 December 2018 and 1 January 2019 3,794 Credited/(charged) to profit or loss (note 11) 2,867

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 6,661 Credited/(charged) to profit or loss (note 11) 22,261

At 31 December 2020 28,922

− I-73 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Deferred tax assets

Tax losses available Write-down for of Provision Deductible offsetting inventories for trade advertising future to net receivables Impairment and taxable realisable and other Un-invoiced of contract promotion profits value receivables accruals assets expenses Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Deferred tax arising from:

At 1 January 2018 284 — 2,457 1,322 7,532 — 11,595 Credited/(charged) to profit or loss(note 11) 769 — 256 (1,039) 4,959 15 4,960

At 31 December 2018 and 1 January 2019 1,053 — 2,713 283 12,491 15 16,555 Credited/(charged) to profit or loss(note 11) 1,462 5 1,223 321 2,924 (2) 5,933

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 2,515 5 3,936 604 15,415 13 22,488 Credited/(charged) to profit or loss(note 11) (448) (5) 910 (529) 4,665 — 4,593

At 31 December 2020 2,067 — 4,846 75 20,080 13 27,081

Management expects it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the above deductible temporary differences can be utilised in the coming years.

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the following items:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Tax losses arising in Mainland China (note a) 544 2,918 6,505

Note:

(a) The above tax losses are available for a maximum of five years for offsetting against future taxable profits of the companies in which the losses arose.

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of the above items as it is not considered probable that tax profits will be available against which the above items can be utilised. The approval of tax authorities would also be required to utilise the above deductible temporary differences of the Group.

− I-74 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Pursuant to the PRC Corporate Income Tax Law, a 10% withholding tax is levied on dividends declared to foreign investors from the foreign investment enterprises established in Mainland China. The requirement is effective from 1 January 2008 and applies to earnings after 31 December 2007. A lower withholding tax rate may be applied if there is a tax treaty between Mainland China and the jurisdiction of the foreign investors. For the Group, the applicable rate is 5% or 10%. The Group is therefore liable for withholding taxes on dividends distributed by those subsidiaries established in Mainland China in respect of earnings generated from 1 January 2008.

At the end of each of the Relevant Periods, no deferred tax has been recognised for withholding taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings that are subject to withholding taxes of the Group’s subsidiaries established in Mainland China. In the opinion of the directors, it is not probable that these subsidiaries will distribute such earnings in the foreseeable future. The aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries in Mainland China for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised totalled approximately RMB247,587,000, RMB326,301,000, and RMB276,998,000 as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

There are no income tax consequences attaching to the payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders.

21. OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

The Group’s other non-current assets consist of certain commercial and residential properties in Inner Mongolia, acquired as a result of debt restructuring with its customers.

22. BIOLOGICAL ASSETS

(A) Nature of activities

The biological assets of the Group are mainly seedlings held for conducting ecological forest plantation business, urban and rural greening business, ecological restoration business and selling purposes, consisting of evergreen trees, deciduous trees, flowering shrubs and sowing seedlings. Other biological assets, mainly deer owned by the Group are held to produce meat products. The quantity of biological assets owned by the Group at the end of each of the Relevant Periods are shown below:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Quantity Quantity Quantity

Seedlings excluding sowing seedlings 17,392,044 18,548,873 14,328,667 Sowing seedlings 23,401,449 94,223 66,258 Others 52 52 —

− I-75 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(B) Value of biological assets

Seedlings excluding sowing Sowing seedlings seedlings Others Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

At 1 January 2018 222,190 2,831 178 225,199 Purchase cost 12,521 — — 12,521 Cultivation cost 56,961 329 — 57,290 Decrease due to sales and utilisation (16,339) (22) — (16,361) Changes in fair value 6,794 — 17 6,811

At 31 December 2018 and 1 January 2019 282,127 3,138 195 285,460 Purchase cost 21,617 — — 21,617 Cultivation cost 46,473 18 — 46,491 Decrease due to sales and utilisation (32,199) (2,556) — (34,755) Changes in fair value 18,228 — 16 18,244

At 31 December 2019 and 1 January 2020 336,246 600 211 337,057 Purchase cost 10,814 — — 10,814 Cultivation cost 42,150 — — 42,150 Decrease due to sales and utilisation (45,205) (383) (211) (45,799) Changes in fair value 5,604 — — 5,604

At 31 December 2020 349,609 217 — 349,826

The Directors have engaged an independent valuer, Jones Lang LaSalle Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited to assist the Group in assessing the fair values of Group’s biological assets. The independent valuer and the management of the Group held meetings periodically to discuss the valuation techniques and changes in market information to ensure the valuations have been performed properly. The valuation techniques used in the determination of fair values as well as the key inputs used in the valuation models are disclosed in section D of this note.

− I-76 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(C) Fair value hierarchy

The following table illustrates the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s biological assets:

As at 31 December 2018 Quoted prices Significant Significant in active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Recurring fair value measurement for: (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Seedlings excluding sowing seedlings — — 282,127 282,127 Sowing seedlings — — 3,138 3,138 Others — — 195 195

— — 285,460 285,460

As at 31 December 2019 Quoted prices Significant Significant in active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Recurring fair value measurement for: (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Seedlings excluding sowing seedlings — — 336,246 336,246 Sowing seedlings — — 600 600 Others — — 211 211

— — 337,057 337,057

As at 31 December 2020 Quoted prices Significant Significant in active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Recurring fair value measurement for: (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Seedlings excluding sowing seedlings — — 349,609 349,609 Sowing seedlings — — 217 217

— — 349,826 349,826

− I-77 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(D) Valuation techniques used in fair value measurements

The following table shows the valuation techniques used in the determination of fair values of seedlings (excluding sowing seedlings) within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Inter-relationship between significant Significant observable inputs observable Range and fair value Type Valuation approach input 2018 2019 2020 measurements

Evergreens The fair value of Estimated RMB3 to RMB3 to RMB1.5 to The fair value seedlings (excluding local market 440 580 250 increases when the Deciduoussowing seedlings) is selling price RMB0.6 to RMB1 to RMB0.5 to estimated local determined based on 1,200 360 4,000 market selling market determined price increases and Flowering prices, adjusted with RMB0.02 to RMB0.1 to RMB0.1 to vice versa Shrubs reference to the age and 80 80 100 growing diameter.

In terms of the biological nature of sowing seedlings, the cost method is adopted when estimating fair values. The costs of direct raw materials, direct labour, labour service and leasing have been considered in the calculation of the fair value for the growing period.

(E) Risk management strategy related to agricultural activities

The Group is exposed to the following risks related to its seedlings:

Climate and other risks

The Group’s seedlings are exposed to the risk of damage from unfavourable local weather conditions and natural disasters. Unfavorable weather conditions include floods, droughts, cyclones, and windstorms, etc and natural disasters include earthquakes, fire, disease, insect infestation, and pests, ect. The occurrence of severe weather conditions or natural disasters may diminish the value of the Group’s seedlings. The Group has processes in place aimed at monitoring and mitigating those risks, including regular seedling health inspections, industry pest and disease surveys, as well as different types of insurance policies against fire, flooding, wild disaster, blizzard and seedling pes.

− I-78 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

23. INVENTORIES AND OTHER CONTRACT COSTS

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Raw materials 2,084 2,040 3,161 Other contract costs — 44 215 2,084 2,084 3,376

Impairment (507) (527) (448)

Total inventories at the lower of cost and net realisable value 1,577 1,557 2,928

24. CONTRACT ASSETS

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Contract assets arising from: Construction services 800,201 1,311,294 1,763,948 Operating services 15,471 19,941 22,253

815,672 1,331,235 1,786,201

Impairment (77,145) (89,448) (113,932)

Contract assets - net 738,527 1,241,787 1,672,269

Current portion 368,879 437,974 711,280 Non-current portion 369,648 803,813 960,989

Contract assets are initially recognised for revenue earned from the provision of construction services and operating services as the receipt of consideration is conditional on successful completion of construction and operating services. Upon completion of construction or operation and acceptance by the customer, the amounts recognised as contract assets are reclassified to trade receivables. The increase in contract assets of construction and operating services as at the end of 2018, 2019 and 2020 was the result of the increase in the ongoing provision of construction and operating services.

− I-79 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The expected timing of recovery or settlement for contract assets as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 is as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Within 1 year 368,879 437,974 711,280 After 1 year 369,648 803,813 960,989

Total contract assets 738,527 1,241,787 1,672,269

The movements in the loss allowance for impairment of contract assets are as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

At beginning of year 48,864 77,145 89,448 Impairment losses recognised, net 28,281 12,303 24,484

At end of year 77,145 89,448 113,932

An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure expected credit losses. The provision rates of contract assets are based on flow rate analysis of past contract assets. The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

Set out below is the information about the credit risk exposure on the Group’s contract assets arising from non-PPP customers using a provision matrix:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020

Expected credit loss rate 11% 12% 15%

RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Gross carrying amount 720,574 711,769 705,111 Expected credit losses (76,194) (83,253) (103,121)

− I-80 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

In addition to the above provision matrix, for certain customers with credit risk increased significantly, the Group has made individual loss allowance. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the accumulated individual loss allowance was RMB 40,159,000 with a carrying amount before loss allowance of RMB40,159,000.

Set out below is the information about the credit risk exposure on the Group’s contract assets arising from PPP customers using a provision matrix:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020

Expected credit loss rate 1% 1% 1%

RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Gross carrying amount 95,098 619,466 1,081,090 Expected credit losses (951) (6,195) (10,811)

25. TRADE AND BILLS RECEIVABLES

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Bills receivable 1,488 1,313 1,313 Trade receivables 26,780 40,597 46,916

Total 28,268 41,910 48,229

Impairment (3,719) (3,138) (5,922)

Trade and bills receivables - net 24,549 38,772 42,307

For construction and operating services, settlement is made in accordance with the terms specified in the contracts governing the relevant transactions. The Group’s trade receivables are mainly due from government authorities.

The Group closely monitors overdue balances. In view of the aforementioned and the fact that the Group’s trade receivables relate to a large number of diversified customers, there is no significant concentration of credit risk. The Group does not hold any collateral or other credit enhancements over its trade receivables.

− I-81 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

An ageing analysis of the trade and bills receivables as at the end of each of the Relevant Periods, based on the invoice date and net of loss allowance, is as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Within 1 year 11,111 30,422 34,472 Over 1 year 13,438 8,350 7,835

24,549 38,772 42,307

The movements in the provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

At beginning of year 1,750 3,719 3,138 Impairment losses recognised 1,974 976 4,330 Impairment losses reversed (5) (1,557) — Write off of impairment — — (1,546)

At end of year 3,719 3,138 5,922

An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure expected credit losses. The provision rates are based on groupings of various customer segments with similar loss patterns (i.e., by customer type and rating). The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money and reasonable and supportable information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

Set out below is the information about the credit risk exposure on the Group’s trade receivables using a provision matrix:

As at 31 December 2018 Less than More than 1 year 1 year Total

Expected credit loss rate 2.21% 20.51% 13.16% Gross carrying amount (RMB’000) 11,362 16,906 28,268 Expected credit losses (RMB’000) (251) (3,468) (3,719)

− I-82 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

As at 31 December 2019 Less than More 1 year than1 year Total

Expected credit loss rate 3.12% 18.54% 7.49% Gross carrying amount (RMB’000) 30,048 11,863 41,910 Expected credit losses (RMB’000) (939) (2,199) (3,138)

As at 31 December 2020 Less than More than 1 year 1 year Total

Expected credit loss rate 4.96% 31.42% 12.28% Gross carrying amount (RMB’000) 34,890 13,339 48,229 Expected credit losses (RMB’000) (1,731) (4,191) (5,922)

26. PREPAYMENTS, OTHER RECEIVABLES AND OTHER ASSETS

Group

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Prepayments 6,598 11,867 20,712 Prepayments for other non-current assets — 34,949 52,580 Refundable deposits 29,407 33,024 32,201 Due from the controlling shareholders 167,180 61,556 61,556 Loans to related parties 2,323 5,511 4,696 Loans to a non-controlling shareholder — — 14,686 Prepaid income tax 31,125 12,123 17,278 Amounts due from local government authorities (note a) 14,226 16,387 93,351 Others 78,881 131,352 170,731

329,740 306,769 467,791 Impairment allowance (16,256) (23,528) (24,360)

313,484 283,241 443,431

Current portion 286,202 207,513 265,184 Non-current portion 27,282 75,728 178,247

− I-83 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Note:

(a) Under the Public-Private-Partnership (“PPP”) contracts which the Group signed with the local government authorities, the Group is obliged to provide funds for the local government authorities to carry out land requisition and demolition of the relevant land parcels. The balance is interest-bearing.

Company

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Due from a subsidiary — 475,625 475,625 Due from the controlling shareholders 537,181 61,556 61,556 Others 23 25 1,250

537,204 537,206 538,431

27. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND PLEDGED DEPOSITS

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Cash and bank balances 208,765 107,113 357,063 Less: Short term pledged deposits for bills payable (note 28) (45,839) (7,547) (33,495)

Cash and cash equivalents 162,926 99,566 323,568

As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, cash and bank balances of the Group denominated in RMB amounted to approximately RMB197,558,000, RMB95,989,000 and RMB348,706,000 respectively. The RMB is not freely convertible into other currencies. However, under Mainland China’s Foreign Exchange Control Regulations and Administration of Settlement, Sale and Payment of Foreign Exchange Regulations, the Group is permitted to exchange RMB for other currencies through banks authorised to conduct foreign exchange business.

Cash at banks earns interest at the prevailing market interest rates. The bank balances and pledged deposits are deposited with creditworthy banks with no recent history of default.

− I-84 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

28. TRADE AND BILL PAYABLES

An ageing analysis of the trade and bills payables of the Group, based on the invoice date, is as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Within 1 year 392,222 556,055 565,521 1 to 2 years 37,142 66,423 153,467 2 to 3 years 6,815 20,972 48,572 Over 3 years 193 532 17,392

436,372 643,982 784,952

The Group’s trade payables are unsecured, non-interest-bearing and payable on demand.

Included in the above balances, bills payable with an aggregate amount of approximately RMB50,902,000, RMB10,228,000 and RMB26,168,000 were secured by the pledge of the Group’s deposits with an aggregate amount of approximately RMB45,839,000, RMB 7,547,000 and RMB 33,495,000 as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively (note 27).

As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group granted guarantees of RMB 38,658,100, RMB 41,077,000 and RMB 83,000,000 to banks for its suppliers, of which RMB 38,658,100 , RMB 41,077,000 and RMB 59,130,000 were utilised, respectively. Under these guarantee agreements, the banks issue loans to these suppliers provided that the Group grant guarantees to the corresponding banks that any outstanding loans due for repayment can be settled by using the cash payment made by the Group to these suppliers for the Group’s purchase of products and services from these suppliers. As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the trade payables in association with the executed guarantee arrangement amounted to RMB 38,658,100, RMB41,077,000 and RMB59,130,000 respectively, which were smaller than the balances of the group’s trade payables at the end of the each Relevant Periods.

− I-85 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

29. CONTRACT LIABILITIES

Details of contract liabilities are as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Short-term advances received from customers Construction services 4,656 7,256 74,407

Contract liabilities include short-term advances received to render constructing services and operation services. The increase in contract liabilities as at the end of 2018, 2019 and 2020 was mainly due to the increase in advances received from customers in relation to the provision of construction services.

30. OTHER PAYABLES AND ACCRUALS

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Salary and welfare payable 7,470 11,142 13,059 Other tax payables 19,612 66,993 78,513 Deposits from sub-contractors 5,093 6,504 12,435 Consideration payables for acquisition of a subsidiary 1,793 1,793 1,793 Payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment 539 91,850 — Others 6,081 7,684 14,957

40,588 185,966 120,757

Portion classified as current liabilities 39,050 183,049 108,859 Non-current portion 1,538 2,917 11,898

The Group’s other payables are non-interest-bearing and payable on demand.

− I-86 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

31. INTEREST-BEARING BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Effective Effective Effective interest interest interest rate(%) Maturity RMB’000 rate(%) Maturity RMB’000 rate(%) Maturity RMB’000

Current Bank loans - unsecured 5.66-6.53 2019 84,500 6.09-6.96 2020 24,600 5.83-6.90 2021 20,000 Bank loans - secured (note b) — — — 5.66 2020 44,700 5.40-7.83 2021 171,500 Current portion of long term bank loans - unsecured — — — 7.50 2020 1,000 7.50 2021 10,000 Current portion of long term bank loans - secured (note b) 5.70-6.65 2019 57,200 6.65 2020 25,000 4.15-6.65 2021 67,650 Other borrowings - unsecured 4.8-7 2019 1,650 5.66-7.5 2020 1,850 4.75-8.52 2021 85,721

143,350 97,150 354,871

Non-current Bank loans - unsecured — — — 7.50 2021-2023 49,000 7.5 2022-2034 49,000 Bank loans - secured (note b) 6,175-6.65 2020-2023 137,500 6.18-6.65 2021 107,500 4.15-6.65 2022-2026 431,390 Other borrowings - secured (note b) 7 2027 30,000 7 2027 30,000 7 2027 30,000

167,500 186,500 510,390

310,850 283,650 865,261

− I-87 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The repayment schedule of the bank and other borrowings is as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Within 1 year 143,350 97,150 354,871 1 to 2 years 25,000 80,000 127,000 2 to 5 years 112,500 76,500 131,240 More than 5 years 30,000 30,000 252,150

310,850 283,650 865,261

Notes:

(a) The Group’s interest-bearing bank and other borrowings were all denominated in RMB.

(b) As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group’s interest-bearing bank and other borrowings were secured by the followings:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Contract assets with carrying amounts of 64,994 104,868 465,453 Right-of-use assets with carrying amounts of 9,247 8,996 8,631 Biological assets with carrying amounts of 75,809 50,941 97,660 Cash and bank balances with carrying amounts of 45,839 7,547 33,495

195,889 172,352 605,239

* As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, in addition to the above pledged assets, the entire equity interest of Inner Mongolia Mengshu has also been pledged to secure certain interest-bearing bank and other borrowings.

− I-88 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

32. OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Group

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Due to Fort Minor (note a) 500,547 540,231 536,598 Due to Zhongnong Science and Technology Union (note b) — 10,000 10,000 Due to Hohhot Urban Industry Development Fund (note c) — 120,000 120,000

500,547 670,231 666,598 Analysed into Current — 10,000 10,000 Non-current 500,547 660,231 656,598

Company

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Due to Fort Minor (note a) 500,547 540,231 536,598

Notes:

(a) On 9 September 2017, Fort Minor Limited (“Fort Minor”), a company incorporated in BVI with limited liability and wholly owned by the Valley Orchards Limited, an independent third party, entered into a subscription agreement with the Company and certain then shareholders (the “then shareholders”) of the Company (the “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which, among others, Fort Minor agreed to subscribe for 65,000,000 investor class shares of the Company (the “Investor Class Share”) at a total consideration of US$68,966,047.48 (equivalent to RMB455,955,000, the “Investment Amount”).

On 5 December 2017, Fort Minor, the Company and the then shareholders of the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement (the “Shareholders’ Agreement”), pursuant to which, Fort Minor shall have the right at any time after fifth anniversary of the date of settlement of the Subscription Agreement to require all or a portion of the Investor Class Share to be repurchased or redeemed by the Company or purchased by the then shareholders if the Company fails to be [REDACTED] at that time. The applicable price shall be the price per share that would yield an internal rate of return of 6%.

As such, the Company recognised the present value of Investment Amount discounted at the then market interest rate of 6.18% as an amount due to Fort Minor. The difference between the investment amount and the amount due to Fort Minor was recognised in equity.

− I-89 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(b) On 5 September, 2019, Zhongnong Science and Technology Union, an independent third party, invested RMB 10 million in Shenzhen Kunxing No. 3 Partnership (Kunxing No. 3), a subsidiary of the Company. The amount received is classified as a financial liability at amortised cost.

(c) On 19 March 2019, Hohhot Urban Industry Development Fund Investment Center (Limited Partnership) (“Hohhot Urban Industry Development Fund”) acquired 9.20% equity interests in a subsidiary of the Company, at a cash consideration of RMB120,000,000. According to the investment agreement, the Group has an inevitable obligation to repurchase the equity interests at an interest rate of 4.25% within three years. As such, the Group classified the received cash consideration of RMB120,000,000 as a financial liability with an effective market interest rate of 6.50%.

33. DEFERRED INCOME

Various local government authorities have granted property, plant and equipment to the Group for nil consideration, provided finance to the Group for the purchase of certain property, plant and equipment, and/or financed the Group by way of a cash donation with certain conditions attaching thereto. Both the property, plant and equipment and cash donations are recorded initially at fair value. These grants are initially recorded as deferred Income. The grants relate to property, plant and equipment are amortised to match the depreciation charge of the property, plant and equipment granted or purchased in accordance with their estimated useful lives. The cash donations with unfulfilled conditions or contingencies are only recognised in profit or loss when the Group satisfied the attached conditions. Movements of the balances during the Relevant Periods are as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

At beginning of year 5,347 4,410 7,704 Received during the year 2,570 5,586 1,362 Released during the year — as other income and gains (note 5) (1,196) (378) (1,091) — as deduction from research and development cost (note 6) (2,311) (1,914) (2,479)

4,410 7,704 5,496

34. SHARE CAPITAL

Shares

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability on 14 August 2017 with authorised share capital of HK$380,000 divided into 380,000,000 shares with a par value of HK$0.001 each. On the same day, one ordinary share was issued to Mr. Zhao Quansheng.

Subsequently on 3 November 2017, 10 November 2017 and 5 December 2017, the Company issued 209,799,999 ordinary shares, 20,000,000 ordinary shares and 65,000,000 investor class shares to shareholders, respectively.

− I-90 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

On 5 December 2017, the authorised share capital of the Company was increased from HK$380,000.00 divided into 380,000,000 shares to HK$700,000.00 divided into 500,000,000 shares and 200,000,000 investor class shares.

On 21 December 2020, the Company issued 52,970,000 ordinary shares to Fort Minor for cash at a subscription price of HK$0.001 per share pursuant to the exercise of the Company’s warrants for a total cash consideration of HK$52,970 as disclosed in note 37.

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Issued and fully paid: 229,800,000 ordinary shares 192 192 192 [REDACTED] investor class shares# 54 54 54 [REDACTED] ordinary shares — — 45

Total issued and fully paid share capital 246 246 291

# Taking into the Liquidity Protection Right of the Investor Class Share as stated in note 32(a), the present value of the cash consideration of US$68,966,047.48 (equivalent to RMB448,500,000, the “Investment Amount”) for the Investor Class Share has been reclassified as an amount due to Fort Minor.

Share options

Details of the Company’s share option scheme are included in note 36 to the Historical Financial Information.

Warrant arrangement

As stated in note 37 to the Historical Financial Information, the Company issued [REDACTED] warrants to Fort Minor with an exercise price of HK$0.001 per warrant share on 30 December 2019. On 4 December 2020, all the warrants issued were exercised by Fort Minor at a price of HK$0.001 per share. At the end of the Relevant Periods, the Company had no warrants outstanding.

35. RESERVES

The amounts of the Group’s reserves and the movements therein for the Relevant Periods are presented in the consolidated statements of changes in equity of the Historical Financial Information.

(a) Merger reserve

The merger reserve of the Group represents 1) the capital contributions from the equity holders of certain subsidiaries now comprising the Group before the completion of the Reorganisation; and 2) the deemed distributions to the equity shareholders of certain subsidiaries now comprising the Group during the Reorganisation.

− I-91 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(b) Statutory surplus reserve

In accordance with the Company Law of the PRC, certain subsidiaries of the Group which are domestic enterprises are required to allocate 10% of their profit after tax, as determined in accordance with the relevant PRC accounting standards, to their respective statutory surplus reserves until the reserves reach 50% of their respective registered capital. Subject to certain restrictions set out in the Company Law of the PRC, part of the statutory surplus reserve may be converted to increase share capital, provided that the remaining balance after the capitalisation is not less than 25% of the registered capital.

36. SHARE OPTION SCHEME

The Group operates a share option scheme (the “Share Option Scheme”) for the purpose of providing incentives and rewards to eligible participants who contribute to the success of the Group’s operations. Eligible participants of the Share Option Scheme include the Group’s employees and management. The Share Option Scheme became effective on 23 July 2019 and, unless otherwise cancelled or amended, will remain in force for 10 years from that date.

On 23 July 2019, the Group granted 25,058,000 units of share option to its employees, with an exercise price of RMB6.98 per unit, exercisable from 23 July 2019 to 31 December 2022 (the “2019 Share Option Arrangement”). Under the 2019 Share Option Arrangement, the number of exercisable share option depends on the compound annual growth rate of the Group’s accumulated net profit.

On 30 December 2019, in connection with the execution of the Valuation Adjustment Mechanism as stated in note 37 “Warrant Arrangement”, the Group modified the terms, mainly the exercise price, of the 2019 Share Option Arrangement (the “Modified 2019 Share Option Arrangement”). Under the Modified 2019 Share Option Arrangement, 25,058,000 units of share option have been granted to the same grantee of the 2019 Share Option Arrangement, with revised exercise price of RMB3.8 per unit, exercisable from 30 December 2019 to 31 December 2022.

Together with the Modified 2019 Share Option Arrangement, the Group offered additional 3,443,050 units of share options to management, with an exercise price of RMB3.8 per unit, exercisable from 30 December 2019 to 31 December 2022 (the “Additional 2019 Share Option Arrangement”).

Under the 2019 Share Option Arrangement, the Modified 2019 Share Option Arrangement and the Additional 2019 Share Option Arrangement, the Group recognised share-based payment expenses of RMB1,663,000 and RMB6,787,000 for the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2020.

− I-92 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The Group has adopted the binomial model to determine the fair value of the share option as of the grant date. Key assumptions are set out below:

As at 23 July 2019 As at 30 December 2019

Risk-free interest rate 2.08% 3.13% Expected volatility 45% 44% Expected forfeiture rate 8.7%~22.78% 8.7%~22.78%

The expected forfeiture rate and volatility reflect the assumption that the historical forfeiture rate and volatility of companies in the same industry are indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome.

No other feature of the options granted was incorporated into the measurement of fair value.

As at 31 December 2019, 2020 and the date of this report, the Company had 28,501,050 share options outstanding under the Share Option Scheme, which represented approximately [REDACTED]% of the Company’s shares in issue at the date of this report.

37. WARRANT ARRANGEMENT

As said in note 32, on 9 September 2017, Fort Minor, entered into a subscription agreement with the Company and certain then shareholders of the Company (the “Subscription Agreement”), pursuant to which, among others, Fort Minor agreed to subscribe for 65,000,000 investor class shares of the Company (the “Investor Class Share”) at a total consideration of US$68,966,047.48 (equivalent to RMB455,955,000, the “Investment Amount”).

On 5 December 2017, Fort Minor, the Company and the then shareholders of the Company entered into a shareholders’ agreement(the “Shareholders’ Agreement”), pursuant to which, among others, the Company shall make a valuation adjustment payment in cash to Fort Minor if the Company’s 2019 net profit would be less than an agreed amount (the “Target”).

On 30 December 2019, the Company and Fort Minor executed a deed of undertaking, based on which, instead of paying the valuation adjustment payment of RMB137,399,000 in cash in accordance with the Shareholders’ Agreement, the Company would issue 52,970,000 warrant shares with an exercise price of HK$0.001 per warrant share to Fort Minor at nil consideration(the “Warrant Agreement”). As such, the Company derecognised the financial liability of RMB137,399,000 arising from the valuation adjustment payment and recognised the warrant instruments as equity with a fair value of RMB133,650,000, with the difference of RMB3,749,000 charged directly to profit or loss. As such, the Company recognised RMB 133,650,000 in aggregate arising from the fair value change of financial liabilities.

On 4 December 2020, Fort Minor exercised its Subscription Rights in full under the Warrant Agreement, pursuant to which Fort Minor subscribed for 52,970,000 shares at an aggregate price of HK$52,970.

− I-93 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

38. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(a) Major non-cash transactions

During the Relevant Periods, the Group had non-cash additions to right-of-use assets and lease liabilities of RMB33,905,000, RMB21,674,000 and Nil, for the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively, in respect of lease arrangements for land and buildings.

During the years ended 31 December 2019 and 2020, the Group entered into certain debt restructuring arrangements, in accordance to which, the Group derecognised contract assets of RMB34,949,000 and RMB30,731,000 and recognised the same amounts of prepayments, other receivables and other assets for the acquisition of certain commercial and residential properties.

(b) Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities:

Total Interest-bearing liabilities bank and Other from other Lease financial financing borrowings liabilities liabilities activities RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

At 1 January 2018 175,540 12,063 448,816 636,419 Changes from financing cash flows 112,519 (6,210) — 106,309 New leases — 33,905 — 33,905 Foreign exchange movement — — 23,641 23,641 Interest expense 22,791 2,233 28,090 53,114

At 31 December 2018 310,850 41,991 500,547 853,388

At 1 January 2019 310,850 41,991 500,547 853,388 Changes from financing cash flows (43,985) (8,497) 130,000 77,518 New leases — 21,674 — 21,674 Foreign exchange movement — — 8,592 8,592 Interest expense 16,785 3,320 31,092 51,197

At 31 December 2019 283,650 58,488 670,231 1,012,369

At 1 January 2020 283,650 58,488 670,231 1,012,369 Changes from financing cash flows 551,375 (1,994) — 549,381 Foreign exchange movement — — (36,747) (36,747) Interest expense 30,236 3,360 33,114 66,710 Other changes — (1,887) — (1,887)

At 31 December 2020 865,261 57,967 666,598 1,589,826

− I-94 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(c) The total cash outflow for leases

The total cash outflow for leases included in the statement of cash flows is as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Within operating activities 650 1,447 3,253 Within financing activities 6,210 8,497 1,994

6,860 9,944 5,247

39. CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

At the end of the Relevant Periods, the Group did not have contingent liabilities not provided for in the Historical Financial Information.

40. PLEDGE OF ASSETS

Details of the Group’s assets pledged for the Group’s bills payable and interest-bearing bank and other borrowings are included in notes 27, 28 and 31, respectively, to the Historical Financial Information.

41. COMMITMENTS

The Group had the following capital commitments at the end of each of the Relevant Periods:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Contracted, but not provided for: Land and buildings 1,085 9,582 —

1,085 9,582 —

− I-95 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

42. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

(a) In addition to the transactions and balances disclosed elsewhere in this Historical Financial Information, the Group had the following transactions with related parties during the Relevant Periods:

Sales of goods and services to

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Associates 1,408 2,505 16,080 A joint venture 234 — —

1,642 2,505 16,080

Purchases of construction services from

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Associates 13,600 91,578 50,705

Loans to

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

A non-controlling shareholder — — 14,000 An entity controlled by a member of the controlling shareholders (iii) 4,900 5,863 —

− I-96 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Repayment of loans from

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

An entity controlled by a member of the controlling shareholders (iii) 2,600 2,900 1,017

Interest income arising from loans to

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

A non-controlling shareholder — — 686 An entity controlled by a member of the controlling shareholders 23 225 201

Loans from

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Associates — — 10,564

— — 10,564

Repayment of loans to

Year ended 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Associates — — 6,140

− I-97 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(b) Outstanding balances with related parties

The Group had the following balances with related parties as at the end of each of the Relevant Periods:

Trade receivables

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Associates (i) 488 9,761 4,534 A joint venture (i) 234 234 234

722 9,995 4,768

Contract assets

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Associates (i) 17,128 1,632 758

Prepayments, other receivables and other assets

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

An entity controlled by a member of the controlling shareholders (iii) 2,323 5,511 4,696 A non-controlling shareholder — — 14,686 The controlling shareholders (ii) 167,180 61,556 61,556

169,503 67,067 80,938

Trade payables

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Associates (iv) 9,600 88,505 76,631

− I-98 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 Notes RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Associates (v) — — 3,000

Notes:

(i) As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group had outstanding balances due from its associates and the joint venture of RMB722,000, RMB9,995,000 and RMB4,768,000, respectively, which are repayable on credit terms similar to those offered to the major customers of the Group. The balancee are unsecured, interest-free and have no fixed terms of repayment.

(ii) As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group had an outstanding balance due from the then shareholders of RMB167,180,000, RMB61,556,000 and RMB61,556,000, respectively, originating from Reorganisation.

(iii) As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group had an outstanding balance due from an entity controlled by a member of the controlling shareholders amounting to RMB2,323,000, RMB5,511,000 and RMB4,696,000, respectively. The balances are included in the Group’s prepayments, other receivables and other assets, which is unsecured and with an annual interest of 4.7%.

(iv) As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group had an outstanding balance due to its associate of RMB9,600,000, RMB 88,505,000 and RMB76,631,000, respectively, which is repayable on credit terms similar to those offered by the independent suppliers of the Group. The balances are unsecured, interest-free and have no fixed terms of repayment.

(v) As at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020, the Group had an outstanding balance due to associates of RMB nil, RMB nil and RMB3,000,000, respectively.

(c) Compensation of key management personnel of the Group:

Details of directors’ and the chief executives’ emoluments are included in note 9 to the Historical Financial Information.

The related party transactions in respect of item (a)(iii) above also constitute connected transactions continuing connected transactions as defined in chapter 14A of the listed rules.

− I-99 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

43. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS BY CATEGORY

The carrying amounts of each of the categories of financial instruments as at the end of each of the Relevant Periods are as follows:

As at 31 December 2018

Financial assets

Financial assets at fair Financial value through assets at profit or loss amortised cost RMB’000 RMB’000

Other financial assets 16,612 — Trade and bills receivables — 24,549 Financial assets included in prepayments, deposits and other receivables — 213,136 Pledged deposits — 45,839 Cash and cash equivalents — 162,926

16,612 446,450

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortised cost RMB’000

Trade and bills payables 436,372 Financial liabilities included in other payables and accruals 7,425 Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 310,850 Lease liabilities 41,991 Other financial liabilities 500,547

1,297,185

− I-100 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

As at 31 December 2019

Financial assets

Financial assets at fair Financial value through assets at profit or loss amortised cost RMB’000 RMB’000

Other financial assets 21,816 — Trade and bills receivables — 38,772 Financial assets included in prepayments, deposits and other receivables — 116,478 Pledged deposits — 7,547 Cash and cash equivalents — 99,566

21,816 262,363

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortised cost RMB’000

Trade and bills payables 643,982 Financial liabilities included in other payables and accruals 100,147 Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 283,650 Lease liabilities 58,488 Other financial liabilities 670,231

1,756,498

− I-101 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

As at 31 December 2020

Financial assets

Financial assets at fair Financial value through assets at profit or loss amortised cost RMB’000 RMB’000

Other financial assets 10,990 — Trade and bills receivables — 42,307 Financial assets included in prepayments, deposits and other receivables — 206,490 Pledged deposits — 33,495 Cash and cash equivalents — 323,568

10,990 605,860

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities at amortised cost RMB’000

Trade and bills payables 784,952 Financial liabilities included in other payables and accruals 14,228 Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 865,261 Lease liabilities 57,967 Other financial liabilities 666,598

2,389,006

− I-102 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

44. FAIR VALUE AND FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s financial instruments, other than those with carrying amounts that reasonably approximate to fair values, are as follows:

As at 31 December Carrying amounts Fair values 2018 2019 2020 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Financial liabilities Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings - non-current portion 167,500 186,500 510,390 180,884 292,411 799,686 Other financial liabilities - non-current portion 500,547 660,231 656,598 502,921 683,234 685,862

Total 668,047 846,731 1,166,988 683,805 975,645 1,485,548

Management has assessed that the fair values of cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits, trade and bills receivables, other financial assets, trade and bills payables, financial assets included in prepayments, financial liabilities included in other payables and accruals, lease liabilities, and current interest-bearing bank and other borrowings approximate to their carrying amounts largely due to the short term maturities of these instruments.

The Group’s finance department headed by the finance manager is responsible for determining the policies and procedures for the fair value measurement of financial instruments. The finance manager reports directly to the chief financial officer and the audit committee. At each reporting date, the finance department analyses the movements in the values of financial instruments and determines the major inputs applied in the valuation. The valuation is reviewed and approved by the chief financial officer. The valuation process and results are discussed with the audit committee twice a year for interim and annual financial reporting.

The fair values of the financial assets and liabilities are included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

− I-103 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values:

The fair values of the non-current portion of interest-bearing bank and other borrowings and other non-current liabilities have been calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows using rates currently available for instruments with similar terms, credit risk and remaining maturities.

The fair values of the non-current portion interest-bearing bank and other borrowings and other non-current liabilities have been calculated by discounting the expected future cash flows using rates currently available for instruments with similar terms, credit risk and remaining maturities. The changes in fair value as a result of the Group’s own non-performance risk for non-current interest-bearing bank and other borrowings as at the end of each of the Relevant Periods were assessed to be insignificant.

The fair values of [REDACTED] equity investments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income have been estimated using a market-based valuation technique based on assumptions that are not supported by observable market prices or rates. The valuation requires the directors to determine comparable public companies (peers) based on industry, size, leverage and strategy, and to calculate an appropriate price multiple, such as enterprise value to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (“EV/EBITDA”) multiple and price to earnings (“P/E”) multiple, for each comparable company identified. The multiple is calculated by dividing the enterprise value of the comparable company by an earnings measure. The trading multiple is then discounted for considerations such as illiquidity and size differences between the comparable companies based on company-specific facts and circumstances. The discounted multiple is applied to the corresponding earnings measure of the [REDACTED] equity investments to measure the fair value. The directors believe that the estimated fair values resulting from the valuation technique, which are recorded in the consolidated statement of financial position, and the related changes in fair values, which are recorded in other comprehensive income, are reasonable, and that they were the most appropriate values at the end of each of the Relevant Periods.

The Group invests in [REDACTED] investments, which represent wealth management products issued by banks in Mainland China. The Group has estimated the fair value of these [REDACTED] investments by using a discounted cash flow valuation model based on the market interest rates of instruments with similar terms and risks.

− I-104 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Fair value hierarchy

The following tables illustrate the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s financial instruments:

Assets measured at fair value:

As at 31 December 2018 Fair value measurement using Quoted prices in Significant Significant active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Total (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Other financial assets — 8,500 8,112 16,612

As at 31 December 2019 Fair value measurement using Quoted prices in Significant Significant active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Total (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Other financial assets — 6,700 15,116 21,816

As at 31 December 2020 Fair value measurement using Quoted prices in Significant Significant active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Total (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Other financial assets — 900 10,090 10,990

− I-105 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

Liabilities measured at fair value:

The Group did not have any financial liabilities measured at fair value as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020.

Liabilities for which fair values are disclosed:

As at 31 December 2018 Fair value measurement using Quoted prices in Significant Significant active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Total (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings - non-current portion — 180,884 — 180,884 Other financial - liabilities non-current portion — 502,921 — 502,921

As at 31 December 2019 Fair value measurement using Quoted prices in Significant Significant active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Total (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings - non-current portion — 292,411 — 292,411 Other financial liabilities non-current portion — 683,234 — 683,234

− I-106 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

As at 31 December 2020 Fair value measurement using Quoted prices in Significant Significant active observable unobservable markets inputs inputs Total (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings - non-current portion — 799,686 — 799,686 Other financial liabilities - non-current portion — 685,862 — 685,862

There were no transfers of fair value measurements between Level 1 and Level 2 and no transfers into or out of Level 3 for both financial assets and financial liabilities as at 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020.

45. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

Financial risk management

The Group’s principal financial instruments, other than derivatives, comprise cash and cash equivalents, trade and bills receivables, other financial assets, pledged deposits, other receivables and payables, trade and bills payables, interest-bearing and other borrowings bank and other financial liabilities. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations. The Group has various other financial assets and liabilities such as trade and bills receivables and trade and bills payables, which arise directly from its operations.

The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The board of directors reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are summarised below.

(i) Interest rate risk

The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s long-term debt obligations with a floating interest rate.

The Group closely monitors its interest rate risk by performing periodic reviews and evaluations of its debt portfolio and gearing ratio. The interest rates and terms of repayment of the interest-bearing bank and other borrowings of the Group are disclosed in note 31 to the Historical Financial Information. In the opinion of the directors, the Group has no significant interest rate risk and has not used any interest rate swaps to hedge its exposure to interest rate risk.

− I-107 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, of the Group’s profit/(loss) before tax (through the impact on floating rate borrowings):

Increase/ Increase/ (decrease) (decrease) in in basis profit/(loss) points before tax RMB’000

2018 RMB 50 (747) RMB (50) 747

2019 RMB 50 (983) RMB (50) 983

2020 RMB 50 (1,491) RMB (50) 1,491

(i) Credit risk

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, pledged deposits, trade receivables, contract assets and other receivables, represent the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk in relation to financial assets.

The Group’s major customers are PRC Government agencies, which accounted for a substantial amount of the Group’s total operating revenue during the Relevant Periods. The Group also has policies in place to ensure that services are rendered to customers with appropriate credit history and the Group performs periodic credit evaluation of its customers.

The credit quality of the financial assets included in prepayments, other receivables and other assets is considered to be “normal” when they are not past due and there is no information indicating that the financial assets had a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, otherwise, the credit quality of the financial assets is considered to be “doubtful”.

For trade receivables and contract assets to which the Group applies the simplified approach for impairment, information based on the provision matrix is disclosed in notes 25 and 24 to the Historical Financial Information, respectively.

During the year of 2020, the Group provided guarantees of RMB 173,290,000 for an independent third party and RMB 1,000,000 for an associate, respectively, to banks. On the initial recognition and as at 31 December 2020, the guarantees were fair valued at zero.

− I-108 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

(ii) Liquidity risk

The Group closely monitors its liquidity risk by performing periodic reviews and evaluations of its liquidity with regard to the industry characteristics, market conditions, business strategies and changes in the Group’s state of affairs and adjusting the current and non-current portions of the Group’s debt portfolio on a proper and timely basis. In addition, the Group aims to ensure a continuity of funds and flexibility through the use of various means of financing and by keeping committed credit lines available.

The maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities as at the end of the reporting period, based on the contractual undiscounted payments, is as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 On Less than 1to5 More than demand 1 year years 5 years Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings — 154,356 169,335 32,106 355,797 Trade and bills payables 436,372 — — — 436,372 Financial liabilities included in other payables and accruals 7,425 — — — 7,425 Lease liabilities — 5,729 20,005 31,191 56,925 Other financial liability — — 643,520 — 643,520

442,797 160,085 832,860 63,297 1,500,039

As at 31 December 2019 On Less than 1to5 More than demand 1 year years 5 years Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings — 102,259 194,018 32,100 328,377 Trade and bills payables 643,982 — — — 643,982 Financial liabilities included in other payables and accruals 100,147 — — — 100,147 Lease liabilities — 9,010 36,991 33,981 79,982 Other financial liabilities — — 799,451 — 799,451

744,129 111,269 1,030,460 66,081 1,951,939

− I-109 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

As at 31 December 2020 On Less than 1to5 More than demand 1 year years 5 years Total RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings — 361,972 290,350 255,590 907,912 Trade and bills payables 784,952 — — — 784,952 Financial liabilities included in other payables and accruals 14,228 — — — 14,228 Lease liabilities — 15,561 32,581 28,400 76,542 Other financial liabilities — — 753,968 — 753,968 Financial guarantee — 1,000 173,290 — 174,290

799,180 378,533 1,250,189 283,990 2,711,892

Capital management

The primary objectives of the Group’s capital management are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern and to maintain healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and maximise shareholders’ value.

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares. No changes were made in the objectives, policies or processes for managing capital during the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020.

− I-110 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX I ACCOUNTANTS’ REPORT

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by the capital plus net debt. Net debt includes interest-bearing bank and other borrowings, lease liabilities and other financial liabilities, less cash and bank balances. Capital represents equity attributable to owners of the Company. The gearing ratios as at the end of each of the Relevant Pperiods were as follows:

As at 31 December 2018 2019 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000

Interest-bearing bank and other borrowings 310,850 283,650 865,261 Other financial liabilities 500,547 670,231 666,598 Lease liabilities 41,991 58,488 57,967 Less: Cash and cash equivalents (162,926) (99,566) (323,568)

Net debt 690,462 912,803 1,266,258

Equity attributable to owners of the parent 463,458 558,435 658,348

Capital and net debt 1,153,920 1,471,238 1,924,606

Gearing ratio 60% 62% 66%

46. EVENTS AFTER THE RELEVANT PERIODS

On 30 May 2021, Chili Roost, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited, an independent third party of the Group, subscribed for [REDACTED] shares of the Company at par value of HK$0.001 per share, as the Company’s directors and shareholders are of the view that it is in the Group’s best interest to issue new shares at nominal consideration to Chili Roost because a larger stake of Valley Orchards Limited in the Group will accelerate our [REDACTED] process and can serve as an endorsement of the Group, which is conducive to establishing our Company as a preferred investment in the ecological and environmental protection industry amongst international institutional investors after the [REDACTED].

47. SUBSEQUENT FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

No audited financial statements have been prepared by the Company, Group or any of its subsidiaries in respect of any period subsequent to 31 December 2020.

− I-111 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX II UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following information does not form part of the Accountants’ Report on the Historical Financial Information from Ernst & Young, Certified Public Accountants, Hong Kong, the Company’s reporting accountants, as set forth in Appendix I to this document, and is included herein for information purpose only.

A. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA ADJUSTED CONSOLIDATED NET TANGIBLE ASSETS

The following unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets has been prepared in accordance with paragraph 4.29 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited and with reference to Accounting Guideline 7 “Preparation of Pro Forma Financial Information for inclusion in Investment Circulars” issued by the Hong Kong Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“HKICPA”) for illustration purpose only, and is set out below to illustrate the effect of the [REDACTED] on our consolidated net tangible assets as of 31 December 2020 as if it had taken place on that date.

The unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets attributable to the owners of the Company has been prepared for illustrative purposes only and because of its hypothetical nature, it may not give a true picture of the financial position of the Group had the [REDACTED] been completed as of 31 December 2020 or any future date. It is prepared based on the consolidated net tangible assets as at 31 December 2020 as set out in the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set forth in Appendix I to this document, and adjusted as described below. The unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets does not form part of the Accountants’ Report on the Historical Financial Information as set out in Appendix I to this document.

Unaudited pro forma adjusted Consolidated net consolidated net Unaudited pro forma tangible assets tangible assets adjusted consolidated net attributable to Estimated net attributable to tangible assets owners of the [REDACTED] owners of the attributable to owners of Company as of 31 from the issue of Company as of 31 the Company per Share December 2020 [REDACTED] December 2020 as of 31 December 2020 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB’000 RMB HK$ (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 4) (Note 4)

Based on an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per Share 633,895 [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED]

Based on an [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per Share 633,895 [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED] [REDACTED]

Notes:

(1) The unaudited consolidated net tangible assets attributable to owners of the Company as of 31 December 2020 is extracted from the Historical Financial Information set out in Appendix I, which is based on the audited consolidated equity attributable to owners of the Company as of 31 December 2020 of approximately RMB658,348,000 after deducting other intangible assets and goodwill attribute to owners of the Company of RMB3,768,000 and RMB20,685,000, respectively.

− II-1 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX II UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(2) The estimated net [REDACTED] from the issue of New Shares are based on the [REDACTED] New Shares to be issued and [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] and HK$[REDACTED] per Share, being the lower end price and higher end price of the stated [REDACTED], respectively, after deduction of the [REDACTED] fees and other related expenses payable by the Company and do not take into account any Shares which may be issued upon exercise of the [REDACTED].

(3) The unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets attributable to owners of the Company and the amounts per Share are arrived at after the adjustments referred to in the preceding paragraphs and on the basis that [REDACTED] Shares were in issue assuming that the [REDACTED] had been completed on 31 December 2020 and the respective [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] and HK$[REDACTED] per Share.

(4) In connection with the preparation of the unaudited pro forma financial information, the unaudited pro forma adjusted consolidated net tangible assets attributable to owners of the Company per Share are converted into Hong Kong dollars at a rate of HK$1 = RMB0.8289. No representation is made that the RMB amounts have been, could have been or may be converted into Hong Kong dollar, or vice versa at that rate.

(5) No adjustment has been made to reflect any trading result or other transactions of our Group entered into subsequent to 31 December 2020. In particular, the unaudited pro forma adjusted net tangible assets of the Group attributable to the owners of the Company as shown on pages II-1 and II-2 have not been adjusted to illustrate the effect of the following:

On 30 May 2021, Chili Roost, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability and wholly owned by Valley Orchards Limited, subscribed for [REDACTED] shares of the Company at par value of HK$0.001 per share. The subscription of new shares to Chili Roost would have increased the total number of share in issue from [REDACTED] Shares as mentioned in note (3) above to [REDACTED] Shares and would have increased the unaudited pro forma adjusted combined net tangible assets of the Group attributable to owners of the Company as at 31 December 2020 to RMB[REDACTED] or RMB[REDACTED], or would have decreased to RMB[REDACTED] (HK$[REDACTED]) per Share or RMB[REDACTED] (HK$[REDACTED]) per Share based on the [REDACTED] of HK$[REDACTED] per Share or HK$[REDACTED] per Share, respectively.

− II-2 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX II UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following is the text of a report, prepared for the purpose of incorporation in this document, received from the reporting accountants, Ernst & Young, Certified Public Accountants, Hong Kong, in respect of the unaudited pro forma financial information.

[REDACTED]

− II-3 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX II UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

[REDACTED]

− II-4 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX II UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

[REDACTED]

− II-5 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

Set out below is a summary of certain provisions of the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of the Company and of certain aspects of Cayman Islands company law.

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability on 14 August 2017 under the Cayman Companies Act. The Company’s constitutional documents consist of the Memorandum and the Articles.

1. MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

(a) The Memorandum provides, inter alia, that the liability of members of the Company is limited and that the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted (and therefore include acting as an investment company), and that the Company shall have and be capable of exercising any and all of the powers at any time or from time to time exercisable by a natural person or body corporate whether as principal, agent, contractor or otherwise and, since the Company is an exempted company, that the Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands.

(b) By special resolution the Company may alter the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified in it.

2. ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

The Articles were conditionally adopted on [REDACTED] with effect from the [REDACTED] Date. A summary of certain provisions of the Articles is set out below.

(a) Shares

(i) Classes of shares

The share capital of the Company consists of ordinary shares.

(ii) Variation of rights of existing shares or classes of shares

Subject to the Cayman Companies Act, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may (unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) be varied, modified or abrogated either with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. The provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply to every such separate general meeting, but so that the necessary quorum (other than at an adjourned meeting) shall be not less than two persons together holding (or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or

− III-1 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class. Every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him, and any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

Any special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

(iii) Alteration of capital

The Company may, by an ordinary resolution of its members: (a) increase its share capital by the creation of new shares of such amount as it thinks expedient; (b) consolidate or divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger or smaller amount than its existing shares; (c) divide its unissued shares into several classes and attach to such shares any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges or conditions; (d) subdivide its shares or any of them into shares of an amount smaller than that fixed by the Memorandum; (e) cancel any shares which, at the date of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled; (f) make provision for the allotment and issue of shares which do not carry any voting rights; and (g) change the currency of denomination of its share capital.

(iv) Transfer of shares

Subject to the Cayman Companies Act and the requirements of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”), all transfers of shares shall be effected by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in such other form as the Board may approve and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a Clearing House or its nominee(s), under hand or by machine imprinted signature, or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

Execution of the instrument of transfer shall be by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee, provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferor or transferee or accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a share until the name of the transferee is entered in the register of members of the Company in respect of that share.

The Board may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time remove any share on the principal register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the principal register or any other branch register. Unless the Board otherwise agrees, no shares on the principal register shall be removed to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be removed to the principal register or any other branch

− III-2 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

register. All removals and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration and registered, in the case of shares on any branch register, at the relevant registration office and, in the case of shares on the principal register, at the place at which the principal register is located.

The Board may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve or on which the Company has a lien. It may also decline to register a transfer of any share issued under any share option scheme upon which a restriction on transfer subsists or a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders.

The Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless a certain fee, up to such maximum sum as the Stock Exchange may determine to be payable, is paid to the Company, the instrument of transfer is properly stamped (if applicable), is in respect of only one class of share and is lodged at the relevant registration office or the place at which the principal register is located accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require is provided to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do).

The register of members may, subject to the Listing Rules, be closed at such time or for such period not exceeding in the whole 30 days in each year as the Board may determine.

Fully paid shares shall be free from any restriction on transfer (except when permitted by the Stock Exchange) and shall also be free from all liens.

(v) Power of the Company to purchase its own shares

The Company may purchase its own shares subject to certain restrictions and the Board may only exercise this power on behalf of the Company subject to any applicable requirement imposed from time to time by the Articles or any code, rules or regulations issued from time to time by the Stock Exchange and/or the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong.

Where the Company purchases for redemption a redeemable Share, purchases not made through the market or by tender shall be limited to a maximum price and, if purchases are by tender, tenders shall be available to all members alike.

(vi) Power of any subsidiary of the Company to own shares in the Company

There are no provisions in the Articles relating to the ownership of shares in the Company by a subsidiary.

− III-3 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(vii) Calls on shares and forfeiture of shares

The Board may, from time to time, make such calls as it thinks fit upon the members in respect of any monies unpaid on the shares held by them respectively (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) and not by the conditions of allotment of such shares made payable at fixed times. A call may be made payable either in one sum or by instalments. If the sum payable in respect of any call or instalment is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the person or persons from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the same at such rate not exceeding 20% per annum as the Board shall fix from the day appointed for payment to the time of actual payment, but the Board may waive payment of such interest wholly or in part. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same, either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the money uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him, and in respect of all or any of the monies so advanced the Company may pay interest at such rate (if any) not exceeding 20% per annum as the Board may decide.

If a member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment, the Board may, for so long as any part of the call or instalment remains unpaid, serve not less than 14 days’ notice on the member requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall also name the place where payment is to be made. The notice shall also state that, in the event of non-payment at or before the appointed time, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

If the requirements of any such notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. Such forfeiture will include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares but shall, nevertheless, remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares together with (if the Board shall in its discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate not exceeding 20% per annum as the Board may prescribe.

− III-4 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(b) Directors

(i) Appointment, retirement and removal

At any time or from time to time, the Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director either to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an additional Director to the existing Board subject to any maximum number of Directors, if any, as may be determined by the members in general meeting. Any Director so appointed to fill a casual vacancy shall hold office only until the first general meeting of the Company after his appointment and be subject to re-election at such meeting. Any Director so appointed as an addition to the existing Board shall hold office only until the first annual general meeting of the Company after his appointment and be eligible for re-election at such meeting. Any Director so appointed by the Board shall not be taken into account in determining the Directors or the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation at an annual general meeting.

At each annual general meeting, one third of the Directors for the time being shall retire from office by rotation. However, if the number of Directors is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to but not less than one third shall be the number of retiring Directors. The Directors to retire in each year shall be those who have been in office longest since their last re-election or appointment but, as between persons who became or were last re-elected Directors on the same day, those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot.

No person, other than a retiring Director, shall, unless recommended by the Board for election, be eligible for election to the office of Director at any general meeting, unless notice in writing of the intention to propose that person for election as a Director and notice in writing by that person of his willingness to be elected has been lodged at the head office or at the registration office of the Company. The period for lodgment of such notices shall commence no earlier than the day after despatch of the notice of the relevant meeting and end no later than seven days before the date of such meeting and the minimum length of the period during which such notices may be lodged must be at least seven days.

A Director is not required to hold any shares in the Company by way of qualification nor is there any specified upper or lower age limit for Directors either for accession to or retirement from the Board.

A Director may be removed by an ordinary resolution of the Company before the expiration of his term of office (but without prejudice to any claim which such Director may have for damages for any breach of any contract between him and the Company) and the Company may by ordinary resolution appoint another in his place. Any Director so appointed shall be subject to the “retirement by rotation” provisions. The number of Directors shall not be less than two.

− III-5 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

The office of a Director shall be vacated if he:

(aa) resign;

(bb) dies;

(cc) is declared to be of unsound mind and the Board resolves that his office be vacated;

(dd) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors generally;

(ee) he is prohibited from being or ceases to be a director by operation of law;

(ff) without special leave, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months, and the Board resolves that his office is vacated;

(gg) has been required by the stock exchange of the Relevant Territory (as defined in the Articles) to cease to be a Director; or

(hh) is removed from office by the requisite majority of the Directors or otherwise pursuant to the Articles.

From time to time the Board may appoint one or more of its body to be managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine, and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. The Board may also delegate any of its powers to committees consisting of such Director(s) or other person(s) as the Board thinks fit, and from time to time it may also revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes, but every committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may from time to time be imposed upon it by the Board.

(ii) Power to allot and issue shares and warrants

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Act, the Memorandum and Articles and without prejudice to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, any share may be issued with or have attached to it such rights, or such restrictions, whether with regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise, as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine (or, in the absence of any such determination or so far as the same may not make specific provision, as the Board may determine). Any share may be issued on terms that, upon the happening of a specified event or upon a given date and either at the option of the Company or the holder of the share, it is liable to be redeemed.

− III-6 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

The Board may issue warrants to subscribe for any class of shares or other securities of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.

Where warrants are issued to bearer, no certificate in respect of such warrants shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board is satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the original certificate has been destroyed and the Company has received an indemnity in such form as the Board thinks fit with regard to the issue of any such replacement certificate.

Subject to the provisions of the Cayman Companies Act, the Articles and, where applicable, the rules of any stock exchange of the Relevant Territory (as defined in the Articles) and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, all unissued shares in the Company shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times, for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fit, but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount.

Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to members or others whose registered addresses are in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this is or may, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. However, no member affected as a result of the foregoing shall be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever.

(iii) Power to dispose of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries

While there are no specific provisions in the Articles relating to the disposal of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Board may exercise all powers and do all acts and things which may be exercised or done or approved by the Company and which are not required by the Articles or the Cayman Companies Act to be exercised or done by the Company in general meeting, but if such power or act is regulated by the Company in general meeting, such regulation shall not invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulation had not been made.

(iv) Borrowing powers

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money, to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Cayman Companies Act, to issue debentures, debenture stock, bonds and other securities of the Company, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

− III-7 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(v) Remuneration

The Directors shall be entitled to receive, as ordinary remuneration for their services, such sums as shall from time to time be determined by the Board or the Company in general meeting, as the case may be, such sum (unless otherwise directed by the resolution by which it is determined) to be divided among the Directors in such proportions and in such manner as they may agree or, failing agreement, either equally or, in the case of any Director holding office for only a portion of the period in respect of which the remuneration is payable, pro rata. The Directors shall also be entitled to be repaid all expenses reasonably incurred by them in attending any Board meetings, committee meetings or general meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties as Directors. Such remuneration shall be in addition to any other remuneration to which a Director who holds any salaried employment or office in the Company may be entitled by reason of such employment or office.

Any Director who, at the request of the Company, performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such special or extra remuneration as the Board may determine, in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration as a Director. An executive Director appointed to be a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director or other executive officer shall receive such remuneration and such other benefits and allowances as the Board may from time to time decide. Such remuneration shall be in addition to his ordinary remuneration as a Director.

The Board may establish, either on its own or jointly in concurrence or agreement with subsidiaries of the Company or companies with which the Company is associated in business, or may make contributions out of the Company’s monies to, any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or former Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit with the Company or any of its subsidiaries) and former employees of the Company and their dependents or any class or classes of such persons.

The Board may also pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable, whether or not subject to any terms or conditions, pensions or other benefits to employees and former employees and their dependents, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or former employees or their dependents are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned above. Such pension or benefit may, if deemed desirable by the Board, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of, or upon or at any time after, his actual retirement.

(vi) Compensation or payments for loss of office

Payments to any present Director or past Director of any sum by way of compensation for loss of office or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being a payment to which the Director is contractually or statutorily entitled) must be approved by the Company in general meeting.

− III-8 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(vii) Loans and provision of security for loans to Directors

The Company shall not directly or indirectly make a loan to a Director or a director of any holding company of the Company or any of their respective close associates, enter into any guarantee or provide any security in connection with a loan made by any person to a Director or a director of any holding company of the Company or any of their respective close associates, or, if any one or more of the Directors hold(s) (jointly or severally or directly or indirectly) a controlling interest in another company, make a loan to that other company or enter into any guarantee or provide any security in connection with a loan made by any person to that other company.

(viii) Disclosure of interest in contracts with the Company or any of its subsidiaries

With the exception of the office of auditor of the Company, a Director may hold any other office or place of profit with the Company in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine, and may be paid such extra remuneration for that other office or place of profit, in whatever form, in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Articles. A Director may be or become a director, officer or member of any other company in which the Company may be interested, and shall not be liable to account to the Company or the members for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director, officer or member of such other company. The Board may also cause the voting power conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company to be exercised in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit, including the exercise in favour of any resolution appointing the Directors or any of them to be directors or officers of such other company.

No Director or intended Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such Director holding that office or the fiduciary relationship established by it. A Director who is, in any way, materially interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the earliest meeting of the Board at which he may practically do so.

There is no power to freeze or otherwise impair any of the rights attaching to any share by reason that the person or persons who are interested directly or indirectly in that share have failed to disclose their interests to the Company.

− III-9 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

A Director shall not vote or be counted in the quorum on any resolution of the Board in respect of any contract or arrangement or proposal in which he or any of his close associate(s) has/have a material interest, and if he shall do so his vote shall not be counted nor shall he be counted in the quorum for that resolution, but this prohibition shall not apply to any of the following matters:

(aa) the giving of any security or indemnity to the Director or his close associate(s) in respect of money lent or obligations incurred or undertaken by him or any of them at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(bb) the giving of any security or indemnity to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries for which the Director or his close associate(s) has/have himself/themselves assumed responsibility in whole or in part whether alone or jointly under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

(cc) any proposal concerning an offer of shares, debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any other company which the Company may promote or be interested in for subscription or purchase, where the Director or his close associate(s) is/are or is/are to be interested as a participant in the [REDACTED] or sub-[REDACTED] of the offer;

(dd) any proposal or arrangement concerning the benefit of employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including the adoption, modification or operation of either: (i) any employees’ share scheme or any share incentive or share option scheme under which the Director or his close associate(s) may benefit; or (ii) any of a pension fund or retirement, death or disability benefits scheme which relates to Directors, their close associates and employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and does not provide in respect of any Director or his close associate(s) any privilege or advantage not generally accorded to the class of persons to which such scheme or fund relates; and

(ee) any contract or arrangement in which the Director or his close associate(s) is/are interested in the same manner as other holders of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company by virtue only of his/their interest in those shares, debentures or other securities.

(ix) Proceedings of the Board

The Board may meet anywhere in the world for the despatch of business and may adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it thinks fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote.

− III-10 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(c) Alterations to the constitutional documents and the Company’s name

To the extent that the same is permissible under Cayman Islands law and subject to the Articles, the Memorandum and Articles of the Company may only be altered or amended, and the name of the Company may only be changed, with the sanction of a special resolution of the Company.

(d) Meetings of member

(i) Special and ordinary resolutions

A special resolution of the Company must be passed by a majority of not less than three-fourths of the votes cast by such members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or by proxy or, in the case of members which are corporations, by their duly authorised representatives or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given.

Under Cayman Companies Act, a copy of any special resolution must be forwarded to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands within 15 days of being passed.

An “ordinary resolution”, by contrast, is a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes of such members of the Company as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, in the case of members which are corporations, by their duly authorised representatives or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which notice has been duly given.

A resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of all members shall be treated as an ordinary resolution duly passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held, and where relevant as a special resolution so passed.

(ii) Voting rights and right to demand a poll

Subject to any special rights, restrictions or privileges as to voting for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares at any general meeting: (a) on a poll every member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every share which is fully paid or credited as fully paid registered in his name in the register of members of the Company but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for this purpose as paid up on the share; and (b) on a show of hands every member who is present in person (or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative) or by proxy shall have one vote. Where more than one proxy is appointed by a member which is a Clearing House (as defined in the Articles) or its nominee(s), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. On a poll, a member entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he does use in the same way.

− III-11 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting is to be decided by poll save that the chairman of the meeting may, pursuant to the Listing Rules, allow a resolution to be voted on by a show of hands. Where a show of hands is allowed, before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll may be demanded by (in each case by members present in person or by proxy or by a duly authorised corporate representative):

(A) at least two members;

(B) any member or members representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

(C) a member or members holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting on which an aggregate sum has been paid equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

Should a Clearing House or its nominee(s) be a member of the Company, such person or persons may be authorised as it thinks fit to act as its representative(s) at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person authorised in accordance with this provision shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the Clearing House or its nominee(s) as if such person were an individual member including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

Where the Company has knowledge that any member is, under the Listing Rules, required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution or restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution, any votes cast by or on behalf of such member in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.

(iii) Annual general meetings

The Company must hold an annual general meeting each year other than the year of the Company’s adoption of the Articles. Such meeting must be held not more than 15 months after the holding of the last preceding annual general meeting, or such longer period as may be authorised by the Stock Exchange at such time and place as may be determined by the Board.

(iv) Requisition of general meetings

Extraordinary general meetings may be convened on the requisition of one or more members holding, at the date of deposit of the requisition, not less than one tenth of the paid up capital of the Company having the right of voting at general meetings. Such requisition shall be made in writing to the Board or the secretary of the Company for the purpose of requiring an extraordinary general meeting to be called by the Board for the

− III-12 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

transaction of any business specified in such requisition. Such meeting shall be held within two months after the deposit of such requisition. If within 21 days of such deposit, the Board fails to proceed to convene such meeting, the requisitionist(s) himself (themselves) may do so in the same manner, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionist(s) as a result of the failure of the Board shall be reimbursed to the requisitionist(s) by the Company.

(v) Notices of meetings and business to be conducted

An annual general meeting of the Company shall be called by at least 21 days’ notice in writing, and any other general meeting of the Company shall be called by at least 14 days’ notice in writing. The notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day for which it is given, and must specify the time, place and agenda of the meeting and particulars of the resolution(s) to be considered at that meeting and, in the case of special business, the general nature of that business.

Except where otherwise expressly stated, any notice or document (including a share certificate) to be given or issued under the Articles shall be in writing, and may be served by the Company on any member personally, by post to such member’s registered address or (in the case of a notice) by advertisement in the newspapers. Any member whose registered address is outside Hong Kong may notify the Company in writing of an address in Hong Kong which shall be deemed to be his registered address for this purpose. Subject to the Cayman Companies Act and the Listing Rules, a notice or document may also be served or delivered by the Company to any member by electronic means.

Although a meeting of the Company may be called by shorter notice than as specified above, such meeting may be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

(i) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all members of the Company entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

(ii) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% of the total voting rights in the Company.

All business transacted at an extraordinary general meeting shall be deemed special business. All business shall also be deemed special business where it is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of certain routine matters which shall be deemed ordinary business.

(vi) Quorum for meetings and separate class meetings

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business, and continues to be present until the conclusion of the meeting.

− III-13 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

The quorum for a general meeting shall be two members present in person (or in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative) or by proxy and entitled to vote. In respect of a separate class meeting (other than an adjourned meeting) convened to sanction the modification of class rights the necessary quorum shall be two persons holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class.

(vii) Proxies

Any member of the Company entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company is entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a member of the Company and shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a member who is an individual and for whom he acts as proxy as such member could exercise. In addition, a proxy shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of a member which is a corporation and for which he acts as proxy as such member could exercise if it were an individual member. On a poll or on a show of hands, votes may be given either personally (or, in the case of a member being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or if the appointor is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of a duly authorised officer or attorney. Every instrument of proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, shall be in such form as the Board may from time to time approve, provided that it shall not preclude the use of the two-way form. Any form issued to a member for appointing a proxy to attend and vote at an extraordinary general meeting or at an annual general meeting at which any business is to be transacted shall be such as to enable the member, according to his intentions, to instruct the proxy to vote in favour of or against (or, in default of instructions, to exercise his discretion in respect of) each resolution dealing with any such business.

(e) Accounts and audit

The Board shall cause proper books of account to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and of the assets and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Cayman Companies Act (which include all sales and purchases of goods by the company) necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to show and explain its transactions.

The books of accounts of the Company shall be kept at the head office of the Company or at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by any Director. No member (other than a Director) shall have any right to inspect any account, book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Cayman Companies Act or ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or authorised by the Board or the Company in general meeting.

− III-14 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

The Board shall from time to time cause to be prepared and laid before the Company at its annual general meeting balance sheets and profit and loss accounts (including every document required by law to be annexed thereto), together with a copy of the Directors’ report and a copy of the auditors’ report, not less than 21 days before the date of the annual general meeting. Copies of these documents shall be sent to every person entitled to receive notices of general meetings of the Company under the provisions of the Articles together with the notice of annual general meeting, not less than 21 days before the date of the meeting.

Subject to the rules of the stock exchange of the Relevant Territory (as defined in the Articles), the Company may send summarized financial statements to members who have, in accordance with the rules of the stock exchange of the Relevant Territory, consented and elected to receive summarized financial statements instead of the full financial statements. The summarized financial statements must be accompanied by any other documents as may be required under the rules of the stock exchange of the Relevant Territory, and must be sent to those members that have consented and elected to receive the summarised financial statements not less than 21 days before the general meeting.

The Company shall at each annual general meeting appoint auditor(s) to hold office until the conclusion of the next annual general meeting on such terms and with such duties as may be agreed with the Board. The Board may fill any casual vacancy in the office of auditors, but while any such vacancy continues the surviving or continuing auditors (if any) may act. The auditors’ remuneration shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or by the Board if authority is so delegated by the members.

The members may, at a general meeting remove the auditor(s) by a special resolution at any time before the expiration of the term of office of the auditor(s) and shall, by an ordinary resolution, at that meeting appoint new auditor(s) in place of the removed auditor(s) for the remainder of the term.

The auditors shall audit the financial statements of the Company in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles of Hong Kong, the International Accounting Standards or such other standards as may be permitted by the Stock Exchange.

(f) Dividends and other methods of distribution

The Company in general meeting may declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the members but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board.

Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share may otherwise provide:

(i) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, although no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall for this purpose be treated as paid up on the share;

− III-15 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(ii) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata in accordance with the amount paid up on the shares during any portion(s) of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; and

(iii) the Board may deduct from any dividend or other monies payable to any member all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls, instalments or otherwise.

Where the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend should be paid or declared, the Board may resolve:

(aa) that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the members entitled to such dividend will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof) in cash in lieu of such allotment; or

(bb) that the members entitled to such dividend will be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit.

Upon the recommendation of the Board, the Company may by ordinary resolution in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company determine that it may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to members to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

Any dividend, bonus or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent and shall be sent at the holder’s or joint holders’ risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other monies payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

Whenever the Board or the Company in general meeting has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind.

The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the money uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him, and in respect of all or any of the monies so advanced may pay interest at such rate (if any) not exceeding 20% per annum, as the Board may decide, but a payment in advance of a call shall not entitle the member to receive any dividend or to exercise any other rights or privileges as a member in respect of the share or the due portion of the shares upon which payment has been advanced by such member before it is called up.

− III-16 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

All dividends, bonuses or other distributions unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise used by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed and the Company shall not be constituted a trustee in respect thereof. All dividends, bonuses or other distributions unclaimed for six years after having been declared may be forfeited by the Board and, upon such forfeiture, shall revert to the Company.

No dividend or other monies payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

The Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants remain uncashed on two consecutive occasions or after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

(g) Inspection of corporate records

For so long as any part of the share capital of the Company is [REDACTED] on the Stock Exchange, any member may inspect any register of members of the Company maintained in Hong Kong (except when the register of members is closed) without charge and require the provision to him of copies or extracts of such register in all respects as if the Company were incorporated under and were subject to the Hong Kong Companies Ordinance.

(h) Rights of minorities in relation to fraud or oppression

There are no provisions in the Articles concerning the rights of minority members in relation to fraud or oppression. However, certain remedies may be available to members of the Company under Cayman Islands law, as summarized in paragraph 3(f) of this Appendix.

(i) Procedures on liquidation

A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.

Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares:

(i) if the Company is wound up, the surplus assets remaining after payment to all creditors shall be divided among the members in proportion to the capital paid up on the shares held by them respectively; and

(ii) if the Company is wound up and the surplus assets available for distribution among the members are insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital, such assets shall be distributed, subject to the rights of any shares which may be issued on special terms and conditions, so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the members in proportion to the capital paid up on the shares held by them, respectively.

− III-17 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

If the Company is wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or compelled by the court), the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Cayman Companies Act, divide among the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company, whether the assets consist of property of one kind or different kinds, and the liquidator may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property to be so divided and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members and the members within each class. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of members as the liquidator thinks fit, but so that no member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property upon which there is a liability.

(j) Subscription rights reserve

Provided that it is not prohibited by and is otherwise in compliance with the Cayman Companies Act, if warrants to subscribe for shares have been issued by the Company and the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which would result in the subscription price of such warrants being reduced below the par value of the shares to be issued on the exercise of such warrants, a subscription rights reserve shall be established and applied in paying up the difference between the subscription price and the par value of such shares.

3. CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company on 14 August 2017 subject to the Cayman Companies Act. Certain provisions of Cayman Islands company law are set out below but this section does not purport to contain all applicable qualifications and exceptions or to be a complete review of all matters of the Cayman Companies Act and taxation, which may differ from equivalent provisions in jurisdictions with which interested parties may be more familiar.

(a) Company operations

An exempted company such as the Company must conduct its operations mainly outside the Cayman Islands. An exempted company is also required to file an annual return each year with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands and pay a fee which is based on the amount of its authorised share capital.

(b) Share capital

Under Cayman Companies Act, a Cayman Islands company may issue ordinary, preference or redeemable shares or any combination thereof. Where a company issues shares at a premium, whether for cash or otherwise, a sum equal to the aggregate amount or value of the premiums on those shares shall be transferred to an account, to be called the “share premium account”. At the option of a company, these provisions may not apply to premiums on shares of that company allotted pursuant to any arrangements in consideration of the acquisition or cancellation of

− III-18 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

shares in any other company and issued at a premium. The share premium account may be applied by the company subject to the provisions, if any, of its memorandum and articles of association, in such manner as the company may from time to time determine including, but without limitation, the following:

(i) paying distributions or dividends to members;

(ii) paying up unissued shares of the company to be issued to members as fully paid bonus shares;

(iii) any manner provided in section 37 of the Cayman Companies Act;

(iv) writing-off the preliminary expenses of the company; and

(v) writing-off the expenses of, or the commission paid or discount allowed on, any issue of shares or debentures of the company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no distribution or dividend may be paid to members out of the share premium account unless, immediately following the date on which the distribution or dividend is proposed to be paid, the company will be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Subject to confirmation by the court, a company limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, if authorised to do so by its articles of association, by special resolution reduce its share capital in any way.

(c) Financial assistance to purchase shares of a company or its holding company

There are no statutory prohibitions in the Cayman Islands on the granting of financial assistance by a company to another person for the purchase of, or subscription for, its own, its holding company’s or a subsidiary’s shares. Therefore, a company may provide financial assistance provided the directors of the company, when proposing to grant such financial assistance, discharge their duties of care and act in good faith, for a proper purpose and in the interests of the company. Such assistance should be on an arm’s-length basis.

(d) Purchase of shares and warrants by a company and its subsidiaries

A company limited by shares or a company limited by guarantee and having a share capital may, if so authorised by its articles of association, issue shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the company or a member and, for the avoidance of doubt, it shall be lawful for the rights attaching to any shares to be varied, subject to the provisions of the company’s articles of association, so as to provide that such shares are to be or are liable to be so redeemed. In addition, such a company may, if authorised to do so by its articles of association, purchase its own shares, including any redeemable shares; an ordinary resolution of the company approving the manner and terms of the purchase will be required if the articles of association do not authorise the manner and terms of such purchase. A company may not redeem

− III-19 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

or purchase its shares unless they are fully paid. Furthermore, a company may not redeem or purchase any of its shares if, as a result of the redemption or purchase, there would no longer be any issued shares of the company other than shares held as treasury shares. In addition, a payment out of capital by a company for the redemption or purchase of its own shares is not lawful unless, immediately following the date on which the payment is proposed to be made, the company shall be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Shares that have been purchased or redeemed by a company or surrendered to the company shall not be treated as cancelled but shall be classified as treasury shares if held in compliance with the requirements of Section 37A(1) of the Cayman Companies Act. Any such shares shall continue to be classified as treasury shares until such shares are either cancelled or transferred pursuant to the Cayman Companies Act.

A Cayman Islands company may be able to purchase its own warrants subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the relevant warrant instrument or certificate. Thus there is no requirement under Cayman Islands law that a company’s memorandum or articles of association contain a specific provision enabling such purchases. The directors of a company may under the general power contained in its memorandum of association be able to buy, sell and deal in personal property of all kinds.

A subsidiary may hold shares in its holding company and, in certain circumstances, may acquire such shares.

(e) Dividends and distributions

Subject to a solvency test, as prescribed in the Cayman Companies Act, and the provisions, if any, of the company’s memorandum and articles of association, a company may pay dividends and distributions out of its share premium account. In addition, based upon English case law which is likely to be persuasive in the Cayman Islands, dividends may be paid out of profits.

For so long as a company holds treasury shares, no dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be made, in respect of a treasury share.

(f) Protection of minorities and shareholders’ suits

It can be expected that the Cayman Islands courts will ordinarily follow English case law precedents (particularly the rule in the case of Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions to that rule) which permit a minority member to commence a representative action against or derivative actions in the name of the company to challenge acts which are ultra vires, illegal, fraudulent (and performed by those in control of the Company) against the minority, or represent an irregularity in the passing of a resolution which requires a qualified (or special) majority which has not been obtained.

Where a company (not being a bank) is one which has a share capital divided into shares, the court may, on the application of members holding not less than one-fifth of the shares of the

− III-20 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

company in issue, appoint an inspector to examine the affairs of the company and, at the direction of the court, to report on such affairs. In addition, any member of a company may petition the court, which may make a winding up order if the court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that the company should be wound up.

In general, claims against a company by its members must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or be based on potential violation of their individual rights as members as established by a company’s memorandum and articles of association.

(g) Disposal of assets

There are no specific restrictions on the power of directors to dispose of assets of a company, however, the directors are expected to exercise certain duties of care, diligence and skill to the standard that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances, in addition to fiduciary duties to act in good faith, for proper purpose and in the best interests of the company under English common law (which the Cayman Islands courts will ordinarily follow).

(h) Accounting and auditing requirements

A company must cause proper records of accounts to be kept with respect to: (i) all sums of money received and expended by it; (ii) all sales and purchases of goods by it and (iii) its assets and liabilities.

Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

If a company keeps its books of account at any place other than at its registered office or any other place within the Cayman Islands, it shall, upon service of an order or notice by the Tax Information Authority pursuant to the Tax Information Authority Law (2017 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, make available, in electronic form or any other medium, at its registered office copies of its books of account, or any part or parts thereof, as are specified in such order or notice.

(i) Exchange control

There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in effect in the Cayman Islands.

− III-21 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

(j) Taxation

Pursuant to section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, the Company has obtained an undertaking from the Financial Secretary that:

(i) no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits or income or gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

(ii) no tax be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable by the Company:

(aa) on or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or

(bb) by way of withholding in whole or in part of any relevant payment as defined in the Tax Concessions Act (2018 Revision).

The undertaking for the Company is for a period of 20 years from 23 August 2017.

The Cayman Islands currently levy no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciations and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to the Company levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands save for certain stamp duties which may be applicable, from time to time, on certain instruments.

(k) Stamp duty on transfers

No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on transfers of shares of Cayman Islands companies save for those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands.

(l) Loans to directors

There is no express provision prohibiting the making of loans by a company to any of its directors. However, the company’s articles of association may provide for the prohibition of such loans under specific circumstances.

(m) Inspection of corporate records

The members of a company have no general right to inspect or obtain copies of the register of members or corporate records of the company. They will, however, have such rights as may be set out in the company’s articles of association.

(n) Register of members

A Cayman Islands exempted company may maintain its principal register of members and any branch registers in any country or territory, whether within or outside the Cayman Islands,

− III-22 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

as the company may determine from time to time. There is no requirement for an exempted company to make any returns of members to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands. The names and addresses of the members are, accordingly, not a matter of public record and are not available for public inspection. However, an exempted company shall make available at its registered office, in electronic form or any other medium, such register of members, including any branch register of member, as may be required of it upon service of an order or notice by the Tax Information Authority pursuant to the Tax Information Authority Act (2017 Revision) of the Cayman Islands.

(o) Register of Directors and officers

Pursuant to the Cayman Companies Act, the Company is required to maintain at its registered office a register of directors, alternate directors and officers which is not available for inspection by the public. A copy of such register must be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands and any change must be notified to the Registrar within 30 days of any change in such directors or officers, including a change of the name of such directors or officers.

(p) Winding up

A Cayman Islands company may be wound up by: (i) an order of the court; (ii) voluntarily by its members; or (iii) under the supervision of the court.

The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where, in the opinion of the court, it is just and equitable that such company be so wound up.

A voluntary winding up of a company (other than a limited duration company, for which specific rules apply) occurs where the company resolves by special resolution that it be wound up voluntarily or where the company in general meeting resolves that it be wound up voluntarily because it is unable to pay its debt as they fall due. In the case of a voluntary winding up, the company is obliged to cease to carry on its business from the commencement of its winding up except so far as it may be beneficial for its winding up. Upon appointment of a voluntary liquidator, all the powers of the directors cease, except so far as the company in general meeting or the liquidator sanctions their continuance.

In the case of a members’ voluntary winding up of a company, one or more liquidators are appointed for the purpose of winding up the affairs of the company and distributing its assets.

As soon as the affairs of a company are fully wound up, the liquidator must make a report and an account of the winding up, showing how the winding up has been conducted and the property of the company disposed of, and call a general meeting of the company for the purposes of laying before it the account and giving an explanation of that account.

When a resolution has been passed by a company to wind up voluntarily, the liquidator or any contributory or creditor may apply to the court for an order for the continuation of the winding up under the supervision of the court, on the grounds that: (i) the company is or is likely

− III-23 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

to become insolvent; or (ii) the supervision of the court will facilitate a more effective, economic or expeditious liquidation of the company in the interests of the contributories and creditors. A supervision order takes effect for all purposes as if it was an order that the company be wound up by the court except that a commenced voluntary winding up and the prior actions of the voluntary liquidator shall be valid and binding upon the company and its official liquidator.

For the purpose of conducting the proceedings in winding up a company and assisting the court, one or more persons may be appointed to be called an official liquidator(s).The court may appoint to such office such person or persons, either provisionally or otherwise, as it thinks fit, and if more than one person is appointed to such office, the court shall declare whether any act required or authorized to be done by the official liquidator is to be done by all or any one or more of such persons. The court may also determine whether any and what security is to be given by an official liquidator on his appointment; if no official liquidator is appointed, or during any vacancy in such office, all the property of the company shall be in the custody of the court.

(q) Reconstructions

Reconstructions and amalgamations may be approved by a majority in number representing 75% in value of the members or creditors, depending on the circumstances, as are present at a meeting called for such purpose and thereafter sanctioned by the courts. Whilst a dissenting member has the right to express to the court his view that the transaction for which approval is being sought would not provide the members with a fair value for their shares, the courts are unlikely to disapprove the transaction on that ground alone in the absence of evidence of fraud or bad faith on behalf of management, and if the transaction were approved and consummated the dissenting member would have no rights comparable to the appraisal rights (i.e. the right to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of their shares) ordinarily available, for example, to dissenting members of a United States corporation.

(r) Take-overs

Where an offer is made by a company for the shares of another company and, within four months of the offer, the holders of not less than 90% of the shares which are the subject of the offer accept, the offeror may, at any time within two months after the expiration of that four-month period, by notice require the dissenting members to transfer their shares on the terms of the offer. A dissenting member may apply to the Cayman Islands courts within one month of the notice objecting to the transfer. The burden is on the dissenting member to show that the court should exercise its discretion, which it will be unlikely to do unless there is evidence of fraud or bad faith or collusion as between the offeror and the holders of the shares who have accepted the offer as a means of unfairly forcing out minority members.

(s) Indemnification

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, save to the extent any such provision may be held by the court to be contrary to public policy, for example, where a provision purports to provide indemnification against the consequences of committing a crime.

− III-24 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX III SUMMARY OF THE CONSTITUTION OF OUR COMPANY AND CAYMAN ISLANDS COMPANY LAW

4. GENERAL

Appleby, the Company’s legal adviser on Cayman Islands law, has sent to the Company a letter of advice which summarises certain aspects of the Cayman Islands company law. This letter, together with a copy of the Cayman Companies Act, is available for inspection as referred to in the paragraph headed “Documents Available for Inspection and Display” in Appendix V of this document. Any person wishing to have a detailed summary of Cayman Islands company law or advice on the differences between it and the laws of any jurisdiction with which he is more familiar is recommended to seek independent legal advice.

− III-25 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

A. FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT OUR COMPANY

1. Incorporation of our Company

Our Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands under the Companies Act as an exempted company with limited liability on 14 August 2017. Our Company has established a principal place of business in Hong Kong at Unit 2413A, 24/F, Lippo Centre Tower One, 89 Queensway, Admiralty, Hong Kong and was registered as a non-Hong Kong company in Hong Kong under Part 16 of the Companies Ordinance on 23 December 2020. Our Company has appointed Mr. Chen Kun as its authorised representative under the Companies Ordinance for the acceptance of service of process and notices in Hong Kong.

As our Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands, it is subject to the Companies Act and its constitution documents comprising the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association. A summary of various parts of the constitution documents of our Company and relevant aspects of the Cayman Islands company law is set out in Appendix III to this document.

2. Changes in share capital of our Company

As at the date of incorporation of our Company, our authorised share capital was HK$380,000 dividend into 380,000,000 ordinary shares of par value of HK$0.001 each.

On 3 November 2017, Mr. Zhao transferred one Share of our Company to Zhao’s BVI Company, as a consideration for one share of Zhao’s BVI Company issued and allotted to Mr. Zhao.

On 3 November 2017, our Company issued and allotted 35,799,999, 30,600,000, 25,500,000, 25,500,000, 22,800,000, 25,000,000, 24,600,000 and 20,000,000 Shares at par value, to Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Shenglin BVI Company, Mengsheng BVI Company, Ma’s BVI Company and Hou’s BVI Company, respectively.

On 10 November 2017, our Company issued and allotted 20,000,000 Shares to Green Thrive BVI for cash consideration.

On 5 December 2017, the authorised share capital of our Company was increased from HK$380,000.00 divided into 380,000,000 Shares to HK$700,000.00 divided into 500,000,000 Shares and 200,000,000 Investor Class Shares pursuant to a resolution in writing passed by its Shareholders referred to in the paragraph headed “4. Written resolutions of our Shareholders” below.

On 5 December 2017, our Company issued and allotted 65,000,000 Investor Class Shares to Fort Minor pursuant to the Fort Minor [REDACTED] Subscription Agreement dated 9 September 2017 entered into among our Company, Fort Minor and certain the then shareholders of the Company.

On 23 May 2018, Hou’s BVI Company and Ma’s BVI Company transferred their respective 18,199,520 Shares and 23,199,360 Shares to Qiu’s BVI Company for cash consideration.

On 30 May 2021, our Company issued and allotted 57,500,000 Shares to Chili Roost at par value.

− IV-1 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Assuming that Fort Minor fully converts its [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares into Shares on the basis of one Investor Class Share for One Share and immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any new Shares which may be allotted and issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options that may be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme), the issued share capital of our Company will be HK$[REDACTED] divided into [REDACTED] Shares. Other than pursuant to the general mandate to issue Shares referred to in the paragraph headed “4. Written resolutions of our Shareholders” below and the exercise of the [REDACTED] and any options which may be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme, our Directors do not have any present intention to issue any of the authorised but unissued share capital of our Company and, without the prior approval of our Shareholder at general meeting, no issue of Shares will be made which would effectively alter the control of our Company.

Save as mentioned in the section headed “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure” in this document, there has been no alteration in the share capital of our Company since the date of its incorporation.

3. Changes in share capital of the subsidiaries of our Company

Particulars of our subsidiaries are set out in Note 1 to the Accountants’ Report, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document. Save for the subsidiaries mentioned in the Accountants’ Report and the section headed “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure” in this document, our Company has no other subsidiaries.

Save as disclosed below and the section headed “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure” in this document, there has been no alteration in the share capital of any of our subsidiaries within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document:

Mengshu Group

On 13 August 2019, the registered capital of Mengshu Group was increased by RMB2,321,212 to RMB232,121,212.

4. Written resolutions of our Shareholders

Pursuant to the written resolutions of our Shareholders passed on [REDACTED], among other things:

(a) our Company approved and adopted the Memorandum and the Articles, conditionally upon the fulfillment of the Conditions (as defined below), with effect from the [REDACTED] Date;

(b) the authorised share capital of our Company was increased from HK$700,000 divided into 500,000,000 Shares and 200,000,000 Investor Class Shares to HK$[REDACTED] divided into [REDACTED] Shares by the conversion of [REDACTED] Investor Class Share of par value HK$0.001 each into [REDACTED] Shares of par value HK$0.001 each, each ranking pari passu in all respects with all existing Shares;

− IV-2 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(c) conditional on (i) the [REDACTED] granting the approval of the [REDACTED] of, and permission to deal in, the Shares in issue and Shares to be issued as mentioned in this document including any Shares which may be allotted and issued pursuant to the exercise of the [REDACTED] and options which may be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme; and (ii) the obligations of the [REDACTED] under the [REDACTED] becoming unconditional and not being terminated in accordance with the terms of the [REDACTED] or otherwise (collectively the “Conditions”):

(i) the [REDACTED] and the [REDACTED] were approved and our Directors were authorised to allot and issue the [REDACTED] pursuant to the [REDACTED] and such number of Shares as may be allotted and issued pursuant to the exercise of the [REDACTED];

(ii) the Share Option Scheme was approved and adopted and our Directors were authorised subject to the terms and conditions of the Share Option Scheme, to grant options to subscribe for Shares thereunder and to allot, issue and deal with the Shares thereunder and to take all such steps as may be necessary, desirable or expedient to carry into effect the Share Option Scheme; and

(iii) the proposed [REDACTED] was approved and the Directors were authorized to implement the [REDACTED];

(d) conditional upon the fulfilment of the Conditions:

(i) a general unconditional mandate was given to our Directors to allot, issue and deal with, otherwise than by way of rights issue, scrip dividend schemes or similar arrangement providing for the allotment and issue of the Shares in lieu of the whole or part of a dividend on Shares in accordance with the Articles, or the exercise of any subscription or conversion rights attaching to any warrants or any securities which are convertible into Shares or the exercise of the [REDACTED] or an issue of Shares pursuant to the exercise of options which may be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme, Shares of an aggregate number not exceeding 20% of the aggregate number of Shares in issue immediately upon completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any new Shares which may be allotted and issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme). Such mandate will expire at the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of our Company; or the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting of our Company is required by the Articles or any applicable law of the Cayman Islands to be held; or when revoked, varied or renewed by an ordinary resolution of our Shareholders in a general meeting, whichever occurs first;

− IV-3 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(ii) a general unconditional mandate was given to our Directors authorising the repurchase by our Company on the Stock Exchange, or on any other stock exchange on which the securities of our Company may be [REDACTED] and which is recognised by the SFC and the Stock Exchange for this purpose, in accordance with all applicable laws and the requirements of the Listing Rules (or of such other stock exchange), of such number of Shares not exceeding 10% of the number of the Shares of our Company in issue and to be issued immediately upon completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any new Shares which may be allotted and issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme). Such mandate will expire at the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of our Company; or the expiration of the period within which the next annual general meeting of our Company is required by the Articles or any applicable law of the Cayman Islands to be held; or when revoked, varied or renewed by an ordinary resolution of our Shareholders in a general meeting, whichever occurs first; and

(iii) the general unconditional mandate as mentioned in sub-paragraph (d)(i) above was extended by the addition to the aggregate number of Shares of our Company which may be allotted or agreed to be allotted by our Directors pursuant to such general mandate of an amount representing the aggregate number of Shares of our Company repurchased by our Company pursuant to the mandate to repurchase Shares referred to in sub-paragraph (d)(ii) above, provided that such extended amount shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate number of Shares of our Company in issue immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any new Shares which may be allotted and issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme).

5. Corporate reorganisation

In preparation for the [REDACTED], the companies comprising our Group underwent the Reorganisation and our Company became the holding company of our Group. See “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure — Reorganisation” in this document for details of the Reorganisation.

− IV-4 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

6. Particulars of our subsidiaries

Set out below is a summary of the corporate information of our subsidiaries:

Mengshu BVI

Date of incorporation 5 September 2017 Place of incorporation BVI Nature Company with liability limited by shares Issued share three ordinary shares Attributable interest of our 100% Company Business scope investment holding

Mengshu HK

Date of incorporation 19 September 2016 Place of incorporation Hong Kong Nature Limited liability company Issued shares 102 ordinary shares Attributable interest of our 100% Company Business scope investment holding

He Yu Sheng

Date of establishment 12 November 2018 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company Registered capital RMB1 million Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 12 November 2018 to 11 November 2038 Scope of business (as shown Corporate management, social and economic consulting on the business licence) Legal representative Li Jianjun (栗建軍)

Mengshu Group

Date of establishment 29 October 2008 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (Taiwan, Hong Kong or Macau investment and not sole investment) Registered capital RMB232,121,212

− IV-5 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 29 October 2008 to 29 October 2058 Scope of business (as shown Production and sale of forestation seedlings and urban on the business licence) greening seedlings; landscaping and greening engineering and construction; livestock and poultry breeding and sales; cultivation and sale of vegetables, fruits and flowers Legal representative Ma Liming (馬黎明)

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological

Date of establishment 12 December 2011 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB259,686,000 Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 12 December 2011 to 11 December 2031 Scope of business (as shown Ecological environment restoration, management, protection, on the business licence) and related technology development, transfer, consultation, and services; research and development, production, sales, and technical services of native plants (water-saving, drought-tolerant, cold-tolerant plants); contracting for all kinds of landscape and greening construction projects; contracting for all kinds of integrated landscaping and greening maintenance and management of all scales; cultivation, production and operation of seedlings for landscaping and greening; machinery leasing; landscape and greening related technical consultation and information services; construction and operation of intelligent greenhouses; construction general contracting and professional contracting; big data service platform construction, technical research, consultation, development, application, service and transfer and Internet information application related software and hardware services, consultation services; carbon credits afforestation, forest resources development and utilization, planning and management, scenic spot management, own house rental, enterprise management consultation (excluding investment management and investment consultation) Legal representative Wang Tiesuo (王鐵鎖)

− IV-6 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Guizhou Mengshu Ecology

Date of establishment 3 January 2018 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB100 million Attributable interest of our 90% Company Term of business operation No fixed term Scope of business (as shown Construction of eco-environmental and cultural tourism on the business licence) projects, ecological restoration, technology development and design, urban landscaping and greening construction, urban gardening and greening services, water pollution control, atmospheric pollution control, desert control, engineering design, project construction general contracting, professional contracting, engineering technology consulting services, machinery and equipment leasing, production and sales of forestation seedlings and urban greening seedlings Legal representative Wang Yanlong (王彥龍)

Beijing Mengshu Landscape Design

Date of establishment 17 August 2016 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB2 million Attributable interest of our 75% Company Term of business operation 17 August 2016 to 16 August 2036 Scope of business (as shown Engineering survey and design; urban landscaping and on the business licence) greening; computer-animated design; construction project management; engineering technical consulting Legal representative Fan Yu (樊宇)

Beijing Mengshu Ecological

Date of establishment 16 October 2002 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (legal person sole investment) Registered capital RMB200 million Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 16 October 2002 to 15 October 2042

− IV-7 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Scope of business (as shown Urban gardening and greening construction; urban gardening on the business licence) and greening services; technology development, technology consultation, technology service; sales of flowers, plants and ornamental plants, fertilizers (excluding dangerous chemicals); machinery and equipment leasing; craftsmanship and art production service; water pollution treatment; air pollution treatment; geological survey; construction project management; geological disaster control service; labor contracting; construction general contracting; professional contracting; sales of tree seeds; engineering design, engineering survey Legal representative Cheng Yulai (程宇來)

Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

Date of establishment 21 January 2014 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (not natural person investment or holding corporation sole investment) Registered capital RMB23 million Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 21 January 2014 to 20 January 2034 Scope of business (as shown Research and development trials, consultation services, on the business licence) surveys, monitoring and evaluation, planning and design of technologies, products and construction projects in the fields of forestry and grass, agriculture and animal husbandry, ecological environment, landscaping and greening, soil and water conservation, land consolidation and reclamation; research and development, production, sales and technical services of native plants (water-saving, drought-tolerant, cold-tolerant plants); production and sales of afforestation seedlings and urban greening seedlings; planting and sales of flowers Legal representative Tie Ying (鐵英)

Hesheng Ecological Dengkou

Date of establishment 20 May 2015 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (not natural person investment or holding corporation sole investment) Registered capital RMB20 million Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 20 May 2015 to 19 May 2065 Scope of business (as shown Production and sale of afforestation seedlings, urban on the business licence) greening seedlings, economic forest seedlings, flower seedlings; farming and sales of livestock and poultry; cultivation and sales of vegetables, melons and fruits Legal representative Feng Weiping (封衛平)

− IV-8 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Chifeng Mengshu Landscape

Date of establishment 17 September 2018 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (not natural person investment or holding corporation sole investment) Registered capital RMB5,000,000 Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 17 September 2018 to 16 September 2048 Scope of business (as shown Production and sale of forestation seedlings, urban greening on the business licence) seedlings, economic forest seedlings, flowers; farming and sales of livestock and poultry; cultivation and sales of vegetables, melons and fruits Legal representative Zhou Xiaowei (周曉煒)

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Greenery Maintenance Service

Date of establishment 23 February 2017 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (not natural person investment or holding corporation sole investment) Registered capital RMB2,000,000 Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 23 February 2017 to 19 February 2047 Scope of business (as shown Greening maintenance, greening technical services, on the business licence) consultation; planting technical maintenance services; cleaning services; loading and unloading services Legal representative Ren Zhiguo (任治國)

Beijing Mengshu Investment Management

Date of establishment 28 January 2016 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (legal person sole investment) Registered capital RMB30 million Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 28 January 2016 to 27 January 2046 Scope of business (as shown Investment management on the business licence) Legal representative Li Jianjun (栗建軍)

− IV-9 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Inner Mongolia Heyuan Gusheng Agricultural Technology

Date of establishment 21 June 2013 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (not natural person investment or holding corporation sole investment) Registered capital RMB10 million Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 21 June 2013 to 20 June 2043 Scope of business (as shown Pre-packaged food sales, agricultural technology on the business licence) development, cultivation, processing and sales (excluding grain) of vegetables, melons and fruits, flowers, agricultural by-products (excluding seeds), technology development and sales of feed and raw materials of feed (excluding production and processing) Legal representative Wang Hongxia (王紅霞)

Inner Mongolia Yuanyuan Zhihui Culture and Tourism

Date of establishment 20 December 2019 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (not natural person investment or holding corporation sole investment) Registered capital RMB1 million Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 20 December 2019 to 19 December 2039 Scope of business (as shown Development and operation of tourism projects; development on the business licence) and operation of tourism products; organization of cultural and artistic exchanges (excluding performance); exhibition services; corporate planning; property management; hotel management and accommodation services; catering operation and management of parking lots; design, production, agency, and distribution of advertisement; sales of daily necessities and sporting goods Legal representative Wang Zhiming (王志明)

Inner Mongolia Mengshu Landscape Design

Date of establishment 13 April 2006 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited liability company (not natural person investment or holding corporation sole investment) Registered capital RMB5 million

− IV-10 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Attributable interest of our 100% Company Term of business operation 13 April 2006 to 12 April 2056 Scope of business (as shown Landscape planning and design; landscaping and greening on the business licence) Legal representative Wen Yuan (溫願)

Shenzhen Kunxing No.3

Date of establishment 13 November 2018 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited partnership Attributable interest of our 94.95% Company Scope of business (as shown Investment in the establishment of industrials (specific items on the business licence) to be reported separately); corporate management consulting, information consulting, business information consulting (excluding talent intermediary services, securities, futures, insurance, financial services, and other restricted items) General Partner Beijing Mengshu Investment Management

Hohhot Chengchi I Industrial Development Fund

Date of establishment 6 July 2018 Place of establishment PRC Nature Limited partnership Attributable interest of our 59.99% Company Term of business operation 6 July 2018 to 5 July 2048 Scope of business (as shown Investment management, investment advisory on the business licence) General Partner Hohhot Chengshi Equity Investment Management Co., Ltd.* (呼和浩特市成石股權投資管理有限責任公司)

Inner Mongolia Hesheng Mengshu Greenery Engineering

Date of establishment 24 March 2017 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB60,601,300 Attributable interest of our 95% Company Term of business operation 24 March 2017 to 23 March 2027 Scope of business (as shown Seedling afforestation, landscaping and greening on the business licence) construction, greening and maintenance, flower management Legal representative Feng Jianfang (馮建芳)

− IV-11 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Hulun Bei’er City Shengxin City Engineering

Date of establishment 14 December 2018 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB31,062,557 Attributable interest of our 98.01% Company Term of business operation 14 December 2018 to 13 December 2048 Scope of business (as shown Municipal engineering, urban landscape and greening on the business licence) construction, landscape technology development, technical consultation; sales of flowers, plants and ornamental plants, fertilizers (excluding dangerous chemicals); general contracting; professional contracting; engineering design Legal representative Shi Lina (史麗娜)

Hulun Bei’er City Haisheng Greenery Management

Date of establishment 23 March 2018 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB10 million Attributable interest of our 95% Company Term of business operation 23 March 2018 to 23 March 2031 Scope of business (as shown Urban landscape and greening construction, urban on the business licence) landscaping and greening services; technical services, technical consultation Legal representative Shi Lina (史麗娜)

Yu County Mengshu Landscaping Engineering

Date of establishment 13 June 2019 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB136,008,900 Attributable interest of our 90% Company Term of business operation 13 June 2019 to 12 June 2037 Scope of business (as shown Investment, construction, operation and maintenance under on the business licence) the contract of the PPP Project for the Restoration of Swampy Area in Yu County Legal representative Peng Rui (彭瑞)

− IV-12 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Zhenning Autonomous County Mengshu Landscaping Construction

Date of establishment 6 December 2019 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB117 million Attributable interest of our 90% Company Term of business operation 6 December 2019 to 5 December 2037 Scope of business (as shown Urban greening transformation, construction of mountain on the business licence) parks, wetland parks, and construction and operation management of city surrounding forest belt Legal representative Dai Laibao (代來寶)

Anqing City Mengshu Greenery Management

Date of establishment 13 December 2019 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB37,319,932 Attributable interest of our 79% Company Term of business operation 13 December 2019 to 4 December 2035 Scope of business (as shown Landscape and greening management; greening project on the business licence) construction; flower and seedling planting, care, and sales; tourism project development; flower and seedling intelligent monitoring platform management services Legal representative Zheng Wenyan (鄭文燕)

Xun County Mengshu Forestry

Date of establishment 26 July 2019 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB109,587,800 Attributable interest of our 95% Company Term of business operation 26 July 2019 to 25 July 2051 Scope of business (as shown Tree nursery; investment, construction, operation and on the business licence) maintenance of Xun County National Reserve Forest PPP Construction Project; seedling planting, production and sales Legal representative Wang Hua (王華)

− IV-13 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Chifeng City Mengzhishu Greenery Engineering

Date of establishment 31 July 2019 Place of establishment PRC Nature Other limited liability company Registered capital RMB120,000,000 Attributable interest of our 99.9% Company Term of business operation 31 July 2019 to 30 July 2036 Scope of business (as shown Artificial afforestation; landscaping and greening projects; on the business licence) greening maintenance; flower sales Legal representative Zheng Wenyan (鄭文燕)

7. Repurchase by our Company of our own securities

This paragraph contains information required by the Stock Exchange to be included in this document concerning the repurchase by our Company of our own securities.

(a) Provisions of the Listing Rule

The Listing Rules permit companies with a primary [REDACTED] on the Stock Exchange to purchase their shares on the Stock Exchange subject to certain restrictions.

(i) Shareholders’ approval

The Listing Rules provide that all proposed repurchases of shares (which must be fully paid in the case of shares) by a company with a primary [REDACTED] on the Stock Exchange must be approved in advance by an ordinary resolution, either by way of general mandate or by specific approval of a specific transaction.

Note: Pursuant to the written resolutions of our Shareholders passed on [REDACTED], a general unconditional mandate (the “Repurchase Mandate”) was given to our Directors authorising our Directors to exercise all powers of our Company to repurchase the Shares as described above in the paragraph headed “4. Written resolutions of our Shareholders” in this Appendix.

(ii) Source of funds

Repurchases must be funded out of funds legally available for the purpose in accordance with the Articles and the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our Company may not repurchase our own shares on the Stock Exchange for a consideration other than cash or for settlement otherwise than in accordance with the trading rules of the Stock Exchange.

− IV-14 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Any repurchases by our Company may be made out of our Company’s profits, out of our Company’s share premium account or out of the [REDACTED] of a fresh issue of Shares made for the purpose of the repurchase or, if authorised by the Articles and subject to the Companies Act, out of capital and, in the case of any premium payable on the repurchase, out of either or both our Company’s profits or our Company’s share premium accounts before or at the time the Shares are repurchased or, if authorised by the Articles and subject to the Companies Act, out of capital.

(iii) Core connected persons

The Listing Rules prohibit our Company from knowingly repurchasing the Shares on the Stock Exchange from a “core connected person”, which includes a Director, chief executive or substantial Shareholder of our Company or any of the subsidiaries or an associate of any of them and a core connected person shall not knowingly sell Shares to our Company.

(b) Reasons for repurchases

Our Directors believe that it is in the best interests of our Company and our Shareholders for our Directors to have a general authority from our Shareholders to enable our Company to repurchase Shares in the market. Such repurchases may, depending on the market conditions and funding arrangements at the time, lead to an enhancement of our Company’s net asset value and/or earnings per Share and will only be made when our Directors believe that such repurchases will benefit our Company and Shareholders.

(c) Exercise of the Repurchase Mandate

Exercise in full of the Repurchase Mandate, on the basis of [REDACTED] Shares in issue after completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any new Shares which may be allotted and issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme), could accordingly result in up to [REDACTED] Shares being repurchased by our Company during the period in which the Repurchase Mandate remains in force.

Under the Listing Rules, any Shares repurchased under the Repurchase Mandate must be fully paid up. The [REDACTED] of all Shares repurchased shall be automatically cancelled upon repurchase and the certificates for those repurchased Shares shall be cancelled and destroyed.

(d) Funding of repurchase

In repurchasing Shares, our Company may only apply funds legally available for such purpose in accordance with the Articles, the Listing Rules and the applicable laws of the Cayman Islands.

Our Directors do not propose to exercise the Repurchase Mandate to such extent as would, in the circumstances, have a material adverse effect on the working capital requirements of our Company or the gearing levels which in the opinion of our Directors are from time to time appropriate for our Company.

− IV-15 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(e) General

None of our Directors or, to the best of their knowledge having made all reasonable enquiries, any of their associates (as defined in the Listing Rules), has any present intention if the Repurchase Mandate is exercised to sell any Shares to our Company.

Our Directors have undertaken to the Stock Exchange that, so far as the same may be applicable, they will exercise the Repurchase Mandate in accordance with the Listing Rules and the applicable laws of the Cayman Islands.

If as a result of a repurchase of Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Mandate, a Shareholder’s proportionate interest in the voting rights of our Company increases, such increase will be treated as an acquisition for the purposes of the Takeovers Code. Accordingly, a Shareholder or a group of Shareholders acting in concert, depending on the level of increase of our Shareholders’ interest, could obtain or consolidate control of our Company and may become obliged to make a mandatory offer in accordance with Rule 26 of the Takeovers Code as a result of any such increase. Our Directors are not aware of any consequence that would arise under the Takeovers Code as a result of a repurchase pursuant to the Repurchase Mandate.

Our Directors will not exercise the Repurchase Mandate if the repurchase would result in the number of Shares which are in the hands of the public falling below 25% of the total number of Shares in issue (or such other percentage as may be prescribed as the minimum public shareholding under the Listing Rules).

No connected person (as defined in the Listing Rules) of our Company has notified us that he/ she/ it has a present intention to sell Shares to us, or has undertaken not to do so, if the Repurchase Mandate is exercised.

B. FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT THE BUSINESS OF OUR GROUP

1. Summary of material contracts

The following contracts (not being contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business) have been entered into by the members of our Group within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document and are or may be material in relation to the business of our Company taken as a whole:

(a) a deed of undertaking dated 30 December 2019 entered into between China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited (中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司) and Fort Minor Limited, pursuant to which instead of paying the valuation adjustment payment, China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited (中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司) agreed to issue, and Fort Minor Limited agreed to subscribe for, [REDACTED] warrants upon and subject to the terms and conditions set out in the warrant instrument at nil consideration;

− IV-16 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(b) a warrant instrument dated 30 December 2019 was executed by China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited (中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司) relating to the creation of 52,970,000 warrants to Fort Minor Limited to subscribe for new Shares in the capital of China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited (中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司)byway of a deed poll;

(c) a reorganising fund disposal agreement dated 23 November 2020 entered into by and among Zhao Quansheng (趙泉勝), China Mengyang Ecological Company Limited, Li Feng (李峰), China Mengduan Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙椴生態有限公司), China Mengli Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙櫟生態有限公司), Qiu Lianjun (邱連軍), China Mengsang Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙桑生態有限公司), Ma Guilan (馬桂蘭), China Mengshan Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙杉生態有限公司), Hou Bo (侯波), China Mengsong Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙松生態有限公司), Gao Yubao (高玉豹), Wang Shiwei (王世偉), Zhang Zhiguang (張志光), Li Guangjun (李廣軍) and Li Binbin (李彬彬), Ningbo Mengsheng Investment Management Partnership (Limited Partnership)* (寧波蒙升投資管理合夥企業(有限合夥)), China Mengsheng Ecological Company Limited (中國蒙升生態有限公司), Li Jianjun (栗建軍), Tie Ying (鐵英), Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春) and Ma Liming (馬黎明), Ningbo Shenglin Investment Management Partnership (Limited Partnership)* (寧波盛林投資管理合夥企業(有限合夥)), China Shenglin Ecological Company Limited (中國盛林生態有限公司), Inner Mongolia Huirong Datong Commerce Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古匯融達通商貿有限公司), Hesheng Mengshu Ecological (China) Company Limited (和盛蒙樹生態(中國)有限公司), Inner Mongolia He Yu Sheng Business Consulting Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古和瑜盛商務諮詢有限公司), Mengshu Ecological Construction Group Co., Ltd.* (蒙樹生態建設集團有限公司) and China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited (中國蒙樹生態集團有限公司), pursuant to which Inner Mongolia Huirong Datong Commerce Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古匯融達通商貿有限公 司) transferred 1% of the equity interest in Mengshu Ecological Construction Group Co., Ltd.* (蒙樹生態建設集團有限公司) to Inner Mongolia He Yu Sheng Business Consulting Co., Ltd.* (內蒙古和瑜盛商務諮詢有限公司) at a nominal consideration of RMB1;

(d) a deed of termination dated 29 June 2021 entered into by and among China Mengshu Ecological Group Company Limited, Fort Minor Limited, Ningbo Shenglin Investment Management Partnership (Limited Partnership), Ningbo Mengsheng Investment Management Partnership (Limited Partnership), Green Thrive Investments (HK) Limited, Zhao Quansheng (趙泉勝) , Li Feng (李峰), Qiu Lianjun (邱連軍), China Mengyang Ecological Company Limited, China Mengduan Ecological Company Limited, China Mengli Ecological Company Limited, China Mengsang Ecological Company Limited, Hou Bo, China Mengsong Ecological Company Limited, Ma Guilan, China Mengshan Ecological Company Limited, China Shenglin Ecological Company Limited, China Mengsheng Ecological Company Limited and Green Thrive Investments Limited, pursuant to which, all special rights granted to Green Thrive Investments Limited and Fort Minor Limited shall ceased to be effective and be discontinued upon the [REDACTED];

− IV-17 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(e) the Deed of Indemnity;

(f) the Deed of Non-competition; and

(g) the [REDACTED].

2. Intellectual property rights of our Group

Trademarks

(a) Trademarks for which registration has been granted

As of the Latest Practicable Date, we were the registered owner of and had the right to use the following trademarks which we believe are material to our business:

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

1. PRC 14494388 Mengshu 1 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

2. PRC 14494564 Mengshu 2 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

3. PRC 14494692 Mengshu 3 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

4. PRC 14494839 Mengshu 4 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

5. PRC 14494944 Mengshu 5 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

6. PRC 14495077 Mengshu 6 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

7. PRC 14495265 Mengshu 7 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

8. PRC 14495377 Mengshu 8 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

9. PRC 14495560 Mengshu 9 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

10. PRC 14495736 Mengshu 10 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

− IV-18 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

11. PRC 14496362 Mengshu 11 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

12. PRC 14496469 Mengshu 12 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

13. PRC 14496564 Mengshu 13 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

14. PRC 14496691 Mengshu 14 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

15. PRC 14496761 Mengshu 15 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

16. PRC 14496860 Mengshu 16 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

17. PRC 14497070 Mengshu 17 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

18. PRC 14497131 Mengshu 18 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

19. PRC 14497203 Mengshu 19 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

20. PRC 14497289 Mengshu 20 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

21. PRC 14497350 Mengshu 21 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

22. PRC 14497418 Mengshu 22 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

23. PRC 14497463 Mengshu 23 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

24. PRC 14497509 Mengshu 24 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

25. PRC 14497549 Mengshu 25 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

26. PRC 14497598 Mengshu 26 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

27. PRC 14497633 Mengshu 27 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

− IV-19 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

28. PRC 14497679 Mengshu 28 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

29. PRC 11806477 Mengshu 29 from 7 May 2014 to Group 6 May 2024

30. PRC 14497716 Mengshu 29 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

31. PRC 16647953 Mengshu 29 from 28 July 2016 to Group 27 July 2026

32. PRC 17398665 Inner 29 from 14 August 2016 Mongolia to 13 August 2026 Heyuan Gusheng Agricultural Technology

33. PRC 14497750 Mengshu 30 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

34. PRC 15577397 Mengshu 30 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

35. PRC 15580422 Mengshu 30 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

36. PRC 15580425 Mengshu 30 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

37. PRC 15580428 Mengshu 30 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

38. PRC 18080317 Inner 30 from 21 November Mongolia 2016 to 20 November Heyuan 2026 Gusheng Agricultural Technology

− IV-20 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

39. PRC 17398812 Inner 30 from 7 September Mongolia 2016 to 6 September Heyuan 2026 Gusheng Agricultural Technology

40. PRC 10096192 Mengshu 31 from 14 December Group 2012 to 13 December 2022

41. PRC 10564247 Mengshu 31 from 21 April 2013 Group to 20 April 2023

42. PRC 11806556 Mengshu 31 from 7 May 2014 to Group 6 May 2024

43. PRC 15580424 Mengshu 31 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

44. PRC 15580427 Mengshu 31 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

45. PRC 15580421 Mengshu 31 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

46. PRC 15577396 Mengshu 31 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

47. PRC 16647952 Mengshu 31 from 21 June 2016 to Group 20 June 2026

48. PRC 19757584 Mengshu 31 from 14 June 2017 to Group 13 June 2027

49. PRC 19757501 Mengshu 31 from 14 June 2017 to Group 13 June 2027

50. PRC 19757622 Mengshu 31 from 14 June 2017 to Group 13 June 2027

− IV-21 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

51. PRC 20915149 Mengshu 31 from 28 September Group 2017 to 27 September 2027

52. PRC 43945040 Mengshu 31 from 14 October Group 2020 to 13 October 2030

53. PRC 26068091 Mengshu 31 from 7 May 2019 to Group 6 May 2029

54. PRC 18080505 Inner 31 from 21 November Mongolia 2016 to 20 November Heyuan 2026 Gusheng Agricultural Technology

55. PRC 12835702 Inner 31 from 28 December Mongolia 2014 to 27 December Heyuan 2024 Gusheng Agricultural Technology

56. PRC 14497861 Mengshu 32 from 21 June 2015 to Group 20 June 2025

57. PRC 14497918 Mengshu 33 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

58. PRC 26066631 Mengshu 33 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

59. PRC 14497960 Mengshu 34 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

60. PRC 11806635 Mengshu 35 from 14 April 2015 Group to 13 April 2025

61. PRC 14498008 Mengshu 35 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

62. PRC 15456368 Mengshu 35 from 21 January 2017 Group to 20 January 2027

63. PRC 15580426 Mengshu 35 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

− IV-22 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

64. PRC 15580423 Mengshu 35 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

65. PRC 15580420 Mengshu 35 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

66. PRC 15577395 Mengshu 35 from 14 December Group 2015 to 13 December 2025

67. PRC 16647951 Mengshu 35 from 21 June 2016 to Group 20 June 2026

68. PRC 35118473 Mengshu 35 from 7 August 2019 Group to 6 August 2029

69. PRC 18080622 Inner 35 from 21 November Mongolia 2016 to 20 November Heyuan 2026 Gusheng Agricultural Technology

70. PRC 11806695 Mengshu 36 from 7 May 2014 to Group 6 May 2024

71. PRC 14498057 Mengshu 36 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

72. PRC 16647950 Mengshu 36 from 21 June 2016 to Group 20 June 2026

73. PRC 26058019 Mengshu 36 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

74. PRC 26071000 Mengshu 36 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

75. PRC 35127164 Mengshu 36 from 7 August 2019 Group to 6 August 2029

76. PRC 11806803 Mengshu 37 from 7 May 2014 to Group 6 May 2024

77. PRC 14498103 Mengshu 37 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

− IV-23 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

78. PRC 16647949 Mengshu 37 from 28 October Group 2016 to 27 October 2026

79. PRC 26074158 Mengshu 37 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

80. PRC 26078542 Mengshu 37 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

81. PRC 14498152 Mengshu 38 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

82. PRC 26059313 Mengshu 38 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

83. PRC 11806937 Mengshu 39 from 7 May 2014 to Group 6 May 2024

84. PRC 14498207 Mengshu 39 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

85. PRC 16647948 Mengshu 39 from 28 October Group 2016 to 27 October 2026

86. PRC 26078588 Mengshu 39 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

87. PRC 26078591 Mengshu 39 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

88. PRC 35116955 Mengshu 39 from 28 July 2019 to Group 27 July 2029

89. PRC 14498279 Mengshu 40 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

90. PRC 26215340 Mengshu 40 from 21 August 2018 Group to 20 August 2028

91. PRC 14498385 Mengshu 41 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

92. PRC 10096224 Mengshu 42 from 14 December Group 2012 to 13 December 2022

93. PRC 11807036 Mengshu 42 from 7 May 2014 to Group 6 May 2024

− IV-24 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

94. PRC 14498507 Mengshu 42 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

95. PRC 16647947A Mengshu 42 from 21 September Group 2016 to 20 September 2026

96. PRC 26058054 Mengshu 42 from 14 August 2019 Group to 13 August 2029

97. PRC 26073789 Mengshu 42 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

98. PRC 35112300 Mengshu 42 from 28 July 2019 to Group 27 July 2029

99. PRC 11807074 Mengshu 43 from 14 May 2014 to Group 13 May 2024

100. PRC 14498598 Mengshu 43 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

101. PRC 16647946 Mengshu 43 from 28 October Group 2016 to 27 October 2026

102. PRC 26069282 Mengshu 43 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

103. PRC 26072616 Mengshu 43 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

104. PRC 10096330 Mengshu 44 from 14 December Group 2012 to 13 December 2022

105. PRC 10561551 Mengshu 44 from 21 April 2013 Group to 20 April 2023

106. PRC 11807110 Mengshu 44 from 7 May 2014 to Group 6 May 2024

107. PRC 16647945A Mengshu 44 from 21 September Group 2016 to 20 September 2026

108. PRC 16647945 Mengshu 44 from 7 October 2017 Group to 6 October 2027

− IV-25 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

109. PRC 19757718 Mengshu 44 from 14 June 2017 to Group 13 June 2027

110. PRC 19757839 Mengshu 44 from 14 June 2017 to Group 13 June 2027

111. PRC 19757792 Mengshu 44 from 14 June 2017 to Group 13 June 2027

112. PRC 20915148 Mengshu 44 from 28 September Group 2017 to 27 September 2027

113. PRC 26076448 Mengshu 44 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

114. PRC 26061308 Mengshu 44 from 14 August 2018 Group to 13 August 2028

115. PRC 43940198 Mengshu 44 from 7 October 2020 Group to 6 October 2030

116. PRC 14498646 Mengshu 45 from 14 June 2015 to Group 13 June 2025

117. PRC 35108087 Mengshu 31 from 14 August 2019 Group to 13 August 2029

118. PRC 35118932 Mengshu 37 from 14 August 2019 Group to 13 August 2029

119. PRC 35124486 Mengshu 44 from 7 August 2019 Group to 6 August 2029

120. Hong Kong 303970666 Mengshu HK 16, 29, from 22 November 31, 35, 2016 to 21 November 36, 37, 2026 39, 42, 43, 44

121. Hong Kong 303970675 Mengshu HK 16, 29, from 22 November 31, 35, 2016 to 21 November 36, 37, 2026 39, 42, 43, 44

− IV-26 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Registration Registered No. Trademark Registration No. Owner Class Valid period

122. Hong Kong 303971953 Mengshu HK 16, 29, from 23 November 31, 35, 2016 to 22 November 36, 37, 2026 39, 42, 43, 44

123. Hong Kong 303980737 Mengshu HK 16, 29, from 1 December 31, 35, 2016 to 30 November 36, 37, 2026 39, 42, 43, 44

124. Hong Kong 304002722 Mengshu HK 16, 29, from 23 December 31, 35, 2016 to 22 December 36, 37, 2026 39, 42, 43, 44

125. Hong Kong 304002731 Mengshu HK 16, 29, from 23 December 31, 35, 2016 to 22 December 36, 37, 2026 39, 42, 43, 44

126. Hong Kong 304002740 Mengshu HK 16, 29, from 23 December 31, 35, 2016 to 22 December 36, 37, 2026 39, 42, 43, 44

− IV-27 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Patents

(a) Patents for which registration has been granted

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we were the registered owner of the following patents which we believe are material to our business:

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

1. A method to Invention PRC 201610832930.2 Mengshu Group 19 September 20 improve the Patent and Inner 2016 ecological Mongolia environment of the Hesheng loess hilly and Ecological gully area (一種改 Technology 善黃土丘陵溝壑區 Research Institute 生態環境的方法)

2. A gene that Invention PRC 201611018412.3 Mengshu Group 15 November 20 facilitates nutrient Patent and Inner 2016 uptake by plants, its Mongolia encoded amino acid Hesheng sequence and Ecological expression vector, Technology and applications (一 Research Institute 種促進植物吸收養 分的基因、其編碼 的氨基酸序列和表 達載體以及應用)

3. An aspen rooting Invention PRC 201710655645.2 Mengshu Group 3 August 2017 20 medium and aspen Patent and Inner rooting Mongolia transplanting and Hesheng growing method (一 Ecological 種楊樹生根培養基 Technology 及楊樹生根移栽練 Research Institute 苗方法)

4. A tissue culture Invention PRC 201810749423.1 Mengshu Group 10 July 2018 20 method of populus Patent and Inner sibiricum seedlings Mongolia (一種毛新楊種苗的 Hesheng 組織培養方法) Ecological Technology Research Institute

− IV-28 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

5. A tissue culture Invention PRC 201910236138.4 Mengshu Group 27 March 20 method for Patent and Inner 2019 seedlings of Tilia Mongolia mongolica (一種蒙 Hesheng 椴種苗的組織培養 Ecological 方法) Technology Research Institute

6. A tissue culture Invention PRC 201910236128.0 Mengshu Group 27 March 20 method for Patent and Inner 2019 seedlings of Morus Mongolia mongolica (一種蒙 Hesheng 桑種苗的組織培養 Ecological 方法) Technology Research Institute

7. A method for the Invention PRC 201910614845.2 Mengshu Group 9 July 2019 20 cultivation of Patent and Inner polyploidy in Morus Mongolia mongolica seedlings Hesheng (一種蒙桑多倍體種 Ecological 苗的培養方法) Technology Research Institute

8. A tree Invention PRC 201310431623.X Beijing Mengshu 22 September 20 reinforcement Patent Ecological and 2013 device (樹的加固裝 Inner Mongolia 置) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

9. A biological Invention PRC 201410247848.4 Inner Mongolia 6 June 2014 20 phosphate fertilizer Patent Hesheng and its Ecological manufacturing Technology method (一種生物磷 Research Institute 肥及其製備方法)

10. A method for fast Invention PRC 201610748049.4 Inner Mongolia 30 August 20 breeding of poplar Patent Hesheng 2016 tree (一種快速繁育 Ecological 楊樹苗的方法) Technology Research Institute

− IV-29 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

11. A culture medium, Invention PRC 201810114620.6 Research Institute 5 February 20 solid mycorrhizal Patent of Forestry, 2018 preparations and its Chinese Academy preparation method of Forestry and (一種培養基、固體 Inner Mongolia 菌根製劑及其製備 Hesheng 方法) Ecological Technology Research Institute

12. Solid fermentation Invention PRC 201810541450.X Inner Mongolia 30 May 2018 20 substrates, its Patent Hesheng preparation method Ecological and culture of Technology mycorrhizal Research Institute bioagents (固體發酵 and Research 基質、製備方法及 Institute of 培養菌根生物製劑 Forestry, Chinese 的方法) Academy of Forestry

13. A water-recycling Utility PRC 201620200102.2 Mengshu Group 15 March 10 device for raising Model 2016 seedlings (一種可實 Patent 現水循環的育苗裝 置)

14. A water-storage Utility PRC 201620200192.5 Mengshu Group 15 March 10 device for raising Model 2016 seedlings (儲水式育 Patent 苗裝置)

15. An automatic water Utility PRC 201620200065.5 Mengshu Group 15 March 10 spraying container Model 2016 for raising seedlings Patent (一種可自動噴水的 育苗容器)

16. A seedling breeding Utility PRC 201620200041.X Mengshu Group 15 March 10 and cultivating Model 2016 room (苗木繁育培 Patent 養室)

17. An automatic Utility PRC 201620200044.3 Mengshu Group 15 March 10 sprinkler system (自 Model 2016 動噴灌育苗裝置) Patent

− IV-30 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

18. A transplantable Utility PRC 201620200089.0 Mengshu Group 15 March 10 device for raising Model 2016 seedlings (一種可移 Patent 栽育苗裝置)

19. An automatic Utility PRC 201620200062.1 Mengshu Group 15 March 10 watering device for Model 2016 raising seedlings Patent (一種可自動澆水育 苗裝置)

20. An automatic Utility PRC 201620200013.8 Mengshu Group 15 March 10 incubator for Model 2016 raising seedlings Patent (自動化育苗培養室)

21. A water retention Utility PRC 201721138730.3 Mengshu Group 6 September 10 container for Model 2017 transporting Patent seedlings (一種用於 運輸的苗木保水容 器)

22. A land drip Utility PRC 201721140191.7 Mengshu Group 6 September 10 irrigation belt for Model 2017 plantation (一種苗 Patent 圃用地上滴灌帶)

23. A rainwater Utility PRC 201721140192.1 Mengshu Group 6 September 10 harvesting device Model 2017 for greening (一種 Patent 收集雨水用於綠化 的裝置)

24. A device for Utility PRC 201721153748.0 Mengshu Group 8 September 10 grafting broken root Model 2017 (一種樹木移植斷根 Patent 裝置)

25. A seedling frost Utility PRC 201721152859.X Mengshu Group 8 September 10 cover (一種苗木防 Model 2017 寒套) Patent

26. A seedling dipping Utility PRC 201721153750.8 Mengshu Group 8 September 10 device (一種苗木蘸 Model 2017 白裝置) Patent

− IV-31 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

27. A new simple plant Utility PRC 201921347858.X Mengshu Group 19 August 10 cultivation shed (一 Model 2019 種新型簡易植物培 Patent 育棚)

28. A new Utility PRC 201921347859.4 Mengshu Group 19 August 10 high-efficiency Model 2019 batch Petri dish Patent washing device (一 種新型高效批量培 養皿清洗裝置)

29. A new plant seed Utility PRC 201921347857.5 Mengshu Group 19 August 10 display (一種新型植 Model 2019 物種子陳列架) Patent

30. An environmentally Utility PRC 202020210716.5 Beijing Mengshu 25 February 10 friendly paint Model Ecological and 2020 spraying machine Patent Mengshu Group for landscaping (一 種園林綠色用環保 塗料噴塗機)

31. A waste wood baler Utility PRC 202020262079.6 Beijing Mengshu 5 March 2020 10 compression device Model Ecological and for landscaping (一 Patent Mengshu Group 種園林綠化用廢材 打捆機壓縮裝置)

32. A fruit picker for Utility PRC 202020215392.4 Beijing Mengshu 26 February 10 landscaping (一種園 Model Ecological and 2020 林綠化用摘果機) Patent Mengshu Group

33. An automatic Utility PRC 202020210720.1 Beijing Mengshu 25 February 10 tobacco seedling Model Ecological and 2020 transplanter for Patent Mengshu Group landscaping (一種園 林綠化用自行式煙 苗移栽機)

34. An automatic Utility PRC 202020210718.4 Beijing Mengshu 25 February 10 uniform painting Model Ecological and 2020 device for Patent Mengshu Group landscaping (一種園 林綠化用塗料自動 式均勻粉刷裝置)

− IV-32 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

35. A stainless steel Utility PRC 202020215406.2 Beijing Mengshu 26 February 10 double suction and Model Ecological and 2020 screw pump for Patent Mengshu Group landscaping (一種園 林綠化用不銹鋼雙 吸雙螺杆泵)

36. A solar — air Utility PRC 201721218449.0 Mengshu Group 20 September 10 source heat pump Model and Inner 2017 remote control Patent Mongolia system (一種太陽 Hesheng 能-空氣源熱泵遠程 Ecological 控制系統) Technology Research Institute

37. A geothermal heat Utility PRC 201721210001.4 Mengshu Group 20 September 10 pump switching Model and Inner 2017 valve remote Patent Mongolia control system (一 Hesheng 種地源熱泵開關閥 Ecological 遠程控制系統) Technology Research Institute

38. A geothermal heat Utility PRC 201721210003.3 Mengshu Group 20 September 10 pump — air source Model and Inner 2017 heat pump water Patent Mongolia pressure detection Hesheng and control system Ecological (一種地源熱泵-空氣 Technology 源熱泵水壓檢測控 Research Institute 制系統)

39. A geothermal heat Utility PRC 201721210002.9 Mengshu Group 20 September 10 pump system for Model and Inner 2017 winters in the North Patent Mongolia (一種用於北方冬季 Hesheng 的地源熱泵系統) Ecological Technology Research Institute

40. A water recycling Utility PRC 201721249569.7 Mengshu Group 27 September 10 system for Model and Inner 2017 greenhouses (一種 Patent Mongolia 用於溫室的水資源 Hesheng 回收系統) Ecological Technology Research Institute

− IV-33 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

41. A multifunctional Utility PRC 201820217821.4 Inner Mongolia 5 February 10 incubator (一種多功 Model Hesheng 2018 能培養箱) Patent Ecological Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

42. A condensate Utility PRC 201820217499.5 Inner Mongolia 5 February 10 collection system Model Hesheng 2018 for geothermal heat Patent Ecological pumps (一種用於地 Technology 源熱泵的冷凝水收 Research Institute 集系統) and Mengshu Group

43. A dust-free lawn Utility PRC 201820217500.4 Inner Mongolia 5 February 10 mower for planting Model Hesheng 2018 seedlings (一種苗木 Patent Ecological 種植用無塵除草機) Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

44. A seedling pick-up Utility PRC 201820443737.4 Inner Mongolia 29 March 10 device for dragging Model Hesheng 2018 saplings (一種用於 Patent Ecological 扦插苗的取苗裝置) Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

45. A semi-automatic Utility PRC 201820695986.2 Inner Mongolia 9 May 2018 10 mobile easy culture Model Hesheng medium dispenser Patent Ecological (半自動移動式簡易 Technology 培養基分裝儀) Research Institute and Mengshu Group

46. An irrigation Utility PRC 201821197806.4 Mengshu Group 26 July 2018 10 system for watering Model and Inner in the loess hilly Patent Mongolia area (一種用於黃土 Hesheng 丘陵區的苗圃灌溉 Ecological 系統) Technology Research Institute

− IV-34 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

47. A new angular Utility PRC 201821415661.0 Mengshu Group 29 August 10 shovel (一種新型角 Model and Inner 2018 度鏟) Patent Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

48. A planter for barren Utility PRC 201821415614.6 Mengshu Group 29 August 10 slopes (一種荒坡用 Model and Inner 2018 播種機) Patent Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

49. Canopy ruler, Utility PRC 201920690252.X Mengshu Group 14 May 2019 10 diameter at breast Model and Inner height and botanical Patent Mongolia feature Hesheng measurement tools Ecological for both (冠幅尺、 Technology 胸徑尺及包括兩者 Research Institute 的植物特徵測量工 具)

50. An ecological slope Utility PRC 201921071879.3 Mengshu Group 9 July 2019 10 fixing device Model and Inner suitable for soil Patent Mongolia slope (一種用於土 Hesheng 質邊坡的生態固坡 Ecological 裝置) Technology Research Institute

51. A protective device Utility PRC 201921221128.5 Mengshu Group 30 July 2019 10 for tree grafting (一 Model and Inner 種樹木嫁接用保護 Patent Mongolia 裝置) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

52. An incubator that is Utility PRC 201921545147.3 Mengshu Group 18 September 10 easy to pull out (一 Model and Inner 2019 種便於抽拉的培養 Patent Mongolia 箱) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

− IV-35 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

53. An integrated frame Utility PRC 201921550137.9 Mengshu Group 18 September 10 for seedling raising Model and Inner 2019 and growing, which Patent Mongolia keeps the seedlings Hesheng warm and moist (一 Ecological 種保溫保濕通用育 Technology 苗、煉苗一體式裝 Research Institute 置骨架)

54. A culture container Utility PRC 202021636606.1 Mengshu Group 7 August 2020 10 that reduces Model and Inner cross-contamination Patent Mongolia (一種可降低交叉污 Hesheng 染的組培瓶) Ecological Technology Research Institute

55. A plant cleaning Utility PRC 202021636607.6 Mengshu Group 7 August 2020 10 device for rooted Model and Inner seedlings in tissue Patent Mongolia culture (一種植物組 Hesheng 培生根苗清洗裝置) Ecological Technology Research Institute

56. A hole puncher Utility PRC 202021636610.8 Mengshu Group 7 August 2020 10 (一種打孔器) Model and Inner Patent Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

57. One ultra-clean Utility PRC 202021636719.1 Mengshu Group 7 August 2020 10 inoculation table Model and Inner (一種超淨接種工作 Patent Mongolia 臺) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

58. A new rammer (一 Utility PRC 201922304354.6 Mengshu Group 20 December 10 種新型夯土機) Model and Guizhou 2019 Patent Mengshu Ecology

59. A film laying Utility PRC 201721169337.0 Beijing Mengshu 12 September 10 machine (一種地膜 Model Ecological 2017 覆蓋機) Patent

− IV-36 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

60. An anti-seasonal Utility PRC 201721142448.2 Beijing Mengshu 6 September 10 planting rail frame Model Ecological 2017 (一種反季節種植移 Patent 動導軌架)

61. A multi-functional Utility PRC 201721142457.1 Beijing Mengshu 6 September 10 drip irrigation Model Ecological 2017 fertilizer spreader Patent with film coating (一種多功能覆膜滴 灌施肥機)

62. A device for raising Utility PRC 201721169336.6 Beijing Mengshu 12 September 10 seedlings (一種育苗 Model Ecological 2017 器) Patent

63. A grass-laid brick Utility PRC 201721138784.X Beijing Mengshu 6 September 10 floor primary Model Ecological 2017 drainage system (一 Patent 種嵌草磚面層的基 層排水系統)

64. A pit packer (一種 Utility PRC 201721169339.X Beijing Mengshu 12 September 10 挖坑打包機) Model Ecological 2017 Patent

65. A convenient Utility PRC 201820130914.3 Beijing Mengshu 25 January 10 gardening ladder Model Ecological 2018 (一種便攜式園林工 Patent 作梯)

66. An ecological mat Utility PRC 201820087482.2 Beijing Mengshu 18 January 10 for anti-rust and Model Ecological and 2018 insect protection Patent Inner Mongolia (一種抗沖防蟲護坡 Hesheng 生態墊) Ecological Technology Research Institute

67. An ecological mat Utility PRC 201820087484.1 Beijing Mengshu 18 January 10 (一種生態墊) Model Ecological and 2018 Patent Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

− IV-37 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

68. An ecological mat Utility PRC 201820088494.7 Beijing Mengshu 18 January 10 for ecological Model Ecological and 2018 protection of gullies Patent Inner Mongolia and ravines (一種應 Hesheng 用於溝壑區生態環 Ecological 境保護的生態墊) Technology Research Institute

69. An ecological mat Utility PRC 201820087415.0 Beijing Mengshu 18 January 10 for gullies in loess Model Ecological and 2018 hills (一種應用於黃 Patent Inner Mongolia 土丘陵地區溝壑區 Hesheng 的生態墊) Ecological Technology Research Institute

70. An ecological Utility PRC 201820087481.8 Beijing Mengshu 18 January 10 blanket for Model Ecological and 2018 ecological Patent Inner Mongolia restoration in gully Hesheng areas (用於溝壑區 Ecological 生態恢復的護坡生 Technology 態毯) Research Institute

71. A new adjustable Utility PRC 202020679959.3 Inner Mongolia 27 April 2020 10 municipal Model Hesheng landscaping trellis Patent Ecological (一種新型的調節式 Technology 市政景觀花架) Research Institute and Beijing Mengshu Ecological

72. An installation Utility PRC 202020679958.9 Inner Mongolia 27 April 2020 10 device and Model Hesheng municipal Patent Ecological streetlights included Technology (一種安裝裝置及包 Research Institute 含其的市政路燈) and Beijing Mengshu Ecological

− IV-38 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

73. An irrigation Utility PRC 202020679960.6 Inner Mongolia 27 April 2020 10 system for Model Hesheng landscaping (一種園 Patent Ecological 林綠化灌溉裝置) Technology Research Institute and Beijing Mengshu Ecological

74. A kerb tractor for Utility PRC 202020842631.9 Inner Mongolia 19 May 2020 10 municipal Model Hesheng landscaping projects Patent Ecological (一種用於市政景觀 Technology 工程的路緣石倒運 Research Institute 車) and Beijing Mengshu Ecological

75. A seedling truck for Utility PRC 202020842632.3 Inner Mongolia 19 May 2020 10 municipal greening Model Hesheng project and barren Patent Ecological mountain Technology reforestation (一種 Research Institute 用於市政綠化工程 and Beijing 及荒山造林的苗木 Mengshu 倒運車) Ecological

76. A municipal Utility PRC 202020679957.4 Inner Mongolia 27 April 2020 10 manhole cover (一 Model Hesheng 種市政井蓋) Patent Ecological Technology Research Institute and Beijing Mengshu Ecological

77. A municipal fence Utility PRC 202020685441.0 Inner Mongolia 27 April 2020 10 used for green belt Model Hesheng isolation (一種用於 Patent Ecological 綠化帶隔離的市政 Technology 護欄) Research Institute and Beijing Mengshu Ecological

− IV-39 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

78. A permeable grass Utility PRC 202020842633.8 Inner Mongolia 19 May 2020 10 planting brick (一種 Model Hesheng 透水植草磚) Patent Ecological Technology Research Institute and Beijing Mengshu Ecological

79. A rapid structural Utility PRC 201820853955.5 Inner Mongolia 4 June 2018 10 restoration of Model Hesheng gullies and ravines Patent Ecological in the loess hilly Technology area (適用於黃土地 Research Institute 區的溝壑區快速修 復結構)

80. A greenhouse Utility PRC 201721219399.8 Inner Mongolia 21 September 10 rolling seedling bed Model Hesheng 2017 (一種大棚溫室滾動 Patent Ecological 育苗床) Technology Research Institute and Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological

81. A greenhouse Utility PRC 201721218450.3 Inner Mongolia 21 September 10 rainwater harvesting Model Hesheng 2017 system (一種溫室雨 Patent Ecological 水收集利用系統) Technology Research Institute and Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological

82. A multi-layered Utility PRC 201721219397.9 Inner Mongolia 21 September 10 greenhouse seedling Model Hesheng 2017 bed (一種溫室育苗 Patent Ecological 多層育苗床) Technology Research Institute and Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological

− IV-40 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

83. A greenhouse bed Utility PRC 201721219398.3 Inner Mongolia 21 September 10 humidifier (一種溫 Model Hesheng 2017 室苗床加濕裝置) Patent Ecological Technology Research Institute and Inner Mongolia Mengshu Ecological

84. A rainwater Utility PRC 201721254161.9 Inner Mongolia 27 September 10 recycling and Model Hesheng 2017 collection device Patent Ecological for a greenhouse Technology roof with a series Research Institute of buildings (一種 and Inner 連棟溫室屋面雨水 Mongolia 回收彙集裝置) Mengshu Ecological

85. A dry creek Utility PRC 202021663998.0 Inner Mongolia 11 August 10 structure (一種旱溪 Model Mengshu 2020 結構) Patent Ecological and Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

86. A sapling transport Utility PRC 201721141292.6 Inner Mongolia 6 September 10 device (一種樹苗搬 Model Mengshu 2017 運裝置) Patent Ecological

87. A device for raising Utility PRC 201721153747.6 Inner Mongolia 8 September 10 seedlings (一種育苗 Model Mengshu 2017 器) Patent Ecological

88. A rainwater Utility PRC 201721141293.0 Inner Mongolia 6 September 10 harvesting system Model Mengshu 2017 (一種雨水收集系統) Patent Ecological

89. An herbicide and Utility PRC 201721138729.0 Inner Mongolia 6 September 10 sand-blasting device Model Mengshu 2017 (一種除草劑混合噴 Patent Ecological 砂裝置)

− IV-41 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Validity Period Patent Place of Registered Application (number No. Patent Name Type registration Patent Number Owner Date of years)

90. A device to Utility PRC 201721152860.2 Inner Mongolia 8 September 10 accelerate the Model Mengshu 2017 rooting of seedlings Patent Ecological (一種加速樹苗生根 裝置)

91. A seedling tree Utility PRC 201821217721.8 Inner Mongolia 27 July 2018 10 puller (一種樹苗起 Model Mengshu 樹機) Patent Ecological

92. Packing bags (corn) Appearance PRC 201430426559.1 Mengshu Group 24 October 10 (包裝袋(玉米)) Design 2014 Patent

93. Plant hanging signs Appearance PRC 201730498001.8 Mengshu Group 19 October 10 (植物掛牌) Design 2017 Patent

94. Plant information Appearance PRC 201730497985.8 Mengshu Group 19 October 10 display signs (1) Design 2017 (植物信息展示牌 Patent (1))

95. signage (指示牌) Appearance PRC 201730514337.9 Mengshu Group 26 October 10 Design 2017 Patent

96. Plant information Appearance PRC 201730498004.1 Mengshu Group 19 October 10 display signs (2) Design 2017 (植物信息展示牌 Patent (2))

97. Buildings (建築物) Appearance PRC 201830083053.3 Mengshu Group 6 March 2018 10 Design and Inner Patent Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

− IV-42 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(b) Patents under application

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we have applied for the registration of the following patents, which we consider to be material to our business:

Type of Place of Name of Application No. Patent patent application applicant Application no. date

1. A cell-specific Invention PRC Mengshu Group 202010028234.2 10 January promoter and its use Patent 2020 for protection (一種 保衛細胞特異性啟動 子及用途)

2. A method of seedling Invention PRC Mengshu Group 202010359588.5 29 April preparation for Iris Patent and Inner 2020 (一種鳶尾組培苗的煉 Mongolia 苗方法) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

3. A tissue culture Invention PRC Mengshu Group 202010387594.1 9 May 2020 method for seedlings Patent and Inner of Syringa pubescens Mongolia and the method of Hesheng obtaining large Ecological seedlings of Syringa Technology pubescens quickly Research Institute (小葉丁香的組織培養 方法及快速獲取小葉 丁香大苗的方法)

4. A LgCCHC-20045 of Invention PRC Mengshu Group 202010707147.X 21 July 2020 Larix gmelinii Patent and Inner (Rupr.) Kuzen and Mongolia its coding gene and Hesheng application (一種興 Ecological 安落葉松 Technology lgCCHC-20045及其 Research Institute 編碼基因與應用)

5. Methods, devices, Invention PRC Inner Mongolia 201910422436.2 21 May 2019 equipment and Patent Mengshu storage medium for Ecological and predicting the growth Mengshu Group status of seedlings (苗木生長狀態預測方 法、裝置、設備和存 儲介質)

− IV-43 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Type of Place of Name of Application No. Patent patent application applicant Application no. date

6. An ecological slope Invention PRC Beijing Mengshu 202110129384.7 29 January protection structure Patent Ecological and 2021 and slope protection Inner Mongolia production method Hesheng suitable for steep Ecological slopes (一種適用於陡 Technology 峭坡的生態護坡結構 Research Institute 及護坡製作方法)

7. A nutrient solution Invention PRC Inner Mongolia 201710978269.0 18 October that promotes rapid Patent Hesheng 2017 recovery of spruce Ecological trees (一種促進雲杉 Technology 樹勢快速恢復的營養 Research Institute 液)

8. A tissue culture Invention PRC Inner Mongolia 201811054581.1 11 method for Patent Hesheng September Euonymus bungeanus Ecological 2018 (一種桃葉衛矛的組織 Technology 培養方法) Research Institute

9. Intelligent irrigation Invention PRC Inner Mongolia 201911175122.3 26 method and device Patent Mengshu November (智能灌溉方法及裝 Ecological and 2019 置) Beijing Forestry University

10. Plant tissue culture Utility PRC Mengshu Group 202022539591.3 5 November toppling device (植物 Model and Inner 2020 組織培養傾倒裝置) Patent Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

11. Bottle washing Utility PRC Mengshu Group 202022539592.8 5 November device (瓶體清洗裝 Model and Inner 2020 置) Patent Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

− IV-44 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Type of Place of Name of Application No. Patent patent application applicant Application no. date

12. Seedlings support Utility PRC Mengshu Group 202120119470.5 15 January device (苗木支撐裝 Model and Inner 2021 置) Patent Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

13. An ecological fence Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 201820130912.4 25 January for landscaping (一種 Model Ecological 2018 園林用生態護欄) Patent

14. A multifunctional Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 201820130953.3 25 January floor tile for Model Ecological 2018 landscaping (一種園 Patent 林綠化用多功能地板 磚)

15. A landscape lake Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 201820130954.8 25 January water quality Model Ecological 2018 detection and alarm Patent device for landscaping (一種園 林用景觀湖水質檢測 報警裝置)

16. An irrigation system Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 201820130999.5 25 January for landscaping (一種 Model Ecological 2018 園林綠化用灌溉裝置) Patent

17. An ecological slope Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120268769.7 29 January protection structure Model Ecological and 2021 suitable for steep Patent Inner Mongolia slopes (一種適用於陡 Hesheng 峭坡的生態護坡結構) Ecological Technology Research Institute

18. A casting device Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120270000.9 29 January used for roadside Model Ecological and 2021 stone backrest (一種 Patent Inner Mongolia 用於路緣石打靠背的 Hesheng 澆築裝置) Ecological Technology Research Institute

− IV-45 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Type of Place of Name of Application No. Patent patent application applicant Application no. date

19. A plant-cultivation Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120270101.6 29 January anti-drought water Model Ecological and 2021 protection device (一 Patent Inner Mongolia 種植物種植抗旱保水 Hesheng 裝置) Ecological Technology Research Institute

20. Planting device (種植 Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120032595.4 5 January 裝置) Model Ecological and 2021 Patent Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

21. Landscape Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120032779.0 5 January maintenance device Model Ecological and 2021 (園林養護裝置) Patent Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

22. Plant support frames Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120032780.3 5 January (樹木支撐架) Model Ecological and 2021 Patent Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

23. Seedlings Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120032891.4 5 January transplanting device Model Ecological and 2021 (苗木移栽裝置) Patent Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

24. Portable fertilizing Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120032892.9 5 January device (便攜式施肥 Model Ecological and 2021 裝置) Patent Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

− IV-46 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Type of Place of Name of Application No. Patent patent application applicant Application no. date

25. Pit device for Utility PRC Beijing Mengshu 202120032911.8 5 January landscaping (園林綠 Model Ecological and 2021 化用挖坑裝置) Patent Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

26. A filtering device Utility PRC Inner Mongolia 202121165442.3 27 May 2021 and pool (一種過濾 Model Hesheng 裝置及水池) Patent Ecological Technology Research Institute

27. Windbreaks for Utility PRC Inner Mongolia 202022265258.8 12 October seedlings (苗木防風 Model Mengshu 2020 障) Patent Ecological and Inner Mongolia Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

Rights in New Varieties of Plants (植物新品種權)

(a) Rights in new varieties of plants for which registration has been granted

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we were the registered owner of the following rights in new varieties of plants which we believe are material to our business:

Rights in new Registration Place of No. varieties of plants Number Registration Registered Owner Effective date

1. Mengshu No. 1* 20170066 PRC Inner Mongolia 17 October (蒙樹1號楊) Hesheng Ecological 2017 Technology Research Institute

2. Mengshu No. 2* 20170067 PRC Inner Mongolia 17 October (蒙樹2號楊) Hesheng Ecological 2017 Technology Research Institute

− IV-47 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Rights in new Registration Place of No. varieties of plants Number Registration Registered Owner Effective date

3. Mengshu No. 3* 20190214 PRC Inner Mongolia 24 July 2019 (蒙樹3號楊) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

4. Mengshu Chiyan* 20180130 PRC Inner Mongolia 15 June 2018 (蒙樹赤焰) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute

5. Mengshu Chimei* 20200115 PRC Inner Mongolia 29 July 2020 (蒙樹赤梅) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

6. Mengshu Chixing* 20200116 PRC Inner Mongolia 29 July 2020 (蒙樹赤星) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

(b) Rights in new varieties of plants under application

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we have applied for the registration of the following rights in new varieties of plants, which we consider to be material to our business:

Rights in new Place of Application Application No. varieties of plants application Name of applicant no. date

1. Danxia (丹霞) PRC Inner Mongolia 20200002 23 November Hesheng Ecological 2019 Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

2. Suimeiren (穗美人) PRC Inner Mongolia 20200003 23 November Hesheng Ecological 2019 Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

− IV-48 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Rights in new Place of Application Application No. varieties of plants application Name of applicant no. date

3. Zilinglong PRC Inner Mongolia 20200001 23 November (紫玲瓏) Hesheng Ecological 2019 Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

4. Mengjiao No. 1* PRC Inner Mongolia 20201001803 7 April 2020 (蒙嬌1號) Hesheng Ecological Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

5. Wujinzi (無盡紫) PRC Inner Mongolia 20200931 25 October Hesheng Ecological 2020 Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

6. Mengdi (蒙荻) PRC Inner Mongolia 2020989 18 November Hesheng Ecological 2020 Technology Research Institute and Mengshu Group

7. Zimingdeng PRC Beijing Mengshu 20200932 25 October (紫明燈) Ecological 2020

Copyrights

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we have registered the following copyrights which we consider to be material to our business:

Registration Place of Registration No. Copyrights Number Registration Registered Owner Date

1. Fun World of Meng Zuo Deng PRC Mengshu Group 1 February Seeds (種子世界趣 Zi 2020 味多) -2020-L-00004178

2. All About the Meng Zuo Deng PRC Mengshu Group 1 February Annual Ring (年 Zi 2020 輪知多少) -2020-L-00004179

− IV-49 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Registration Place of Registration No. Copyrights Number Registration Registered Owner Date

3. Why Do Plants Meng Zuo Deng PRC Mengshu Group 1 February Sweat (植物為什 Zi 2020 麼會出汗) -2020-L-00004177

4. “I’m Xiaoyu” Guo Zuo Deng PRC Mengshu Group 9 February Corn Pack (“我是 Zi 2015 小玉”玉米包裝) -2015-F-00171548

Domain names

As at the Latest Practicable Date, our Group had registered the following domain name which we believe is material to our business:

Domain Name Registrant Registration Date Expiry Date

蒙樹.商標 Mengshu Group 8 January 2018 8 January 2023 蒙樹.com Mengshu Group 6 September 2019 6 September 2024 mengshu.com.cn Mengshu Group 3 April 2015 3 April 2025 hsyl.com Mengshu Group 16 May 2003 16 May 2027 mengshu.cn Mengshu Group 9 March 2007 9 March 2027 hs-tree.cn Mengshu Group 16 May 2009 16 May 2022

Save as disclosed in the paragraph headed “2. Intellectual property rights of our Group” in this Appendix, our Group has not registered or held any trade or service marks, patents, copyrights, other intellectual or industrial property rights in relation to the business of our Group.

− IV-50 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

C. FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT OUR DIRECTORS AND SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDERS

1. Interests and short positions of our Directors and chief executive in the Shares, underlying Shares and debentures of our Company and its associated corporations

Immediately following completion of the [REDACTED] (without taking into account any new Shares which may be allotted and issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or any options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme) the interests and short positions of our Directors or chief executive of our Company in the Shares, underlying Shares and debentures of our Company or any of the associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) which will have to be notified to our Company and the Stock Exchange pursuant to Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO (including any interests which they are taken or deemed to have under such provisions of the SFO) or will be required, pursuant to section 352 of the SFO, to be entered in the register as referred to therein, or will be required, or pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Companies in the Listing Rules, to be notified to our Company and the Stock Exchange, in each case once the Shares are [REDACTED] on the Stock Exchange, will be as follows:

(a) Long position in Shares

Approximate percentage of shareholding interests Number of of our Name of Director Capacity/Nature of interest Shares Company(5)

Mr. Zhao Interest of controlled corporation(2) 35,800,000 [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly with another 206,598,880 [REDACTED]% person(3)

Ms. Guo Jinchun (郭瑾春) Interest of controlled corporation(4) 22,800,000 [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly with another 206,598,880 [REDACTED]% person(3)

Mr. Ma Liming (馬黎明) Interest of controlled corporation(4) 22,800,000 [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly with another 206,598,880 [REDACTED]% person(3)

Ms. Tie Ying (鐵英) Interest of controlled corporation(4) 22,800,000 [REDACTED]%

Interest held jointly with another 206,598,880 [REDACTED]% person(3)

− IV-51 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Notes:

(1) All interests stated are long positions.

(2) Zhao’s BVI Company is beneficially owned as to 100% by Mr. Zhao. Under the SFO, Mr. Zhao is deemed to be interested in all the Shares held by China Mengyang Ecological Company Limited.

(3) Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Mr. Wang Shiwei, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Li Guangjun, Ms. Li Binbin, Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Li Jianjun and Ms. Tie Ying are parties acting in concert (having the meaning ascribed thereto in the Takeovers Code). As such, each of Mr. Zhao, Mr. Li, Mr. Qiu, Mr. Wang Shiwei, Mr. Zhang Zhiguang, Mr. Gao Yubao, Mr. Li Guangjun, Ms. Li Binbin, Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Li Jianjun and Ms. Tie Ying together with their respective holding companies (being Zhao’s BVI Company, Li’s BVI Company I, Li’s BVI Company II, Qiu’s BVI Company, Mengsheng BVI Company and Shenglin BVI Company, respectively) is deemed to be interested in all the Shares directly or indirectly held by each other.

(4) Shenglin BVI Company is beneficially owned as to approximately 34%, 26%, 21% and 19% by Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Li Jianjun and Ms. Tie Ying, respectively. Under the SFO, each of Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Guo Jinchun, Mr. Li Jianjun and Ms. Tie Ying is deemed to be interested in the Shares held by Shenglin BVI Company.

(5) It is calculated based on the assumption that the [REDACTED] Investor Class Shares being fully converted into Shares on the basis of one Investor Class Share for one Share.

2. Interests and short positions of Substantial Shareholders in the Shares, and underlying Shares of our Company

Save as disclosed in the section headed “Substantial Shareholders” in this document, our Directors or chief executive of our Company are not aware of any other person, not being a Director or chief executive of our Company, who has any an interest or short position in the Shares and underlying Shares of our Company which, once the Shares are [REDACTED], would fall to be disclosed to our Company under the provisions of Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO, or, who is, directly or indirectly interested in 10% or more of the issued voting shares of our Company.

3. Particulars of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment

Each of the executive Directors has entered into a service contract with our Company. The terms and conditions of each of such service contracts are similar in all material aspects and are briefly described as follows:

(a) Each service agreement is for an initial fixed term of [three] years commencing from the [REDACTED] Date and shall continue thereafter until it is terminated by either party by giving not less than [three] months’ notice in writing at any time after such initial fixed term to the other, provided that our Company may terminate the agreement by giving to our Director not less than [three] months’ prior notice in writing at any time after the date of the agreement. The appointment shall terminate automatically in the event of the executive Director ceasing to be a Director for whatever reason.

− IV-52 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(b) Under the arrangements currently proposed, conditional upon the [REDACTED], the annual remuneration (excluding payment pursuant to any discretionary benefits or bonus, granting of share options or other fringe benefits) payable by our Group to Mr. Zhao, Mr. Ma Liming, Ms. Tie Ying and Ms. Guo Jinchun will be approximately RMB1,620,000, RMB1,920,000, RMB820,000 and RMB720,000 respectively.

(c) Each of the executive Directors may be entitled to, if so recommended by our remuneration committee and approved by our Board at its absolute discretion, a discretionary bonus, the amount of which is determined with reference to the operating results of our Group and the performance of the executive Director.

Each of the non-executive Director has entered into a service agreement with our Company under which he/she is appointed for a period of [three] years commencing from the [REDACTED] Date. The annual director’s fee payable to Ms. Cui Hanzhang and Mr. Cheng Chi Leung, Albert under his/her letter of appointment is RMB20,000 and RMB20,000 respectively.

Each of the independent non-executive Director has entered into a letter of appointment with our Company under which each of them is appointed for a period of [one] year commencing from the [REDACTED] Date. The annual Director’s fee payable to each of Mr. Sun Baoping, Ms. Ge Xiaoping and Ms. Hao Chunhong under their respective letter of appointment shall be RMB120,000, RMB120,000 and RMB120,000 respectively. Save for the annual Director’s fees mentioned above, none of the independent non-executive Directors is expected to receive any other remuneration for holding his/her office as an independent non-executive Director.

Save as disclosed above, none of our Directors has or is proposed to have any service agreement with our Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than contracts expiring or determinable by the employer within one year without payment of compensation other than statutory compensation).

4. Remuneration of Directors

During the Track Record Period, our Directors confirmed that our Group’s remuneration policy for our Directors and senior management members of the subsidiaries were based on their experience, level of responsibility and general market conditions. Any discretionary bonus was linked to the business performance of our Group and the individual performance of such Directors and senior management members. Our Company intends to adopt the same remuneration policy after the [REDACTED], subject to the review by and the recommendations of our remuneration committee.

For each of the FY2018, FY2019 and FY2020, the aggregate amount of fees, salaries, allowances, discretionary payments, bonuses, contribution to pension schemes and equity-settled share option expense paid/payable by our Company and the companies now comprising our Group, to our Directors were approximately RMB1.4 million, RMB5.3 million and RMB8.6 million, respectively.

It is expected that the aggregate emoluments (excluding payment pursuant to any discretionary bonus or granting of share options) payable by our Group to our Directors (including the non-executive directors and independent non-executive Directors) for the year ending 31 December 2021 will be approximately RMB5.4 million.

− IV-53 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Save as disclosed above, none of our Directors received any remuneration or benefits in kind from our Group during the Track Record Period.

5. Disclaimers

(a) save as disclosed in the paragraph headed “C. Further information about our Directors and Substantial Shareholders” in this Appendix, none of our Directors or chief executive has any interest or short position in the shares, underlying shares or debentures of our Company or any of its associated corporations (within the meaning of Part XV of the SFO) immediately following the completion of the [REDACTED] and assuming that the [REDACTED] or any options granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or the options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme are not exercised, which will have to be notified to our Company and the Stock Exchange under Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO (including interests and short positions which he will be taken or deemed to have under the SFO) once the Shares are [REDACTED], or which will be required, pursuant to section 352 of the SFO, to be entered in the register referred to therein once the Shares are [REDACTED], or which will be required, pursuant to the Listing Rules relating to securities transactions by our Directors to be notified to our Company and the Stock Exchange, once the Shares are [REDACTED];

(b) so far as our Directors are aware, none of our Directors and experts referred to in the paragraph headed “F. Other Information — 6. Qualifications of experts” of this Appendix has any direct or indirect interest in the promotion of our Company, or in any assets which have within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document been acquired or disposed of by or leased to any member of our Group, or are proposed to be acquired or disposed of by or leased to any member of our Group;

(c) none of our Directors and experts referred to in the paragraph headed “F. Other Information — 6. Qualifications of experts” in this Appendix is materially interested in any contract or arrangement subsisting at the date of this document which is significant in relation to the business of our Group taken as a whole;

(d) none of our Directors has any existing or proposed service agreements with any member of our Group, excluding agreements which are determinable by the employer within one year without payment of compensation other than statutory compensation;

(e) without taking into account any new Shares which may be allotted and issued upon the exercise of the [REDACTED] and any options which may be granted under each of the [REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or the options which may be granted under the Share Option Scheme are not exercise, our Directors are not aware of any person, not being a Director of our Company, who will, immediately following completion of the [REDACTED], be interested in or has short positions in the Shares or underlying shares of our Company which have to be notified to our Company and the Stock Exchange under Divisions 2 and 3 of Part XV of the SFO once the Shares are [REDACTED], or who is, directly or indirectly, interested in 10% or more of the nominal value of any class of share capital carrying rights to vote in all circumstances at general meetings of any other member of our Group;

− IV-54 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(f) none of the experts referred to in the paragraph headed “F. Other Information — 6. Qualifications of experts” of this Appendix has any shareholding in any member of our Group or the right, whether legally enforceable or not, to subscribe for or to nominate persons to subscribe for securities in any member of our Group; and

(g) none of our Directors, their associates or any shareholder of our Company (which to the knowledge of our Directors owns more than 5% of our Company’s issued share capital) has any interest in our Group’s top five suppliers, top five subcontractors and top five customers during the Track Record Period.

6. Agency fees or commissions received

Information on the agency fees or commissions received by the [REDACTED] is set out in the section headed “[REDACTED]” in this document.

Save as disclosed herein and in the section headed “Directors and Senior management” in this document and the Accountants’ Report set out in Appendix I to this document, none of our Directors, or the experts named in the paragraph headed “F. Other Information — 6. Qualifications of experts” in this Appendix had received any agency fee, commissions, discounts, brokerages or other special terms in connection with the issue or sale of any capital of any member of our Group from our Group within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document.

7. Related party transactions

For details of the related party transactions of our Group entered into within two years immediately preceding the date of this document, please refer to note 43 to the Accountants’ Report set out in Appendix I to this document.

D. [REDACTED] SHARE OPTION SCHEMES

We have adopted the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II. As at the Latest Practicable Date, a total of 28,501,050 options have been granted to the Grantees under the schemes.

Total number of options granted to Grantees under the Name of Scheme Scheme

[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I 5,896,000 [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II 22,605,050

− IV-55 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

1. [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I adopted on 23 July 2019 and amended on 30 December 2019 and 30 May 2021.

(a) Purpose

The [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I is established to motivate the [REDACTED] Eligible Participants (as defined in sub-paragraph (b)) who are possessed of skills and experiences to work hard for the future growth and expansion of the Group by providing them with an opportunity to obtain the equity of the Company.

(b) Who may join

Our Board may, at its sole discretion, grant any option to any employee who had contributed or will contribute to the Group (“[REDACTED] Eligible Participants”).

(c) Maximum number of Shares available for subscription

The maximum number of Shares in respect of which options may be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I is 5,896,000 Shares.

(d) Exercise Price of options

The exercise price in respect of options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I is RMB2.56 per Share.

(e) Grant of options

Pursuant to the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and subject to the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, the Board, with the assistance of the senior management team, has the right (but no obligation) to make grants to any participant at its discretion at any time from 30 May 2021 (the “[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme Adoption Date”) until the day before the printing of this Document or the date of termination approved by the general meeting or the Board, whichever is earlier. Such grant shall state the terms or conditions of the grant of the options.

The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine whether all or any of the options granted or proposed to be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I shall be settled upon allotment of Shares. Any such determination may be made on a case-by-case basis or in aggregate at any time prior to the date of grant or vesting of such options, the Board shall notify the relevant [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme participant (the “Grantee”) of such determination.

− IV-56 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

A grant shall be made to a participant by notice in such form as the Board may from time to time determine (the “Grant Notice”), requiring such participant to undertake to hold the option in accordance with the terms of the option granted and subject to the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and any other terms and conditions contained in the Grant Notice, for such period as the Board may determine, provided that such grant shall cease to be acceptable after the expiry of such period or after the participant receiving the grant ceases to be a participant.

The time of acceptance of the grant shall be when the Company receives from the Grantee a Grant Notice duly signed by the Grantee and a remittance in the amount of HK$1.00 or such other amount in any other currency as the Board may determine as the consideration for the grant of the option. Such remittance will not be refunded under any circumstances.

The grant may be accepted in full. If the grant is not accepted in the prescribed manner and within the prescribed period, the grant will be deemed to have been irrevocably rejected and will lapse.

(f) Exercise of options

The options shall be owned only by the Grantee and shall not be assigned or transferred by the Grantee. The Grantee shall not sell, assign, pledge or charge any option, directly or indirectly, or create any interest in or for the benefit of any third party in any option in any manner whatsoever.

Subject to requirements under the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, the Grantee may exercise the options in whole or in part (but, if exercised only in part, in respect of a board lot of Shares or integral multiples thereof) in the manner set out under the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I by giving written notice to the Company specifying that the options will be exercised and the number of Shares in respect of which the options will be exercised. The form of notice of exercise is set out in the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I. Each such notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate exercise price in such manner as the Board of Directors may deem acceptable. Within ten business days after receipt of the notice, the Company shall accordingly, at the sole discretion of the Board but subject to the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, allot to the Grantee such number of Shares to be recorded as fully paid and issue to the Grantee (or its escrow agent) a certificate of Shares in respect of such Shares. The exercise of the options by the Grantee shall not violate the terms or conditions of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and the applicable laws, regulations, rules and requirements of any relevant country or jurisdiction.

Subject to any restrictions applicable under the Listing Rules, the Grantee may exercise the options during the exercisable period in accordance with the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and the terms of the grant of the options. If the vesting of the Shares underlying the options is subject to the satisfaction or fulfillment of other conditions set out in the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and such conditions are not satisfied, the options shall automatically lapse on the date on which such conditions are not satisfied in respect of the Shares underlying the options.

− IV-57 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

No dividend or distribution shall be payable on the underlying Shares in respect of any outstanding option. Subject as the aforesaid, the Shares allotted upon the exercise of an option shall be subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company, and shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully paid Shares in issue on the date of allotment of Shares on the exercise of the option and shall carry the same rights in voting, receipt of dividend, transfer, etc. (including the rights arising upon the winding up of the Company) and, without prejudice to the foregoing, such Shares shall entitle the holders thereof to receive all dividends or other distributions payable or made on or after the date of allotment of Shares, provided that no holder shall be entitled to receive any dividend or distributions if the registration date of such dividends were declared, recommended or resolved to be paid or made prior to the date of allotment of Shares.

(g) Vesting date

With respect to the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, the vesting date represents (1) 31 December 2022; or (2) the [REDACTED] Date if the Company completes its [REDACTED] before the end of the year 2022. Each option granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I is subject to the following vesting schedule:

Vesting date Percentage of option vested

(1) 31 December 2022; 100% (2) the [REDACTED] Date if the Company completes its [REDACTED] before the end of the year 2022 100%

(h) Lapse of options

An option or any part of it shall lapse automatically and not be exercisable, to the extent not already exercised, on the earliest of:

(i) the expiry of exercisable period (subject to the requirements of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I);

(ii) the date on which the Grantee ceases to be an employee of our Group;

(iii) the expiry of each of the period of a general offer or a takeover made to the Shareholders;

(iv) the date when the compromise or commencement of the arrangement between our Company and our Shareholder or creditors becomes effective;

(v) the date of the commencement of the winding-up of our Company;

− IV-58 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(vi) if the employment or service relationship between the Grantee and the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is terminated for reasons other than causes (including resignation, retirement, death, disability or non-renewal of employment or service agreement before its expiry for reasons other than cause) prior to the expiry of the exercisable period of any option, the option (if not yet exercised) shall automatically lapse and shall cease to be exercisable. In such case, notwithstanding any other terms under which the options are granted, the Board shall, at its discretion, determine and notify the Grantee whether the Grantee shall be entitled, after the termination of employment or services, to exercise the options (to the extent outstanding) in respect of the Shares vested and unvested as at the date of termination of the Grantee’s employment or services and the period for which such options may be exercised. With respect to the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, causes represent the events which would entitle any members of the Group to terminate the employment or service of the Grantee with immediate notice without compensation in accordance with the employment or service agreement, or if not stipulated in the employment or service agreement, refer to (a) theft, infringement, fraud, dishonesty, immoral or similar acts or criminal acts; (b) material breach of the agreement or understanding between the Grantee and the Group, including any applicable invention transfer, employment, prohibition of depreciation, prohibition of competition, confidential or other similar agreements; (c) misrepresentation or omission of any facts in relation to its employment agreement or service agreement; (d) the failure of performance by employees of any members of the Group of reasonable instructions from superiors or compliance with the Group’s policies or customary obligations of code of conduct in a way that is determined by the Group, in its discretion, to its satisfaction; or (e) any acts that materially and adversely affect the fame, reputation, or interests of the Group;

(vii) the date on which the Grantee (whether intentionally or otherwise) commits a breach of paragraph (f);

(viii) the date when the Grantee declares bankruptcy or reaches any mutual arrangement or compromise with his/her creditors;

(ix) the date on which the Grantee violates any applicable laws, regulations, rules and requirements of any relevant countries or jurisdictions;

(x) the date on which the Grantee commits a breach of the employment agreement or service agreement reached with the Group or any of its members; and

(xi) in regards of the Shares underlying the options subject to the performance or other vesting conditions, the date on which the vesting conditions of the options or Shares had yet been met.

− IV-59 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

In the case of termination of employment or services of a Grantee by any member of the Group, such Grantee may exercise the option during its term as long as the option is vested and until the end of the Exercisable Period as described below:

End of the exercisable End of the exercisable period (if the service was period (if the service was ended before the ended on or after the Reason for the termination [REDACTED] Date) [REDACTED] Date)

Termination due to disability 30 days from the six months from the [REDACTED] Date or six termination months from the termination, whichever occurs later

Termination by death 30 days from the six months from the [REDACTED] Date or six termination months from the termination, whichever occurs later

The Board shall have the power to determine whether the employment or services of the Grantee have been terminated for cause and to determine the effective date of such termination for cause, and such determination by the Board shall be final and conclusive.

If the employment or service relationship between the Grantee and the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is terminated for reasons other than cause (including resignation, retirement, death, disability or non-renewal of employment or service agreement before its expiry for reasons other than cause) prior to the expiry of the exercisable period of any option, the option (if not yet exercised) shall automatically lapse in accordance with the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and shall cease to be exercisable. In such case, notwithstanding any other terms under which the options are granted, the Board shall, at its discretion, determine and notify the Grantee whether the Grantee shall be entitled, after the termination of employment or services, to exercise the options (to the extent outstanding) in respect of the Shares vested and unvested as at the date of termination of the Grantee’s employment or services and the period for which such options may be exercised.

If the Board determines that such options shall not be exercised with respect to some or all of the underlying Shares after the termination of employment or service, then such options shall automatically lapse with respect to such underlying Shares, with the effective date of lapse being the date of termination of the Grantee’s employment or service.

(i) Lock-up

Grantees shall not dispose of any Shares obtained by the exercise of options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I before:

(a) an [REDACTED] (for the purpose of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, an [REDACTED] means an [REDACTED] and [REDACTED] of ordinary shares of the [REDACTED] vehicle, in compliance with applicable laws and stock exchange rules, on the New York Stock Exchange, the Hong Kong Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market.); or

− IV-60 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(b) Both Fort Minor and Chili Roost sell the Shares of the Company held by them. whichever occurs earlier.

In addition, the Shares held by the Grantee through any exercise of the options are subject to the following lock-up requirements, the specific arrangements for which are:

(a) one year beginning on the date of vesting of the option, the number of Shares a Grantee may dispose shall not be more than one-third of the total Shares he/she is entitled to hold through any exercises; and

(b) two years beginning on the date of vesting of the option, the number of Shares a Grantee may dispose shall not be more than two-third of the total Shares he/she is entitled to hold through any exercises.

In other words, if the Grantee does not dispose of any Shares during the one-year period beginning on the vesting date, he/she may dispose of up to two-thirds of the total number of Shares he/she is entitled to hold by any exercise in the second year beginning on the vesting date, and he/she may dispose of all of the Shares he/she is entitled to hold by any exercise in the third year beginning on the vesting date.

(j) Reorganisation of capital structure

If the capital structure of the Company is changed as a result of a capitalisation issue (as defined in the Listing Rules), or a subdivision (other than as described above in this section, the change of capital structure of the Company as a result of the issue of Shares as consideration for a transaction to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or as a result of any options, restricted shares or other equity-based incentive schemes of the Company), as required under applicable law and the Listing Rules prior to an [REDACTED], and any options remain unvested or vested but have not been exercised and/or settled, adjustments, if any, shall be made accordingly in respect of the followings:

(a) The maximum number of Shares to be granted under the scheme;

(b) the number of Shares or value of any unvested, unexercised option or exercised but unsettled option; and/or

(c) the exercise price,

or simultaneous adjustment of the aforesaid items, where:

(x) any such adjustment shall be made so that the Grantee shall be entitled to the same proportion of the share capital of the Company as the Grantee was previously entitled to; and

(y) notwithstanding the requirements under paragraph (x) above, any adjustment resulting from the issuance of securities with a dilutive effect (such as a capitalisation issue) shall be made on the basis of similar share factors used in the accounting standard for adjusting the amount of earnings per share, provided that no such adjustment shall result in the issue of shares at a price below their par value. In respect of any such adjustment, the Company’s auditors or independent financial adviser, as the case may be, shall write to the Board confirming in writing that they consider such adjustment to be fair and reasonable.

− IV-61 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

The Company shall engage the Company’s auditor or independent financial advisor to certify in writing to all Grantees or any particular Grantee that, the adjustments made by the Company pursuant to the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I comply with the requirements set out in the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I. The auditor or independent financial advisor, as the case may be, of the Company under the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I shall be an expert and not an umpire and such certification shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and the Grantee in the absence of manifest error. The fee of the auditor or the independent financial advisor (as the case may be) shall be borne by the Company.

(k) Amendment to the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I

Unless otherwise provided in the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, the Board may amend any of the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I at any time.

Without the prior approval by the Shareholders of the Company in a general meeting of the Company, the specific requirements of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I relating to the matters set out in Rule 17.03 of the Listing Rules shall not be altered to the advantages of Grantees, and no alteration to the authority of the Board in relation to amendment of the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I shall be allowed.

Any amendment of a material nature to the terms and conditions of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I or any change to the terms of an option granted must be approved by the Company’s Shareholders in the general meeting of the Company, except to the extent that the amendment or change is automatically effective under the existing terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I. Any Shareholder who has a material interest in the amendment of the terms and conditions of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I (the “Amendment”) or the variation of the terms of the options (the “Variation”) or any Shareholder who is a connected person of any [REDACTED] Eligible Participant shall recuse himself/herself from voting on the resolution approving the Amendment and/or the Variation. The decision of the Board as to the materiality of the proposed Amendment to the terms and conditions of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I shall be conclusive. Any Director who has a material interest in the Amendment and/or Variation or who is a related party of any [REDACTED] Eligible Participant shall recuse himself/herself from voting on the resolution to determine the materiality of any proposed Amendment and/or Variation.

(l) Administration of our Board

The [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I shall be subject to the administration of our Board, and the decisions of the Board relating to all matters arising out of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I or its interpretation or effect shall, unless otherwise provided in the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, be final and binding on all parties. The Board shall have the power to (a) explain the contents of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, (b) determine the persons, if any, to whom options shall be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, (c) determine the number and exercise price of the Shares to which the options relate, (d) subject to the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, make adjustments which the Board deemed necessary to the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and the terms of the options granted under the

− IV-62 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, and to notify the relevant Grantee in writing of such adjustments, and (e) make such other decisions or determinations as it deems appropriate with respect to the offer, vesting, exercise and/or administration of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I, provided that such decisions or determinations will not violate the Listing Rules.

(m) Termination

The Company by ordinary resolution in a general meeting or the Board may at any time terminate the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and in such event no further options shall be offered or granted but the provisions of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I in relation to any options (to the extent not already exercised) granted during the valid period prior to the termination of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I shall remain in full force and effect.

(n) Summary of Grantees

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Company granted an aggregate of 5,896,000 options to a total of 13 grantees, representing [REDACTED]% of the issued share capital of our Company immediately following the [REDACTED], taking no account of Shares which may be issued pursuant to the exercise of the [REDACTED] or Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I and options which may be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I. Details of the Grantees who have been granted options under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I are set out below:

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon completion of Number of the Main position Shares subject [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Mr. Zhao Chairman and No. 102, Unit 2, No. 3 2,358,400 [REDACTED]% chief executive Building, District D, officer Qiaohua Century Village, University East Road, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Ma Liming Vice president 6#-1-1 Lingnan 898,400 [REDACTED]% Zhujing, Shengle Economic Park, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

− IV-63 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon completion of Number of the Main position Shares subject [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Feng Weiping Vice president Room 102, Unit 1, 441,300 [REDACTED]% Building 15, Jinhewan Community, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Li Jianjin Vice president Room 131, Building 303,400 [REDACTED]% G4, Yuanyuan Community, Shengle Town, Helinger County, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

He Yingzhi Vice president East House, 1st Floor, 248,300 [REDACTED]% Unit 1, Zhaojun Building 7, Shengle Economic Park, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Tie Ying Vice president No. 1202, Unit 3, No. 280,000 [REDACTED]% 1 Upper Building, Dianli Jia Yuan, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Guo Jinchun Vice president No. 402, Unit 3, No. 2 220,700 [REDACTED]% Building, Fifth District, Juhai City, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Hao Fugui Assistant to Room 501, Unit 4, No. 253,100 [REDACTED]% president 7, Juhua Park, Qiaohua Century Village, Daxue Road, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

− IV-64 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon completion of Number of the Main position Shares subject [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Yang Chenglin Director West House, 6th Floor, 193,100 [REDACTED]% Unit 4, Building 2, Fenghua Apartment, Shengle Economic Park, Helinger County, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Cheng Yulai General West House, 5th Floor, 193,100 [REDACTED]% manager of Room 502, Unit 1, sales and Building 17, No. 9 marketing District, Juhai City, department Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Wang Tiesuo General East House, 4th Floor, 193,100 [REDACTED]% manager of Unit 1, Building 17, business Xuefu Jia Yuan, department Shengle Economic Development Zone, Helinger County, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Wang Yanlong Assistant to No. 14, Unit 3, 193,100 [REDACTED]% president Building 2, Forestry Bureau, Saihan District, Zhongzhuan Road, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Wang Hongxia Director Room 101, Unit 4, 120,000 [REDACTED]% Building 20, Mujisuo Community, Shandan Street, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Total 5,896,000 [REDACTED]%

− IV-65 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

2. [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II adopted on 23 July 2019 and amended on 30 December 2019 and 30 May 2021.

The principal terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II are substantially the same as the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I except that:

(a) The maximum number of Shares available for subscription

The maximum number of Shares in respect of which options may be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II is 22,605,050 Shares.

(b) Vesting date

With respect to the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II, the vesting date represents (1) 31 December 2022; (2) the target [REDACTED] date as defined in the Shareholders’ Agreement, which in any event shall be completed no later than the fifth anniversary of the date of settlement of the Shareholders’ Agreement; or (3) the date on which Fort Minor and Chili Roost do not hold any type of equity interest in the Group, whichever occurs earlier. Each option granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II is subject to the following vesting schedule:

Vesting date Percentage of option vested

(1) 31 December 2022 The percentage of option vested is determined in accordance with the profit performance of the Group

(2) The target [REDACTED] date as defined in the 100% Shareholders’ Agreement, which in any event shall be completed no later than the fifth anniversary of the date of settlement of the Shareholders’ Agreement; or

(3) the date on which Fort Minor and Chili Roost 100% do not hold any type of equity interest in the Group.

(whichever is earlier)

(c) Vesting conditions and performance targets for [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II

Subject to the terms and conditions of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II, the percentage of vesting of options granted to the Grantees on 31 December 2022 shall be in accordance with the profit performance of the Group.

− IV-66 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(d) Lock-up

The Shares held by the Grantee through any exercise of the options are subject to the following lock-up requirements, the specific arrangements for which are:

(a) one year beginning on the date of vesting of the option, the number of Shares a Grantee may dispose shall not be more than one-third of the total Shares he/she is entitled to hold through any exercises; and

(b) two years beginning on the date of vesting of the option, the number of Shares a Grantee may dispose shall not be more than two-third of the total Shares he/she is entitled to hold through any exercises.

In other words, if the Grantee does not dispose of any Shares during the one-year period beginning on the vesting date, he/she may dispose of up to two-thirds of the total number of Shares he/she is entitled to hold by any exercise in the second year beginning on the vesting date, and he/she may dispose of all of the Shares he/she is entitled to hold by any exercise in the third year beginning on the vesting date.

(e) Summary of Grantees

As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Company granted an aggregate of 22,605,050 options to a total of 36 grantees, representing [REDACTED]% of the issued share capital of our Company immediately following the [REDACTED], taking no account of Shares which may be issued pursuant to the exercise of the [REDACTED] or Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of options granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II and options which may be granted under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II. Details of the Grantees who have been granted options under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II are set out below:

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon Number of completion of Main position Shares subject the [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Mr. Zhao Chairman and No. 102, Unit 2, No. 3 9,042,020 [REDACTED]% chief executive Building, District D, officer Qiaohua Century Village, University East Road, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

− IV-67 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon Number of completion of Main position Shares subject the [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Ma Liming Vice president 6#-1-1 Lingnan 2,524,000 [REDACTED]% Zhujing, Shengle Economic Park, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Feng Weiping Vice president Room 102, Unit 1, 1,965,530 [REDACTED]% Building 15, Jinhewan Community, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Li Jianjin Vice president Room 131, Building 1,377,300 [REDACTED]% G4, Yuanyuan Community, Shengle Town, Helinger County, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

He Yingzhi Vice president East House, 1st Floor, 513,300 [REDACTED]% Unit 1, Zhaojun Building 7, Shengle Economic Park, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Tie Ying Vice president No. 1202, Unit 3, No. 550,000 [REDACTED]% 1 Upper Building, Dianli Jia Yuan, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Guo Jinchun Vice president No. 402, Unit 3, No. 2 456,200 [REDACTED]% Building, Fifth District, Juhai City, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

− IV-68 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon Number of completion of Main position Shares subject the [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Chen Xuena Vice president No. 6, Unit 3, Building 400,000 [REDACTED]% 12, Jinyu Wenyuan (North District), Qiaokao West Street, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Hao Fugui Assistant to Room 501, Unit 4, No. 509,200 [REDACTED]% president 7, Juhua Park, Qiaohua Century Village, Daxue Road, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Yang Chenglin Director West House, 6th Floor, 399,200 [REDACTED]% Unit 4, Building 2, Fenghua Apartment, Shengle Economic Park, Helinger County, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Cheng Yulai General West House, 5th Floor, 399,200 [REDACTED]% manager of Room 502, Unit 1, sales and Building 17, No. 9 marketing District, Juhai City, department Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Wang Tiesuo General East House, 4th Floor, 399,200 [REDACTED]% manager of Unit 1, Building 17, business Xuefu Jia Yuan, department Shengle Economic Development Zone, Helinger County, Inner Mongolia, PRC

− IV-69 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon Number of completion of Main position Shares subject the [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Wang Yanlong Assistant to No. 14, Unit 3, 399,200 [REDACTED]% president Building 2, Forestry Bureau, Saihan District, Zhongzhu Road, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Wang Hongxia Director 101, Unit 4, Building 338,100 [REDACTED]% 20, Mujisuo Community, Shandan Street, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Zheng Wenyan Assistant to Room 3102, Unit 3, 342,200 [REDACTED]% president Building 4, Wanda District B, Hongshan District, Chifeng City, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Fan Yu General Room 1102, Unit 2, 256,600 [REDACTED]% manager of Building 6, Dongfang Beijing Design Vienna, Ruyi Institute Development Zone, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Zhang Weiwei General No. 803, Building 10, 199,600 [REDACTED]% Manager of Yorkshire Second Gansu Design Group, Country Institute Garden, Chengguan District, Lanzhou City, Gansu Province, PRC

− IV-70 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon Number of completion of Main position Shares subject the [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Bai Xueying Director Unit 1101, Unit 4, 171,100 [REDACTED]% Building 1, Park Shijia Community, Xincheng District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Shan Xingtao Director Room 2703, Unit 3, 148,300 [REDACTED]% Building 9, Huijing, Yongtai City, Baotou Street, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Chen Dong Director Room 202, Unit 2, 171,100 [REDACTED]% Building 9, Nanhu Lishe Community, Binhe South Road, , Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Jiao Chuanbing General Room 102, Unit 2, 193,900 [REDACTED]% manager of Building 8, Lane 4, sales and Xinggongyuan, marketing Liangxiang, Fangshan department District, Beijing, PRC

Wang Qingsong General Room 1905, Building 193,900 [REDACTED]% manager of 25, Tuscany business Community, Dianchang department Road, Huiji District, Zhengzhou City, Henan Province, PRC

− IV-71 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon Number of completion of Main position Shares subject the [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Peng Rui Deputy general Room 1702, Unit 2, 171,100 [REDACTED]% manager of Building 10, Huijing, engineering Yongtai City, Hohhot, department Inner Mongolia, PRC

Tan Xiaobo Director No. Unit 2101, Unit 1, 148,300 [REDACTED]% Building 1, Dijian Haoting Community, Mingxiu Alley, Hailar Street, Xincheng District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Zhao Guiping Deputy director H4251, Yuanyuan 148,300 [REDACTED]% Community, Shengle Economic Park, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Wen Yuan Senior manager Room 503, Unit 1, 148,300 [REDACTED]% Building 2-1, Zhonghai Lanwan, Dongying South Road, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Jia Yanchun Deputy director Unit 201, Building 2, 114,100 [REDACTED]% Dongyiyuan Community, Public Security Department, Hailar East Road, Xincheng District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

− IV-72 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon Number of completion of Main position Shares subject the [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Quan Xin Deputy director West House, 2nd Floor, 114,100 [REDACTED]% West Unit, Building 2, Inner Mongolia Coal Supervision Bureau Dormitory, Guziban Lane, Zhongshan East Road, Xincheng District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Li Zhongyuan Deputy director Room 602, Unit 2, 114,100 [REDACTED]% Building 5, South District, Phase I, Taoyuan Shuixie, Qingkai Street, Huimin District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Zhang Honghong Deputy director Room 702, Unit 1, 114,100 [REDACTED]% 29th Floor, Jinhewan Community, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Liu Yang Deputy director Room 2-3, Building 6, 114,100 [REDACTED]% East District, Agricultural University, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Zhao Zhihui Senior manager Room 1201, Unit 1, 79,800 [REDACTED]% Building 2, Wendu World City, Shiyang Bridge South Road, Yuquan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

− IV-73 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Percentage of the issued share capital of our Company upon Number of completion of Main position Shares subject the [REDACTED] Name of Grantee in our Group Address to the option (approximately)

Cao Chunguang Senior manager Room 10-5-201, 79,800 [REDACTED]% Yajingyuan, Shangyuan Community, Jinchuan Development Zone, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Liu Xiaoqin Deputy director Room 1301, Unit 2, 79,800 [REDACTED]% Building 8, Jingneng Garden, Tengfei Road, Saihan District, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Wang Xujun Deputy general Room 602, Unit 4, 150,000 [REDACTED]% manager of Building 29, Shuixie engineering Huadu, Jinchuan department Development Zone, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Wang Zhiming Hotel general Room 304, Unit 1, 80,000 [REDACTED]% manager Building 1, Tianyanglou Community, Sipu Village, Shengle Economic Park, Helinger County, Hohhot, Inner Mongolia, PRC

Total 22,605,050 [REDACTED]%

− IV-74 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

E. POST-[REDACTED] SHARE OPTION SCHEME

The principal terms of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme conditionally adopted under the written resolutions of our Shareholders of our Company passed on [●] are set out below:

(a) Purpose

The purpose of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme is to enable our Group to grant options to selected participants as incentives or rewards for their contribution to our Group. Our Directors believe the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme will enable our Group to reward our employees, our Directors and other selected participants for their contributions to our Group. Given that our Directors are entitled to determine the performance targets to be achieved as well as the minimum period that an option must be held before an option can be exercised on a case by case basis, and that the exercise price of an option cannot in any event fall below the price stipulated in the Listing Rules or such higher price as may be fixed by our Directors, it is expected that grantees of an option will make an effort to contribute to the development of our Group so as to bring about an increased market price of the Shares in order to capitalise on the benefits of the options granted.

(b) Who may join

Our Directors (which expression shall, for the purpose of this paragraph, include a duly authorized committee thereof) may, at their absolute discretion, invite any person belonging to any of the following classes of participants, who our Board considers, in its sole discretion, have contributed or will contribute to our Group, to take up options to subscribe for Shares (collectively the “Eligible Participants”):

(i) any directors (including executive Directors, non-executive Directors and independent non-executive Directors) and employees of any member of our Group; and

(ii) any advisers, consultants, distributors, contractors, customers, suppliers, agents, business partners, joint venture business partners, service providers of any member of our Group.

For the purposes of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme, the options may be granted to any company wholly owned by one or more persons belonging to any of the above classes of participants. For the avoidance of doubt, the grant of any options by the Company for the subscription of Shares or other securities of our Group to any person who falls within any of the above classes of participants shall not, by itself, unless our Directors otherwise so determine, be construed as a grant of option under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme.

The eligibility of any of the above class of participants to the grant of any option shall be determined by our Directors from time to time on the basis of our Directors’ opinion as to the participant’s contribution to the development and growth of our Group.

− IV-75 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(c) Maximum number of Shares

(i) The maximum number of Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of all outstanding options granted and yet to be exercised under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme and any other share option scheme of our Group shall not in aggregate exceed 30% of the issued share capital of the Company from time to time.

(ii) The total number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of all options to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme and any other share option scheme of our Group shall not in aggregate exceed 10% of the aggregate of the Shares in issue as at the date of approval of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme, and such 10% limit represents [REDACTED] Shares (the “General Scheme Limit”).

(iii) Subject to paragraph (i) above and without prejudice to paragraph (iv) below, the Company may issue a circular to its Shareholders and seek approval of its Shareholders in a general meeting to extend the General Scheme Limit provided that the total number of Shares which may be issued upon exercise of all options to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme and any other share options scheme of our Group shall not exceed 10% of the Shares in issue as of the date of approval of the limit and, for the purpose of calculating the limit, options (including those outstanding, cancelled, lapsed or exercised in accordance with the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme and any other share option scheme of our Group) previously granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme and any other share option scheme of our Group will not be counted. The circular sent by the Company to its Shareholders shall contain, among other information, the information required under Rule 17.02(2)(d) of the Listing Rules and the disclaimer required under Rule 17.02(4) of the Listing Rules.

(iv) Subject to paragraph (i) above and without prejudice to paragraph (iii) above, the Company may seek separate Shareholders’ approval in a general meeting to grant options beyond the General Scheme Limit or, if applicable, the extended limit referred to in paragraph (iii) above to participants specifically identified by the Company before such approval is sought. In such event, the Company must send a circular to its Shareholders containing a general description of the identified participants, the number and terms of options to be granted, the purpose of granting options to the identified participants with an explanation as to how the terms of the options serve such purpose and all other information required under Rule 17.02(2)(d) of the Listing Rules and the disclaimer required under Rule 17.02(4) of the Listing Rules.

(v) The exercise of any option shall be subject to our Shareholders in general meeting approving any increase in the authorised share capital of our Company. Subject thereto, our Board shall make available sufficient authorised but unissued share capital of our Company for purpose of allotment of shares upon exercise of option(s).

− IV-76 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(d) Maximum entitlement of each participant

The total number of Shares issued and to be issued upon exercise of the options granted and to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme and any other share option scheme of our Group (including both exercised and outstanding options) to each participant in any 12-month period shall not exceed 1% of the issued share capital of the Company for the time being (the “Individual Limit”). Any further grant of options to a participant in aggregate in excess of the Individual Limit in any 12-month period up to and including the date of such further grant shall be subject to the issue of a circular to our Shareholders and our Shareholders’ approval in general meeting of the Company with such participant and his close associates abstaining from voting. The number and terms (including the exercise price) of options to be granted to such participant must be fixed before Shareholders’ approval and the date of board meeting for proposing such further grant should be taken as the date of grant for the purpose of calculating the exercise price under note (1) to Rule 17.03(9) of the Listing Rules.

(e) Grant of options to connected persons

(i) Any grant of options under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme to any Director, chief executive or substantial Shareholder of the Company or any of their respective associates must be approved by our independent non-executive Directors (excluding any independent nonexecutive Director who is the proposed grantee of the options).

(ii) Where any grant of options to a substantial Shareholder of the Company or an independent non-executive Director or any of their respective associates would result in the Shares issued and to be issued upon exercise of all options already granted and to be granted (including options exercised, cancelled and outstanding) to such person in the 12-month period up to and including the date of such grant:

• representing in aggregate over 0.1% (or such other higher percentage as may from time to time be specified by the Stock Exchange) of the Shares in issue; and

• having an aggregate value, based on the closing price of the Shares as stated in the daily quotations sheets issued by the Stock Exchange on the date of each grant, in excess of HK$5 million (or such other higher amount as may from time to time be specified by the Stock Exchange);

such further grant of options must be approved by our Shareholders in a general meeting. The Company must send a circular to its Shareholders no later than the date on which the Company gives notice of the general meeting to approve the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme. The grantees, their associates and all core connected persons of the Company must abstain from voting at such general meeting, except that they may vote against the relevant resolution at the general meeting provided that any of their intention to do so has been stated in the circular to be sent to the Shareholders in connection therewith. Any vote taken at the general meeting to approve the grant of such options must be taken on a poll. Any change in the terms of options granted to a substantial shareholder or an independent non-executive Director or any of their respective associates must be approved by our Shareholders in a general meeting.

− IV-77 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(f) Time of acceptance and exercise of option

An option may be accepted by a participant to whom the offer is made within five business days from the date on which the letter containing the offer is delivered to that participant. An option may be exercised in accordance with the terms of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme at any time during a period to be determined and notified by our Directors to each grantee, which period may commence on a day after the date upon which the offer for the grant of options is made but shall end in any event not later than 10 years from the date of grant of the option subject to the provisions for early termination under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme. Unless otherwise determined by our Directors and stated in the offer of the grant of options to a grantee, there is no minimum period required under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme for the holding of an option before it can be exercised.

An offer shall be deemed to have been accepted and the option to which the offer relates shall be deemed to have been granted and to have taken effect when the duplicate of the offer letter comprising acceptance of the offer duly signed by the grantee with the number of Shares in respect of which the offer is accepted clearly stated therein, together with a remittance in favour of our Company of HK$1.00 by way of consideration for the grant thereof, which must be received by the Company within five business days from the date on which the offer letter is delivered to the grantee.

(g) Performance targets

Unless our Directors otherwise determine and state in the offer of the grant of options to a grantee, a grantee is not required to achieve any performance targets before any options granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme can be exercised.

(h) Subscription price for Shares and consideration for the option

The subscription price per Share under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme will be a price determined by our Directors, but shall not be less than the highest of (i) the closing price of the Shares as stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheet on the date of the offer of grant, which must be a business day; (ii) the average closing price of the Shares as stated in the Stock Exchange’s daily quotations sheets for the five business days immediately preceding the date of the offer of grant (provided that in the event that any option is proposed to be granted within a period of less than five business days after the trading of the Shares first commences on the Stock Exchange, the new issue price of the Shares for the [REDACTED] shall be used as the closing price for any business day falling within the period before [REDACTED] of the Shares on the Stock Exchange); and (iii) the nominal value of a Share on the date of grant.

(i) Ranking of Shares

(i) Shares allotted and issued upon the exercise of an option will be identical to the then existing issued shares of the Company and subject to all the provisions of the Memorandum and the Articles for the time being in force and will rank pari passu in all respects with the fully paid Shares in issue on the date the name of the grantee is registered on the register of members of the Company or, if that date falls on a day when the register of members of the Company is closed, the first day of the re-opening of the register of members (the “Exercise Date”) and accordingly will entitle the holders thereof to participate in all

− IV-78 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

dividends or other distributions paid or made on or after the Exercise Date other than any dividend or other distribution previously declared or recommended or resolved to be paid or made if the record date therefor shall be before the Exercise Date. A Share allotted upon the exercise of an option shall not carry voting rights or rights to participate in any dividends or distributions (including those arising on a liquidation of the Company) declared or recommended or resolved to be paid to the Shareholders on the register until the completion of the registration of the grantee on the register of members of the Company as the holder thereof.

(ii) Unless the context otherwise requires, references to “Shares” in this paragraph include references to shares in the ordinary equity share capital of the Company of such nominal amount as shall result from a subdivision, consolidation, re-classification or reconstruction of the share capital of the Company from time to time.

(j) Restrictions on the time of grant of options

No offer for grant of options shall be made after a price sensitive event has occurred or a price sensitive matter has been the subject of a decision until such price sensitive information has been announced in accordance with the requirements of the Listing Rules. In particular, during the period commencing one month immediately preceding the earlier of (i) the date of the meeting of our Directors (as such date is first notified to the Stock Exchange in accordance with the requirements of the Listing Rules) for the approval of the Company’s results for any year, half-year, quarter or any other interim period (whether or not required under the Listing Rules); and (ii) the last date on which the Company must publish its announcement of its results for any year, half-year, quarter or any other interim period (whether or not required under the Listing Rules), and ending on the date of the announcement of the results, no offer for grant of options may be made.

Our Directors may not grant any option to a participant who is a Director during the period or time in which Directors are prohibited from dealing in shares pursuant to the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers prescribed by the Listing Rules or any corresponding code or securities dealing restrictions adopted by the Company.

(k) Period of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme

The Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme will remain in force for a period of 10 years commencing on the date on which the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme is adopted.

(l) Rights are personal to the grantee

An option is personal to the grantee and shall not be transferable or assignable and no grantee shall in any way sell, transfer, charge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of or create any interest in favour of or enter into any agreement with any other person over or in relation to any option, except for the transmission of an option.

− IV-79 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(m) Rights on ceasing employment

If the grantee of an option is an Eligible Participant and ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason other than death, ill-health or retirement in accordance with his contract of employment or for serious misconduct or other grounds referred to in sub- paragraph (o) below before exercising his option in full, the option (to the extent not already exercised) will lapse on the date of cessation and will not be exercisable unless our Directors otherwise determine in which event the grantee may exercise the option (to the extent not already exercised) in whole or in part within such period as our Directors may determine following the date of such cessation, which will be taken to be the last day on which the grantee was physically at work with our Group or the relevant subsidiary whether salary is paid in lieu of notice or not.

(n) Rights on death, ill-health or retirement

If the grantee of an option is an Eligible Participant and ceases to be an Eligible Participant by reason of his death, ill-health or retirement in accordance with his contract of employment before exercising the option in full, his personal representative(s), or, as appropriate, the grantee may exercise the option (to the extent not already exercised) in whole or in part within a period of 12 months following the date of cessation which date shall be the last day on which the grantee was physically at work with our Group or the relevant subsidiary whether salary is paid in lieu of notice or not or such longer period as our Directors may determine.

(o) Rights on dismissal

If the grantee of an option is an Eligible Participant and ceases to be an Eligible Participant by reason that he has been guilty of serious misconduct or has committed any act of bankruptcy or has become insolvent or has made any arrangements or composition with his creditors generally, or has been convicted of any criminal offence (other than an offence which in the opinion of our Directors does not bring the grantee or our Group or the relevant subsidiary into disrepute) or on any other ground on which an employer would be entitled to terminate his or her employment summarily, his option will lapse automatically and will not be exercisable on or after the date of ceasing to be an Eligible Participant.

(p) Rights on breach of contract

If our Directors shall at their absolute discretion determine that (i)(1) the grantee of any option (other than an Eligible Participant) or his associate has committed any breach of any contract entered into between the grantee or his associate on the one part and our Group or any relevant subsidiary on the other part; or (2) that the grantee has committed any act of bankruptcy or has become insolvent or is subject to any winding-up, liquidation or analogous proceedings or has made any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or (3) the grantee could no longer make any contribution to the growth and development of our Group by reason of the cessation of its relations with our Group or by other reason whatsoever; and (ii) the option granted to the grantee under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme shall lapse as a result of any event specified in items (1), (2) or (3) in (i) above, his option will lapse automatically and will not be exercisable on or after the date on which our Directors have so determined.

− IV-80 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(q) Rights on a general offer, a compromise or arrangement

If a general or partial offer, whether by way of take-over offer, share repurchase offer, or scheme of arrangement or otherwise in like manner is made to all the holders of Shares, or all such holders other than the offeror and/or any person controlled by the offeror and/or any person acting in association or concert with the offeror, the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that such offer is extended to all the grantees on the same terms, mutatis mutandis, and assuming that they will become, by the exercise in full of the options granted to them, our Shareholders. If such offer becomes or is declared unconditional or such scheme of arrangement is formally proposed to our Shareholders, a grantee shall be entitled to exercise the option (to the extent not already exercised) to its full extent or to the extent specified in the grantee’s notice to the Company in exercise of his option at any time before the close of such offer (or any revised offer) or the record date for entitlements under such scheme of arrangement, as the case may be.

(r) Rights on winding up

In the event of a resolution being proposed for the voluntary winding-up of the Company during the option period, the grantee may, subject to the provisions of all applicable laws, by notice in writing to the Company at any time not less than two business days before the date on which such resolution is to be considered and/or passed, exercise his option (to the extent not already exercised) either to its full extent or to the extent specified in such notice in accordance with the provisions of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme and the Company shall allot and issue to the grantee the Shares in respect of which such grantee has exercised his option not less than one business day before the date on which such resolution is to be considered and/or passed whereupon the grantee shall accordingly be entitled, in respect of the Shares allotted and issued to him in the aforesaid manner, to participate in the distribution of the assets of the Company available in liquidation pari passu with the holders of the Shares in issue on the day prior to the date of such resolution. Subject thereto, all options then outstanding shall lapse and determine on the commencement of the winding-up of the Company.

(s) Grantee being a company wholly owned by Eligible Participants

If the grantee is a company wholly owned by one or more Eligible Participants: subparagraphs (k), (m), (n) and (o) shall apply to the grantee and to the options to such grantee, mutatis mutandis, as if such options had been granted to the relevant Eligible Participant, and such options shall accordingly lapse or fall to be exercisable after the event(s) referred to in subparagraphs (k), (m), (n) and (o) shall occur with respect to the relevant Eligible Participant, and the options granted to the grantee shall lapse and determine on the date the grantee ceases to be wholly owned by the relevant Eligible Participant provided that our Directors may in their absolute discretions decide that such options or any part thereof shall not so lapse or determine subject to such conditions or limitations as they may impose.

(t) Adjustments to the subscription price

In the event of a capitalisation issue, rights issue, subdivision or consolidation of Shares or reduction of capital of the Company whilst an option remains exercisable, such corresponding adjustments (if any) certified by the auditors for the time being of or an independent financial adviser to the Company as fair and reasonable will be made to (i) the number or nominal amount of Shares

− IV-81 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION to which the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme or any option relates, so far as unexercised, and/or (ii) the subscription price of the option concerned, and/or (iii) the method of exercise of the Option, provided that (1) any adjustments shall give a grantee the same proportion of the issued share capital to which he was entitled prior to such alteration; (2) the issue of Shares or other securities of our Group as consideration in a transaction may not be regarded as a circumstance requiring adjustment; and (3) no adjustments shall be made the effect of which would be to enable a Share to be issued at less than its nominal value. In addition, in respect of any such adjustments, other than any adjustments made on a capitalisation issue, such auditors or independent financial adviser must confirm to our Directors in writing that the adjustments satisfy the requirements of the relevant provisions of the Listing Rules and such other applicable guidance and/or interpretation of the Listing Rules from time to time issued by the Stock Exchange (including, but not limited to, the “Supplementary Guidance on Main Board Listing Rule 17.03(13) and the Note immediately after the Rule” attached to the letter from the Stock Exchange dated 5 September 2005 to all issuers relating to share option schemes).

(u) Cancellation of options

Any cancellation of options granted but not exercised must be subject to the prior written consent of the relevant grantee.

When the Company cancels any option granted to a grantee but not exercised and issues new option(s) to the same grantee, the issue of such new option(s) may only be made with available unissued options (excluding the options so cancelled) within the General Scheme Limit or the new limits approved by our Shareholders pursuant to sub-paragraphs (c) (iii) and (iv) above.

(v) Termination of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme

The Company by ordinary resolution in a general meeting or the Board may at any time terminate the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme and in such event no further options shall be offered or granted but the provisions of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme shall remain in force to the extent necessary to give effect to the exercise of any options (to the extent not already exercised) granted prior to the termination or otherwise as may be required in accordance with the provisions of the Share Option Scheme. Options (to the extent not already exercised) granted prior to such termination shall continue to be valid and exercisable in accordance with the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme.

(w) Lapse of option

An option shall lapse automatically (to the extent not already exercised) on the earliest of:

(i) the expiry of the period referred to in sub-paragraph (f);

(ii) the date or the expiry of the periods or dates referred to in sub-paragraphs (k), (m), (n), (o), (q) and (r);

− IV-82 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(iii) the date on which the grantee commits a breach of the provision which restricts the grantee to transfer or assign an option granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme or sell, transfer, charge, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of or create any interest in favour of or enter into any agreement with any other person over or in relation to any option except for the transmission of an option on the death of the grantee to his personal representative(s) on the terms of this scheme;

(iv) the date on which the grantee (being an employee or a director of any member of our Group) ceases to be an Eligible Participant of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme by reason of the termination of his or her employment or engagement on the grounds that he or she has been guilty of serious misconduct, or appears either to be unable to pay or to have no reasonable prospect of being able to pay his or her debts or has become bankrupt or has made any arrangement or composition with his or her creditors generally, or has been convicted of any criminal offence involving his or her integrity or honesty or on any other ground on which an employer would be entitled to terminate his or her employment summarily;

(v) the date on which the grantee joins a company which the Board believes in its sole and reasonable opinion to be a competitor of the Company;

(vi) the date on which the grantee (being a corporation) appears either to be unable to pay or to have no reasonable prospect of being able to pay its debts or has become insolvent or has made any arrangement or composition with its creditors generally; and

(vii) unless our Board otherwise determines, and other than in the circumstances referred to in sub-paragraphs (m) or (n), the date the grantee ceases to be an Eligible Participant (as determined by a Board resolution) for any other reason.

(x) Others

(i) The Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme is conditional on the [REDACTED] of the Stock Exchange granting or agreeing to grant approval of (subject to such condition as the Stock Exchange may impose) the [REDACTED] of and permission to deal in such number of Shares to be allotted and issued pursuant to the exercise of any options which may be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme, such number representing the General Scheme Limit. Application has been made to the [REDACTED] of the Stock Exchange for the [REDACTED] of and permission to deal in the Shares to be issued within the General Scheme Limit pursuant to the exercise of any options which may be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme.

(ii) The terms and conditions of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme relating to the matters set out in Rule 17.03 of the Listing Rules shall not be altered to the advantage of grantees of the options except with the approval of our Shareholders in a general meeting.

(iii) Any alterations to the terms and conditions of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme which are of a material nature or any change to the terms of options granted must be approved by our Shareholders in a general meeting and the Stock Exchange, except where the alterations take effect automatically under the existing terms of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme.

− IV-83 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

(iv) The amended terms of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme or the options shall comply with the relevant requirements of Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules.

(v) Any change to the authority of our Directors or the scheme administrators in relation to any alteration to the terms of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme shall be approved by our Shareholders in a general meeting.

(y) Value of options

Our Directors consider it inappropriate to disclose the value of options which may be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme as if they had been granted as at the Latest Practicable Date. Any such valuation will have to be made on the basis of a certain option pricing model or other method that depends on various assumptions including the exercise price, the exercise period, interest rate, expected volatility and other variables. As no options have been granted, certain variables are not available for calculating the value of options. Our Directors believe that any calculation of the value of options granted as at the Latest Practicable Date would be based on a number of speculative assumptions that are not meaningful and would be misleading to investors.

(z) Grant of options

As at the date of this document, no options have been granted or agreed to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme.

Application has been made to the [REDACTED] of the Stock Exchange for the [REDACTED] of, and permission to deal in, the Shares which may fall to be issued pursuant to the exercise of the options to be granted under the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme.

F. OTHER INFORMATION

1. Tax and other indemnities

The Company Controlling Shareholders Group (the “Indemnifiers”) have entered into the Deed of Indemnity (being a material contract referred to in the sub-section headed “B. Further Information About Our Business — 1. Summary of Material Contracts” in this appendix) in favour of our Company (for itself and as trustee for each of our subsidiaries) to provide the indemnities on a joint and several basis in respect of, among other matters, taxation resulting from profits or gains earned, accrued or received, as well as any penalties imposed due to non-compliance with any applicable laws and regulations, all tax liabilities and any litigation on or before the date when the [REDACTED] becomes unconditional.

2. Litigation

As at the Latest Practicable Date, we are not aware of any litigation or arbitration proceedings of material importance pending or threatened against us or any of our Directors that could have a material adverse effect on our Group’s financial condition or results of operation.

− IV-84 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

3. The Sole Sponsor

The Sole Sponsor has made an application on behalf of our Company to the Stock Exchange for [REDACTED] of, and permission to deal in, the Shares in issue and to be issued as mentioned herein and any Shares which may fall to be allotted and issued pursuant to the exercise of the [REDACTED] and options which may be granted under the Pre-[REDACTED] Share Option Schemes or to be granted under Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme on the Stock Exchange.

The Sole Sponsor has confirmed to the Stock Exchange that it satisfies the independence test as stipulated under Rule 3A.07 of the Listing Rules.

The fee of the Sole Sponsor is HK$[REDACTED] and is payable by our Company.

4. Preliminary expenses

The preliminary expenses of our Company are approximately HK$33,540, which have been paid by us.

5. Promoter

Our Company has no promoter for the purpose of the Listing Rules.

6. Qualifications of experts

The following are the respective qualifications of the experts who have given their opinion or advice which is contained in this document:

Name Qualification

Shenwan Hongyuan Capital Licensed corporation under the SFO for type 1 (dealing in (H.K.) Limited securities), type 4 (advising on securities) and type 6 (advising on corporate finance) regulated activities as defined under the SFO

Ernst & Young Certified public accountants

Commerce & Finance Law PRC legal advisers to our Company Offices

Appleby Cayman Islands legal adviser to our Company

Jones Lang LaSalle Independent valuer Corporate Appraisal and Advisory Limited

Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Industry consultant Inc., Shanghai Branch Co.

− IV-85 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

None of the experts has any shareholding in any member of our Group or the right (whether legally enforceable or not) to subscribe for or to nominate persons to subscribe for securities in any member of our Group.

7. Consents of experts

Each of the parties listed in the paragraph headed “6. Qualifications of experts” in this Appendix has given and has not withdrawn its written consent to the issue of this document with the inclusion of its letter, report, opinion and/or references to its name (as the case may be), all of which are dated the date of this document, in the form and context in which they respectively appear in this document.

8. Binding effect

This document shall have the effect, if an application is made in pursuance hereof, of rendering all persons concerned bound by all of the provisions (other than the penal provisions) of Sections 44A and 44B of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance so far as applicable.

9. [REDACTED]

The particulars of the [REDACTED] are set out as follows:

Place of Date of Number of Name Incorporation Incorporation Registered office [REDACTED]

Zhao’s BVI Company BVI 16 August 2017 Jayla Place, [REDACTED] Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Li’s BVI Company I BVI 18 August 2017 Jayla Place, [REDACTED] Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Li’s BVI Company II BVI 17 August 2017 Jayla Place, [REDACTED] Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

− IV-86 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

Place of Date of Number of Name Incorporation Incorporation Registered office [REDACTED]

Qiu’s BVI Company BVI 21 August 2017 Jayla Place, [REDACTED] Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Shenglin BVI BVI 17 August 2017 Jayla Place, [REDACTED] Company Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Mengsheng BVI BVI 16 August 2017 Jayla Place, [REDACTED] Company Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Ma’s BVI Company BVI 21 August 2017 Jayla Place, [REDACTED] Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

Hou’s BVI Company BVI 18 August 2017 Jayla Place, [REDACTED] Wickhams Cay 1, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands

10. Share Registrars

The principal share register of our Company will be maintained in the Cayman Islands by [REDACTED] and a branch share register of our Company will be maintained in Hong Kong by [REDACTED]. Save where our Directors otherwise agree, all transfers and other documents of title to Shares must be lodged for registration with, and registered by, our Company’s branch share registrar in Hong Kong and may not be lodged in the Cayman Islands.

11. No material adverse change

Our Directors confirm that there has been no material adverse change in our financial prospects of our Company or its subsidiaries since 31 December 2020 (being the date to which the latest audited financial statements of our Company were made up) and up to the Latest Practicable Date.

− IV-87 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX IV STATUTORY AND GENERAL INFORMATION

12. Miscellaneous

(a) within the two years immediately preceding the date of this document:

(i) save as disclosed in “History, Reorganisation and Group Structure” in this document, no share or loan capital of our Company or any of its subsidiaries has been issued, agree to be issued or is proposed to be issued fully or partly paid either for cash or for a consideration other than cash;

(ii) no commissions, discounts, brokerages or other special terms have been granted in connection with the issue or sale of any share or loan capital of our Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(iii) no commission has been paid or payable (except to sub-[REDACTED]) for subscribing or agreeing to subscribe, or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions, for any Shares; and

(iv) no founder, management or deferred shares, or convertible debt securities nor any debentures of our Company or any of our subsidiaries have been issued or agreed to be issued.

(b) no share, warrant or loan capital of our Company or any of its subsidiaries is under option or is agreed conditionally or unconditionally to be put under option;

(c) all necessary arrangements have been made enabling the Shares to be admitted into [REDACTED];

(d) our Directors confirm that none of them shall be required to hold any shares by way of qualification and none of them has any interest in the promotion of our Company;

(e) there has not been any interruption in the business of our Group which may have or have had a significant effect on the financial position of our Group in the 12 months immediately preceding the date of this document;

(f) there is no arrangement under which future dividend declared by our Company have been waived or agreed to be waived; and

(g) none of the equity and debt securities of our Company is [REDACTED] or dealt with in any other stock exchange nor is any [REDACTED] or permission to deal being or proposed to be sought.

13. Bilingual Document

The English language and versions of this document are being published separately, in reliance upon the exemption provided in section 4 of the Companies (Exemption of Companies and Prospectuses from Compliance with Provisions) Notice (Chapter 32L of the Laws of Hong Kong). In case of any discrepancies between the English language version and the Chinese language version, the English language version shall prevail.

− IV-88 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX V DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES AND AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AND DISPLAY

DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES

The documents attached to a copy of this document and delivered to the Registrar of Companies in Hong Kong for registration were:

(a) a copies of the [REDACTED];

(b) a copy of each of the material contracts referred to in the section headed “Statutory and General Information — B. Further information about the business of our Group — 1. Summary of material contracts” in Appendix IV to this document;

(c) the written consents referred to in the section headed “Statutory and General Information — F. Other information — 7. Consents of experts” in Appendix IV to this document; and

(d) a copy of the statement of the names, descriptions and addresses of the [REDACTED].

DOCUMENTS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AND DISPLAY

Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection at the office of Jia Yuan Law Office at 17/F, No. 238 Des Voeux Road Central, Sheung Wan, Hong Kong, during normal business hours up to and including the date which is 14 days from the date of this document, and will be published on the websites of the Stock Exchange (www.hkexnews.hk) and our Company (www.mengshu.cn):

(a) the Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association;

(b) the accountants’ report for the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020 prepared by Ernst & Young, the text of which is set out in Appendix I to this document;

(c) the audited consolidated financial statements of our Group for the years ended 31 December 2018, 2019 and 2020;

(d) the report prepared by Ernst & Young on the unaudited pro forma financial information of our Group, the text of which is set out in Appendix II to this document;

(e) the legal opinion issued by Commerce & Finance Law Offices, our PRC legal adviser, in respect of certain aspects of our Group and the property interests of our Group;

(f) the letter of advice prepared by Appleby, our legal advisers as to the law of the Cayman Islands, summarising certain aspects of Cayman Islands company law referred to in the section headed “Summary of the constitution of our Company and Cayman Islands Company Law” in Appendix III to this document;

(g) the material contracts referred to in the section headed “Statutory and General Information — B. Further information about the business of our Group — 1. Summary of material contracts” in Appendix IV to this document;

− V-1 − THIS DOCUMENT IS IN DRAFT FORM, INCOMPLETE AND SUBJECT TO CHANGE AND THAT THE INFORMATION MUST BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SECTION HEADED “WARNING” ON THE COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. APPENDIX V DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO THE REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES AND AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AND DISPLAY

(h) the written consents referred to in the section headed “Statutory and General Information — F. Other information — 7. Consents of experts” in Appendix IV to this document;

(i) service contracts and the letters of appointment referred to in the section headed “Statutory and General Information — C. Further information about our Directors and Substantial Shareholders — 3. Particulars of Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment” in Appendix IV to this document;

(j) the Cayman Companies Act;

(k) the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I;

(l) a list of grantees under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme I;

(m) the terms of the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II;

(n) a list of grantees under the [REDACTED] Share Option Scheme II;

(o) the rules of the Post-[REDACTED] Share Option Scheme;

(p) the industry report issued by Frost & Sullivan; and

(q) statement of particulars of the [REDACTED].

− V-2 −